DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT, GREAT LAKES, AND ENERGY  
DRINKING WATER AND ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH DIVISION  
SUPPLYING WATER TO THE PUBLIC  
(By authority conferred on the department of environment, Great Lakes, and energy by  
section 5 of the safe drinking water act, 1976 PA 399, MCL 325.1005)  
PART 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS  
R 325.10101 Purpose.  
Rule 101. These rules are promulgated by the department for the purpose of  
protecting the public health and implementing the act, and to specify certain  
standards and criteria for public water supplies which are consistent and  
compatible with the provisions of the act and the federal act.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10102 Definitions; A, B.  
Rule 102. As used in these rules:  
(a) "Act" means 1976 PA 399, MCL 325.1001 to 325.1023 and known as the safe  
drinking water act.  
(b) "Action level" means the concentration of lead or copper in water as specified in  
R 325.10604f(1)(c) that determines, in some cases, the treatment requirements that a  
water supply is required to complete.  
(c) "Advisory board" means the advisory board of examiners appointed by the  
director under section 9(2) of the act.  
(d) "Alteration" means the modification of, or addition to, an existing waterworks  
system, or portion of the system, that affects any of the following:  
(i) Flow.  
(ii) Capacity.  
(iii) System service area.  
(iv) Source.  
(v) Treatment.  
(vi) Reliability.  
(e) "Approved analytical technique" means a calculation, determination, or other  
laboratory examination or procedure that has been approved by the United States  
Environmental Protection Agency under 40 C.F.R. part 141, which is adopted by  
reference in R 325.10605.  
(f) "Approved basement" means a basement which has walls and a floor that are  
constructed of concrete or its equivalent, which is essentially watertight, which is  
effectively drained, and which is in daily use.  
Page 1  
(g) "Aquifer" means an underground water-bearing formation which is saturated and  
which transmits water in sufficient quantities to serve as a water supply.  
(h) "Artesian" means a condition of internal pressure which causes the water level in  
a well to rise above the aquifer used to supply water at the well location.  
(i) "Asset management program" means a program that identifies the desired level of  
service at the lowest life cycle cost for rehabilitating, repairing, or replacing the assets  
associated with the waterworks system.  
(j) "Back-up operator" means a certified operator designated by the public water  
supply to be in charge of the waterworks system or portion of the waterworks system  
when the operator in charge is not available.  
(k) "Bag filters" means pressure-driven separation devices that remove particulate  
matter larger than 1 micrometer using an engineered porous filtration media. They are  
typically constructed of a non-rigid, fabric filtration media housed in a pressure vessel in  
which the direction of flow is from the inside of the bag to outside.  
(l) "Bank filtration" means a water treatment process that uses a well to recover  
surface water that has naturally infiltrated into groundwater through a river bed or bank  
or banks. Infiltration is typically enhanced by the hydraulic gradient imposed by a  
nearby pumping water supply or other well or wells.  
(m) "Bottled drinking water" means water that is ultimately sold, provided, or  
offered for human consumption in a closed container.  
(n) “Business day” means Monday through Friday, except for federal or state  
holidays.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 1994 AACS; 2000 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS;  
2018 AACS.  
R 325.10103 Definitions; C.  
Rule 103. As used in these rules:  
(a) "C" in "CT calculation" means the residual disinfectant concentration measured in  
milligrams per liter in a representative sample of water.  
(b) "Cartridge filters" means pressure-driven separation devices that remove  
particulate matter larger than 1 micrometer using an engineered porous filtration media.  
They are typically constructed as rigid or semi-rigid, self-supporting filter elements  
housed in pressure vessels in which flow is from the outside of the cartridge to the inside.  
(c) "Casing" means a durable pipe that is placed in a well to prevent the soil from  
caving in and to seal off surface drainage or undesirable water, gases, contaminants, or  
other fluids and prevent them from entering the well and the aquifer supplying the well.  
(d) "Casing vent" means an outlet at the upper terminal of a well casing which  
provides atmospheric pressure in the well and which allows the escape of gases when  
present.  
(e) "Certificate" means a document that is issued by the department to a person who  
meets the qualification requirements for operating a waterworks system or a portion of  
the waterworks system.  
(f) "Certified operator" means an operator who holds a certificate.  
(g) "Clean compliance history" means, for the purposes of the total coliform  
provisions of R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k, a record of no MCL violations under  
Page 2  
R 325.10602; no monitoring violations under R 325.10704 to R 325.10709; and no  
coliform treatment technique trigger exceedances or treatment technique violations under  
R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k.  
(h) "Combined distribution system" means the interconnected distribution system  
consisting of the distribution systems of wholesale supplies and of the consecutive  
supplies that receive finished water.  
(i) "Community supply" or "community water supply" or "community water system"  
means a public water supply that provides year-round service to not fewer than 15 living  
units or that regularly provides year-round service to not fewer than 25 residents.  
(j) "Complete treatment" means a series of processes, including disinfection and  
filtration, to treat surface water or ground water under the direct influence of surface  
water, or to treat ground water not under the direct influence of surface water that uses  
precipitative softening, to produce a finished water meeting state drinking water  
standards.  
(k) "Compliance cycle" means the 9-year calendar year cycle during which public  
water supplies are required to monitor. Each compliance cycle consists of three 3-year  
compliance periods. The first calendar year cycle begins January 1, 1993, and ends  
December 31, 2001; the second begins January 1, 2002, and ends December 31, 2010; the  
third begins January 1, 2011, and ends December 31, 2019.  
(l) "Compliance period" means a 3-year calendar year period within a compliance  
cycle. Each compliance cycle has three 3-year compliance periods. Within the first  
compliance cycle, the first compliance period runs from January 1, 1993, to December  
31, 1995; the second from January 1, 1996, to December 31, 1998; the third from January  
1, 1999, to December 31, 2001.  
(m) "Comprehensive performance evaluation (CPE)" means a thorough review and  
analysis of a treatment plant's performance-based capabilities and associated  
administrative, operation, and maintenance practices. It is conducted to identify factors  
that may be adversely impacting a plant's capability to achieve compliance and  
emphasizes approaches that can be implemented without significant capital  
improvements. For purposes of compliance, the comprehensive performance evaluation  
shall consist of at least all of the following components:  
(i) Assessment of plant performance.  
(ii) Evaluation of major unit processes.  
(iii) Identification and prioritization of performance limiting factors.  
(iv) Assessment of the applicability of comprehensive technical assistance.  
(v) Preparation of a CPE report.  
(n) "Confluent growth" means a continuous bacterial growth that covers the entire  
filtration area of a membrane filter, or portion of a filtration area, in which bacterial  
colonies are not discrete.  
(o) "Consecutive system" or "consecutive supply" means a public water supply that  
receives some or all of its finished water from 1 or more wholesale supplies. Delivery  
may be through a direct connection or through the distribution system of 1 or more  
consecutive supplies.  
(p) "Construction" means the erection, installation, or alteration of a waterworks  
system, or any portion of a waterworks system, that affects any of the following:  
(i) Flow.  
Page 3  
(ii) Capacity.  
(iii) System service area.  
(iv) Source.  
(v) Treatment.  
(vi) Reliability.  
(q) "Contested cases" means matters that are within the definition of a contested case  
as set forth by section 3(3) of 1969 PA 306, MCL 24.203(3), and matters of issue that  
involve any of the following which are issued by the director, the department, or the  
division under the act and these rules:  
(i) Orders.  
(ii) Exemptions.  
(iii) Variances.  
(iv) Stipulations.  
(v) Consent agreements.  
(vi) Permits.  
(vii) Licenses.  
(viii) Certificates.  
(r) "Contested case hearing" means a hearing that is initiated by the department or a  
person under chapters 4, 5, and 6 of 1969 PA 306, MCL 24.271 to 24.306.  
(s) "Contaminant" means a physical, chemical, biological, or radiological substance  
or matter in water.  
(t) "Conventional filtration" means a series of processes, including coagulation,  
flocculation, sedimentation, and filtration, resulting in substantial particulate removal.  
(u) "Corrosion inhibitor" means a substance that is capable of reducing the corrosivity  
of water toward metal plumbing materials, especially lead and copper, by forming a  
protective film on the interior surface of those materials.  
(v) "Cross connection" means a connection or arrangement of piping or  
appurtenances through which a backflow could occur.  
(w) "CT calculation" means the product of residual disinfectant concentration (C) in  
milligrams per liter determined at or before the first customer and the corresponding  
disinfectant contact time (T) in minutes; C*T is calculated at rated capacity. The total CT  
shall be the sum of individual CTs of each disinfectant sequence.  
(x) "Customer service connection" means the pipe between a water main and  
customer site piping or building plumbing system.  
(y) "Customer site piping" means an underground piping system owned or controlled  
by the customer that conveys water from the customer service connection to building  
plumbing systems and other points of use on lands owned or controlled by the customer.  
Customer site piping does not include any system that incorporates treatment to protect  
public health.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1994 AACS; 2000 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2003 AACS;  
2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10104 Definitions; D, E.  
Rule 104. As used in these rules:  
Page 4  
(a) "Department" means the department of environmental quality  
authorized agent or representative.  
or its  
(b) "Deviation" means an exception to a department rule establishing minimum  
standards or requirements issued in writing or as a condition to a permit to a public  
water supply.  
(c) "Direct filtration" means a series of processes, including coagulation and  
filtration, but excluding sedimentation, resulting in substantial particulate removal.  
(d) "Director" means the director of environmental quality or his  
authorized agent or representative.  
or her  
(e) "Disinfectant contact time" (T in CT calculations) means the time in minutes  
that it takes for water to move from the point of disinfectant application or the  
previous point of disinfectant residual measurement to a point at or before the point  
where residual disinfectant concentration is measured. Disinfectant contact time in  
pipelines shall be calculated based on plug flow by dividing the internal volume of  
the pipe by the maximum hourly flow rate through that pipe. Disinfectant contact  
time within mixing basins and storage reservoirs shall be determined by tracer studies  
or an equivalent demonstration.  
(f) "Disinfection profile" means a summary of Giardia lamblia inactivation,  
and in certain cases virus inactivation, through the treatment plant.  
(g) "Distribution system" means a system that consists of the following  
components through which water is distributed and used or intended for use for drinking  
or household purposes:  
(i) Piping.  
(ii) Transmission or distribution mains.  
(iii) Pumps.  
(iv) Pumping stations.  
(v) Storage tanks.  
(vi) Controls.  
(vii) Associated appurtenances.  
(h) "Division" means the drinking water and radiological protection division of  
the department.  
(i) "Domestic or other non-distribution system plumbing problem" means a  
coliform contamination problem in a public water supply which has more than 1 service  
connection that is limited to the specific service connection from which the coliform  
positive sample was taken.  
(j) "Drawdown" means the difference between the static water level  
and the  
pumping water level in a well or, for a flowing artesian well, the difference between  
an established datum above ground and the pumping water level.  
(k) "Dual sample set" means a set of 2 samples collected at the same time and same  
location, with 1 sample analyzed for TTHM and the other sample analyzed for  
HAA5. Dual sample sets are collected for the purpose of conducting an IDSE  
under R 325.10719g and determining compliance with the TTHM and HAA5 MCLs  
under R 325.10610d and R 325.10719h to R 325.10719n.  
(l) "Effective corrosion inhibitor residual," for the purpose of lead and copper  
control, means a concentration that is sufficient to form a passivating film on the  
interior walls of a pipe.  
Page 5  
(m) "Emergency" means a situation in a public water supply that results in  
contamination, loss of pressure, lack of adequate supply of water, or other condition  
that poses an imminent hazard or danger to the public health.  
(n) "Enhanced coagulation" means the addition of sufficient  
coagulant for  
improved removal of  
filtration treatment.  
disinfection  
byproduct  
precursors  
by conventional  
(o) "Enhanced softening" means the improved removal of disinfection  
byproduct precursors by precipitative softening.  
(p) "EPA" means the United States environmental protection agency.  
(q) "Equivalent certificate" means a certificate which is issued  
to certain  
individuals. Individuals eligible for an equivalent certificate do not hold a current  
certificate but were issued certification before the effective date of the current rules.  
(r) "Established ground surface" means the intended or actual finished grade or  
elevation of the surface of the ground at the site of a water supply facility.  
(s) "Exemption" means an order, with appropriate conditions, time schedules,  
and compliance requirements, that is issued by the director to a public water supply  
permitting a public water supply to be in temporary noncompliance with a state  
drinking water standard, including a specified treatment technique.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2000 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS;  
2009 AACS.  
R 325.10105 Definitions; F to L.  
Rule 105. As used in these rules:  
(a) "Federal act" means the safe drinking water act of 1974, 42 U.S.C.§300f et seq.  
and the state and local assistance set forth in 40 C.F.R. part 35, §35.600 to §35.630;  
national primary drinking water regulations set forth in 40 C.F.R. part 141; and national  
primary drinking water regulations implementation set forth in 40 C.F.R. part 142  
promulgated by EPA (2014) under the federal act.  
(b) "Filter profile" means a graphical representation of individual filter performance,  
based on continuous turbidity measurements or total particle counts versus time for an  
entire filter run, from startup to backwash inclusively, that includes an assessment of  
filter performance while another filter is being backwashed.  
(c) "Finished water" means water that is introduced into the distribution system of a  
public water supply and is intended for distribution and consumption without further  
treatment, except as treatment necessary to maintain water quality in the distribution  
system, for example, booster disinfection, addition of corrosion control chemicals.  
(d) "Firm capacity," as applied to wells, pumping stations, or units of treatment  
systems, means the production capability of each respective part of the waterworks  
system with the largest well, pump, or treatment unit out of service.  
(e) "First draw sample" means a 1-liter sample of tap water which has been standing  
in plumbing pipes for not less than 6 hours and which is collected without flushing the  
tap.  
(f) "Flowing stream" means a course of running water flowing in a definite channel.  
(g) "GAC10" means granular activated carbon filter beds with an empty-bed contact  
time of 10 minutes based on average daily flow and a carbon reactivation frequency of  
Page 6  
every 180 days, except that the reactivation frequency for GAC10 used as a best available  
technology for compliance with TTHM and HAA5 MCLs based on a locational running  
annual average under R 325.10610 is 120 days.  
(h) "GAC20" means granular activated carbon filter beds with an empty-bed contact  
time of 20 minutes based on average daily flow and a carbon reactivation frequency of  
every 240 days.  
(i) "Gravity storage tank" means an elevated or ground level finished water storage  
reservoir that, during normal use, operates under atmospheric pressure.  
(j) "Ground water" or "groundwater" means the water in the zone of saturation in  
which all of the pore spaces of the subsurface material are filled with water.  
(k) "Ground water under the direct influence of surface water (GWUDI)" means any  
water beneath the surface of the ground with significant occurrence of insects or other  
macroorganisms, algae, or large-diameter pathogens such as Giardia lamblia or  
Cryptosporidium, or significant and relatively rapid shifts in water characteristics, such as  
turbidity, temperature, conductivity, or pH, that closely correlate to climatological or  
surface water conditions. The department will determine direct influence for individual  
sources in accordance with this definition and R 325.10611(1) and will notify the supply  
of its determination.  
(l) "Grout" means neat cement, concrete, or other sealing material which is approved  
by the department and which is used to seal a well casing in a well.  
(m) "Haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5)" mean the sum of the concentrations in  
milligrams per liter of the haloacetic acid compounds (monochloroacetic acid,  
dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, monobromoacetic acid, and dibromoacetic acid),  
rounded to 2 significant figures after addition.  
(n) "Imminent hazard" means that, in the judgment of the director, there is a  
violation, or a condition that may cause a violation, of the state drinking water standards  
at a public water supply requiring immediate action to prevent endangering the health of  
people.  
(o) "Initial compliance period" means January 1993 to December 1995. For a  
supply that has less than 150 service connections, the initial compliance period is January  
1996 to December 1998 for contaminants listed in part 6 of these rules that have an  
effective date of January 17, 1994.  
(p) "Lake/reservoir" means a natural or man-made basin or hollow on the Earth's  
surface in which water collects or is stored that may or may not have a current or single  
direction of flow.  
(q) "Large water supply" or "large water system," for the purpose of lead and copper  
control, means a public water supply that serves more than 50,000 persons.  
(r) "Lead service line" means either a service line which is made of lead or any lead  
pigtail, lead gooseneck, or other lead fitting that is connected to the service line, or both.  
(s) "Level 1 assessment" means an evaluation to identify the possible presence of  
sanitary defects, defects in distribution system coliform monitoring practices, and (when  
possible) the likely reason that the supply triggered the assessment. Level 1 assessment  
shall be conducted by the supply operator or owner. Minimum elements include review  
and identification of atypical events that could affect distributed water quality or indicate  
that distributed water quality was impaired; changes in distribution system maintenance  
and operation that could affect distributed water quality (including water storage); source  
Page 7  
and treatment considerations that bear on distributed water quality, where appropriate (for  
example, whether a ground water supply is disinfected); existing water quality  
monitoring data; and inadequacies in sample sites, sampling protocol, and sample  
processing. The supply shall conduct the assessment consistent with any department  
directives that tailor specific assessment elements with respect to the size and type of the  
supply and the size, type, and characteristics of the distribution system.  
(t) "Level 2 assessment" means an evaluation to identify the possible presence of  
sanitary defects, defects in distribution system coliform monitoring practices, and (when  
possible) the likely reason that the supply triggered the assessment. A level 2 assessment  
provides a more detailed examination of the supply (including the supply’s monitoring  
and operational practices) than does a level 1 assessment through the use of more  
comprehensive investigation and review of available information, additional internal and  
external resources, and other relevant practices. Level 2 assessment shall be conducted  
by the department. Minimum elements include review and identification of atypical  
events that could affect distributed water quality or indicate that distributed water quality  
was impaired; changes in distribution system maintenance and operation that could affect  
distributed water quality (including water storage); source and treatment considerations  
that bear on distributed water quality, where appropriate (for example, whether a ground  
water supply is disinfected); existing water quality monitoring data; and inadequacies in  
sample sites, sampling protocol, and sample processing. The department shall conduct  
the assessment tailoring specific assessment elements with respect to the size and type of  
the supply and the size, type, and characteristics of the distribution system. The supply  
shall comply with any expedited actions or additional actions required by the department  
in the case of an E. coli MCL violation.  
(u) "License" means the license that is issued by the department to a water hauler, or  
for a water hauling tank, under section 18 of the act.  
(v) "Limited treatment system" means a treatment system, including, but not limited  
to, disinfection, fluoridation, iron removal, ion exchange treatment, phosphate  
application, or filtration other than complete treatment.  
(w) "Living unit" means a house, apartment, or other domicile occupied or intended  
to be occupied on a day-to-day basis by an individual, family group, or equivalent.  
(x) "Locational running annual average (LRAA)" means the average of sample  
analytical results for samples taken at a particular monitoring location during the previous  
4 calendar quarters.  
History: 1979 AC; 1994 AACS; 2000 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS;  
2018 AACS.  
Editor's Note: An obvious error in R 325.10105 was corrected at the request of the promulgating  
agency, pursuant to Section 56 of 1969 PA 306, as amended by 2000 PA 262, MCL 24.256. The rule  
containing the error was published in Michigan Register, 2018 MR 11. The memorandum requesting the  
correction was published in Michigan Register, 2018 MR 12.  
R 325.10106 Definitions; M to O.  
Rule 106. As used in these rules:  
Page 8  
(a) "Maximum residual disinfectant level (MRDL)" means a level of a  
disinfectant added for water treatment that may not be exceeded at the consumer's  
tap without an unacceptable possibility of adverse health effects.  
(b) "Maximum TTHM potential" means the maximum concentration of total  
trihalomethanes produced in a given water containing  
days at a temperature of 25 degrees Centigrade or above.  
a
disinfectant residual after 7  
(c) "MCL" means the maximum permissible level of a contaminant in water that  
is delivered to any user of a public water supply.  
(d) "MDL" means method detection limit for analytical work done to  
determine compliance with the act.  
(e) "Medium-size water system" or "medium-size water supply," for the purpose  
of lead and copper control, means a public water supply that serves more than 3,300  
persons and fewer than or equal to 50,000 persons.  
(f) "Membrane filtration" means a pressure or vacuum driven separation  
process in which particulate matter larger than 1 micrometer  
is rejected by an  
engineered barrier, primarily through a size-exclusion mechanism, and which has a  
measurable removal efficiency of a target organism that can be verified through  
the application of a direct integrity test. This definition includes the common  
membrane technologies of microfiltration, ultrafiltration, nanofiltration, and reverse  
osmosis.  
(g) "Monitoring requirement" means a schedule, frequency, and location for the  
sampling and analysis of water that is required by the provisions of part 7 of these rules  
to determine whether a public water supply is in compliance with the state drinking  
water standards.  
(h) "Near the first service connection" means at 1 of the 20% of all service  
connections in the entire system that are nearest the water supply treatment facility, as  
measured by water transport time within the distribution system.  
(i) "Noncommunity supply" or "noncommunity  
water  
supply"  
or  
"noncommunity water system" means a public water supply that is not a community  
supply, but that has not fewer than 15 service connections or that serves not fewer than  
25 individuals on an average daily basis for not less than 60 days per year.  
(j) "Nontransient noncommunity water  
supply"  
or  
"nontransient  
noncommunity water system" or "NTNC" means a noncommunity public water supply  
that serves not fewer than 25 of the same individuals on an average daily basis over 6  
months per year. This definition includes water supplies in places of employment,  
schools, and day-care centers.  
(k) "NTU" means nephelometric turbidity unit.  
(l) "One hundred-year drought elevation" means the minimum projected water  
surface elevation that would occur at a location once in a period of 100 years.  
(m) "One hundred-year flood elevation" means the maximum projected water  
surface elevation that would occur at a location once in a period of 100 years.  
(n) "Operating shift" means that period of time during which operator  
decisions that affect public health are necessary for proper operation of the  
waterworks system.  
(o) "Operator" means an individual who operates a waterworks system or a  
portion of a waterworks system.  
Page 9  
(p) "Operator in charge" means a certified operator who is designated by the  
owner of a public water supply as the responsible individual in overall charge of a  
waterworks system, or portion of a  
waterworks  
system, who makes decisions  
regarding the daily operational activities of the system that will directly impact the  
quality or quantity of drinking water.  
(q) "Optimal corrosion control treatment," for the purpose of lead and copper  
control, means the corrosion control treatment that minimizes the lead and copper  
concentrations at users' taps while ensuring that the treatment does not cause the  
public water supply to be in violation of any national primary drinking water  
regulations.  
History: 1979 AC; 1984 AACS; 1989 AACS; 1991 AACS; 1994 AACS; 2000 AACS; 2002 AACS;  
2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10107 Definitions; P, R.  
Rule 107. As used in these rules:  
(a) "Permit" means a public water supply construction permit that is issued to a  
supplier of water by the department under section 4 of the act, MCL 325.1004.  
(b) "Person" means an individual, partnership, copartnership, cooperative, firm,  
company, public or private association or corporation, political subdivision, agency of the  
state, agency of the federal government, trust, estate, joint structure company, or any  
other legal entity, or their legal representative, agent, or assignee.  
(c) "PFAS” means per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances.  
(d) "Pitless adapter" means a device or assembly of parts that permits water to pass  
through the wall of a well casing or extension of a well casing and that provides access to  
the well and to the parts of the system within the well in a manner that prevents the  
entrance of contaminants into the well and the water produced.  
(e) "Plans and specifications" means drawings, data, and a true description or  
representation of an entire waterworks system or parts of the system as it exists or is to be  
constructed, and a statement of how a waterworks system must be operated.  
(f) "Plant intake" means the works or structures at the head of a conduit through which  
water is diverted from a source, for example, river or lake, into the treatment plant.  
(g) "Point-of-entry treatment device (POE)" means a treatment device applied to the  
drinking water entering a house or building for the purpose of reducing contaminants in  
the drinking water distributed throughout the house or building.  
(h) "Point-of-use treatment devise (POU)" means a treatment device applied to a single  
tap used for the purpose of reducing contaminants in drinking water at that 1 tap.  
(i) "Political subdivision" means a city, village, township, charter township, county,  
district, authority, or portion or combination of any of the entities specified in this  
subdivision.  
(j) "PQL" means the practical quantitation levels. The PQL is the lowest concentration  
that can be reliably achieved by well-operated laboratories within specified limits of  
precision and accuracy during routine laboratory operating conditions.  
(k) "Presedimentation" means a preliminary treatment process used to remove gravel,  
sand, and other particulate material from the source water through settling before the  
water enters the primary clarification and filtration processes in a treatment plant.  
Page 10  
(l) "Production well" means a well that has been approved for use for a public water  
supply pursuant to part 8 of these rules.  
(m) "Public hearing" means a hearing that is conducted by the director of the  
department on matters relating to the functions and responsibilities of the division and  
that seeks public input relevant to such functions and responsibilities.  
(n) "Public water supply" or "public water system" means a waterworks system that  
provides water for drinking or household purposes to persons other than the supplier of  
the water, and does not include either of the following:  
(i) A waterworks system that supplies water to only 1 living unit.  
(ii) A waterworks system that consists solely of customer site piping.  
(o) "Pumping water level" means the distance measured from an established datum at  
or above ground level to the water surface in a well being pumped at a known rate for a  
known period of time.  
(p) "Rated treatment capacity" means 1 or any combination of the following capacities  
when water treatment is practiced:  
(i) Rated capacity from an approved surface water supply, ground water supply under  
the direct influence of surface water, or complete treatment system as contained in  
R 325.11006.  
(ii) Firm capacity from an approved ground water supply where firm capacity means  
the production capability of each respective component of the waterworks system with  
the largest well, pump, or treatment unit out of service.  
(iii) Available capacity obtained under contract and capable of delivery from another  
approved public water supply.  
(q) "Raw water" means water that is obtained from a source by a public water supply  
before the public water supply provides any treatment or distributes the water to its  
customers.  
(r) "Regional administrator" means the EPA region V administrator.  
(s) "Regulated VOCs" means a group of volatile organic chemicals for which state  
drinking water standards have been promulgated but does not include total  
trihalomethanes.  
(t) "Removed from service" means physically disconnected from the waterworks  
system in a manner that would prevent the inadvertent use of the well and would require  
specific authorization from the public water supply to reconnect.  
(u) "Repeat sample" means a sample that is collected and analyzed in response to a  
previous coliform-positive sample.  
(v) "Resident" means an individual who owns or occupies a living unit.  
(w) "Routine sample" means a water sample that is collected and analyzed to meet the  
monitoring requirements for total coliform, as outlined in the written sampling plan.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 1991 AACS; 1994 AACS; 2000 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2005 AACS;  
2009 AACS; 2020 MR 14, Eff. Aug. 3, 2020.  
R 325.10108 Definitions; S.  
Rule 108. As used in these rules:  
Page 11  
(a) "Sanitary defect" means a defect that could provide a pathway of entry for  
microbial contamination into the distribution system or that is indicative of a failure or  
imminent failure in a barrier that is already in place.  
(b) "Sanitary survey" means an evaluation, including an on-site review of a  
waterworks system or a portion of the waterworks system, including all of the following  
applicable components for existing or potential health hazards for the purpose of  
determining the ability of the public water supply to produce, treat, and distribute  
adequate quantities of water meeting state drinking water standards:  
(i) Source.  
(ii) Treatment.  
(iii) Distribution system.  
(iv) Finished water storage.  
(v) Pumps, pump facilities, and controls.  
(vi) Monitoring, reporting, and data verification.  
(vii) System management and operation.  
(viii) Operator compliance with state requirements.  
(c) "Seasonal supply" means a noncommunity water supply that is not operated as a  
public water supply on a year-round basis and starts up and shuts down at the beginning  
and end of each operating season.  
(d) "Service connection" means a direct connection from a distribution water main  
to a living unit or other site to provide water for drinking or household purposes.  
(e) “Service line” means the pipe from the discharge of the corporation fitting to  
customer site piping or to the building plumbing at the first shut-off valve inside the  
building, or 18 inches inside the building, whichever is shorter.  
(f) "Service line sample" means a 1-liter sample of water that has been standing for  
not less than 6 hours in a service line.  
(g) "Shift operator" means a certified operator, other than the operator in charge,  
who is in charge of an operating shift of a waterworks system.  
(h) "Single-family structure," for the purpose of lead and copper control, means a  
building which is constructed as a single-family residence and which is currently used as  
either a residence or a place of business.  
(i) "Small water supply" or "small water system," for the purpose of lead and copper  
control, means a public water supply that serves fewer than 3,301 persons.  
(j) "SOC" means synthetic organic chemical.  
(k) "Source" means the point of origin of raw water or means treated water that is  
purchased or obtained by a public water supply, by a water hauler, or by a person who  
provides bottled water.  
(l) "State drinking water standards" means quality standards setting limits for  
contaminant levels or establishing treatment techniques to meet standards necessary to  
protect the public health.  
(m) "Static water level" means the distance measured from an established datum at  
or above ground level to the water surface in a well which is not being pumped, which is  
not under the influence of pumping, and which is not flowing under artesian pressure.  
(n) "Subpart H system" or "subpart H supply" means a public water supply using  
surface water or ground water under the direct influence of surface water as a source.  
Page 12  
(o) "Suction line" means a pipe or line that is connected to the inlet side of a pump  
or pumping equipment.  
(p) "Supplier of water" or "supplier" means a person who owns or operates a public  
water supply, and includes a water hauler.  
(q) "Surface water" means water that rests or flows on the surface of the ground.  
(r) "SUVA" means specific ultraviolet absorption at 254 nanometers (nm), an  
indicator of the humic content of water. It is a calculated parameter obtained by dividing  
a sample's ultraviolet absorption at a wavelength of 254 nm (uv254) (in m-1) by its  
concentration of dissolved organic carbon (DOC) (in mg/l). Therefore, SUVA units are  
l/mg-m.  
(s) "System with a single service connection" means a public water supply that  
supplies drinking water to consumers through a single service line.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1994 AACS; 2000 AAS; 2002 AACS; 2003 AACS;  
2009 AACS; 2015 AACS; 2018 AACS.  
R 325.10109 Definitions; T to Y.  
Rule 109. As used in these rules:  
(a) "Test well" means a well that is drilled on a site that has not been approved  
for use as a production well in accordance with the provisions of part 8 of these  
rules.  
(b) "Too numerous to count" means that the total number of bacterial colonies is  
more than 200 on a 47 millimeter diameter membrane filter.  
(c) "Total organic carbon" or "TOC" means total organic  
carbon  
in mg/l  
measured using heat, oxygen, ultraviolet irradiation, chemical oxidants, or  
combinations of these oxidants that convert organic carbon to carbon dioxide, rounded  
to 2 significant figures.  
(d) "Total trihalomethanes" or "TTHM" means the sum of the concentration, in  
milligrams per liter, rounded to 2 significant figures, of all of the following:  
(i) The trihalomethane compounds.  
(ii) Trichloromethane (chloroform).  
(iii) Dibromochloromethane.  
(iv) Bromodichloromethane.  
(v) Tribromomethane (bromoform).  
(e) "Transient noncommunity water supply" or "transient noncommunity water  
system" means a noncommunity supply that does not meet the definition of  
nontransient noncommunity water supply in R 325.10106(h).  
(f) "Treatment system" means a facility or structure and associated  
appurtenances installed for the purpose of treating drinking water before delivery to a  
distribution system.  
(g) "Treatment technique" means a minimum treatment requirement or a  
necessary methodology or technology that is employed by a public water supply for  
the control of the chemical, physical, biological, or radiological characteristics of  
the public water supply.  
Page 13  
(h) "Trihalomethane" or "THM" means 1 of the family  
of  
organic  
compounds named as derivatives of methane, wherein 3 of the 4 hydrogen atoms in  
methane are each substituted by a halogen atom in the molecular structure.  
(i) "Two-stage lime softening" means a process in which chemical addition and  
hardness precipitation occur in each of 2 distinct unit clarification processes in  
series prior to filtration.  
(j) "Unregulated contaminants" means a group of contaminants for which state  
drinking water standards have not been promulgated, but for which monitoring  
requirements apply.  
(k) "Variance" means an order, with appropriate conditions and compliance  
schedules and requirements, which is issued by the director to a public water supply and  
which permits a public water supply to be in noncompliance with a state drinking  
water standard, including a specified treatment technique.  
(l) "VOC" means volatile organic chemical.  
(m) "Water hauler" means a person engaged in bulk vehicular transportation of  
water to other than the water hauler's own household which is intended for use or  
used for drinking or household purposes. Excluded from this definition are those  
persons providing water solely for employee use.  
(n) "Water transportation tank" means a tank that is associated with an over the  
road vehicle that is used for the bulk transport of drinking water.  
(o) "Waterworks system" or "system" means a system of pipes and structures  
through which water is obtained and distributed, including, but not limited to all of the  
following which are actually used or intended for use for the purpose of furnishing  
water for drinking or household purposes:  
(i) Wells and well structures, intakes, and cribs.  
(ii) Pumping stations.  
(iii) Treatment plants.  
(iv) Storage tanks.  
(v) Pipelines and appurtenances.  
(vi) A combination of the items specified in this subdivision.  
(p) "Wholesale system" or "wholesale supply" means a public water supply that  
treats source water as necessary to produce finished water and then delivers some or  
all of that finished water to another public water supply. Delivery may be through a  
direct connection or through the distribution system of 1 or more consecutive supplies.  
(q) "Year-round service" means the ability of a supplier of water to provide  
drinking water on a continuous basis to a living unit or facility.  
History: 1979 AC; 1984 AACS; 1989 AACS; 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1994 AACS; 1998  
AACS; 2000 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10110 Definitions; parts 6 and 7.  
Rule 110. As used in part 6 and part 7 of these rules:  
(a) "Dose equivalent" means the product of the absorbed dose from ionizing  
radiation and such factors as account for differences in biological effectiveness due  
to the type of radiation and its distribution in the body as specified by the ICRU.  
Page 14  
(b) "Gross alpha particle activity" means the total radioactivity due to alpha  
particle emission as inferred from measurements on a dry sample.  
(c) "Gross beta particle activity" means the total radioactivity due to beta particle  
emission as inferred from measurements on a dry sample.  
(d) "ICRU" means the international commission on radiological units and  
measurements.  
(e) "Man-made beta particle and photon emitters" means all radionuclides emitting  
beta particles or photons, or both, listed in "Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and  
Maximum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air or in Water for  
Occupational Exposure," NCRP Report 22, 1963, as adopted by reference in R  
325.10112, except the daughter product of thorium 232, uranium 235, and uranium 238.  
(f) "Picocurie" or "pCi" means that quantity of radioactive material producing  
2.22 nuclear transformations per minute.  
(g) "Rem" means the unit of dose equivalent from ionizing radiation to the total  
body or any internal organ or organ system. A millirem is 1/1000 of a rem.  
History: 1979 AC; 2000 AACS.  
R 325.10111 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 2000 AACS.  
R 325.10112 Adoption by reference.  
Rule 112. (1) The materials adopted by reference in this rule are available for  
inspection at the offices of the department or from the sources, or available on the  
Internet. The contact information for the department and each source for the materials  
are listed in R 325.10116 addresses. The purchase prices are at the time of adoption of  
these rules.  
(2) Report 22, 1963, Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible  
Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational Exposure is  
adopted by reference. The material is referenced in R 325.10603. The material is  
available for purchase for $20.00 from the National Council on Radiation Protection and  
Measurements.  
(3) NSF international standards are available for purchase from NSF International or  
on the Internet at http://www.nsf.org. The department adopts by reference all of the  
following NSF standards:  
Standard  
44-2013  
53-2013  
58-2013  
60-2012  
Name  
Date  
Price  
Rule  
Reference  
Residential Cation Exchange Water 06/11/2013 $165.00 R 325.10313  
Softeners  
Drinking Water Treatment Units -  
Health Effects  
Reverse Osmosis Drinking Water  
Treatment Systems  
Drinking Water Treatment  
06/11/2013 $165.00 R 325.10313  
12/01/2013 $165.00 R 325.10313  
08/22/2012 $325.00 R 325.12102  
Page 15  
Chemicals - Health Effects  
Drinking Water System  
Components - Health Effects  
61-2012  
61-2012  
07/08/2012 $325.00 R 325.12102  
Addendum: Drinking Water System 03/26/2013 $45.00 R 325.12102  
addendum Components - Health Effects  
62-2013 Drinking Water Distillation Systems 06/11/2013 $165.00 R 325.10313  
(4) Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is available on the Internet at  
http://www.ecfr.gov or contained in 40 CFR parts 136 to 149 available from the  
superintendent of documents for $67.00. The department adopts by reference both of the  
following 40 CFR materials:  
(a) 40 CFR §141.42(d) Special Monitoring for Corrosivity Characteristics, December  
5, 1994, referenced in R 325.10710a.  
(b) CT99.9 values in Tables 1.1 to 1.6, 2.1 and 3.1 of 40 CFR §141.74(b)(3)(v)  
analytical and monitoring requirements, (2014), referenced in R 325.10722.  
(5) CT99.99 values in the tables in appendix b of the LT1ESWTR Disinfection  
Profiling and Benchmarking Technical Guidance Manual, May 2003, are adopted by  
reference. The material is referenced in R 325. 10722. The guidance manual is  
accessible on the Internet at http://www.epa.gov/safewater/mdbp/lt1eswtr.html or  
available for purchase for $32.50 from Educational Realms (document C-900) at 1929  
Kenny Road, Columbus, Ohio 43210-1080, Internet address www.stemworks.org,  
telephone number 800-276-0462.  
History: 1979 AC; 1998 AACS; 2000 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10113 Compliance with rules; guideline information.  
Rule 113. Public water supplies may use the information in the following  
publications as guideline documents to comply with these rules:  
(a) Recommended standards for water works, prepared by the Great Lakes--upper  
Mississippi river board of state sanitary engineers, is available for inspection at the  
department offices in Lansing, and may be purchased at a cost of $12.00 from the Health  
Education Services, P.O. Box 7126, Albany, New York 12224 telephone 518-439-7286,  
Internet http://www.hes.org/.  
(b) The American water works association manual M 19, emergency planning for  
water utilities, 2001, as referred to in part 23, is available for inspection at the department  
offices in Lansing, and may be purchased at a cost of $95.00 from the American Water  
Works Association, 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80235, telephone 1-  
800-926-7337, Internet www.awwa.org.  
(c) Suggested practices for waterworks design, construction, and operation for type I  
public water supplies, February 2008, prepared by the Michigan department of  
environmental quality, is available for inspection at the department offices in Lansing and  
on the Internet at http://www.michigan.gov/deq.  
(d) Best practices manual for cross connection control, fourth edition, October 2008,  
prepared by the Michigan department of environmental quality, is available for inspection  
at the department offices in Lansing and on the Internet at http://www.michigan.gov/deq.  
Page 16  
(e) Reference Guide for Asset Management Tools: Asset Management Plan  
Components and Implementation Tools for Small and Medium sized Drinking Water and  
Wastewater Systems, May 2014, prepared by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  
document number EPA 816-B-14-001 is available for inspection at the department  
offices in Lansing.  
History: 1979 AC; 2000 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10114 Recissions.  
Rule 114. The following rules of the department are rescinded:  
(a) Rules entitled "Municipal Water Supplies," being R 325.480 to R 325.491  
of the Michigan Administrative Code, and appearing on pages 2263 to 2264 of the 1954  
volume of the Code.  
(b) Rules entitled "Regulations Providing Minimum Standards for the Location  
and Construction of Certain Water Supplies in the State of Michigan," being R  
325.1451 to R 325.1461 of the Michigan Administrative Code, and appearing on  
pages 3205 to 3210 of the 1964-65 Annual Supplements to the Code.  
(c) Rules entitled "Operation of Plants Furnishing Water Supply," being R 325.371  
to R 325.374 of the Michigan Administrative Code, and appearing on pages 2253 of the  
1954 volume of the Code.  
(d) Rules entitled "Certification of Water Treatment Plant Personnel," being R  
325.551 to R 325.572 of the Michigan Administrative Code, and appearing on pages  
2278 to 2282 of the 1954 volume of the Code.  
(e) Rules entitled "Water Supply Cross-Connections," being R 325.431 to R  
325.440 of the Michigan Administrative Code, appearing on pages 6129 to 6131 of the  
1972 Annual Supplement to the Code.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10115 Remedies and penalties.  
Rule 115. A person who violates any of the provisions of these rules shall be  
subject to the remedies and penalties as prescribed by sections 21 and 22 of the act.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10116 Addresses.  
Rule 116. The following are addresses and contact information of the department  
and other organizations referred to in these rules:  
(a) Department of Environment, Great Lakes, and Energy, Drinking Water and  
Environmental Health Division, 525 West Allegan Street, Post Office Box 30817,  
Lansing, MI 48909-8311, Telephone 800-662-9278. Internet address:  
http://www.michigan.gov/egle.  
Page 17  
(b) National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements, 7910 Woodmont  
Avenue, Suite 400, Bethesda, Maryland 20814-3095, Telephone 301-657-2652. Internet  
address: http://www.ncrponline.org/.  
(c) NSF International, P.O Box 130140, 789 North Dixboro Road, Ann Arbor,  
Michigan 48105, Telephone 734-769-8010 or 800-673-6275, email info@nsf.org,  
Internet address http://www.nsf.org.  
(d) Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Publishing Office, P.O. Box  
979050, St. Louis, MO 63197-9000, Telephone 202-512-1800. Internet address to  
purchase documents online is http://bookstore.gpo.gov.  
History: 2002 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS; 2020 MR 14, Eff. Aug. 3, 2020.  
PART 2. HEARINGS AND CONTESTED CASES  
R 325.10201 Public hearings; applicable law.  
Rule 201. Public hearings conducted by the division pursuant to the act and these  
rules shall be in accordance with, and subject to, Act No. 306 of the Public Acts of  
1969, as amended, being §§24.201 to 24.315 of the Michigan Compiled Laws.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10202 Requests for public hearings.  
Rule 202. (1) If a person requests the division to schedule a public hearing, the  
request shall be made in writing and shall include all of the following information:  
(a) The name, address, and telephone number of the person requesting the public  
hearing.  
(b) A brief statement of the reason for the request and the relationship of the person  
to the subject for which the public hearing is requested.  
(c) A brief statement of the information that the person requesting the public  
hearing intends to submit at the public hearing.  
(2) After receipt of the request for public hearing, the chief of the bureau of  
environmental and occupational health shall make a determination as to the need for a  
hearing. If the chief of the bureau grants the public hearing, it shall be scheduled and  
conducted in accordance with, and subject to, Act No. 306 of the Public Acts of  
1969, as amended.  
(3) If the chief of the bureau denies the public hearing, he shall notify the  
person requesting the public hearing in writing of his decision and shall state his  
reasons for denial of the hearing.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10203 Contested cases; applicable law; appearances; service of  
notices and orders.  
Page 18  
Rule 203. (1) Division administrative procedures in contested cases and judicial  
review thereof shall be in accordance with, and subject to, chapters 4, 5, and 6 of  
Act No. 306 of the Public Acts of 1969, as amended, being §§24.271 to 24.306 of  
the Michigan Compiled Laws.  
(2) Appearances at a contested case hearing shall be either in person or by duly  
authorized agent. Legal counsel may represent a person in a contested case.  
(3) Service of notices, orders, and final orders shall be by personal service or by  
certified mail, or both, upon the parties named in the proceedings.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10204 Initiation of contested case hearing.  
Rule 204. (1) Contested case hearings may be initiated by the chief of the bureau  
of environmental and occupational health. Except in the case of suspension or  
revocation of a license, permit, order, variance, or exemption, the chief of the  
bureau shall initiate a contested case hearing by notice mailed by certified mail not less  
than 21 days prior to the hearing.  
(2) A person requesting a contested case hearing shall file  
a
petition with the  
division in Lansing, Michigan. The petition shall state the legal authority under which  
the hearing is requested, a brief statement of the matters asserted, a statement of the  
relationship of the petitioner to the issue, and a statement of relief sought.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10205 Notice of contested case hearing.  
Rule 205. When a contested case hearing is initiated, the division shall provide  
notice to those known persons who may be materially affected by the proceedings. The  
notice shall be by mail or by publication, or both, as may be necessary.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10206 Hearing officer; record of proceedings; proposal  
decision.  
for  
Rule 206. That portion of a contested case hearing in which testimony and  
evidence is to be taken may be referred to a hearing officer who shall be designated and  
authorized by the director to preside at the hearing. The hearing officer shall hear the  
evidence and prepare a record of the proceedings and a proposal for decision,  
including findings of fact and conclusions of law. The record of the proceedings  
and proposal for decision shall be filed at the office of the director as soon as  
possible after completion of the hearing. A copy of the proposal for decision shall be  
served by certified mail on all other parties to the proceedings.  
History: 1979 AC.  
Page 19  
R 325.10207 Division files and records; availability; evidence.  
Rule 207. The files and records of the division specified in notices  
of  
determination and hearing, except those materials exempted by section 13 of Act No.  
442 of the Public Acts of 1976, being §15.243 of the Michigan Compiled Laws,  
shall be available before or at contested case hearings held by the director or by the  
hearing officer, and the whole, or a part thereof, may be offered at a hearing as  
evidence on behalf of the division.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10208 Stipulations and consent orders; final orders.  
Rule 208. (1) A person cited to appear at a hearing noticed by the division, and  
who desires to dispose of the contested case by stipulation or consent order, may mail to  
the director not later than 10 days before the date set for hearing his written consent to  
the terms and conditions of the proposed order or other form of action as set forth in  
the notice of determination and hearing. Agreement between the parties on the terms  
and conditions of a stipulation or consent order shall constitute sufficient cause  
for the director to dispose of the contested case without further hearing.  
(2) After the hearing officer has submitted his proposal for decision, the director  
shall issue a final order on the matter. A certified copy of the final order shall be  
prepared and served by certified mail on the contesting parties or their attorneys  
together with the director's finding containing a resume of the facts and grounds for  
decision.  
History: 1979 AC.  
PART 3. VARIANCES, EXEMPTIONS, AND TREATMENT  
TECHNOLOGIES  
R 325.10301 Purpose.  
Rule 301. The purpose of this part is to prescribe procedures by which the  
department may grant or deny a variance or exemption from a state drinking water  
standard pursuant to the provisions of section 20 of the act and in accordance with the  
federal act.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10302 Form.  
Rule 302. If a variance or exemption is granted by the department to a supplier  
of water, it shall be in the form  
of  
an  
enforceable administrative order,  
approved as to form by the department of the attorney general. The order shall  
Page 20  
contain applicable conditions, specific compliance requirements, and time schedules  
for compliance.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10303 Request for variance or exemption from state drinking water  
standards generally.  
Rule 303. (1) A variance or exemption from a state drinking water standard shall not  
be granted with respect to either of the following:  
(a) MCLs for E. coli and total coliform. Beginning April 1, 2016, the total coliform  
MCL is no longer effective.  
(b) Treatment technique requirements of filtration and disinfection under  
R 325.10611 to R 325.10611c.  
(2) A supplier of water who wishes to request a variance or exemption from a state  
drinking water standard shall make that request, in writing, to the department not less  
than 90 days before the date on which the supplier of water wishes the variance or  
exemption to be effective. The request shall be made in a manner prescribed by the  
department and shall contain all information required by this part and the federal act.  
(3) Requests for variances or exemptions from state drinking water standards for  
more than 1 MCL or treatment technique shall be made separately.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10304 Variance from MCL or treatment technique; required finding.  
Rule 304. Variances from an MCL or treatment technique other than those prohibited  
in R 325.10303 may be granted by the director only upon his or her specific finding that  
either of the following conditions exists:  
(a) The supplier of water demonstrates that the characteristics of the raw water source  
or sources which are reasonably available to the public water supply do not permit the  
public water supply to meet the maximum contaminant level specified in a state drinking  
water standard despite application of the best available treatment technology, techniques,  
or other means which the department finds are generally available, taking costs into  
consideration, and that the granting of a variance will not result in an unreasonable risk to  
the health of persons served by the public water supply.  
(b) The supplier of water demonstrates that a specific treatment technique is not  
necessary to protect the health of persons served by the public water supply, and that the  
granting of the variance will not result in an unreasonable risk to the health of persons  
served by the public water supply.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10305 Request for variance; included information.  
Page 21  
Rule 305. A supplier of water who requests a variance from the department  
shall include on the request for variance the following information, where  
applicable:  
(a) The nature and duration of the variance requested.  
(b) Relevant water quality data of the public water supply, including the results  
of tests conducted pursuant to part 7 of these rules and the act.  
(c) An explanation and evidence of the best available treatment technology  
and techniques, where applicable.  
(d) Economic and legal factors relevant to the ability to comply with an MCL or  
treatment technique.  
(e) Raw water quality data relevant to the variance requested.  
(f) A proposed compliance schedule including the date by which each step toward  
compliance shall be achieved. A compliance schedule shall include, but not necessarily  
be limited to, all of the following:  
(i) The date by which an arrangement for an alternative raw water source or  
improvement of the existing raw water source shall be completed.  
(ii) The anticipated date of initiation of the connection to the alternative raw  
water source or the improved existing raw water source.  
(g) A plan for interim control measures during the duration of the variance  
requested, including the provision of safe drinking water in the case of a rise in the  
contaminant level.  
(h) A statement that the supplier of water shall perform monitoring and other  
reasonable requirements as may be prescribed by the director as a condition to a  
variance.  
(i) Other information believed to be pertinent to the request for variance by  
the director or the supplier of water.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10306 Exemption from MCL or treatment technique; required finding.  
Rule 306. Exemptions from an MCL or treatment technique other than those  
prohibited in R 325.10303 may be granted by the director only upon his or her specific  
finding that all of the following conditions exist:  
(a) Due to compelling factors, including economic factors, a public water supply is  
not able to comply with an MCL or treatment technique.  
(b) A public water supply for which an exemption is requested was in operation on  
the effective date of the state drinking water standard.  
(c) The supplier of water demonstrates that the granting of an exemption will not  
result in an unreasonable risk to the health of persons using the public water supply.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10307 Request for exemption; included information.  
Page 22  
Rule 307. A supplier of water who requests an exemption from the  
department shall include on the request for an exemption all of the following  
information:  
(a) The nature and duration of the exemption requested.  
(b) Relevant water quality data of the public water supply, including the results  
of tests conducted pursuant to part 7 of these rules and the act.  
(c) The date the public water supply was put into operation.  
(d) A complete explanation of the compelling factors, including, but not limited to,  
time and economic factors which prevent the public water supply from achieving  
compliance.  
(e) A proposed compliance schedule, including a date by which each step toward  
compliance shall be achieved.  
(f) The date by which final compliance is to be achieved.  
(g) Other information believed by the director or the supplier of water to be  
pertinent to the request for exemption.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10308 Review of request for variance or exemption.  
Rule 308. In his review of a request for a variance or an exemption the director  
shall take at least the following into consideration:  
(a) The availability and effectiveness of all methods which may be employed  
by the supplier of water to comply with the MCL or treatment technique for which  
the variance or exemption is requested.  
(b) Cost and other economic considerations, such as implementing treatment,  
improving the quality of the raw water source, using an alternative raw water  
source, or otherwise bringing the public water supply into compliance.  
(c) The quality of the raw water source, including water quality data and  
pertinent sources of contamination.  
(d) Source protection measures employed by the public water supply.  
(e) Construction or modification of treatment equipment or systems.  
(f) The time required to put into operation a new treatment system to replace an  
existing treatment system which is not in compliance, or other facilities or other  
means to bring the public water supply into compliance.  
(g) Risk to the health of persons served by the public water supply.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10308a Variances from MCL for total trihalomethanes.  
Rule 308a. (1) The department identifies all of the following as the best  
technology, treatment technique, or other means generally available for achieving  
compliance with the maximum contaminant level for total trihalomethanes as  
established in R 325.10604a:  
(a) Use of chloramines as an alternate or supplemental disinfectant or oxidant.  
(b) Use of chlorine dioxide as an alternate or supplemental disinfectant or oxidant.  
Page 23  
(c) Improved existing clarification for THM precursor reduction.  
(d) Moving the point of chlorination to reduce TTHM formation and, where  
necessary, substituting chloramines, chlorine dioxide, or potassium permanganate  
for the use of chlorine as a pre-oxidant.  
(e) Use of powdered, activated carbon for THM precursor or TTHM  
reduction seasonally or intermittently at dosages not to exceed 10 milligrams per  
liter on an annual average basis.  
(2) The department shall require a community supply to install or use, or both, any  
treatment method identified in subrule (1) of this rule as a condition for granting a  
variance, unless the department determines that the treatment method identified in  
subrule (1) of this rule is not available and effective for TTHM control for the  
system. A treatment method shall not be considered to be available and effective  
for a community supply if the treatment method would not be technically  
appropriate and technically feasible for that supply or would only result in a marginal  
reduction in TTHM for the community supply. Upon application by a supplier of water  
for a variance, if the department determines that none of the treatment methods  
identified in subrule (1) of this rule is available and effective for the community  
supply, the supplier of water shall be entitled to a variance pursuant to section 20  
of the act. The department's determination as to the availability and effectiveness of  
the treatment methods shall be based upon studies by the supplier of water and other  
relevant information. If a supplier of water submits information to demonstrate that a  
treatment method is not available  
and  
effective  
for TTHM control for that  
community supply, the department shall determine whether the information supports  
a finding that the treatment method is not available and effective for that supply  
before requiring installation or use, or both, of the treatment method.  
(3) Pursuant to R 325.10305, the department shall require  
a
schedule  
of  
compliance to be established that may require the community supply being granted the  
variance to examine any or all of the following treatment methods to determine the  
probability that any of the methods will significantly reduce the level of TTHM for  
that community supply:  
(a) Introduction of off-line water storage for THM precursor reduction.  
(b) Aeration  
for  
TTHM  
reduction,  
where  
geographically  
and  
environmentally appropriate.  
(c) Introduction of clarification where not currently practiced.  
(d) Consideration of alternative sources of raw water.  
(e) Use of ozone as an alternate or supplemental disinfectant or oxidant. If the  
probability exists, the supplier of water shall determine whether any of the treatment  
methods is technically feasible and economically reasonable, and that the TTHM  
reductions obtained will be commensurate with the costs incurred with the installation  
and use of the treatment methods for that community supply.  
(4) If the department determines that a treatment method identified in subrule (3)  
of this rule is technically feasible, economically reasonable, and will achieve TTHM  
reductions commensurate with the costs incurred with the installation or use, or both,  
of such treatment method for the community supply, the supplier of water shall be  
requested to install or use, or both, that treatment method in connection with a  
compliance schedule pursuant to R 325.10310. The department's determination shall  
Page 24  
be based upon studies by the supplier of water and other relevant information.  
The supplier of water shall not install or use treatment method not described in  
a
subrule (1) or (3) of this rule to obtain or maintain a variance from the requirements  
of R 325.10604a or in connection with any variance compliance schedule.  
History: 1984 AACS.  
R 325.10308b Best available technology.  
Rule 308b. (1) The department identifies the following as the best technology,  
treatment technique, or other means generally available for achieving compliance with  
the MCL:  
(a) For organic contaminants in R 325.10604b, R325.10604d, and R 325.10604g  
the best available technologies, treatment techniques, or other means available for  
achieving compliance with the MCLs are granular activated carbon (GAC), packed tower  
aeration (PTA), or oxidation (OX), as listed in table 1 of this rule.  
Table 1 Best available technologies for organic contaminants  
Contaminant  
Alachlor  
GAC  
x
PTA  
OX  
Aldicarb  
x
Aldicarb sulfone  
Aldicarb sulfoxide  
Atrazine  
x
x
x
Benzene  
Benzo(a)pyrene  
Carbofuran  
Carbon tetrachloride  
Chlordane  
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Dalapon  
x
2,4 D  
x
Di (2 ethylhexyl)adipate  
Di (2 ethylhexyl)phthalate  
Dibromochloropropane (DBCP)  
o Dichlorobenzene  
para Dichlorobenzene  
1,2 Dichloroethane  
1,1 Dichloroethylene  
cis 1,2 Dichloroethylene  
trans 1,2 Dichloroethylene  
Dichloromethane  
1,2 Dichloropropane  
Dinoseb  
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Diquat  
Endothall  
Endrin  
Page 25  
Contaminant  
Ethylbenzene  
Ethylene Dibromide (EDB)  
Glyphosate  
GAC  
x
x
PTA  
x
x
OX  
x
Heptachlor  
x
Heptachlor epoxide  
Hexachlorobenzene  
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene  
Hexafluoropropylene oxide dimer acid (HFPO-  
DA)  
Lindane  
Methoxychlor  
Monochlorobenzene  
Oxamyl (Vydate)  
x
x
x
x
x
x1  
x
x
x
x
Pentachlorophenol  
Perfluorobutanesulfonic acid (PFBS)  
Perfluorohexanesulfonic acid (PFHxS)  
Perfluorohexanoic acid (PFHxA)  
Perfluorononanoic acid (PFNA)  
Perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS)  
Perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA)  
Picloram  
x
x1  
x1  
x1  
x1  
x1  
x1  
x
Polychlorinated biphenyls(PCB)  
Simazine  
x
x
Styrene  
x
x
2,3,7,8 TCDD (Dioxin)  
Tetrachloroethylene  
Toluene  
x
x
x
x
x
Toxaphene  
x
2,4,5 TP (Silvex)  
x
1,2,4 Trichlorobenzene  
1,1,1 Trichloroethane  
1,1,2 Trichloroethane  
Trichloroethylene  
Vinyl chloride  
Xylene  
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1Best available technology is GAC or an equally efficient technology.  
(b) For inorganic contaminants in R 325.10604c, the best available technologies,  
treatment techniques, or other means available for achieving compliance with the MCLs  
are listed in table 2 of this rule. The affordable technology, treatment technique, or other  
means available to supplies serving 10,000 or fewer people for achieving compliance  
with the maximum contaminant level for arsenic are listed in table 3 of this rule.  
Page 26  
Table 2 Best available technologies for inorganic contaminants  
Chemical name  
Antimony  
Arsenic4  
Asbestos  
Barium  
Beryllium  
Cadmium  
Chromium  
Cyanide  
Mercury  
Nickel  
Best available technologies  
2,7  
1,2, 5,6,7,9,115  
2,3,8  
5,6,7,9  
1,2,5,6,7  
2,5,6,7  
2,5,62,7  
5,7,10  
21,4,61,7 1  
5,6,7  
Nitrate  
5,7,9  
Nitrite  
Selenium  
Thallium  
5,7  
1,23,6,7,9  
1,5  
1Best available technology only if influent Hg concentrations are 10 µg/l or less.  
2Best available technology for chromium III only.  
3Best available technology for selenium IV only.  
4BATs for Arsenic V. Pre-oxidation may be required to convert Arsenic III to  
Arsenic V.  
5To obtain high removals, iron to arsenic ratio must be at least 20:1.  
Key to best available technologies in table:  
1 = activated alumina  
2 = coagulation/filtration (not BAT for supplies with fewer than 500 service  
connections)  
3 = direct and diatomite filtration  
4 = granular activated carbon  
5 = ion exchange  
6 = lime softening (not BAT for supplies than 500 service connections)  
7 = reverse osmosis  
8 = corrosion control  
9 = electrodialysis  
10 = alkaline chlorination (pH greater than or equal to 8.5)  
11 = oxidation/filtration  
Table 3 Small supplies compliance technologies (SSCTs) for arsenic1  
Small supply compliance technology  
Affordable for listed small supply  
categories.2  
Activated alumina (centralized)  
Activated alumina (point-of-use)3  
Coagulation/filtration  
All size categories.  
All size categories.  
501-3,300, 3,301-10,000.  
501-3,300, 3,301-10,000.  
Coagulation-assisted microfiltration  
Page 27  
Small supply compliance technology  
Affordable for listed small supply  
categories.2  
Electrodialysis reversal  
Enhanced coagulation/filtration  
501-3,300, 3,301-10,000.  
All size categories.  
Enhanced lime softening (pH more  
All size categories.  
than 10.5)  
Ion exchange  
All size categories.  
Lime softening  
501-3,300, 3,301-10,000.  
All size categories.  
501-3,300, 3,301-10,000.  
All size categories.  
Oxidation/filtration4  
Reverse osmosis (centralized)  
Reverse osmosis (point-of-use)3  
1 SSCTs for Arsenic V. Pre-oxidation may be required to convert Arsenic III to  
Arsenic V.  
2Three categories of small supplies are: (i) those serving 25 or more, but fewer than  
501, (ii) those serving more than 500, but fewer than 3,301, and (iii) those serving more  
than 3,300, but fewer than 10,001.  
3POU must not be used to obtain a variance.  
4To obtain high removals, iron to arsenic ratio must be at least 20:1.  
(c) For radionuclide contaminants in R 325.10603, the best available technologies,  
treatment techniques, or other means available for achieving compliance with the MCLs  
are listed in table 4 for all size supplies. The affordable technology, treatment technique,  
or other means available for achieving compliance with the maximum contaminant level  
are listed in table 5 for supplies serving 10,000 or fewer people as categorized in table 6.  
Table 4 Best available technologies for radionuclide contaminants  
Contaminant  
Best available technologies.  
Combined radium 226 and radium 228  
Ion exchange, reverse osmosis, lime  
softening.  
Uranium  
Ion exchange, reverse osmosis, lime  
softening, coagulation/filtration.  
Reverse osmosis.  
Gross alpha particle activity (excluding  
radon and uranium)  
Beta particle and proton radioactivity  
Ion exchange, reverse osmosis.  
Table 5 List of small supplies compliance technologies for radionuclides and  
limitations to use  
Unit Technologies  
Limitations (see  
footnotes)  
Operator skill level Raw water quality  
required *  
range and  
considerations.  
All ground waters.  
Surface waters  
usually require pre-  
filtration.  
1. Ion exchange  
2. Reverse osmosis  
(RO)  
(a)  
(b)  
Intermediate  
Advanced  
3. Lime softening  
(c)  
Advanced  
All waters.  
Page 28  
4. Green sand  
filtration  
5. Co-precipitation  
and Barium sulfate  
(d)  
(e)  
Basic  
Intermediate to  
Advanced  
Ground waters with  
suitable water  
quality.  
6. Electrodialysis/  
electrodialysis  
reversal  
Not applicable  
(f)  
Basic to  
intermediate  
All ground waters.  
7. Pre-formed  
Intermediate  
Advanced  
All ground waters.  
hydrous Manganese  
oxide filtration.  
8. Activated alumina  
(a), (g)  
All ground waters;  
competing anion  
concentrations may  
affect regeneration  
frequency.  
9. Enhanced  
coagulation/  
filtration  
(h)  
Advanced  
Can treat a wide  
range of water  
qualities.  
* An operator with a basic skill level has minimal experience in the water treatment  
field and can perform the necessary system operation and monitoring if provided with  
proper instruction. The operator is capable of reading and following explicit directions.  
An operator with an intermediate skill level understands the principles of water treatment  
and has a knowledge of the regulatory framework. The operator is capable of making  
system changes in response to source water fluctuations. An operator with an advanced  
skill level possesses a thorough understanding of the principles of system operation. The  
operator is knowledgeable in water treatment and regulatory requirements. The operator  
may, however, have advanced knowledge of only the particular treatment technology.  
The operator seeks information, remains informed, and reliably interprets and responds to  
water fluctuations and system intricacies.  
Limitations Footnotes: Technologies for Radionuclides:  
a. The regeneration solution contains high concentrations of the contaminant ions.  
Disposal options must be carefully considered before choosing this technology.  
b. Reject water disposal options must be carefully considered before choosing this  
technology.  
c. The combination of variable source water quality and the complexity of the water  
chemistry involved may make this technology too complex for small surface water  
systems.  
d. Removal efficiencies may vary depending on water quality.  
e. This technology may be very limited in application to small systems. Since the  
process requires static mixing, detention basins, and filtration, it is most applicable to  
systems with sufficiently high sulfate levels that already have a suitable filtration  
treatment train in place.  
Page 29  
f. This technology is most applicable to small systems that already have filtration in  
place.  
g. Handling of chemicals required during regeneration and pH adjustment may be too  
difficult for small systems without an adequately trained operator.  
h. Assumes modification to a coagulation/filtration process already in place.  
Table 6 Compliance technologies by supply size category for radionuclide  
Requirements  
Contaminant  
Compliance technologies* for supply size categories (population  
served)  
25-500  
501-3,300  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7  
3,301 – 10,000  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7  
1. Combined radium 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7  
226 and radium 228  
2. Gross alpha  
particle activity  
3. Beta particle  
activity and photon  
activity  
2
2
2
1, 2  
1, 2  
1, 2  
4. Uranium  
1, 8, 9  
1, 2, 3, 8, 9  
1, 2, 3, 8, 9  
* Numbers correspond to those technologies listed in Table 5 of this rule.  
(2) The department shall require community water supplies and nontransient,  
noncommunity water supplies to employ a treatment method identified in subrule (1) of  
this rule as a condition for granting a variance, except as provided in subrule (3) of this  
rule. If, after the treatment method is installed in the system, the supply cannot meet the  
MCL, then the supply is eligible for a variance under this part and section 20 of the act,  
MCL 325.1020.  
(3) If a supply demonstrates through comprehensive engineering assessments, which  
may include pilot plant studies, that the treatment methods identified in subrule (1) of this  
rule may only achieve a de minimis reduction in contaminants, then the department may  
issue a schedule of compliance that requires the supply being granted the variance to  
examine other treatment methods as a condition of obtaining the variance.  
(4) If the department determines that a treatment method identified in subrule (3) of  
this rule is technically feasible, then the department may require the supply to use that  
treatment method in connection with a compliance schedule issued under section 20 of  
the act, MCL 325.1020. The department's determination must be based on studies by the  
supply and other relevant information.  
(5) The department may require a community or noncommunity supply to use point-  
of-use devices, point-of-entry devices, or other means as a condition of granting a  
variance or an exemption from the requirements of R 325.10603, R 325.10604b, R  
325.10604c, R 325.10604d, or R325.10604g to avoid an unreasonable risk to health. The  
department may require a public water supply to use point-of-use devices or other means,  
but not point-of-entry devices, as a condition for granting an exemption from corrosion  
control treatment requirements for lead and copper in R 325.10604f(2) and (3) to avoid  
an unreasonable risk to health. The department may require a public water supply to use  
point-of-entry devices as a condition for granting an exemption from the source water  
Page 30  
and lead service line replacement requirements for lead and copper under  
R 325.10604f(4) and (5) to avoid an unreasonable risk to health, provided the supply  
demonstrates that the device will not cause an increased corrosion of lead and copper  
bearing materials located between the device and the tap that may increase contaminant  
levels at the tap.  
(6) Community or noncommunity water supplies that use point-of-use or point-of-  
entry devices under this rule shall meet the conditions in R 325.10313.  
History: 1989 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS; 2009  
AACS; 2020 MR 14, Eff. Aug. 3, 2020.  
R 325.10309  
Disposition of requests for variances or exemptions; public  
notices and opportunity for public hearings.  
Rule 309. (1) Prior to issuing an order granting a variance from an MCL, the  
director shall provide public notice of his intent and shall provide an opportunity for any  
person to request a public hearing on the proposed order and the proposed compliance  
schedule.  
(2) Prior to finalizing a compliance schedule which is to be a part of an exemption  
from an MCL or treatment technique or a variance from a specified treatment  
technique, the director shall provide public notice thereof and shall provide an  
opportunity for any person to request a public hearing on the compliance schedule.  
(3) Public notices issued by the director pursuant to subrules (1) and (2) shall be  
circulated in a manner designed to inform interested persons of the proposed order or  
compliance schedule, or both.  
(4) The public notice issued by the director pursuant to subrules (1) and (2) shall  
contain a summary of proposed conditions, compliance programs, compliance  
schedules, restrictions, and other information relating to the request for a variance or  
exemption.  
(5) Notices issued and public hearings conducted pursuant to this rule may  
include more than 1 order or compliance schedule, or both.  
(6) Public hearings conducted by the director pursuant to this rule shall be in  
accordance with, and subject to, R 325.10201 and R 325.10202.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10310 Order granting a variance or exemption or prescribing  
compliance schedule; denial of request.  
Rule 310. After receipt of a request for a variance or exemption from a supplier of  
water, or following a public hearing conducted by the director pursuant to R 325.10309,  
the director shall issue an administrative order to the supplier of water granting a  
variance or exemption or prescribing a compliance schedule, or both, or shall deny the  
request.  
History: 1979 AC.  
Page 31  
R 325.10311 Term of exemption; reissuance.  
Rule 311. An exemption granted by the director to a supplier of water shall have  
a fixed term not to exceed 5 years. A supplier of water who wishes to extend an  
exemption beyond the date specified in the administrative order shall submit a  
request for reissuance of an exemption pursuant to R 325.10307. Exemptions issued or  
reissued by the director pursuant to this part shall not be inconsistent in any manner  
with the provisions of the federal act.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10312 Remedies and penalties.  
Rule 312. A supplier of water who submits false information in connection  
with a request for a variance or exemption, or who violates any of the provisions of an  
order issued by the director granting  
a
variance or exemption, shall be subject to  
immediate revocation of the order and to the remedies and penalties specified by the act.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10313 Criteria for water supplies using POE, or POU, or both.  
Rule 313. (1) Community and noncommunity water supplies shall not use point-of-  
use devices (POU) or point-of-entry devices (POE) except as required by the department  
under R 325.10308b or under all of the following provisions with department approval:  
(a) Community water supplies may use POE to comply with the maximum  
contaminant level or treatment technique for organic, inorganic, and radiological  
contaminants.  
(b) Noncommunity water supplies may use POU, or POE, or both, to comply with  
maximum contaminant levels or treatment techniques for organic and inorganic  
contaminants.  
(c) An alternative source of water that meets state drinking water standards is not  
available.  
(2) Supplies that use POU or POE, or both, shall meet all of the following  
requirements:  
(a) The supply shall operate and maintain the POU, or POE, or both.  
(b) Before POU, or POE, or both, are installed, the supply shall obtain department  
approval of a monitoring plan that ensures that the devices provide health protection  
equivalent to that provided by central water treatment. If the POU, or POE, or both, are  
being used to comply with maximum contaminant levels or treatment techniques, then  
"equivalent" means that the water must meet all state drinking water standards and must  
be of acceptable quality similar to water distributed by a well-operated central treatment  
plant. At a minimum, the monitoring plan must include all of the following:  
(i) Contaminants and parameters to be analyzed.  
(ii) Physical measurements and observations, such as total flow treated and  
mechanical condition of the treatment equipment.  
(iii) Location of sampling sites.  
Page 32  
(iv) Frequency of sampling. Approximately 10% of the treatment units must be  
sampled at regular intervals so that all the POE or POU are monitored at least as  
frequently as required in part 7 for a particular contaminant. For example, for a  
contaminant that is required to be sampled every 3 years, 10% of the POE or POU must  
be monitored quarterly so that in 3 years time all of the POE or POU have been  
monitored. The department may approve an alternate frequency that better represents the  
rate of degradation of the POE or POU.  
(c) Before POU, or POE, or both, are installed, the supply shall obtain department  
approval of a technology plan that ensures that effective technology is applied and that  
the microbiological safety of the water is maintained at all times. At a minimum, the  
technology plan must include all of the following:  
(i) The POU, or POE, or both, must be equipped with mechanical warnings to  
ensure that customers are automatically notified of operational problems.  
(ii) If a specific type of POU or POE has been independently certified to comply  
with the maximum contaminant level or treatment technique in accordance with the  
American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation Foundation standards 44, 53,  
58, or 62, as adopted by reference in R 325.10112, then individual units of that type must  
be used to comply with the maximum contaminant level or treatment technique. A  
supply may use an alternate type of POU or POE if the supply demonstrates to the  
department, using pilot plant studies or other means, that the alternative POU or POE  
consistently complies with the maximum contaminant level or treatment technique and  
the department approves the use of the POU or POE.  
(iii) The design and application of the POU, or POE, or both, must consider the  
potential for increasing concentrations of heterotrophic bacteria in water treated with  
activated carbon. Frequent backwashing, post-contactor disinfection, and heterotrophic  
plate count monitoring may ensure that the microbiological safety of the water is not  
compromised.  
(d) The supply shall demonstrate that buildings connected to the system have  
sufficient POU, or POE, or both, that are properly installed, maintained, and monitored  
such that all customers are protected.  
(e) If the POU, or POE, or both, are used to meet an MCL or treatment technique,  
then the supply shall replace or repair the POU or POE when the contaminant for which  
the device is intended to control is above the maximum contaminant level in a confirmed  
sample.  
(3) Compliance with the maximum contaminant level must be determined based on  
the analytical results obtained at each POU or POE, also known as the "sampling point".  
The compliance determination must be made under R 325.10604b(2) for volatile organic  
contaminants, R 325.10604c(2) for inorganic contaminants, R 325.10604d(2) for  
synthetic organic chemicals, or R 325.10604g(2) for per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances.  
(4) Supplies that violate the MCL shall notify the department under part 7 of these  
rules and shall notify the public under part 4 of these rules. The supply may limit the  
distribution of the public notice to only persons served by the POU or POE that is out of  
compliance.  
History: 2005 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS; 2020 MR 14, Eff. Aug. 3, 2020.  
Page 33  
PART 4. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION AND PUBLIC EDUCATION  
R 325.10401 Purpose.  
Rule 401. The purpose of this part is to prescribe requirements of public water  
supplies to provide public notification to persons served by a public water supply when  
the public water supply is not in compliance with a state drinking water standard, a  
monitoring requirement, or the requirements of a compliance schedule prescribed by a  
variance or exemption or while a variance or exemption is in effect. This part also  
prescribes requirements for public education when a community or nontransient  
noncommunity water supply exceeds the lead action level based on tap water  
samples collected under R 325.10710a. This part also prescribes requirements for  
consumer confidence reports (CCR) and annual water quality reports. For the  
purpose of this part applicable public water supplies are also considered "water  
supplies" or "supplies."  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 1994 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10401a General public notification requirements.  
Rule 401a. (1) Each community water supply, nontransient noncommunity water  
supply, or transient noncommunity water supply shall give notice for violations of the  
maximum contaminant level (MCL), maximum residual disinfection level (MRDL),  
treatment technique (TT), monitoring requirements, testing procedures in these rules, and  
for other situations, as listed in the following provisions:  
(a) Violations and other situations requiring public notice, including all of the  
following:  
(i) Failure to comply with an applicable maximum contaminant level (MCL) or  
maximum residual disinfectant level (MRDL).  
(ii) Failure to comply with a prescribed treatment technique (TT).  
(iii) Failure to perform water quality monitoring, as required by part 7 of these  
rules.  
(iv) Failure to comply with testing procedures as prescribed by part 6 of these  
rules.  
(b) Variances and exemptions under part 3 of these rules, including both of the  
following:  
(i) Operation under a variance or an exemption.  
(ii) Failure to comply with the requirements of a schedule that has been set under  
a variance or exemption.  
(c) Special public notices, including all of the following:  
(i) Occurrence of a waterborne disease outbreak or other waterborne emergency.  
(ii) Exceedance of the nitrate MCL by noncommunity water supplies, where  
granted permission by the department.  
(iii) Fluoride level above 2.0 mg/l as specified in R 325.10408a.  
(iv) Availability of unregulated contaminant monitoring data.  
(v) Other violations and situations that are determined by the department to  
require a public notice under this part and that are not already listed in table 1 of this rule.  
Page 34  
The tier assignment for each specific violation or situation requiring a public notice is  
identified in table 1 of this rule. Community and noncommunity water supplies are also  
considered "water supplies" or "supplies" in this rule, R 325.10402 to R 325.10407, and  
R 325.10408a to R 325.10409.  
(2) Public notice requirements are divided into 3 tiers to take into account the  
seriousness of the violation or situation and of the potential adverse health effects that  
may be involved. The public notice requirements for each violation or situation listed in  
subrule (1) of this rule are determined by the tier to which the violation or situation is  
assigned. The definition of each tier is provided in the following provisions:  
(a) Tier 1 public notice is required for violations and situations that have significant  
potential to have serious adverse effects on human health as a result of short term  
exposure.  
(b) Tier 2 public notice is required for all other violations and situations that have  
potential to have serious adverse effects on human health.  
(c) Tier 3 public notice is required for all other violations and situations not  
included in tier 1 and tier 2. The tier assignment for each specific violation or situation is  
identified in table 1 of this rule.  
(3) Supplies shall provide public notice to the following:  
(a) Each supply shall provide public notice to persons served by the supply as  
specified in this part. Supplies that sell or otherwise provide drinking water to other  
public water supplies, such as to consecutive supplies, shall give public notice to the  
consecutive supply. The consecutive supply shall provide public notice to the persons it  
serves.  
(b) If a public water supply has a violation in a portion of the distribution system  
that is physically or hydraulically isolated from other parts of the distribution system,  
then the department may grant permission, which must be in writing, to the supply to  
limit distribution of the public notice to only persons served by that portion of the system  
that is out of compliance. To be considered physically isolated, the supply shall show  
that the affected portion of the distribution system is separated from other parts of the  
distribution system with no interconnections. To be considered hydraulically isolated,  
the supply shall show that the design of the distribution system or the system operation,  
or both, created a situation where water in the affected portion is effectively isolated from  
the water in all other parts of the distribution system because of projected water flow  
patterns and water pressure zones.  
(4) The supply, within 10 days of completing the public notification requirements  
under this part for the initial public notice and applicable repeat notices, shall submit to  
the department a certification that it fully complied with the public notification  
regulations. The supply shall include with this certification a representative copy of each  
type of notice distributed, published, posted, and made available to the persons served by  
the supply and to the media.  
Table 1 Violations and other situations requiring public notice  
Monitoring, testing, & reporting  
procedure violations  
Contaminant  
MCL/MRDL/TT violations 1  
Page 35  
Tier of  
public  
notice  
Tier of  
public  
notice  
Citation  
Citation  
required  
required  
I. Violations of MCL, MRDL, treatment technique, monitoring and reporting, and testing procedure  
requirements:  
A. Microbiological contaminants  
R 325.10704 to  
Total coliform until March  
31, 2016  
R 325.10602(1)(a) and  
(b)  
R 325.10707a  
R 325.10702(2)  
R 325.10707b(4)  
2
2
3
3
Total coliform (TT  
violations resulting from  
failure to perform  
assessments or corrective  
actions, monitoring  
violations, and reporting  
violations) beginning April  
1, 2016  
Seasonal supply failure to  
follow department-  
approved start-up plan  
before serving water to the  
public or failure to provide  
certification to the  
R 325.10704j(3)  
R 325.10704j(4)(a)  
R 325.10704j(2)(a)  
R 325.10704j(2)(b)  
2
3
R 325.10704j(4)(c)  
department beginning April  
1, 2016  
Fecal coliform/E. coli until  
March 31, 2016  
R 325.10704(3)  
1
1
R 325.10602(1)(c)  
R 325.10704j(1)  
1, 3 2  
3
R 325.10707b(4)  
R 325.10704j(3)(b)  
R 325.10704j(4)(a)  
R 325.10704j(4)(b)  
E. coli (MCL, monitoring,  
and reporting violations)  
beginning April 1, 2016  
E. coli (TT violations  
resulting from failure to  
perform level 2 assessments  
or corrective action)  
beginning April 1, 2016  
Turbidity (for TT violations  
resulting from a single  
exceedance of maximum  
allowable turbidity level)  
Violations, other than  
violations resulting from  
single exceedance of max.  
allowable turbidity level  
(TT)  
2
R 325.10704j(2)(a)  
R 325.10611b  
n/a  
3
n/a  
R 325.10605  
R 325.10720(2)(a) and  
(b)  
2, 1 3  
R 325.10611,  
R 325.10611a, and  
R 325.10611b  
R 325.10605  
R 325.10720(2)(c) and  
(d)  
2
3
Violations of disinfection  
profiling and benchmarking  
Violations of filter  
N/A  
2
N/A  
3
3
R 325.10722  
R 325.11507  
backwash recycling  
R 325.10611c  
provisions  
Page 36  
Monitoring, testing, & reporting  
procedure violations  
Tier of  
public  
Citation  
notice  
MCL/MRDL/TT violations 1  
Tier of  
public  
Citation  
notice  
Contaminant  
required  
required  
40 CFR 141.701 to  
141.705, as adopted by  
reference in  
R 325.10720b,  
R 325.10720c and  
R 325.10720d.  
Failure to collect 3 or  
more samples for  
Cryptosporidium  
analysis is a tier 2  
violation requiring  
special notice as  
required in  
Violations of enhanced  
treatment for  
cryptosporidium  
R 325.10611e to  
R 325.10611m  
2
2, 3  
R 325.10408d. All  
other monitoring and  
testing procedure  
violations are tier 3.  
Violations of rules for  
ground water supplies  
subject to R 325.10612  
B. Inorganic chemicals (IOC)  
R 325.10739(7)  
R 325.10739a(5)  
2
R 325.10612b  
3
R 325.10710(4) and  
(5)  
R 325.10710(4) and  
(5)  
Antimony  
2
2
R 325.10604c(1)  
R 325.10604c(1)  
3
Arsenic  
3
R 325.10605  
Asbestos (fibers longer than  
10 µm)  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
R 325.10604c(1)  
R 325.10604c(1)  
R 325.10604c(1)  
R 325.10604c(1)  
R 325.10604c(1)  
R 325.10604c(1)  
R 325.10604c(1)  
R 325.10604c(1)  
R 325.10604c(1)  
R 325.10604c(1)  
3
R 325.10710(4), (6)  
R 325.10710(4) and  
(5)  
R 325.10710(4) and  
(5)  
R 325.10710(4) and  
(5)  
R 325.10710(4) and  
(5)  
R 325.10710(4) and  
(5)  
R 325.10710(4) and  
(5)  
R 325.10710(4) and  
(5)  
R 325.10710(3), (4),  
(7), and (9)(b)  
R 325.10710(3), (4),  
(8), and (9)(b)  
Barium  
3
Beryllium  
3
Cadmium  
3
Chromium (total)  
Cyanide (free)  
Fluoride  
3
3
3
Mercury (inorganic)  
Nitrate (as nitrogen)  
Nitrite (as nitrogen)  
3
1, 3 4  
1, 3 4  
Page 37  
Monitoring, testing, & reporting  
procedure violations  
Tier of  
public  
Citation  
notice  
MCL/MRDL/TT violations 1  
Tier of  
public  
Citation  
notice  
Contaminant  
required  
required  
Total nitrate and nitrite  
(as nitrogen)  
1
2
2
R 325.10604c(1)  
R 325.10604c(1)  
R 325.10604c(1)  
3
3
3
R 325.10710(4)  
R 325.10710(4) and  
(5)  
R 325.10710(4) and  
(5)  
Selenium  
Thallium  
C. Lead and copper (action level for lead is 0.015 mg/l through December 31, 2024 and 0.012 mg/l beginning  
January 1, 2025; action level for copper is 1.3 mg/l)  
R 325.10710a to  
R 325.10710c and  
R 325.10605  
R 325.10604f(1) – (5)  
R 325.10410(2) and (3)  
Lead and copper rule (TT)  
2
3
D. Synthetic organic chemicals (SOC)  
2,4-D  
2,4,5-TP (silvex)  
Alachlor  
Atrazine  
Benzo(a)pyrene (PAHs)  
Carbofuran  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
Chlordane  
Dalapon  
Di (2-ethylhexyl) adipate  
Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate  
Dibromochloropropane  
Dinoseb  
Dioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD)  
Diquat  
Endothall  
Endrin  
Ethylene dibromide  
Glyphosate  
Heptachlor  
Heptachlor epoxide  
Hexachlorobenzene  
Hexachlorocyclo-  
pentadiene  
2
R 325.10604d(1)  
3
R 325.10717  
Lindane  
2
2
2
2
2
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
3
3
3
3
3
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
Methoxychlor  
Oxamyl (vydate)  
Pentachlorophenol  
Picloram  
Polychlorinated biphenyls  
[PCBs]  
2
R 325.10604d(1)  
3
R 325.10717  
Simazine  
Toxaphene  
2
2
R 325.10604d(1)  
R 325.10604d(1)  
3
3
R 325.10717  
R 325.10717  
E. Volatile organic chemicals (VOC)  
Benzene  
Carbon tetrachloride  
Chlorobenzene  
2
2
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
3
3
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
2
R 325.10604b(1)  
3
R 325.10716  
(monochloro-benzene)  
Page 38  
Monitoring, testing, & reporting  
procedure violations  
Tier of  
public  
Citation  
notice  
MCL/MRDL/TT violations 1  
Tier of  
public  
Citation  
notice  
Contaminant  
required  
required  
O-dichlorobenzene  
P-dichlorobenzene  
1,2-dichloroethane  
1,1-dichloroethylene  
Cis-1,2-dichloroethylene  
Trans-1,2-dichloroethylene  
Dichloromethane  
1,2-dichloropropane  
Ethylbenzene  
Styrene  
Tetrachloro-ethylene  
Toluene  
1,2,4-trichlorobenzene  
1,1,1-trichloroethane  
1,1,2-trichloroethane  
Trichloroethylene  
Vinyl chloride  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
R 325.10604b(1)  
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
R 325.10716  
Xylenes (total)  
F. per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS)  
Hexafluoropropylene oxide  
dimer acid (HFPO-DA)  
Perfluorobutane sulfonic  
acid (PFBS)  
Perfluorohexane sulfonic  
acid (PFHxS)  
Perfluorohexanoic acid  
(PFHxA)  
Perfluorononanoic acid  
(PFNA)  
Perfluorooctane sulfonic  
acid (PFOS)  
Perfluorooctanoic acid  
(PFOA)  
2
R 325.10604g(1)  
R 325.10604g(1)  
R 325.10604g(1)  
R 325.10604g(1)  
R 325.10604g(1)  
R 325.10604g(1)  
R 325.10604g(1)  
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
R 325.10717d  
R 325.10717d  
R 325.10717d  
R 325.10717d  
R 325.10717d  
R 325.10717d  
R 325.10717d  
2
2
2
2
2
2
G. Radioactive contaminants  
R 325.10605  
R 325.10725  
R 325.10730  
R 325.10605  
R 325.10725  
R 325.10726  
R 325.10728  
R 325.10729  
R 325.10605  
R 325.10725  
R 325.10726  
R 325.10728  
R 325.10729  
Beta/photon emitters  
2
2
R 325.10603(2)(c)  
R 325.10603(2)(b)  
3
3
Alpha emitters (gross  
alpha)  
Combined radium (226 &  
228)  
2
R 325.10603(2)(a)  
3
Page 39  
Monitoring, testing, & reporting  
procedure violations  
Tier of  
public  
Citation  
notice  
MCL/MRDL/TT violations 1  
Tier of  
public  
Citation  
notice  
Contaminant  
required  
required  
R 325.10605  
R 325.10725  
Uranium (pCi/L)  
2
R 325.10603(2)(d)  
3
R 325.10726  
R 325.10728  
R 325.10729  
H. Disinfection byproducts (DBP), byproduct precursors, disinfectant residuals. Where disinfection is used in  
the treatment of drinking water, disinfectants combine with organic and inorganic matter present in water to form  
chemicals called disinfection byproducts (DBP). The department sets standards for controlling the levels of  
disinfectants and DBPs in drinking water, including trihalomethanes (THM) and haloacetic acids (HAA). See  
R 325.10610 to R 325.10610d, and R 325.10719e to R 325.10719n for disinfection byproduct MCLs,  
disinfectant MRDLs, and related monitoring requirements.  
R 325.10610d,  
R 325.10719e(1) and  
(2)(a), and  
Total trihalomethanes  
(TTHM)  
R 325.10610(2)  
R 325.10610b(2)(a)  
2
2
3
3
R 325.10719h to  
R 325.10719n  
R 325.10610d,  
R 325.10719e(1) and  
(2)(a), and  
R 325.10719h to  
R 325.10719n  
R 325.10719e(1) and  
(2)(c)  
R 325.10719e(1) and  
(3)  
R 325.10719e(1) and  
(3)  
R 325.10610(2)  
R 325.10610b(2)(a)  
Haloacetic acids (HAA)  
R 325.10610  
R 325.10610b(2)(b)  
R 325.10610a  
R 325.10610b(3)(a)  
R 325.10610a  
R 325.10610b(3)(a)  
R 325.10610  
R 325.10610b(2)(c)  
R 325.10610a  
R 325.10610b(3)(b)(ii)  
Bromate  
2
2
2
2
2
3
Chloramine (MRDL)  
Chlorine (MRDL)  
Chlorite  
3
3
R 325.10719e(1) and  
(2)(b)  
R 325.10719e(1),  
(3)(b)(i) and (iii)  
3
Chlorine dioxide (MRDL),  
where any 2 consecutive  
2 *, 3  
daily samples at entrance to * Failure to monitor for chlorine dioxide at the entrance to the distribution system  
distribution system only are the day after exceeding the MRDL at the entrance to the distribution system is a  
above MRDL  
tier 2 violation.  
R 325.10610a  
R 325.10610b(3)(b)(i)  
R 325.10719e(1),  
(3)(b)(ii) and (iii)  
1 *  
1
Chlorine dioxide (MRDL),  
where sample(s) in  
distribution system the next  
day are also above MRDL  
* If any daily sample taken at the entrance to the distribution system exceeds the  
MRDL for chlorine dioxide and 1 or more samples taken in the distribution  
system the next day exceed the MRDL, tier 1 notification is required. Failure to  
take the required samples in the distribution system after the MRDL is exceeded  
at the entry point also triggers tier 1 notification.  
Control of DBP  
R 325.10610b(4)  
R 325.10610c  
R 325.10719e(1) and  
(4)  
2
3
3
3
precursors—TOC (TT)  
Bench marking and  
disinfection profiling  
Development of monitoring  
plan  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
R 325.10722  
R 325.10719e(5)  
I. Other treatment techniques  
Acrylamide (TT)  
2
R 325.10604e  
Page 40  
N/A  
N/A  
Monitoring, testing, & reporting  
procedure violations  
Tier of  
public  
Citation  
notice  
MCL/MRDL/TT violations 1  
Tier of  
public  
Citation  
notice  
Contaminant  
required  
required  
Epichlorohydrin (TT)  
II. Other monitoring:  
Unregulated contaminants  
2
R 325.10604e  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
3
3
40 CFR 141.40 5  
R 325.10710(4), (5),  
and (9)  
Nickel  
III. Public notification for variances and exemptions:  
Operation under a variance  
or exemption  
3
R 325.10302  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
Violation of conditions of a  
variance or exemption  
2
R 325.10312  
IV. Other situations requiring public notification:  
Fluoride level above 2.0  
mg/l  
3
R 325.10408a(1)  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
Exceedance of nitrate MCL  
for noncommunity supplies,  
as allowed by the  
department  
1
R 325.10604c(3)  
Availability of unregulated  
contaminant monitoring  
data  
Waterborne disease  
outbreak  
3
1
R 325.10407  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
R 325.10734(4)  
Source water sample  
positive for fecal indicator:  
E.coli, enterococci, or  
coliphage  
Other waterborne  
emergencies and other  
situations as determined by  
the department  
1
R 325.10739(6)  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
1 or 2 or 3 *  
* Waterborne emergencies require a tier 1 public notice. The department may  
place other situations in any tier it determines appropriate, based on threat to  
public health.  
1MCL - Maximum contaminant level, MRDL - maximum residual disinfectant level, TT -  
treatment technique.  
2Failure to test for fecal coliform or E. coli is a tier 1 violation if testing is not done after any  
repeat sample tests positive for coliform. All other total coliform monitoring and testing  
procedure violations are tier 3.  
3Supplies with treatment technique violations involving a single exceedance of a maximum  
turbidity limit under R 325.10611b(1) are required to initiate consultation with the department  
within 24 hours after learning of the violation. Based on this consultation, the department may  
subsequently decide to elevate the violation to tier 1. If a supply is unable to make contact with  
the department in the 24-hour period, the violation is automatically elevated to tier 1.  
4Failure to take a confirmation sample within 24 hours for nitrate or nitrite after an initial  
sample exceeds the MCL is a tier 1 violation. Other monitoring violations for nitrate are tier 3.  
Page 41  
540 CFR 141.40,which pertains to unregulated contaminant monitoring, is contained in Title  
40 CFR parts 136 to 149 and is available for purchase for $67.00 from the superintendent of  
documents at the address in R 325.10116. The material is available for inspection from the offices  
of the department at the address in R 325.10116(a) or available on the internet at  
http://www.ecfr.gov/.  
History: 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS; 2018 AACS; 2020 MR 14, Eff. Aug.  
3, 2020.  
R 325.10402 Tier 1 public notice; form, manner, and frequency of notice.  
Rule 402. (1) A tier 1 public notice is required for all of the following violation  
categories and other situations in a community or noncommunity water supply that is  
subject to R 325.10401a:  
(a) Violation of the MCL for total coliforms when fecal coliform or E. coli are present  
in the water distribution system as specified in R 325.10602, or when the water supply  
fails to test for fecal coliforms or E. coli when a repeat sample tests positive for coliform  
as specified in R 325.10707. Violation of the MCL for E. coli, as specified in  
R 325.10602.  
(b) Violation of the MCL for nitrate, nitrite, or total nitrate and nitrite, as defined in  
R 325.10604c, or when the water supply fails to take a confirmation sample within 24  
hours of the water supply's receipt of the first sample result showing an exceedance of the  
nitrate or nitrite MCL, as specified in R 325.10710(9)(b).  
(c) Exceedance of the nitrate MCL by noncommunity water supplies, where permitted  
to exceed the MCL by the department, as required under R 325.10408b.  
(d) Violation of the MRDL for chlorine dioxide, as defined in R 325.10610a(1), when  
1 or more samples taken in the distribution system the day following an exceedance of  
the MRDL at the entrance of the distribution system exceed the MRDL, or when the  
water supply does not take the required samples in the distribution system, as specified in  
R 325.10610b(3)(b).  
(e) Violation of the treatment technique requirement resulting from a single  
exceedance of the maximum allowable turbidity limit under R 325.10611b(1) as  
identified in table 1 of R 325.10401a, where the department determines after consultation  
that a tier 1 notice is required or where consultation does not take place within 24 hours  
after the supply learns of the violation.  
(f) Occurrence of a waterborne disease outbreak or other waterborne emergency, such  
as a failure or significant interruption in key water treatment processes, a natural disaster  
that disrupts the water supply or distribution system, or a chemical spill or unexpected  
loading of possible pathogens into the source water that significantly increases the  
potential for drinking water contamination.  
(g) Detection of E. coli, enterococci, or coliphage in source water samples as  
specified in R 325.10739(1) and (2).  
(h) Other violations or situations with significant potential to have serious adverse  
effects on human health as a result of short-term exposure, as determined by the  
department either in these rules or on a case-by-case basis. The tier assignment for each  
specific violation or situation is listed in table 1 of R 325.10401a.  
(2) A tier 1 public notice shall be provided under all the following provisions:  
Page 42  
(a) Water supplies shall provide the public notice as soon as practical but not later  
than 24 hours after the supply learns of the violation or situation.  
(b) The water supply shall initiate consultation with the department as soon as  
practical, but not later than 24 hours after the supply learns of the violation or situation, to  
determine additional public notice requirements.  
(c) The water supply shall comply with additional public notification requirements,  
including repeat notices or direction on the duration of the posted notices, established as a  
result of consultation with the department. These additional requirements may include  
the timing, form, manner, frequency, and content of applicable repeat notices, and other  
actions designed to reach all persons served.  
(3) Water supplies shall provide the notice within 24 hours in a form and manner  
reasonably calculated to reach all persons served. The form and manner used by the  
supply are to fit the specific situation, but shall be designed to reach residential, transient,  
and nontransient users of the supply. To reach all persons served, supplies shall use, at a  
minimum, 1 or more of the following forms of delivery:  
(a) Appropriate broadcast media, such as radio and television.  
(b) Posting of the notice in conspicuous locations throughout the area served by the  
supply.  
(c) Hand delivery of the notice to persons served by the system.  
(d) Another delivery method approved, in writing, by the department.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10403 Tier 2 public notice; form, manner, and frequency of notice.  
Rule 403. (1) A tier 2 public notice is required for all of the following violations and  
situations in a community or noncommunity water supply that is subject to  
R 325.10401a:  
(a) All violations of the MCL, MRDL, and treatment technique requirements, except  
where a tier 1 notice is required under R 325.10402(1) or where the department  
determines that a tier 1 notice is required.  
(b) Violations of the monitoring and testing procedure requirements, where the  
department determines that a tier 2 rather than a tier 3 public notice is required, taking  
into account potential health impacts and persistence of the violation.  
(c) Failure to comply with the terms and conditions of a variance or exemption in  
place. The tier assignment for each specific violation or situation is listed in table 1 of  
R 325.10401a.  
(d) Failure to take corrective action or failure to maintain at least 4-log treatment of  
viruses, using inactivation, removal, or a department-approved combination of 4-log  
virus inactivation and removal, before or at the first customer under R 325.10612a(1).  
(2) A tier 2 public notice shall be provided under all the following provisions:  
(a) Supplies shall provide the public notice as soon as practical, but not later than 30  
days after the supply learns of the violation or situation. If the public notice is posted, the  
notice shall remain in place for as long as the violation or situation exists, but not for less  
than 7 days, even if the violation or situation is resolved. The department may, on a case-  
by-case basis, allow additional time for the initial notice of up to 3 months from the date  
the supply learns of the violation or situation. Circumstances that may warrant an  
Page 43  
extension include coordination with billing cycles for mailing purposes and violations  
that were quickly resolved and no longer pose any risk to persons served. The  
department shall not grant an extension to the 30-day deadline for an unresolved  
violation. Extensions granted by the department shall be in writing.  
(b) The supply shall repeat the notice every 3 months as long as the violation or  
situation exists, unless the department determines that appropriate circumstances warrant  
a different repeat notice frequency. The repeat notice shall not be given less frequently  
than once per year. The department shall not allow less frequent repeat notice for an  
MCL or treatment technique violation of total coliform provisions under R 325.10602,  
R 325.10704, R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k, and R 325.10705 to R 325.10709 or a  
treatment technique violation of filtration or disinfection under R 325.10611,  
R 325.10611a, or R 325.10611b. The department may, on a case-by-case basis, reduce  
the repeat notice frequency for other ongoing violations requiring a tier 2 repeat notice.  
Circumstances that may warrant a reduction in frequency include coordination with  
billing cycles for mailing purposes and consolidating notices for violations and situations  
occurring within a given year into an annual notice to provide for more effective  
communication with the consumer. Department determinations allowing repeat notices  
to be given less frequently than once every 3 months shall be in writing.  
(c) For the turbidity violations specified in this subdivision, supplies shall consult  
with the department as soon as practical but not later than 24 hours after the supply learns  
of the violation, to determine whether a tier 1 public notice under R 325.10402(1) is  
required to protect public health. When consultation does not take place within the 24-  
hour period, the supply shall distribute a tier 1 notice of the violation within the next 24  
hours, which shall be not more than 48 hours after the supply learns of the violation, and  
shall follow the requirements under R 325.10402(2) and (3). Consultation with the  
department is required for violations of the treatment technique requirement under  
R 325.10611 resulting from a single exceedance of the maximum allowable turbidity  
limit under R 325.10611b.  
(3) Supplies shall provide the initial tier 2 public notice and applicable repeat notices  
in a form and manner that is reasonably calculated to reach persons served in the required  
time period. The form and manner of the public notice may vary based on the specific  
situation and type of supply, but it shall, at a minimum, meet all of the following  
requirements:  
(a) Unless directed otherwise by the department, in writing, community water  
supplies shall provide notice by using both of the following forms of delivery:  
(i) Mail or other direct delivery to each customer receiving a bill and to other service  
connections to which water is delivered by the supply.  
(ii) Other methods reasonably calculated to reach other persons regularly served by  
the supply, if they would not normally be reached by the notice required in paragraph (i)  
of this subdivision. Other persons served may include those who do not pay water bills  
or do not have service connection addresses, such as house renters, apartment dwellers,  
university students, nursing home patients, and prison inmates. Other methods may  
include any of the following:  
(A) Publication in a local newspaper.  
(B) Delivery of multiple copies for distribution by customers that provide their  
drinking water to others, such as apartment building owners or large private employers.  
Page 44  
(C) Posting in public places served by the system or on the internet.  
(D) Delivery to community organizations.  
(b) Unless directed otherwise by the department, in writing, noncommunity water  
supplies shall use both of the following forms of delivery:  
(i) Posting the notice in conspicuous locations throughout the distribution system  
frequented by persons served by the system, or mailing or directly delivering to each  
customer and service connection, where known.  
(ii) Other methods reasonably calculated to reach other persons served by the system  
if they would not normally be reached by the notice required in paragraph (i) of this  
subdivision. Other persons served may include those who may not see a posted notice  
because the notice is not in a location they routinely pass by. Other methods may include  
any of the following:  
(A) Publication in a local newspaper or newsletter distributed to customers.  
(B) Use of e-mail to notify employees or students.  
(C) Delivery of multiple copies in central locations, such as community centers.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10404 Tier 3 public notice; form, manner, and frequency of notice.  
Rule 404. (1) A tier 3 public notice is required for all of the following violation  
categories and other situations in a community or noncommunity water supply that is  
subject to R 325.10401a:  
(a) Monitoring violations under part 7 of these rules, except where a tier 1 notice is  
required under R 325.10402(1) or where the department determines that a tier 2 notice is  
required.  
(b) Failure to comply with a testing procedure established in part 6 of these rules,  
except where a tier 1 notice is required under R 325.10402(1) or where the department  
determines that a tier 2 notice is required.  
(c) Operation under a variance or exemption granted under section 20 of the safe  
drinking water act, 1976 PA 399, MCL 325.1020 and part 3 of these rules.  
(d) Availability of unregulated contaminant monitoring results, as required under  
R 325.10407.  
(e) Fluoride level above 2.0 mg/l as specified in R 325.10408a.The tier assignment  
for each specific violation or situation is listed in table 1 of R 325.10401a.  
(f) Reporting and recordkeeping violations under total coliform provisions of  
R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k.  
(2) A tier 3 public notice shall be provided under all the following provisions:  
(a) Supplies shall provide the public notice not later than 1 year after the supply  
learns of the violation or situation or begins operating under a variance or exemption.  
Following the initial notice, the supply shall repeat the notice annually for as long as the  
violation, variance, exemption, or other situation exists. If the public notice is posted, the  
notice shall remain in place for as long as the violation, variance, exemption, or other  
situation exists, but for not less than 7 days, even if the violation or situation is resolved.  
(b) Instead of individual tier 3 public notices, a supply may use an annual report  
detailing all violations and situations that occurred during the previous 12 months, as  
long as the timing requirements of subdivision (a) of this subrule are met.  
Page 45  
(3) Supplies shall provide the initial tier 3 public notice and applicable repeat notices  
in a form and manner that is reasonably calculated to reach persons served in the required  
time period. The form and manner of the public notice may vary based on the specific  
situation and type of supply, but it shall, at a minimum, meet all of the following  
requirements:  
(a) Unless directed otherwise by the department, in writing, community water  
supplies shall provide notice by using both of the following forms of delivery:  
(i) Mail or other direct delivery to each customer receiving a bill and to other service  
connections to which water is delivered by the community supply.  
(ii) Other methods reasonably calculated to reach other persons regularly served by  
the community supply, if they would not normally be reached by the notice required in  
paragraph (i) of this subdivision. Other persons served may include those who do not pay  
water bills or do not have service connection addresses, such as house renters, apartment  
dwellers, university students, nursing home patients, and prison inmates. Other methods  
may include any of the following:  
(A) Publication in a local newspaper.  
(B) Delivery of multiple copies for distribution by customers that provide their  
drinking water to others, such as apartment building owners or large private employers.  
(C) Posting in public places served by the community supply or on the internet.  
(D) Delivery to community organizations.  
(b) Unless directed otherwise by the department, in writing, noncommunity water  
supplies shall provide notice by using both of the following forms of delivery:  
(i) Posting the notice in conspicuous locations throughout the distribution system  
frequented by persons served by the noncommunity supply or mailing or directly  
delivering to each customer and service connection, where known.  
(ii) Other methods reasonably calculated to reach other persons served by the  
noncommunity supply if they would not normally be reached by the notice required in  
paragraph (i) of this subdivision. Other persons served may include those who may not  
see a posted notice because the notice is not in a location they routinely pass by. Other  
methods may include any of the following:  
(A) Publication in a local newspaper or newsletter distributed to customers.  
(B) Use of e-mail to notify employees or students.  
(C) Delivery of multiple copies in central locations, such as community centers.  
(4) For community water supplies, the consumer confidence report (CCR) required  
under R 325.10411 to R 325.10415 may be used as a vehicle for the initial tier 3 public  
notice and all required repeat notices, if all of the following requirements are satisfied:  
(a) The CCR is provided to persons served not later than 12 months after the  
community water supply learns of the violation or situation as required under subrule (2)  
of this rule.  
(b) The tier 3 notice contained in the CCR follows the content requirements under  
R 325.10405.  
(c) The CCR is distributed following the delivery requirements under subrule (3) of  
this rule.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 1991 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
Page 46  
R 325.10405 Content of public notice.  
Rule 405. (1) If a community or noncommunity water supply that is subject to  
R 325.10401a has a violation or situation requiring public notification, then each public  
notice must include all of the following elements:  
(a) A description of the violation or situation, including the contaminant or  
contaminants of concern, and, as applicable, the contaminant level or levels.  
(b) When the violation or situation occurred.  
(c) The potential adverse health effects from the violation or situation, including  
the standard language under subrule (4)(a) or (b) of this rule, whichever is applicable.  
(d) The population at risk, including subpopulations particularly vulnerable if  
exposed to the contaminant in their drinking water.  
(e) If alternative water supplies should be used.  
(f) What actions consumers should take, including when they should seek medical  
help, if known.  
(g) What the supply is doing to correct the violation or situation.  
(h) When the supply expects to return to compliance or resolve the situation.  
(i) The name, business address, and phone number of the supply or designee of the  
supply as a source of additional information concerning the notice.  
(j) A statement to encourage the notice recipient to distribute the public notice to  
other persons served, using the standard language under subrule (4)(c) of this rule, where  
applicable.  
(2) All of the following elements must be included in the public notice for public  
water supplies operating under a variance or exemption:  
(a) If a public water supply has been granted a variance or an exemption, then the  
public notice must contain all of the following elements:  
(i) An explanation of the reasons for the variance or exemption.  
(ii) The date on which the variance or exemption was issued.  
(iii) A brief status report on the steps the supply is taking to install treatment, find  
alternative sources of water, or otherwise comply with the terms and schedules of the  
variance or exemption.  
(iv) A notice of opportunities for public input in the review of the variance or  
exemption.  
(b) If a public water supply violates the conditions of a variance or exemption, then  
the public notice must contain the 10 elements listed in subrule (1) of this rule.  
(3) The public notice must be presented in the following manner:  
(a) Each public notice required by this part must meet all of the following criteria:  
(i) Must be displayed in a conspicuous way when printed or posted.  
(ii) Must not contain overly technical language or very small print.  
(iii) Must not be formatted in a way that defeats the purpose of the notice.  
(iv) Must not contain language that nullifies the purpose of the notice.  
(b) In communities where more than 10% of the consumers are non-English  
speaking consumers, the public notice must contain information in the appropriate  
language or languages regarding the importance of the notice or contain a telephone  
number or address where persons served may contact the supply to obtain a translated  
copy of the notice or to request assistance in the appropriate language.  
(4) The supply shall include the following standard language in the public notice:  
Page 47  
(a) The supply shall include in each public notice the health effects language  
specified in table 1 of this rule corresponding to each MCL, MRDL, and treatment  
technique violation listed in table 1 of R 325.10401a, and for each violation of a  
condition of a variance or exemption.  
(b) The supply shall include the following language in the notice, including the  
language necessary to fill in the blanks, for all monitoring and testing procedure  
violations listed in table 1 of R 325.10401a: "We are required to monitor your drinking  
water for specific contaminants on a regular basis. Results of regular monitoring are an  
indicator of whether or not your drinking water meets health standards. During  
[compliance period], we 'did not monitor or test' or 'did not complete all monitoring or  
testing' for [contaminant or contaminants], and therefore cannot be sure of the quality of  
your drinking water during that time."  
(c) The supply shall include in the notice the following language, where applicable,  
to encourage the distribution of the public notice to all persons served: "Please share this  
information with all the other people who drink this water, especially those who may not  
have received this notice directly (for example, people in apartments, nursing homes,  
schools, and businesses). You can do this by posting this notice in a public place or  
distributing copies by hand or mail."  
Page 48  
Table 1 Regulated contaminants  
Key  
AL=Action level  
MCL=Maximum contaminant level  
MCLG=Maximum contaminant level goal  
mfl=Million fibers per liter  
MRDL=Maximum residual disinfectant level  
MRDLG=Maximum residual disinfectant level goal  
mrem/year=Millirems per year (a measure of radiation absorbed by the body)  
N/A=Not applicable  
NTU=Nephelometric turbidity units (a measure of water clarity)  
pci/l=Picocuries per liter (a measure of radioactivity)  
ppm=Parts per million, or milligrams per liter (mg/l)  
ppb=Parts per billion, or micrograms per liter (µg/l)  
ppt=Parts per trillion, or nanograms per liter  
ppq=Parts per quadrillion, or picograms per liter  
TT=Treatment technique  
Page 49  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Microbiological contaminants  
MCL: For water supplies analyzing 40 or more  
samples per month, not more than 5.0% of the  
Total coliform bacteria monthly samples may be positive for total  
Coliforms are bacteria that are naturally present in the  
environment and are used as an indicator that other,  
potentially harmful, bacteria may be present. Coliforms  
were found in more samples than allowed and this was a  
warning of potential problems.  
Naturally present in the  
environment  
zero  
N/A  
until March 31, 2016  
coliform. For supplies analyzing fewer than 40  
samples per month, not more than 1 sample per  
month may be positive for total coliform.  
Coliforms are bacteria that are naturally present in the  
environment and are used as an indicator that other,  
Naturally present in the potentially harmful, waterborne pathogens may be  
Total coliform bacteria  
beginning April 1,  
No conversion  
necessary  
2016. This row applies TT  
to Consumer  
TT  
environment  
present or that a potential pathway exists through which  
contamination may enter the drinking water distribution  
system.  
Confidence Reporting.  
Fecal coliforms and E. coli are bacteria whose presence  
indicates that the water may be contaminated with  
human or animal wastes. Microbes in these wastes can  
cause short-term effects, such as diarrhea, cramps,  
nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a  
special health risk for infants, young children, some of  
the elderly, and people with severely compromised  
immune systems.  
E. coli are bacteria whose presence indicates that the  
water may be contaminated with human or animal  
wastes. Human pathogens in these wastes can cause  
short-term effects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea,  
headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a greater  
health risk for infants, young children, the elderly, and  
people with severely-compromised immune systems.  
Fecal coliform and E.  
coli until March 31,  
2016  
No conversion  
necessary  
Human and animal  
fecal waste  
zero  
zero  
zero  
zero  
MCL: Routine and repeat samples are total  
coliform-positive and either is E. coli-positive  
E. coli beginning April or supply fails to take all required repeat  
1, 2016  
Human and animal  
fecal waste  
samples following E. coli-positive routine  
sample or supply fails to analyze total coliform-  
positive repeat sample for E. coli  
Page 50  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Coliforms are bacteria that are naturally present in the  
environment and are used as an indicator that other,  
potentially harmful, waterborne pathogens may be  
present or that a potential pathway exists through which  
contamination may enter the drinking water distribution  
system. We found coliforms indicating the need to look  
for potential problems in water treatment or distribution.  
When this occurs, we are required to conduct  
assessments to identify problems and to correct any  
problems that are found.  
[THE SUPPLY MUST USE 1 OF THE FOLLOWING  
APPLICABLE SENTENCES:]  
We failed to conduct the required assessment.  
We failed to correct all identified sanitary defects that  
were found during the assessment(s).  
Coliform Assessment  
or Corrective Action  
Violations, or both,  
beginning April 1,  
2016. This row applies  
to public notification.  
For Consumer  
Confidence Reporting,  
see R 325.10413(12)(g)  
(i).  
No conversion  
necessary  
N/A  
TT  
N/A  
N/A  
E. coli are bacteria whose presence indicates that the  
water may be contaminated with human or animal  
wastes. Human pathogens in these wastes can cause  
short-term effects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea,  
headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a greater  
health risk for infants, young children, the elderly, and  
people with severely compromised immune systems.  
We violated the standard for E. coli, indicating the need  
to look for potential problems in water treatment or  
distribution. When this occurs, we are required to  
conduct a detailed assessment to identify problems and  
to correct any problems that are found.  
E. coli Assessment or  
Corrective Action  
Violations, or both,  
beginning April 1,  
2106. This row applies  
to public notification.  
For Consumer  
Confidence Reporting,  
see R 325.10413(12)(g)  
(ii).  
No conversion  
necessary  
N/A  
TT  
N/A  
N/A  
[THE SUPPLY MUST USE 1 OF THE FOLLOWING  
APPLICABLE SENTENCES:]  
We failed to conduct the required assessment.  
We failed to correct all identified sanitary defects that  
were found during the assessment that we conducted.  
Page 51  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
When this violation includes the failure to monitor for  
total coliforms or E. coli prior to serving water to the  
public, the mandatory language found at  
R 325.10405(4)(b) must be used. When this violation  
includes failure to complete other actions, the  
appropriate public notice elements found in  
Seasonal Supply  
Treatment Technique  
Violations of the Total  
Coliform Rule  
beginning April 1,  
2016.  
No conversion  
necessary  
N/A  
TT  
N/A  
N/A  
R 325.10405(1) must be used.  
Fecal indicators are microbes whose presence indicates  
that the water may be contaminated with human or  
animal wastes. Microbes in these wastes can cause  
short-term health effects, such as diarrhea, cramps,  
nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a  
special health risk for infants, young children, some of  
the elderly, and people with severely compromised  
immune systems.  
Fecal indicator under  
groundwater  
requirements in  
R 325.10612 et. al:  
- E.coli  
E.coli:  
zero  
No conversion  
necessary  
Human and animal  
fecal waste  
TT  
TT  
Others:  
N/A  
- enterococci or  
- coliphage)  
Inadequately treated or inadequately protected water  
may contain disease-causing organisms. These  
organisms can cause symptoms such as diarrhea, nausea,  
cramps, and associated headaches.  
Turbidity has no health effects. However, turbidity can  
interfere with disinfection and provide a medium for  
microbial growth. Turbidity may indicate the presence  
of disease-causing organisms. These organisms include  
bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms  
such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and associated  
headaches.  
Violations of rules for  
ground water supplies TT  
subject to R 325.10612  
No conversion  
necessary  
TT  
N/A  
N/A  
zero  
N/A  
Turbidity  
TT  
No conversion  
necessary  
TT  
Soil runoff  
(ntu)  
Other microbiological contaminants  
Giardia lamblia,  
viruses,  
No conversion  
necessary  
Naturally present in the Inadequately treated water may contain disease-causing  
TT*  
TT*  
environment  
organisms. These organisms include bacteria, viruses,  
Page 52  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
heterotrophic plate  
count (HPC) bacteria,  
legionella,  
and parasites which can cause symptoms such as nausea,  
cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches.  
* The treatment technique violations that involve  
turbidity exceedances may use health effects language for  
turbidity instead.  
cryptosporidium  
Inorganic contaminants  
Discharge from  
petroleum refineries;  
fire retardants;  
ceramics; electronics;  
solder  
Some people who drink water containing antimony well  
in excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
increases in blood cholesterol and decreases in blood  
sugar.  
Antimony (ppb)  
Arsenic (ppb)  
0.006  
0.010  
1000  
1000  
6
6
0
Erosion of natural  
deposits; runoff from  
orchards; runoff from  
glass and electronics  
production wastes  
Decay of asbestos  
cement water mains;  
erosion of natural  
deposits  
Discharge of drilling  
wastes; discharge from  
metal refineries; erosion  
of natural deposits  
Discharge from metal  
refineries and coal-  
burning factories;  
discharge from  
Some people who drink water containing arsenic in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
skin damage or problems with their circulatory system,  
and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.  
10  
Some people who drink water containing asbestos in  
excess of the MCL over many years may have an  
increased risk of developing benign intestinal polyps.  
Asbestos [fibers longer  
than 10 µm] (mfl)  
No conversion  
necessary  
7 mfl  
2
7
2
7
2
Some people who drink water containing barium in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience an  
increase in their blood pressure.  
No conversion  
necessary  
Barium (ppm)  
Some people who drink water containing beryllium well  
in excess of the MCL over many years could develop  
intestinal lesions.  
Beryllium (ppb)  
0.004  
1000  
4
4
electrical, aerospace,  
and defense industries  
Page 53  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Corrosion of galvanized  
pipes; erosion of natural  
deposits; discharge  
from metal refineries;  
runoff from waste  
Some people who drink water containing cadmium in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
kidney damage.  
Cadmium (ppb)  
0.005  
1000  
5
5
batteries and paints  
Discharge from steel  
Some people who use water containing chromium well  
Chromium [total] (ppb) 0.1  
1000  
1000  
100  
200  
100  
200  
and pulp mills; erosion in excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
of natural deposits  
Discharge from  
allergic dermatitis.  
Some people who drink water containing cyanide well in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
nerve damage or problems with their thyroid.  
steel/metal factories;  
discharge from plastic  
and fertilizer factories  
Cyanide [free] (ppb)  
0.2  
Some people who drink water containing fluoride in  
excess of the MCL over many years could get bone  
disease, including pain and tenderness of the bones.  
Fluoride in drinking water at half the MCL or more may  
cause mottling of children’s teeth, usually in children  
less than 9 years old. Mottling, also known as dental  
fluorosis, may include brown staining or pitting of the  
teeth, or both, and occurs only in developing teeth before  
they erupt from the gums.  
Erosion of natural  
deposits; water additive  
that promotes strong  
teeth; discharge from  
fertilizer and aluminum  
factories  
No conversion  
necessary  
Fluoride (ppm)  
4.0  
4.0  
4.0  
Erosion of natural  
deposits; discharge  
from refineries and  
factories; runoff from  
landfills; runoff from  
cropland  
Runoff from fertilizer  
use; leaching from  
septic tanks, sewage;  
erosion of natural  
deposits  
Some people who drink water containing inorganic  
mercury well in excess of the MCL over many years  
could experience kidney damage.  
Mercury [inorganic]  
(ppb)  
0.002  
10  
1000  
2
2
Infants below the age of 6 months who drink water  
containing nitrate in excess of the MCL could become  
seriously ill and, if untreated, may die. Symptoms  
include shortness of breath and blue baby syndrome.  
Nitrate  
[as nitrogen] (ppm)  
No conversion  
necessary  
10  
10  
Page 54  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Runoff from fertilizer  
use; leaching from  
septic tanks, sewage;  
erosion of natural  
deposits  
Infants below the age of 6 months who drink water  
containing nitrite in excess of the MCL could become  
seriously ill and, if untreated, may die. Symptoms  
include shortness of breath and blue baby syndrome.  
Nitrite  
[as nitrogen] (ppm)  
No conversion  
necessary  
1
1
1
Runoff from fertilizer  
use; leaching from  
septic tanks, sewage;  
erosion of natural  
deposits  
Infants below the age of 6 months who drink water  
containing nitrate and nitrite in excess of the MCL could  
become seriously ill and, if untreated, may die.  
Symptoms include shortness of breath and blue baby  
syndrome.  
Selenium is an essential nutrient. However, some people  
who drink water containing selenium in excess of the  
MCL over many years could experience hair or  
fingernail losses, numbness in fingers or toes, or  
problems with their circulation.  
Total nitrate and nitrite  
[as nitrogen] (ppm)  
No conversion  
necessary  
10  
10  
50  
2
10  
50  
0.5  
Discharge from  
petroleum and metal  
refineries; erosion of  
natural deposits;  
discharge from mines  
Leaching from ore-  
processing sites;  
discharge from  
Selenium (ppb)  
0.05  
0.002  
1000  
1000  
Some people who drink water containing thallium in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
hair loss, changes in their blood, or problems with their  
kidneys, intestines, or liver.  
Thallium (ppb)  
Lead and copper  
electronics, glass, and  
drug factories  
AL=15  
AL=0.015  
through  
through  
December  
31, 2024;  
AL=12  
beginning  
January 1,  
2025.  
Lead services lines,  
corrosion of household could experience delays in their physical or mental  
plumbing including  
fittings and fixtures;  
erosion of natural  
deposits  
Infants and children who drink water containing lead  
December 31,  
2024; AL=  
0.012 beginning  
January 1,  
2025.  
development. Children could show slight deficits in  
attention span and learning abilities. Adults who drink  
this water over many years could develop kidney  
problems or high blood pressure.  
Lead (ppb)  
1000  
zero  
(TT)  
Page 55  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Copper is an essential nutrient, but some people who  
drink water containing copper in excess of the action  
Corrosion of household level over a relatively short amount of time could  
No conversion AL=1.3  
necessary (TT)  
plumbing systems;  
erosion of natural  
deposits  
experience gastrointestinal distress. Some people who  
drink water containing copper in excess of the action  
level over many years could suffer liver or kidney  
damage. People with Wilson’s disease should consult  
their personal doctor.  
Copper (ppm)  
AL=1.3  
1.3  
Synthetic organic contaminants including pesticides and herbicides  
Some people who drink water containing the weed killer  
Runoff from herbicide 2,4-d well in excess of the MCL over many years could  
2,4-D (ppb)  
0.07  
1000  
1000  
70  
50  
70  
50  
used on row crops  
experience problems with their kidneys, liver, or adrenal  
glands.  
Some people who drink water containing silvex in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
liver problems.  
Residue of banned  
herbicide  
2,4,5-TP [silvex] (ppb) 0.05  
Some people who drink water containing alachlor in  
excess of the MCL over many years could have  
problems with their eyes, liver, kidneys, or spleen, or  
experience anemia, and may have an increased risk of  
getting cancer.  
Runoff from herbicide  
used on row crops  
Alachlor (ppb)  
Atrazine (ppb)  
0.002  
1000  
2
zero  
Some people who drink water containing atrazine well in  
Runoff from herbicide excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
0.003  
0.0002  
0.04  
1000  
3
3
used on row crops  
problems with their cardiovascular system or  
reproductive difficulties.  
Some people who drink water containing benzo(a)pyrene  
in excess of the MCL over many years may experience  
reproductive difficulties and may have an increased risk  
of getting cancer.  
Some people who drink water containing carbofuran in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
problems with their blood or nervous or reproductive  
systems.  
Leaching from linings  
of water storage tanks  
and distribution lines  
Benzo(a)pyrene  
[PAHs] (ppt)  
1,000,000  
1000  
200  
40  
zero  
40  
Leaching of soil  
fumigant used on rice  
and alfalfa  
Carbofuran (ppb)  
Page 56  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Some people who drink water containing chlordane in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
problems with their liver or nervous system, and may  
have an increased risk of getting cancer.  
Some people who drink water containing dalapon well in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
minor kidney changes.  
Some people who drink water containing di (2-  
ethylhexyl) adipate well in excess of the MCL over  
many years could experience toxic effects such as weight  
loss, liver enlargement, or possible reproductive  
difficulties.  
Residue of banned  
termiticide  
Chlordane (ppb)  
Dalapon (ppb)  
0.002  
0.2  
1000  
2
zero  
200  
Runoff from herbicide  
used on rights of way  
1000  
1000  
200  
400  
Di(2-ethylhexyl)  
adipate (ppb)  
Discharge from  
chemical factories  
0.4  
400  
Some people who drink water containing di (2-  
ethylhexyl) phthalate well in excess of the MCL over  
many years may have problems with their liver, or  
experience reproductive difficulties, and may have an  
increased risk of getting cancer.  
Di(2-ethylhexyl)  
phthalate (ppb)  
Discharge from rubber  
and chemical factories  
0.006  
1000  
6
zero  
Runoff/leaching from  
soil fumigant used on  
soybeans, cotton,  
pineapples, and  
orchards  
Runoff from herbicide Some people who drink water containing dinoseb well in  
used on soybeans and  
vegetables  
Some people who drink water containing DBCP in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
reproductive difficulties and may have an increased risk  
of getting cancer.  
Dibromochloropropane  
[DBCP] (ppt)  
0.0002  
0.007  
1,000,000  
1000  
200  
7
zero  
7
Dinoseb (ppb)  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
reproductive difficulties.  
Emissions from waste Some people who drink water containing dioxin in  
incineration and other excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
combustion; discharge reproductive difficulties and may have an increased risk  
from chemical factories of getting cancer.  
Dioxin [2,3,7,8-TCDD]  
(ppq)  
0.00000003  
0.02  
1,000,000,000 30  
zero  
20  
Runoff from herbicide Some people who drink water containing diquat in  
Diquat (ppb)  
1000  
20  
use  
excess of the MCL over many years could get cataracts.  
Page 57  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Some people who drink water containing endothall in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
problems with their stomach or intestines.  
Some people who drink water containing endrin in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
liver problems.  
Runoff from herbicide  
use  
Endothall (ppb)  
Endrin (ppb)  
0.1  
1000  
100  
100  
2
Residue of banned  
insecticide  
0.002  
1000  
2
Some people who drink water containing ethylene  
dibromide in excess of the MCL over many years could  
experience problems with their liver, stomach,  
reproductive system, or kidneys, and may have an  
increased risk of getting cancer.  
Ethylene dibromide  
(ppt)  
Discharge from  
petroleum refineries  
0.00005  
1,000,000  
50  
zero  
Some people who drink water containing glyphosate in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
problems with their kidneys or reproductive difficulties.  
Some people who drink water containing heptachlor in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
liver damage and may have an increased risk of getting  
cancer.  
Runoff from herbicide  
use  
Glyphosate (ppb)  
Heptachlor (ppt)  
0.7  
1000  
700  
400  
700  
Residue of banned  
pesticide  
0.0004  
1,000,000  
zero  
Some people who drink water containing heptachlor  
epoxide in excess of the MCL over many years could  
experience liver damage, and may have an increased risk  
of getting cancer.  
Heptachlor epoxide  
(ppt)  
Breakdown of  
heptachlor  
0.0002  
0.001  
0.05  
1,000,000  
1000  
200  
1
zero  
zero  
50  
Some people who drink water containing  
Discharge from metal  
refineries and  
agricultural chemical  
factories  
hexachlorobenzene in excess of the MCL over many  
years could experience problems with their liver or  
kidneys, or adverse reproductive effects, and may have  
an increased risk of getting cancer.  
Hexachlorobenzene  
(ppb)  
Some people who drink water containing  
Hexachlorocyclopentad  
iene (ppb)  
Discharge from  
chemical factories  
hexachlorocyclopentadiene well in excess of the MCL  
over many years could experience problems with their  
kidneys or stomach.  
1000  
50  
Page 58  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Runoff/leaching from  
insecticide used on  
cattle, lumber, gardens problems with their kidneys or liver.  
Some people who drink water containing lindane in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
Lindane (ppt)  
0.0002  
1,000,000  
200  
200  
40  
Runoff/leaching from  
Some people who drink water containing methoxychlor  
in excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
reproductive difficulties.  
insecticide used on  
fruits, vegetables,  
alfalfa, livestock  
Runoff/leaching from  
insecticide used on  
apples, potatoes, and  
tomatoes  
Methoxychlor (ppb)  
0.04  
1000  
1000  
40  
Some people who drink water containing oxamyl in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
slight nervous system effects.  
Oxamyl [vydate] (ppb) 0.2  
200  
200  
Some people who drink water containing  
pentachlorophenol in excess of the MCL over many  
years could experience problems with their liver or  
kidneys, and may have an increased risk of getting  
cancer.  
Some people who drink water containing picloram in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
problems with their liver.  
Pentachlorophenol  
(ppb)  
Discharge from wood  
preserving factories  
0.001  
1000  
1000  
1
zero  
500  
Picloram (ppb)  
0.5  
500  
Herbicide runoff  
Some people who drink water containing PCBs in excess  
of the MCL over many years could experience changes  
in their skin, problems with their thymus gland, immune  
deficiencies, or reproductive or nervous system  
difficulties, and may have an increased risk of getting  
cancer.  
Polychlorinated  
biphenyls  
[PCBs] (ppt)  
Runoff from landfills;  
discharge of waste  
chemicals  
0.0005  
1,000,000  
500  
zero  
Some people who drink water containing simazine in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
problems with their blood.  
Some people who drink water containing toxaphene in  
excess of the MCL over many years could have  
problems with their kidneys, liver, or thyroid, and may  
have an increased risk of getting cancer.  
Simazine (ppb)  
0.004  
0.003  
1000  
1000  
4
3
4
Herbicide runoff  
Runoff/leaching from  
insecticide used on  
cotton and cattle  
Toxaphene (ppb)  
zero  
Per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS)  
Page 59  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Some people who drink water containing HFPO-DA in  
excess of the MCL could experience problems with their  
from industrial facilities liver. Some fetuses of pregnant women and infants born  
Discharge and waste  
Hexafluoropropylene  
oxide dimer acid  
(HFPO-DA) (ppt)  
No conversion  
necessary  
370 ppt (ng/l)  
420 ppt (ng/l)  
370  
N/A  
N/A  
utilizing the Gen X  
chemical process  
to mothers who drink water containing HFPO-DA in  
excess of the MCL may experience developmental  
effects.  
Discharge and waste  
from industrial  
facilities; stain-resistant  
treatments  
Perfluorobutane  
sulfonic acid (PFBS)  
(ppt)  
Some infants born to mothers who drink water  
containing PFBS in excess of the MCL may experience  
decreased thyroid hormone levels.  
No conversion  
necessary  
420  
Perfluorohexane  
sulfonic acid (PFHxS) 51 ppt (ng/l)  
(ppt)  
Firefighting foam;  
discharge and waste  
from industrial facilities thyroid, liver, and cholesterol levels.  
Firefighting foam;  
discharge and waste  
from industrial facilities liver and kidneys.  
Some people who drink water containing PFHxS in  
excess of the MCL could experience problems with their  
No conversion  
necessary  
51  
N/A  
N/A  
Some people who drink water containing PFHxA in  
excess of the MCL could experience problems with their  
Perfluorohexanoic acid 400,000 ppt  
(PFHxA) (ppt)  
No conversion  
necessary  
400,000  
(ng/l)  
Discharge and waste  
from industrial  
facilities; breakdown of the MCL may experience developmental delays and  
Some fetuses of pregnant women and infants born to  
mothers who drink water containing PFNA in excess of  
Perfluorononanoic acid  
(PFNA) (ppt)  
No conversion  
necessary  
6 ppt (ng/l)  
6
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
precursor compounds  
Firefighting foam;  
discharge from  
electroplating facilities;  
discharge and waste  
from industrial facilities  
Discharge and waste  
from industrial  
decreased body weight gain.  
Some fetuses of pregnant women and infants born to  
mothers who drink water containing PFOS in excess of  
the MCL may experience developmental delays and  
decreased body weight gain.  
Perfluorooctane  
sulfonic acid (PFOS)  
(ppt)  
No conversion  
necessary  
16 ppt (ng/l)  
16  
8
Some fetuses of pregnant women and infants born to  
mothers who drink water containing PFOA in excess of  
Perfluorooctanoic acid  
(PFOA) (ppt)  
No conversion  
necessary  
8 ppt (ng/l)  
facilities; stain-resistant the MCL may experience neurodevelopmental effects  
treatments and skeletal effects.  
Volatile organic contaminants  
Page 60  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Discharge from  
Some people who drink water containing benzene in  
factories; leaching from excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
Benzene (ppb)  
0.005  
0.005  
0.1  
1000  
5
zero  
zero  
100  
600  
75  
gas storage tanks and  
landfills  
anemia or a decrease in blood platelets, and may have an  
increased risk of getting cancer.  
Discharge from  
chemical plants and  
other industrial  
activities  
Some people who drink water containing carbon  
tetrachloride in excess of the MCL over many years  
could experience problems with their liver and may have  
an increased risk of getting cancer.  
Carbon tetrachloride  
(ppb)  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
5
Discharge from  
chemical and  
agricultural chemical  
factories  
Some people who drink water containing chlorobenzene  
in excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
problems with their liver or kidneys.  
Chlorobenzene (ppb)  
100  
600  
75  
Some people who drink water containing o-  
dichlorobenzene well in excess of the MCL over many  
years could experience problems with their liver,  
kidneys, or circulatory systems.  
Discharge from  
industrial chemical  
factories  
O-dichlorobenzene  
(ppb)  
0.6  
Some people who drink water containing p-  
dichlorobenzene in excess of the MCL over many years  
could experience anemia, damage to their liver, kidneys,  
or spleen, or changes in their blood.  
Discharge from  
industrial chemical  
factories  
P-dichlorobenzene  
(ppb)  
0.075  
Discharge from  
industrial chemical  
factories  
Discharge from  
industrial chemical  
factories  
Discharge from  
industrial chemical  
factories  
Discharge from  
industrial chemical  
factories  
Some people who drink water containing 1,2-  
dichloroethane in excess of the MCL over many years  
may have an increased risk of getting cancer.  
Some people who drink water containing 1,1-  
dichloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many years  
could experience problems with their liver.  
Some people who drink water containing cis-1,2-  
dichloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many years  
could experience problems with their liver.  
1,2-dichloroethane  
(ppb)  
0.005  
0.007  
0.07  
0.1  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
5
zero  
7
1,1-dichloroethylene  
(ppb)  
7
Cis-1,2-  
dichloroethylene (ppb)  
70  
100  
70  
Some people who drink water containing trans-1,2-  
dichloroethylene well in excess of the MCL over many  
years could experience problems with their liver.  
Trans-1,2-  
dichloroethylene (ppb)  
100  
Page 61  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Some people who drink water containing  
Discharge from  
pharmaceutical and  
chemical factories  
dichloromethane in excess of the MCL over many years  
could have liver problems and may have an increased  
risk of getting cancer.  
Dichloromethane (ppb) 0.005  
1000  
5
zero  
Discharge from  
industrial chemical  
factories  
Some people who drink water containing 1,2-  
dichloropropane in excess of the MCL over many years  
may have an increased risk of getting cancer.  
Some people who drink water containing ethylbenzene  
well in excess of the MCL over many years could  
experience problems with their liver or kidneys.  
1,2-dichloropropane  
0.005  
(ppb)  
1000  
1000  
1000  
5
zero  
700  
100  
Discharge from  
petroleum refineries  
Ethylbenzene (ppb)  
Styrene (ppb)  
0.7  
0.1  
700  
100  
Discharge from rubber Some people who drink water containing styrene well in  
and plastic factories; excess of the MCL over many years could have  
leaching from landfills problems with their liver, kidneys, or circulatory system.  
Some people who drink water containing  
Discharge from  
Tetrachloro-ethylene  
(ppb)  
tetrachloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many  
factories and dry  
0.005  
1000  
5
zero  
years could have problems with their liver, and may have  
cleaners  
an increased risk of getting cancer.  
Some people who drink water containing toluene well in  
No conversion  
necessary  
Discharge from  
Toluene (ppm)  
1
1
1
excess of the MCL over many years could have  
petroleum factories  
problems with their nervous system, kidneys, or liver.  
Some people who drink water containing 1,2,4-  
1,2,4-trichlorobenzene  
(ppb)  
Discharge from textile-  
0.07  
1000  
1000  
70  
70  
trichlorobenzene well in excess of the MCL over many  
finishing factories  
years could experience changes in their adrenal glands.  
Some people who drink water containing 1,1,1-  
Discharge from metal  
1,1,1-trichloroethane  
(ppb)  
trichloroethane in excess of the MCL over many years  
degreasing sites and  
0.2  
200  
5
200  
3
could experience problems with their liver, nervous  
other factories  
system, or circulatory system.  
Some people who drink water containing 1,1,2-  
trichloroethane well in excess of the MCL over many  
years could have problems with their liver, kidneys, or  
immune systems.  
Discharge from  
industrial chemical  
factories  
1,1,2-trichloroethane  
(ppb)  
0.005  
1000  
Page 62  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Some people who drink water containing  
Discharge from metal  
degreasing sites and  
other factories  
trichloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many years  
could experience problems with their liver and may have  
an increased risk of getting cancer.  
Trichloroethylene (ppb) 0.005  
1000  
5
zero  
zero  
10  
Leaching from PVC  
Some people who drink water containing vinyl chloride  
Vinyl chloride (ppb)  
0.002  
1000  
2
piping; discharge from in excess of the MCL over many years may have an  
plastics factories  
Discharge from  
petroleum factories;  
discharge from  
increased risk of getting cancer.  
Some people who drink water containing xylenes in  
excess of the MCL over many years could experience  
damage to their nervous system.  
No conversion  
necessary  
Xylenes [total] (ppm) 10  
Radioactive contaminants  
Beta/photon emitters  
10  
chemical factories  
Certain minerals are radioactive and may emit forms of  
radiation known as photons and beta radiation. Some  
people who drink water containing beta particle and  
photon radioactivity in excess of the MCL over many  
years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.  
Certain minerals are radioactive and may emit a form of  
radiation known as alpha radiation. Some people who  
drink water containing alpha emitters in excess of the  
MCL over many years may have an increased risk of  
getting cancer.  
No conversion  
necessary  
Decay of natural and  
man-made deposits  
4 mrem/yr  
4
zero  
zero  
(mrem/yr)  
Alpha emitters [gross  
alpha] (pci/l)  
No conversion  
necessary  
Erosion of natural  
deposits  
15 pCi/L  
15  
Some people who drink water containing radium 226 or  
228 in excess of the MCL over many years may have an  
increased risk of getting cancer.  
Some people who drink water containing uranium in  
excess of the MCL over many years may have an  
increased risk of getting cancer and kidney toxicity.  
Combined radium [226  
& 228] (pci/l)  
No conversion  
necessary  
Erosion of natural  
deposits  
5 pCi/L  
30 ug/L  
5
zero  
zero  
No conversion  
necessary  
Erosion of natural  
deposits  
Uranium (pCi/L)  
30  
Disinfection byproducts (DBP), byproduct precursors, and disinfectant residuals: where disinfection is used in the treatment of drinking water, disinfectants combine  
with organic and inorganic matter present in water to form chemicals called disinfection byproducts (DBP). The department sets standards for controlling the levels of  
disinfectants and DBP in drinking water, including trihalomethanes (THM) and haloacetic acids (HAA). See R 325.10610 to R 325.10610d and R 325.10719e to  
R 325.10719n for disinfection byproduct MCLs, disinfectant MRDLs, and related monitoring requirements.  
Page 63  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
By-product of drinking Some people who drink water containing  
water disinfection trihalomethanes in excess of the MCL over many years  
0.080*  
1000  
80*  
N/A  
Total trihalomethanes  
[TTHM] (ppb)  
may experience problems with their liver, kidneys, or  
central nervous system, and may have an increased risk  
of getting cancer.  
* The MCL for total trihalomethanes is the sum of the concentrations of the  
individual trihalomethanes.  
By-product of drinking  
water disinfection  
* The MCL for haloacetic acids is the sum of the concentrations of the individual  
haloacetic acids.  
0.060*  
1000  
60*  
N/A  
Some people who drink water containing haloacetic  
acids in excess of the MCL over many years may have  
an increased risk of getting cancer.  
Haloacetic acids  
(HAAs) (ppb)  
Some people who drink water containing bromate in  
excess of the MCL over many years may have an  
increased risk of getting cancer.  
By-product of drinking  
water disinfection  
Bromate (ppb)  
0.010  
1000  
10  
zero  
Some people who use water containing chloramines well  
in excess of the MRDL could experience irritating  
effects to their eyes and nose. Some people who drink  
water containing chloramines well in excess of the  
MRDL could experience stomach discomfort or anemia.  
Some people who use water containing chlorine well in  
excess of the MRDL could experience irritating effects  
to their eyes and nose. Some people who drink water  
containing chlorine well in excess of the MRDL could  
experience stomach discomfort.  
No conversion MRDL  
necessary = 4  
MRDLG Water additive used to  
= 4 control microbes  
Chloramines (ppm)  
MRDL = 4  
No conversion MRDL  
MRDLG Water additive used to  
Chlorine (ppm)  
Chlorite (ppm)  
MRDL = 4  
necessary  
= 4  
= 4  
0.8  
control microbes  
Some infants and young children who drink water  
containing chlorite in excess of the MCL could  
No conversion  
necessary  
By-product of drinking experience nervous system effects. Similar effects may  
1
1
water disinfection  
occur in fetuses of pregnant women who drink water  
containing chlorite in excess of the MCL. Some people  
may experience anemia.  
Page 64  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Some infants and young children who drink water  
containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the MRDL  
MRDL  
= 800  
MRDLG Water additive used to could experience nervous system effects. Similar effects  
MRDL = 0.8  
1000  
= 800  
control microbes  
may occur in fetuses of pregnant women who drink  
water containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the  
MRDL. Some people may experience anemia.  
Add the following only to public notification where any 2 consecutive daily samples taken at the entrance to the distribution system are above  
the MRDL: "The chlorine dioxide violations reported today are the result of exceedances at the treatment facility only, not within the  
distribution system which delivers water to consumers. Continued compliance with chlorine dioxide levels within the distribution system  
minimizes the potential risk of these violations to consumers."  
Chlorine dioxide (ppb)  
Add the following only to public notification where 1 or more distribution system samples are above the MRDL: "The chlorine dioxide  
violations reported today include exceedances of the drinking water standard within the distribution system which delivers water to  
consumers. Violations of the chlorine dioxide standard within the distribution system may harm human health based on short-term  
exposures. Certain groups, including fetuses, infants, and young children, may be especially susceptible to nervous system effects from  
excessive chlorine dioxide exposure."  
Total organic carbon (TOC) has no health effects.  
However, total organic carbon provides a medium for the  
formation of disinfection byproducts. These byproducts  
Naturally present in the include trihalomethanes (THM) and haloacetic acids  
Total organic carbon  
[TOC - control of DBP TT  
precursors] (ppm)  
No conversion  
necessary  
TT  
TT  
None  
zero  
environment  
(HAA). Drinking water containing these byproducts in  
excess of the MCL may lead to adverse health effects,  
liver or kidney problems, or nervous system effects, and  
may lead to an increased risk of getting cancer.  
Other treatment techniques  
Some people who drink water containing high levels of  
acrylamide over a long period of time could have  
problems with their nervous system or blood, and may  
have an increased risk of getting cancer.  
Added to water during  
sewage/ wastewater  
treatment  
No conversion  
necessary  
Acrylamide  
TT  
Page 65  
Traditional  
MCL in mg/l,  
except where  
noted  
To convert for MCL  
CCR, multiply in CCR  
MCLG  
in CCR  
units  
Contaminant  
in CCR units  
Major sources in  
drinking water  
Health effects language  
by  
units  
Discharge from  
Some people who drink water containing high levels of  
epichlorohydrin over a long period of time could  
experience stomach problems, and may have an  
increased risk of getting cancer.  
industrial chemical  
factories; an impurity of  
some water treatment  
chemicals  
No conversion  
necessary  
Epichlorohydrin  
TT  
TT  
zero  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS; 2018 AACS; 2020 MR 14, Eff. Aug. 3, 2020.  
Page 66  
R 325.10406 Notice to new billing units or new customers.  
Rule 406. (1) Community water supplies shall give a copy of the most recent  
public notice for continuing violations, the existence of a variance or exemption, or  
other ongoing situations requiring a public notice to all new billing units or new  
customers before or at the time service begins.  
(2) Noncommunity water supplies shall continuously post the public notice in  
conspicuous locations in order to inform new consumers of continuing violations,  
variance or exemption, or other situation requiring a public notice for as long as the  
violation, variance, exemption, or other situation exists.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10407 Special notice of the availability of unregulated contaminant  
monitoring results.  
Rule 407.  
(1) A community or nontransient, noncommunity water supply  
required to monitor under 40 CFR 141.40, as referenced in R 325.10401a, shall notify  
persons served by the water supply of the availability of the results of such sampling not  
later than 12 months after the monitoring results are known.  
(2) The form and manner of the public notice shall follow the requirements for a tier  
3 public notice under R 325.10404(3), (4)(a) and (c). The notice shall also identify a  
person and provide the telephone number to contact for information on the  
monitoring results.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 1994 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10408 Periodic progress reports; correction of violations and  
notification of customers.  
Rule 408. The department may require a public water supply to submit periodic  
reports on progress being made to correct a violation of an MCL, order, or a variance  
or exemption, and to notify the persons served by the public water supply of that  
progress.  
History: 1979 AC; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10408a Special notice when fluoride level is above 2.0 mg/l.  
Rule 408a. (1) Community water supplies that measure fluoride above 2.0 mg/l as  
determined by the last single sample taken under R 325.10710, but do not exceed the  
maximum contaminant level (MCL) of 4.0 mg/l for fluoride under R 325.10604c,  
shall provide the public notice in subrule (3) of this rule to persons served. Public  
notice shall be provided as soon as practical but not later than that of a tier 3 public notice  
under R 325.10404(2) (a). A copy of the notice shall also be sent to all new billing  
units and new customers under R 325.10406(1) and to the local health department. The  
department may, on a case-by-case basis, in the best interest of health, safety, welfare,  
Page 67  
and the environment, require an initial notice sooner than 12 months or applicable repeat  
notices more frequently than annually, or both.  
(2) The form and manner of the public notice, including repeat notices, shall  
follow the requirements for a tier 3 public notice in R 325.10404(3), (4)(a), and (4)(c).  
(3) The notice shall contain the following language, including the language  
necessary to fill in the blanks: "This is an alert about your drinking water and a cosmetic  
dental problem that might affect children under 9 years of age. At low levels, fluoride  
can help prevent cavities, but children drinking water containing more than 2.0  
milligrams per liter (mg/l) of fluoride may develop cosmetic discoloration of their  
permanent teeth (dental fluorosis). The drinking water provided by your community  
water system [name] has a fluoride concentration of [insert value] mg/l.  
Dental fluorosis, in its moderate or severe forms, may result in a brown staining  
and/or pitting of the permanent teeth. This problem occurs only in developing teeth,  
before they erupt from the gums. Children under 9 should be provided with alternative  
sources of drinking water or water that has been treated to remove the fluoride to avoid  
the possibility of staining and pitting of their permanent teeth. You may also want to  
contact your dentist about proper use by young children of fluoride containing products.  
Older children and adults may safely drink the water.  
Drinking water containing more than 4.0 mg/l of fluoride  
(the U.S.  
Environmental Protection Agency's drinking water standard) can increase your risk of  
developing bone disease. Your drinking water does not contain more than 4.0 mg/l of  
fluoride, but we're required to notify you when we discover that the fluoride levels in  
your drinking water exceed 2.0 mg/l because of this cosmetic dental problem  
For more information, please call [name of water system contact] of [name of  
community water system] at [phone number]. Some home water treatment units are  
also available to remove fluoride from drinking water. To learn more about available  
home water treatment units, you may call NSF International at 1-877-8 NSF HELP."  
History: 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10408b Special notice for nitrate exceedances above MCL by  
noncommunity water supplies (NCWS); permission granted by department.  
Rule 408b.  
(1) A noncommunity water supply granted permission by the department under  
R 325.10604c(3) to exceed the nitrate MCL shall provide notice to persons served  
according to the requirements for a tier 1 notice under R 325.10402(1) and (2).  
(2) A noncommunity water supply granted permission by the department to  
exceed the nitrate MCL under R 325.10604c(3) shall provide continuous posting of  
the fact that nitrate levels exceed 10 mg/l and the potential health effects of exposure,  
according to the requirements for tier 1 notice delivery under R 325.10402(3) and the  
content requirements under R 325.10405.  
History: 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
Page 68  
R 325.10408c Special notice to public of significant deficiencies or source water  
fecal contamination.  
Rule 408c. (1) A community groundwater supply that receives notice from the  
department under R 325.10612a of a significant deficiency or notification of a fecal  
indicator-positive groundwater source sample that is  
not invalidated by the  
department under R 325.10739(3) shall inform the public served by the water supply  
under R 325.10413(11)(f) of the fecal indicator-positive source sample or of any  
significant deficiency that has not been corrected. The community groundwater  
supply shall continue to inform the public annually until the significant deficiency is  
corrected or the fecal contamination in the groundwater source is determined by the  
department to be corrected under R 325.10612a(1)(e).  
(2) A noncommunity groundwater supply that receives notice from the  
department under R 325.10612a of a significant deficiency shall inform the public  
served by the water supply in a manner approved by the department of any significant  
deficiency that has not been corrected within 12 months of being notified by the  
department, or earlier if directed by the department. The noncommunity groundwater  
supply shall continue to inform the public annually until the significant deficiency is  
corrected. The information shall include all of the following:  
(a) The nature of the significant deficiency and the date the significant deficiency  
was identified by the department.  
(b) The department-approved plan and schedule for correction of the significant  
deficiency, including interim measures, progress to date, and any interim measures  
completed.  
(c) For noncommunity groundwater supplies serving a population with more than  
10% non-English speaking consumers, information in the appropriate language or  
languages regarding the importance of the notice or a telephone number or address  
where consumers may contact the supply to obtain a translated copy of the notice or  
assistance in the appropriate language.  
(3) If directed by the department, a noncommunity water supply with  
significant deficiencies that have been corrected shall inform its customers of the  
significant deficiencies, how the deficiencies were corrected, and the dates of correction  
under subrule (2) of this rule.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10408d Repeated failure to conduct monitoring of source water for  
Cryptosporidium and failure to determine bin classification or mean  
Cryptosporidium level; special notice.  
Rule 408d. (1) A community or noncommunity water supply that is required to  
monitor source water under 40 CFR 141.701, as adopted by reference in R 325.10720b,  
shall notify persons served by the water supply that monitoring has not been completed  
as specified not later than 30 days after the supply has failed to collect any 3 months of  
monitoring as specified in 40 CFR 141.701(c). The notice shall be repeated as  
specified in R 325.10403(2).  
(2) A community or noncommunity water supply that is required to determine a bin  
classification under R 325.10611e shall notify persons served by the water supply that  
Page 69  
the determination has not been made as required not later than 30 days after the supply  
has failed to report the determination as specified in R 325.10611e(5). The notice  
shall be repeated as specified in R 325.10403(2). The notice is not required if the supply  
is complying with a department-approved schedule to address the violation.  
(3) The form and manner of the public notice shall follow the requirements for a  
Tier 2 public notice prescribed in R 325.10403(3). The public notice shall be presented  
as required in R 325.10405(3).  
(4) The notice shall contain the following language, including the language  
necessary to fill in the blanks:  
(a) The special notice for repeated failure to conduct monitoring shall contain the  
following language: "We are required to monitor the source of your drinking water for  
Cryptosporidium. Results of the monitoring are to be used to determine whether water  
treatment at the [treatment plant name] is sufficient to adequately remove  
Cryptosporidium from your drinking water. We are required to complete this monitoring  
and make this determination by [required bin determination date]. We 'did not monitor  
or test' or 'did not complete all monitoring or testing' on schedule and, therefore, we may  
not be able to determine by the required date what treatment modifications, if any, shall  
be made to ensure adequate Cryptosporidium removal. Missing this deadline may, in  
turn, jeopardize our ability to have the required treatment modifications, if any,  
completed by the deadline required, [date]. For more information, please call [name of  
water supply contact] of [name of water supply] at [phone number]."  
(b) The special notice for failure to determine bin classification or mean  
Cryptosporidium level shall contain the following language: "We are required to monitor  
the source of your drinking water for Cryptosporidium in order to determine by [date]  
whether water treatment at the [treatment plant name] is sufficient to adequately remove  
Cryptosporidium from your drinking water. We have not made this determination by the  
required date. Our failure to do this may jeopardize our ability to have the required  
treatment modifications, if any, completed by the required deadline of [date]. For  
more information, please call [name of water supply contact] of [name of water  
supply] at [phone number]."  
(c) Each special notice shall also include a description of what the water supply is  
doing to correct the violation and when the supply expects to return to compliance or  
resolve the situation.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10409 Notice by department on behalf of the public water system.  
Rule 409. (1) The department may give the notice required by this part on behalf of  
the public water supply if the department complies with the requirements of this part  
and may charge costs incurred by the department to the public water supply.  
(2) The public water supply shall ensure that the requirements of this part are met.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
Page 70  
R 325.10410 Public education regarding lead; consumer notice of lead and  
copper.  
Rule 410. (1) Each community and noncommunity water supply that monitors for  
lead and copper under R 325.10710a shall deliver a consumer notice of lead and copper  
tap water monitoring results to persons served by the water supply at sites that are tested,  
as specified in subrule (5) of this rule. A community or noncommunity water supply is  
also considered "water supply" or "supply" in this rule. A water supply that exceeds the  
lead action level based on tap water samples that are collected under R 325.10710a shall  
issue public advisory as required by section 19(2) of the act and shall deliver the public  
education materials contained in subrule (2) of this rule under the requirements in subrule  
(3) of this rule. A water supply that exceeds the lead action level shall offer to arrange  
for sampling the tap water of a customer who requests sampling under subrule (4) of this  
rule. The water supply is not required to pay for collecting or analyzing the sample and is  
not required to collect and analyze the sample.  
(2) Both of the following apply to the content of written public education materials:  
(a) Water supplies shall include the following elements in printed materials, for  
example, brochures and pamphlets, in the same order as listed below. In addition,  
language in paragraphs (i) to (ii) and (vi) of this subdivision shall be included in the  
materials, exactly as written, except for the text in brackets in these paragraphs for which  
the water supply shall include supply-specific information. Any additional information  
presented by a water supply shall be consistent with the information below and be in  
plain language that can be understood by the general public. Printed materials shall be in  
a standalone publication or, if included as part of a community publication, the following  
text must appear on the first page of the publication in highly visible print: [INSERT  
NAME OF WATER SUPPLY] has exceeded the action level for lead in drinking water.  
See page [INSERT PAGE NUMBER] for important information about your drinking  
water. Water supplies shall submit all written public education materials to the  
department prior to delivery. The department may require the supply to obtain approval  
of the content of written public materials prior to delivery.  
(i) IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT LEAD IN YOUR DRINKING  
WATER. [INSERT NAME OF WATER SUPPLY] HAS EXCEEDED THE ACTION  
LEVEL FOR LEAD. Lead can cause serious health and development problems,  
especially for pregnant women and young children. Please read this information closely  
to see what you can do to reduce lead in your drinking water.  
(ii) Health effects of lead. Lead can cause serious health and development  
problems. It can cause damage to the brain and kidneys, and can interfere with the  
production of red blood cells that carry oxygen to all parts of your body. The greatest  
risk of lead exposure is to infants, young children, and pregnant women. Scientists have  
linked the effects of lead on the brain with lowered IQ in children. Adults with kidney  
problems and high blood pressure can be affected by low levels of lead more than healthy  
adults. Lead is stored in the bones, and it can be released later in life. During pregnancy,  
the child receives lead from the mother's bones, which may affect brain development.  
Although other sources of lead exposure exist, such as lead paint, and lead contaminated  
dust, [INSERT NAME OF WATER SUPPLY] is contacting you to reduce your risk of  
exposure to lead in drinking water. If you have questions about other sources of lead  
exposure, please contact [INSERT NAME OF LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT].  
Page 71  
(iii) Sources of Lead.  
(A) Explain what lead is. Provide the water supply’s 90th percentile for lead, the  
range of individual sample results, and the number of samples included in the 90th  
percentile calculation.  
(B) Explain possible sources of lead in drinking water and how lead enters  
drinking water. Include information on lead service lines, lead solder, home/building  
plumbing, and fittings and fixtures that may contain lead.  
(C) Discuss other important sources of lead exposure in addition to drinking  
water, for example, paint.  
(D) Explain the unpredictability of lead release, the limits of 1-time tests, and the  
high lead content of some lead particulates.  
(iv) Discuss the steps the consumer can take to reduce their exposure to lead in  
drinking water.  
(A) Encourage running the water to flush out the lead.  
(B) Explain concerns with using hot water from the tap and specifically caution  
against the use of hot water for preparing baby formula.  
(C) Explain that boiling water does not reduce lead levels.  
(D) Discuss other options consumers can take to reduce exposure to lead in  
drinking water, such as alternative sources or treatment of water, including the  
availability of filters certified to remove lead and the importance of proper filter  
maintenance.  
(E) Suggest that parents have their child's blood tested for lead.  
(v) Explain why there are elevated levels of lead in the supply's drinking water, if  
known, and what the water supply is doing to reduce the lead levels in the community.  
The notification cannot state or imply that the identified risk is limited to a single  
property.  
(vi) For more information, call us at [INSERT YOUR NUMBER] [(IF  
APPLICABLE), or visit our Web site at [INSERT YOUR WEB SITE HERE]]. For more  
information on reducing lead exposure around your home/building and the health effects  
of lead, visit EPA's website at http://www.epa.gov/lead or contact your health care  
provider.  
(b) In addition to including the elements specified in subdivision (a) of this subrule,  
community water supplies shall do all of the following:  
(i) Tell consumers how to get their water tested.  
(ii) Discuss lead in plumbing components and the difference between low lead  
and lead free.  
(iii) Tell consumers about the availability of lead-free plumbing fixtures. Explain  
the importance of examining labels to ensure materials labeled lead-free are used for all  
potable water. Explain that fixtures labeled lead-free may still contain up to 0.25% lead.  
(3) All of the following provisions apply to delivery of public education materials:  
(a) For public water supplies serving communities that have more than 10% non-  
English speaking consumers, the public education materials shall contain information in  
the appropriate language or languages regarding the importance of the notice or contain a  
telephone number or address where persons served may contact the water supply to  
obtain a translated copy of the public education materials or to request assistance in the  
appropriate language.  
Page 72  
(b) A community water supply that exceeds the lead action level on the basis of tap  
water samples collected under R 325.10710a, and that is not already conducting public  
education tasks under this rule, shall conduct the public education tasks under this rule  
either within 60 days of notification by the department of a lead action level exceedance  
or within 60 days after the end of the monitoring period in which the exceedance  
occurred, whichever is sooner. The following apply:  
(i) Deliver printed materials meeting the content requirements of subrule (2) of  
this rule to all bill paying customers.  
(ii) All of the following provisions apply to contacting at-risk customers:  
(A) Contact customers who are most at risk by delivering education materials  
that meet the content requirements of subrule (2) of this rule to local public health  
agencies even if they are not located within the water supply's service area, along with an  
informational notice that instructs the organization to distribute the information to all the  
organization's potentially affected customers or community water supply's users. The  
water supply shall contact the local public health agencies directly by phone or in person.  
The local public health agencies may provide a specific list of additional community  
based organizations serving target populations, which may include organizations outside  
the service area of the water supply. If lists are provided, supplies shall deliver education  
materials that meet the content requirements of subrule (2) of this rule to all organizations  
on the provided lists.  
(B) Contact customers who are most at risk by delivering materials that meet the  
content requirements of subrule (2) of this rule to all of the following organizations that  
are located within the water supply's service area, along with an informational notice that  
instructs the organization to distribute the information to all the organization's potentially  
affected customers or community water supply's users:  
(1) Public and private schools or school boards.  
(2) Women, Infants and Children (WIC) and Head Start programs.  
(3) Public and private hospitals and medical clinics.  
(4) Pediatricians.  
(5) Family planning clinics.  
(6) Local welfare agencies.  
(7) Community centers.  
(8) Adult foster care facilities.  
(C) Make a good faith effort to locate all of the following organizations within  
the service area and deliver materials that meet the content requirements of subrule (2) of  
this rule to them, along with an informational notice that instructs the organization to  
distribute the information to all potentially affected customers or users. The good faith  
effort to contact at-risk customers may include requesting a specific contact list of these  
organizations from the local public health agencies, even if the agencies are not located  
within the water supply's service area:  
(1) Licensed childcare centers.  
(2) Public and private preschools.  
(3) Obstetricians-gynecologists and midwives.  
(iii) Not less often than quarterly, provide information on or in each water bill as  
long as the supply exceeds the action level for lead. The message on the water bill shall  
include the following statement exactly as written except for the text in brackets for  
Page 73  
which the water supply shall include supply-specific information: [INSERT NAME OF  
WATER SUPPLY] exceeded the action level for lead in drinking water. Lead can cause  
serious health problems. For more information please call [INSERT NAME OF WATER  
SUPPLY] [or visit (INSERT YOUR WEB SITE HERE)]. The message or delivery  
mechanism can be modified in consultation with the department; specifically, the  
department may allow a separate mailing of public education materials to customers if  
the water supply cannot place the information on water bills.  
(iv) Post material meeting the content requirements of subrule (2) of this rule on  
the water supply's website if the supply serves a population greater than 1,000. A link to  
the material must be prominently shared on the primary water supply and municipality  
websites and any social media platforms commonly used by the supply.  
(v) Submit a press release to newspaper, television, and radio stations.  
(vi) In addition to subdivision (i) to (v) of this subrule, supplies shall implement  
not fewer than 3 activities from 1 or more categories listed below. The educational  
content and selection of these activities shall be determined in consultation with the  
department.  
(A) Public service announcements.  
(B) Paid advertisements.  
(C) Public area information displays.  
(D) E-mails to customers.  
(E) Text messages to customers.  
(F) Robocalls to customers.  
(G) Public meetings.  
(H) Household deliveries.  
(I) Targeted individual customer contact.  
(J) Direct material distribution to all multifamily homes and institutions.  
(K) Other methods approved by the department.  
(vii) For supplies that are required to conduct monitoring annually or less  
frequently, the end of the monitoring period is September 30 of the calendar year in  
which the sampling occurs, or, if the department has established an alternate monitoring  
period, the last day of that period.  
(c) As long as a community water supply exceeds the action level, it shall repeat  
the activities under subdivision (b)(i) and (ii) of this subrule as described in all of the  
following, as applicable:  
(i) A community water supply shall repeat the education materials delivery tasks  
contained in subdivision (b)(i) and (ii) of this subrule and repeat the additional activities  
tasks contained in subdivision (b)(vi) of this subrule every 12 months.  
(ii) A community water supply shall repeat the water bill information tasks  
contained in subdivision (b)(iii) of this subrule with each billing cycle.  
(iii) A community water supply serving a population greater than 1,000 shall post  
and retain material on a publicly accessible website under subdivision (b)(iv) of this  
subrule.  
(iv) The community water supply shall repeat the press release task in subdivision  
(b)(v) of this subrule twice every 12 months on a schedule agreed upon with the  
department. The department may allow activities in subdivision (b) of this subrule to  
extend beyond the 60-day requirement if needed for implementation purposes on a case-  
Page 74  
by-case basis; however, this extension shall be approved in writing by the department  
before the 60-day deadline.  
(d) Within either 60 days of notification by the department of a lead action level  
exceedance or within 60 days after the end of the monitoring period in which the  
exceedance occurred, whichever is sooner, unless it already is repeating public education  
tasks under subdivision (e) of this subrule, a nontransient noncommunity water supply  
shall deliver the public education materials specified by subrule (2) of this rule under all  
of the following provisions:  
(i) Post informational posters on lead in drinking water in a public place or  
common area in each of the buildings served by the supply.  
(ii) Distribute informational pamphlets, or brochures, or both, on lead in drinking  
water to each person served by the nontransient noncommunity water supply. The  
department may allow the supply to utilize electronic transmission instead of or  
combined with printed materials as long as it achieves at least the same coverage.  
(iii) For supplies that are required to conduct monitoring annually or less  
frequently, the end of the monitoring period is September 30 of the calendar year in  
which the sampling occurs, or, if the department has established an alternate monitoring  
period, the last day of that period.  
(e) A nontransient noncommunity water supply shall repeat the posting and  
distributing tasks contained in subdivision (d) of this subrule at least once during each  
calendar year in which the supply exceeds the lead action level. The department may  
allow activities in subdivision (d) of this subrule to extend beyond the 60-day  
requirement if needed for implementation purposes on a case-by-case basis; however, this  
extension shall be approved in writing by the department in advance of the 60-day  
deadline.  
(f) A water supply may discontinue delivery of public education materials if the  
supply has met the lead action level during the most recent 6-month monitoring period  
conducted under R 325.10710a. The supply shall recommence public education under  
this rule if it subsequently exceeds the lead action level during a monitoring period.  
(g) A community water supply may apply to the department, in writing, unless the  
department has waived the requirement for prior department approval, to use only the text  
specified in subrule (2)(a) of this rule instead of the text in subrule (2)(a) and (b) of this  
rule and to perform the tasks listed in subdivisions (d) and (e) of this subrule instead of  
the tasks in subdivisions (b) and (c) of this subrule if both of the following conditions  
exist:  
(i) The supply is a facility, such as a prison or a hospital, where the population  
served is not capable of or is prevented from making improvements to plumbing or  
installing point of use treatment devices.  
(ii) The supply provides water as part of the cost of services provided and does  
not separately charge for water consumption.  
(h) A community water supply serving 3,300 or fewer people may limit certain  
aspects of their public education programs as follows:  
(i) With respect to the requirements of subdivision (b)(vi) of this subrule, a supply  
serving 3,300 or fewer shall implement at least 1 of the activities listed in that paragraph.  
(ii) With respect to the requirements of subdivision (b)(ii) of this subrule, a supply  
serving 3,300 or fewer people may limit the distribution of the public education materials  
Page 75  
required under that subdivision to facilities and organizations served by the supply that  
are most likely to be visited regularly by pregnant women and children.  
(iii) With respect to the requirements of subdivision (b)(v) of this subrule, the  
department may waive this requirement for supplies serving 3,300 or fewer persons as  
long as supply distributes notices to every household served by the supply.  
(4) A water supply that fails to meet the lead action level based on tap samples  
collected under R 325.10710a shall offer to arrange for sampling the tap water of a  
customer who requests sampling. The supply is not required to pay for collecting or  
analyzing the sample and is not required to collect and analyze the sample.  
(5) All of the following provisions apply to notification of results:  
(a) Each supply shall provide a notice of the individual tap results from lead and  
copper tap water monitoring carried out under R 325.10710a to the persons served by the  
supply at the specific sampling site from which the sample was taken, for example, the  
occupants of the residence where the tap was tested.  
(b) A supply shall provide the consumer notice as soon as practical, but not later  
than 30 days after the supply learns of the tap monitoring results.  
(c) The consumer notice shall include the results of lead and copper tap water  
monitoring for the tap that was tested, an explanation of the health effects of lead and  
copper, list steps consumers can take to reduce exposure to lead and copper in drinking  
water and contact information for the water utility. The notice shall also provide the  
maximum contaminant level goals and the action levels for lead and copper and the  
definitions for these 2 terms from R 325.10413(4) and (6).  
(d) The consumer notice shall be provided to persons served at the tap that was  
tested, either by mail or by another method approved by the department. For example,  
upon approval by the department, a non- transient non-community water supply could  
post the results on a bulletin board in the facility to allow users to review the information.  
The supply shall provide the notice to customers at sample taps tested, including  
consumers who do not receive water bills.  
(6) The director shall appoint a statewide drinking water advisory council to assist  
the department in developing lead public awareness campaign materials and advise the  
department on efforts to educate the public about lead in drinking water.  
(a) The membership of the statewide council shall consist of 1 community water  
supply representative, 1 noncommunity water supply representative, 1 representative of  
the administrative branch of a local government agency, 1 medical professional, 1  
professor of public health at a university in the state, 1 representative of an environmental  
or public health advocacy group, 1 public health educator, and 2 members of the public at  
large. To be eligible for appointment to the state council, an individual shall have a  
demonstrated interest in or knowledge of lead in drinking water and its effects.  
(b) The members first appointed to the statewide council shall be appointed within  
90 days after the effective date of this rule.  
(c) Members of the statewide council shall serve for terms of 3 years or until a  
successor is appointed, whichever is later, except certain of the members first appointed  
may be appointed for shorter terms to achieve a staggering of terms.  
(d) If a vacancy occurs on the statewide council, an appointment for the unexpired  
term shall be made in the same manner as the original appointment.  
Page 76  
(e) A member of the statewide council may be removed for incompetence,  
dereliction of duty, malfeasance, misfeasance, or nonfeasance in office, or any other good  
cause.  
(f) At the first meeting of the statewide council, the council shall elect from its  
members a chairperson and other officers as it considers necessary or appropriate. After  
the first meeting, the council shall meet at least quarterly.  
(g) A majority of the members of the statewide council constitute a quorum for the  
transaction business at a meeting of the council. A majority of the members present and  
serving are required for official action of the council.  
(h) The business that the statewide council may perform shall be conducted at a  
public meeting of the council held in compliance with the open meetings act, 1976 PA  
267, MCL 15.261 to 15.275.  
(i) A writing prepared, owned, used, in the possession of, or retained by the  
statewide council in the performance of an official function is subject to the freedom of  
information act, 1976 PA 442, MCL 15.231 to 15.246.  
(j) The statewide council shall do the following:  
(i) Develop plans for continuing public awareness about lead in drinking water.  
(ii) In consultation with the department, the department of health and human  
services, or any other relevant state agency, generate public awareness campaign  
materials about lead to be distributed by water supplies.  
(iii) Assist in promoting the transparency of data and documents related to lead in  
drinking water within the state.  
(iv) Advise and consult with the water supply advisory councils defined in R  
325.10410(7) on the development of appropriate plans for remediation and public  
education to be implemented if the lead action level is exceeded. Develop appropriate  
recommendations for notifying the public and minimizing risk of lead exposure during  
construction activities in proximity to lead service lines.  
(v) Provide advice, direction, and assistance on lead or other drinking quality  
issues as needed to individual water supplies and their advisory councils, as well as to  
water supplies that are not required to have advisory councils.  
(7) Each water supply that serves a population of 50,000 or more, and each  
consecutive water system that serves a population of 50,000 or more, shall create a water  
system advisory council. Councils shall operate as follows:  
(a) A council shall consist of at least 5 members, appointed by the community  
supply. To be eligible for appointment to the council, an individual shall have a  
demonstrated interest in or knowledge about lead in drinking water and its effects. At  
least one member must be a local resident who does not formally represent the interests  
of any incorporated organization.  
(b) The members first appointed to a council shall be appointed within 180 days  
after the effective date of this rule.  
(c) The business that the council may perform shall be conducted at a public  
meeting of the council and held in compliance with the open meetings act, 1976 PA 267,  
MCL 15.261 to 15.275.  
(d) The first meeting of a council shall be called by the water supply. At the first  
meeting, the council shall elect from its members a chairperson and other officers as it  
Page 77  
considers necessary or appropriate. After the first meeting, the council shall meet at least  
annually.  
(e) A writing prepared, owned, used, in the possession of, or retained by the  
council in the performance of an official function is subject to the freedom of information  
act, 1976 PA 442, MCL 15.231 to 15.246.  
(f) The council shall do the following:  
(i) Develop plans for continuing public awareness about lead in drinking water,  
even when the action level is not exceeded.  
(ii) Review public awareness campaign materials provided by the statewide  
drinking water advisory council to ensure the needs and interests of the community,  
considering the economic and cultural diversity of its residents, are addressed.  
(iii) Advise and consult with the water supply on the development of appropriate  
plans for remediation and public education to be implemented if a lead action level is  
exceeded.  
(iv) Advise and consult with the water supply on efforts to replace private lead  
service lines at locations where the owner declined service line replacement.  
(v) Assist in promoting transparency of all data and documents related to lead in  
drinking water within the water supply service area.  
(vi) Collaborate with local community groups to ensure that residents have the  
opportunity to be involved in efforts to educate the community about lead in drinking  
water.  
(g) A water system advisory council may independently seek advice, direction, and  
assistance from the department or the statewide advisory council.  
History: 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2018 AACS.  
R 325.10411 Annual consumer confidence reporting; purpose; applicability.  
Rule 411.  
(1) R 325.10411 to R 325.10415 establish the minimum  
requirements for the content, recordkeeping, and delivery of annual consumer  
confidence reports that community water supplies shall prepare and deliver to their  
customers. These reports shall contain information on the quality of the water delivered  
by the supplies and characterize the risks, if any, from exposure to contaminants detected  
in the drinking water in an accurate and understandable manner.  
(2) R 325.10411 to R 325.10415 apply only to community water supplies.  
Community water supplies are also considered "water supplies" or "supplies" in R  
325.10411 to R 325.10415.  
(3) For the purpose of R 325.10411 to R 325.10415, "report" means annual  
consumer confidence report.  
(4) For the purpose of R 325.10411 to R 325.10415, "customers" are defined as  
billing units or service connections to which water is delivered by the community water  
supply.  
(5) For the purpose of R 325.10411 to R 325.10420, "detected" means at or above  
the levels prescribed by R 325.10605.  
History: 2001 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
Page 78  
R 325.10412 Annual consumer confidence reporting; effective dates.  
Rule 412. (1) Each existing community water system shall deliver its report by  
July 1 annually. Each report shall contain data collected during, or before, the previous  
calendar year.  
(2) The supplier of a new community water system shall deliver its first report by  
July 1 of the year after its first full calendar year in operation and then by July 1  
annually.  
(3) A community water supply that sells water to another community water supply  
shall deliver the applicable information required in R 325.10413 to the buyer water  
supply by either of the following dates:  
(a) April 1 annually.  
(b) A date mutually agreed upon by the seller and the purchaser, and  
specifically included in a contract between the parties.  
History: 2001 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10413 Annual consumer confidence reporting; content of reports.  
Rule 413. (1) Each community water supply shall provide to its customers an  
annual report that contains the information specified in this rule and the information  
specified in R 325.10414.  
(2) Each report shall identify the source or sources of the water delivered by the  
community water supply by providing information on both of the following:  
(a) The type of the water; for example, surface water or ground water.  
(b) The commonly used name, if any, and location of the body or bodies of water.  
(3) If a source water assessment has been completed, then the report shall notify  
consumers of the availability of the information and the means to obtain it. In addition, a  
community supply is encouraged to highlight in the report significant sources of  
contamination in the source water area if the supply has readily available information. If  
a supply has received a source water assessment from the department, then the report  
shall include a brief summary of the supply's susceptibility to potential sources of  
contamination, using language provided by the department or written by the operator.  
(4) Each report shall include both of the following definitions:  
(a) "Maximum Contaminant Level Goal" or "MCLG" means the level of a  
contaminant in drinking water below which there is no known or expected risk to health.  
MCLGs allow for a margin of safety.  
(b) "Maximum Contaminant Level" or "MCL" means the highest level of a  
contaminant that is allowed in drinking water. MCLs are set as close to the MCLGs as  
feasible using the best available treatment technology.  
(5) A report for a community water supply operating under a variance or an  
exemption issued under section 20 of the act shall include the definition for variances and  
exemptions. "Variances and exemptions" means state or EPA permission not to meet an  
MCL or a treatment technique under certain conditions.  
(6) A report that contains data on regulated contaminants using any of the following  
terms shall include the applicable definitions:  
Page 79  
(a) "Treatment technique" or "TT" means a required process intended to reduce the  
level of a contaminant in drinking water.  
(b) "Action level" or "AL" means the concentration of a contaminant that, if  
exceeded, triggers treatment or other requirements that a water supply shall follow.  
(c) "Maximum residual disinfectant level goal" or "MRDLG" means the level of a  
drinking water disinfectant below which there is no known or expected risk to health.  
MRDLGs do not reflect the benefits of the use of disinfectants to control microbial  
contaminants.  
(d) "Maximum residual disinfectant level" or "MRDL" means the highest level of a  
disinfectant allowed in drinking water. There is convincing evidence that addition of a  
disinfectant is necessary for control of microbial contaminants.  
(7) A report that contains information regarding a level 1 or level 2 assessment  
required under total coliform provisions of R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k shall include  
the following applicable definitions:  
(a) Level 1 assessment: A level 1 assessment is a study of the water supply to  
identify potential problems and determine (if possible) why total coliform bacteria have  
been found in our water system.  
(b) Level 2 assessment: A level 2 assessment is a very detailed study of the water  
system to identify potential problems and determine (if possible) why an E. coli MCL  
violation has occurred and/or why total coliform bacteria have been found in our water  
system on multiple occasions.  
(8) The report shall include all of the following information on detected  
contaminants subject to mandatory monitoring, except Cryptosporidium:  
(a) This subrule applies to all of the following contaminants:  
(i) Contaminants subject to an MCL, action level, maximum residual disinfectant  
level, or treatment technique known as regulated contaminants.  
(ii) Contaminants for which monitoring is required by 40 CFR §141.40, as  
referenced in R 325.10401a, known as unregulated contaminants.  
(iii) Disinfection byproducts or microbial contaminants for which monitoring is  
required by 40 C.F.R. §§141.142 and 141.143, except as provided under subrule (9)(a) of  
this rule, and which are detected in the finished water.  
(b) The data relating to the contaminants specified in this subrule shall be displayed  
in 1 table or in several adjacent tables. Any additional monitoring results that a  
community supply chooses to include in its report shall be displayed separately.  
(c) The data shall be derived from data collected to comply with EPA and state  
monitoring and analytical requirements during the previous calendar year with the  
following exceptions:  
(i) If a supply is allowed to monitor for regulated contaminants less often than  
once a year, then the table or tables shall include the date and results of the most recent  
sampling and the report shall include a brief statement indicating that the data presented  
in the report are from the most recent testing done in accordance with the regulations.  
Data older than 5 years need not be included.  
(ii) Results of monitoring in compliance with 40 C.F.R. §§141.142 and 141.143  
need only be included for 5 years from the date of last sample or until any of the detected  
contaminants becomes regulated and subject to routine monitoring requirements,  
whichever comes first.  
Page 80  
(d) For detected regulated contaminants in table 1 of R 325.10405, the table or  
tables shall contain all of the following information:  
(i) The MCL for that contaminant expressed as a number equal to or greater than  
1.0, as provided in table 1 of R 325.10405.  
(ii) The MCLG for that contaminant expressed in the same units as the MCL.  
(iii) If there is not an MCL for a detected contaminant, then the table shall  
indicate that there is a treatment technique, or specify the action level, applicable to that  
contaminant. The report shall also include the definitions for treatment technique or  
action level, or both, as appropriate, and specified in subrule (6) of this rule.  
(iv) For contaminants subject to an MCL, except turbidity, total coliform, fecal  
coliform, and E. coli, the table shall indicate the highest contaminant level used to  
determine compliance with a drinking water standard and the range of detected levels as  
follows:  
(A) If compliance with the MCL is determined annually or less frequently, then  
the table shall indicate the highest detected level at any sampling point and the range of  
detected levels expressed in the same units as the MCL.  
(B) If compliance with the MCL is determined by calculating a running annual  
average of all samples taken at a sampling point, then the table shall indicate the highest  
average of any of the sampling points and the range of all sampling points expressed in  
the same units as the MCL. For the MCLs for TTHM and HAA5 in R 325.10610(2) that  
are based on a locational running annual average, supplies shall include the highest  
locational running annual average for TTHM and HAA5 and the range of individual  
sample results for all monitoring locations expressed in the same units as the MCL. If  
more than 1 location exceeds the TTHM or HAA5 MCL, the supply shall include the  
locational running annual averages for all locations that exceed the MCL.  
(C) If compliance with the MCL is determined on a supply-wide basis by  
calculating a running annual average of all samples at all sampling points, then the table  
shall indicate the average and range of detection expressed in the same units as the MCL.  
Note to subdivision (d)(iv) of this subrule: When rounding of results to determine  
compliance with the MCL is allowed, rounding may be done before multiplying the  
results by the factor listed in table 1 of R 325.10405.  
(v) For turbidity reported under R 325.10720 and R 325.10611b, the table shall  
indicate the highest single measurement and the lowest monthly percentage of samples  
meeting the turbidity limits for the filtration technology being used. The report shall  
include an explanation of the reasons for measuring turbidity.  
(vi) For lead and copper, the table shall indicate the ninetieth percentile value of  
the most recent round of sampling, the number of sampling sites exceeding the action  
level, and the range of individual sample results for all monitoring locations.  
(vii) For total coliform analytical results until March 31, 2016, the table shall  
indicate either of the following:  
(A) The highest monthly number of positive samples for supplies collecting  
fewer than 40 samples per month.  
(B) The highest monthly percentage of positive samples for supplies collecting  
not less than 40 samples per month.  
(viii) For fecal coliform and E. coli until March 31, 2016, the table shall indicate  
the total number of positive samples.  
Page 81  
(ix) The table shall indicate the likely source or sources of detected contaminants  
to the best of the supply's knowledge. Specific information regarding contaminants may  
be available in sanitary surveys and source water assessments and the supply shall use the  
information when it is available. If the supply lacks specific information on the likely  
source, then the report shall include 1 or more of the typical sources for that contaminant  
listed in table 1 of R 325.10405 that are most applicable to the community water supply.  
(x) For E. coli analytical results under the total coliform provisions of  
R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k, the table shall indicate the total number of positive  
samples.  
(e) If a community water supply distributes water to its customers from multiple  
hydraulically independent distribution systems that are fed by different raw water  
sources, then the table may contain a separate column for each service area and the report  
may identify each separate distribution system. Alternatively, supplies may produce  
separate reports tailored to include data for each service area.  
(f) The table or tables shall clearly identify any data indicating violations of MCLs,  
MRDLs, or treatment techniques and the report shall contain a clear and readily  
understandable explanation of the violation including the length of the violation, the  
potential adverse health effects, and actions taken by the supply to address the violation.  
The supply shall use the relevant language in table 1 of R 325.10405 to describe the  
potential health effects.  
(g) For detected unregulated contaminants for which monitoring is required, except  
Cryptosporidium, the table or tables shall contain the average and range at which the  
contaminant was detected. The report may include a brief explanation of the reasons for  
monitoring for unregulated contaminants.  
(9) All of the following information shall be included on Cryptosporidium, radon,  
and other contaminants:  
(a) If the supply has performed any monitoring for Cryptosporidium, including  
monitoring performed to satisfy the requirements of 40 C.F.R. §141.143, which indicates  
that Cryptosporidium may be present in the source water or the finished water, the report  
shall include both of the following:  
(i) A summary of the results of the monitoring.  
(ii) An explanation of the significance of the results.  
(b) If the supply has performed any monitoring for radon which indicates that  
radon may be present in the finished water, then the report shall include both of the  
following:  
(i) The results of the monitoring.  
(ii) An explanation of the significance of the results.  
(c) If the supply has performed additional monitoring which indicates the presence  
of other contaminants in the finished water, then the supply is encouraged to report any  
results that may indicate a health concern. To determine if results may indicate a health  
concern, the supply may determine if EPA has proposed a national primary drinking  
water regulation or issued a health advisory for that contaminant by calling the safe  
drinking water hotline (800-426-4791). EPA considers detections above a proposed  
MCL or health advisory level to indicate possible health concerns. For such  
contaminants, the report may include both of the following:  
(i) The results of the monitoring.  
Page 82  
(ii) An explanation of the significance of the results noting the existence of a  
health advisory or a proposed regulation.  
(d) Levels of sodium monitored under R 325.10717b during the year covered by  
the report.  
(10) For compliance with state drinking water standards, in addition to the  
requirements of subrule (7)(f) of this rule, the report shall note any violation that occurred  
during the year covered by the report for all of the following requirements and include a  
clear and readily understandable explanation of the violation, any potential adverse health  
effects, and the steps the supply has taken to correct the violation:  
(a) Monitoring and reporting of compliance data.  
(b) For filtration and disinfection prescribed by R 325.10611, R 325.10611a, and  
R 325.10611b, supplies which have failed to install adequate filtration or disinfection  
equipment or processes, or have had a failure of such equipment or processes which  
constitutes a violation shall include the following language as part of the explanation of  
potential adverse health effects in the report: "Inadequately treated water may contain  
disease causing organisms. These organisms include bacteria, viruses, and parasites  
which can cause symptoms such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches."  
(c) For lead and copper control requirements prescribed by R 325.10604f, supplies  
that fail to take 1 or more actions prescribed by R 325.10604f(1)(d), R 325.10604f(2),  
R 325.10604f(3), R 325.10604f(4), or R 325.10604f(5) shall include the applicable  
language of table 1 of R 325.10405 for lead, copper, or both, in the report.  
(d) For treatment techniques for acrylamide and epichlorohydrin prescribed by  
R 325.10604e, supplies that violate the requirements of R 325.10604e shall include the  
relevant language from table 1 of R 325.10405 in the report.  
(e) Recordkeeping of compliance data.  
(f) Special monitoring requirements prescribed by R 325.10717b.  
(g) Violation of the terms of a variance, an exemption, or an administrative or  
judicial order.  
(11) For variances and exemptions, if a supply is operating under the terms of a  
variance or an exemption issued under section 20 of the act, then the report shall contain  
all of the following information:  
(a) An explanation of the reasons for the variance or exemption.  
(b) The date on which the variance or exemption was issued.  
(c) A brief status report on the steps the supply is taking to install treatment, find  
alternative sources of water, or otherwise comply with the terms and schedules of the  
variance or exemption.  
(d) A notice of any opportunity for public input in the review, or renewal, of the  
variance or exemption.  
(12) The report shall include all of the following additional information:  
(a) A brief explanation regarding contaminants which may reasonably be expected  
to be found in drinking water including bottled water. The explanation may include the  
language of paragraphs (i) to (iii) of this subdivision or supplies may use their own  
comparable language. The report also shall include the language of paragraph (iv) of this  
subdivision.  
(i) The sources of drinking water, both tap water and bottled water, including  
rivers, lakes, streams, ponds, reservoirs, springs, and wells. As water travels over the  
Page 83  
surface of the land or through the ground, it dissolves naturally occurring minerals and, in  
some cases, radioactive material, and can pick up substances resulting from the presence  
of animals or from human activity.  
(ii) Contaminants that may be present in source water including all of the  
following:  
(A) Microbial contaminants, such as viruses and bacteria, which may come from  
sewage treatment plants, septic systems, agricultural livestock operations, and wildlife.  
(B) Inorganic contaminants, such as salts and metals, which can be naturally  
occurring or result from urban stormwater runoff, industrial or domestic wastewater  
discharges, oil and gas production, mining, or farming.  
(C) Pesticides and herbicides, which may come from a variety of sources such as  
agriculture, urban stormwater runoff, and residential uses.  
(D) Organic chemical contaminants, including synthetic and volatile organic  
chemicals, which are by products of industrial processes and petroleum production, and  
can also come from gas stations, urban stormwater runoff, and septic systems.  
(E) Radioactive contaminants, which can be naturally occurring or be the result  
of oil and gas production and mining activities.  
(iii) To ensure that tap water is safe to drink, EPA prescribes regulations that limit  
the amount of certain contaminants in water provided by public water supplies. FDA  
regulations establish limits for contaminants in bottled water that shall provide the same  
protection for public health.  
(iv) Drinking water, including bottled water, may reasonably be expected to  
contain at least small amounts of some contaminants. The presence of contaminants does  
not necessarily indicate that water poses a health risk. More information about  
contaminants and potential health effects can be obtained by calling the United States  
Environmental Protection Agency's safe drinking water hotline (800-426-4791).  
(b) The report shall include the telephone number of the owner, operator, or  
designee of the community water supply as a source of additional information concerning  
the report.  
(c) In communities that have more than 10% non-English speaking residents, the  
report shall contain information in the appropriate language or languages regarding the  
importance of the report or the report shall contain a telephone number or address where  
residents may contact the supply to obtain a translated copy of the report or assistance in  
the appropriate language.  
(d) The report shall include information about opportunities for public participation  
in decisions by the supplies that may affect the quality of the water; for example, time  
and place of regularly scheduled board meetings.  
(e) The supply may include such additional information as it determines necessary  
for public education consistent with, and not detracting from, the purpose of the report.  
(f) Groundwater supplies required to comply with groundwater provisions of  
R 325.10612 shall comply with all of the following:  
(i) A groundwater supply that receives notice from the department of a significant  
deficiency or notice from a laboratory of a fecal indicator-positive groundwater source  
sample that is not invalidated by the department under R 325.10739(3) shall inform its  
customers of any significant deficiency that is uncorrected at the time of the next report  
or of any fecal indicator-positive groundwater source sample in the next report. The  
Page 84  
groundwater supply shall continue to inform the public annually until the department  
determines that particular significant deficiency is corrected or the fecal contamination in  
the groundwater source is addressed under R 325.10612a(1). Each report shall include  
all of the following elements:  
(A) The nature of the particular significant deficiency or the source of the fecal  
contamination, if the source is known, and the date the significant deficiency was  
identified by the department or the dates of the fecal indicator-positive groundwater  
source samples.  
(B) If the fecal contamination in the groundwater source has been addressed  
under R 325.10612a(1) and the date of the action.  
(C) For each significant deficiency or fecal contamination in the groundwater  
source that has not been addressed under R 325.10612a(1), the department-approved plan  
and schedule for correction, including interim measures, progress to date, and any interim  
measures completed.  
(D) If the groundwater supply receives notice of a fecal indicator-positive  
groundwater source sample that is not invalidated by the department under  
R 325.10739(3), the potential health effects using the health effects language of Table 1  
of R 325.10405.  
(ii) If directed by the department, a groundwater supply with significant  
deficiencies that have been corrected before the next report is issued shall inform its  
customers of the significant deficiency, how the deficiency was corrected, and the date of  
correction under paragraph (i) of this subdivision.  
(g) Supplies required to comply with total coliform provisions of R 325.10704a to  
R 325.10704k shall comply with all of the following:  
(i) A supply required to comply with the level 1 assessment requirement or a level  
2 assessment requirement that is not due to an E. coli MCL violation shall comply with  
all of the following:  
(A) Include in the report the text, "Coliforms are bacteria that are naturally  
present in the environment and are used as an indicator that other, potentially harmful,  
waterborne pathogens may be present or that a potential pathway exists through which  
contamination may enter the drinking water distribution system. We found coliforms  
indicating the need to look for potential problems in water treatment or distribution.  
When this occurs, we are required to conduct assessment(s) to identify problems and to  
correct the problems that were found during these assessments."  
(B) Include in the report as appropriate, filling in the blanks accordingly the text,  
"During the past year we were required to conduct [INSERT NUMBER OF LEVEL 1  
ASSESSMENTS] level 1 assessment(s).  
[INSERT NUMBER OF LEVEL 1  
ASSESSMENTS] level 1 assessment(s) were completed. In addition, we were required  
to take [INSERT NUMBER OF CORRECTIVE ACTIONS] corrective actions and we  
completed [INSERT NUMBER OF CORRECTIVE ACTIONS] of these actions."  
(C) Include in the report as appropriate, filling in the blanks accordingly the text,  
"During the past year [INSERT NUMBER OF LEVEL 2 ASSESSMENTS] level 2  
assessments were required to be completed for our water supply. [INSERT NUMBER  
OF LEVEL 2 ASSESSMENTS] Level 2 assessments were completed. In addition, we  
were required to take [INSERT NUMBER OF CORRECTIVE ACTIONS] corrective  
Page 85  
actions and we completed [INSERT NUMBER OF CORRECTIVE ACTIONS] of these  
actions."  
(D) A supply that has failed to complete all the required assessments or correct  
all identified sanitary defects, is in violation of the treatment technique requirement and  
shall also include 1 or both of the following statements, as appropriate:  
(1) During the past year we failed to conduct all of the required assessment(s).  
(2) During the past year we failed to correct all identified defects that were found  
during the assessment.  
(ii) A supply required to undergo a level 2 assessment due to an E. coli MCL  
violation shall comply with all of the following:  
(A) Include in the report the text, "E. coli are bacteria whose presence indicates  
that the water may be contaminated with human or animal wastes. Human pathogens in  
these wastes can cause short-term effects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea, headaches, or  
other symptoms. They may pose a greater health risk for infants, young children, the  
elderly, and people with severely compromised immune systems. We found E. coli  
bacteria, indicating the need to look for potential problems in water treatment or  
distribution. When this occurs, we are required to conduct assessment(s) to identify  
problems and to correct the problems that were found during these assessments."  
(B) Include in the report as appropriate, filling in the blanks accordingly the text,  
"We were required to complete a level 2 assessment because we found E. coli in our  
water system. In addition, we were required to take [INSERT NUMBER OF  
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS] corrective actions and we completed [INSERT NUMBER  
OF CORRECTIVE ACTIONS] of these actions."  
(C) A supply that has failed to complete the required assessment or correct all  
identified sanitary defects, is in violation of the treatment technique requirement and shall  
also include one or both of the following statements, as appropriate:  
(1) We failed to conduct the required assessment.  
(2) We failed to correct all sanitary defects that were identified during the  
assessment that we conducted.  
(iii) If a supply detects E. coli and has violated the E. coli MCL, in addition to  
completing the table as required in subrule (8)(d) of this rule, the supply shall include 1  
or more of the following statements to describe the noncompliance, as applicable:  
(A) We had an E. coli-positive repeat sample following a total coliform-positive  
routine sample.  
(B) We had a total coliform-positive repeat sample following an E. coli-positive  
routine sample.  
(C) We failed to take all required repeat samples following an E. coli-positive  
routine sample.  
(D) We failed to test for E. coli when a repeat sample tests positive for total  
coliform.  
(iv) If a supply detects E. coli and has not violated the E. coli MCL, in addition to  
completing the table as required in subrule (8)(d) of this rule, the supply may include a  
statement that explains that although they have detected E. coli, they are not in violation  
of the E. coli MCL.  
Page 86  
(h) For water supplies with lead service lines, or service lines of unknown material,  
the report shall include the number of lead service lines, the number of service lines of  
unknown material, and the total number of service lines in the supply.  
History: 2001 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS; 2018 AACS.  
R 325.10414 Annual consumer confidence reporting; required additional health  
information.  
Rule 414.  
(1) All reports shall prominently display the following language:  
"Some people may be more vulnerable to contaminants in drinking water than the  
general population. Immuno compromised persons such as persons with cancer  
undergoing chemotherapy, persons who have undergone organ transplants, people with  
HIV/AIDS or other immune system disorders, some elderly, and infants can be  
particularly at risk from infections. These people may seek advice about drinking  
water from their health care providers. EPA/CDC guidelines on appropriate means to  
lessen the risk of infection by Cryptosporidium and other microbial contaminants are  
available from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline (800-426-4791)."  
(2) A community water supply that detects arsenic at levels above 0.005 mg/l and  
up to and including 0.010 mg/l shall do either of the following:  
(a) Include in its report a short informational statement about arsenic, using  
language, such as, "While your drinking water meets EPA's standard for arsenic, it does  
contain low levels of arsenic. EPA's standard balances the current understanding of  
arsenic's possible health effects against the costs of removing arsenic from drinking  
water. EPA continues to research the health effects of low levels of arsenic, which is  
a mineral known to cause cancer in humans at high concentrations and is linked to other  
health effects such as skin damage and circulatory problems."  
(b) Write its own educational statement, but only in consultation with the  
department.  
(3) A community water supply that detects nitrate at levels above 5 mg/l, but below  
the MCL shall do either of the following:  
(a) Include a short informational statement about the impacts of nitrate on children  
using language, such as, "Nitrate in drinking water at levels above 10 ppm is a health  
risk for infants of less than six months of age. High nitrate levels in drinking water  
can cause blue baby syndrome. Nitrate levels may rise quickly for short periods of  
time because of rainfall or agricultural activity. If you are caring for an infant, you are  
encouraged to ask advice from your health care provider."  
(b) Write its own educational statement, but only in consultation with the  
department.  
(4) Both of the following provisions concerning lead specific information apply to  
every report:  
(a) A community water supply shall include a short informational statement about  
lead in drinking water and its effects on children. The statement shall include the  
following information: If present, elevated levels of lead can cause serious health  
problems, especially for pregnant women and young children. Lead in drinking water is  
primarily from materials and components associated with service lines and home  
plumbing. [NAME OF UTILITY] is responsible for providing high quality drinking  
Page 87  
water, but cannot control the variety of materials used in plumbing components. When  
your water has been sitting for several hours, you can minimize the potential for lead  
exposure by flushing your tap for 30 seconds to 2 minutes before using water for  
drinking or cooking. If you are concerned about lead in your water, you may wish to  
have your water tested. Information on lead in drinking water, testing methods, and  
steps you can take to minimize exposure is available from the Safe Drinking Water  
Hotline or at http://www.epa.gov/safewater/lead.  
(b) A community water supply may write its own educational statement, but only  
in consultation with the department.  
History: 2001 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10415 Annual consumer confidence reporting; report delivery;  
recordkeeping.  
Rule 415. (1) Except as provided in subrule (7) of this rule, each community  
water supply shall mail or otherwise directly deliver 1 copy of the report to each  
customer.  
(2) The supply shall make a good faith effort to reach consumers who do not get  
water bills, using means recommended by the department. For the good faith effort to  
be adequate, the supply shall tailor the effort to reach the consumers who are served by  
the supply but are not bill paying customers such as renters or workers. A good faith  
effort to reach consumers may include a mix of any of the following methods  
appropriate to the particular supply:  
(a) Posting the report on the Internet.  
(b) Mailing to postal patrons in metropolitan areas.  
(c) Advertising the availability of the report in the news media.  
(d) Publication in a local newspaper.  
(e) Posting in public places such as cafeterias or lunch rooms of public buildings.  
(f) Delivery of multiple copies for distribution by single biller customers such as  
apartment buildings or large private employers.  
(g) Delivery to community organizations.  
(3) Not later than the date the supply is required to distribute the report to its  
customers, each community water supply shall deliver a copy of the report to the  
department, followed within 3 months by a certification that the report has been  
distributed to customers, and that the information is correct and consistent with the  
compliance monitoring data previously submitted to the department.  
(4) Not later than the date the supply is required to distribute the report to its  
customers, each community water supply shall deliver the report to the local health  
department that has jurisdiction in the county in which the supply is located. If the  
supply's service area is located in more than 1 county, then the report shall be delivered  
to all appropriate local health departments. In addition, each community water supply  
shall deliver the report to any other agency or clearinghouse identified in writing by  
the department.  
(5) Each community water supply shall make its report available to the public  
upon request.  
Page 88  
(6) Each community water supply serving 100,000 or more persons shall post its  
current year's report to a publicly accessible site on the Internet.  
(7) The governor or his or her designee, for the purposes of waiving the mailing  
requirement, may waive the requirement of subrule (1) of this rule for community water  
supplies serving fewer than 10,000 persons.  
(a) Supplies serving fewer than 10,000 persons that elect to use the waiver shall do  
all the following:  
(i) Publish the report in 1 or more local newspapers serving the area in which the  
supply is located.  
(ii) Inform the customers that the report will not be mailed, either in the newspapers  
in which the report is published or by other means approved by the department.  
(iii) Make the report available to the public upon request.  
(b) Supplies serving 500 or fewer persons that elect to use the waiver may forego  
the requirements of subdivision (a) of this subrule if they provide notice at least once  
per year to their customers by mail, door-to-door delivery, or by posting in an  
appropriate location that the report is available upon request.  
(8) A supply subject to R 325.10411 to R 325.10415 shall retain copies of its  
consumer confidence report for not less than 3 years.  
History: 2001 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10416 Rescinded.  
History: 2001 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10417 Rescinded.  
History: 2001 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10418 Rescinded.  
History: 2001 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10419 Rescinded.  
History: 2001 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10420  
Annual consumer confidence reporting; contaminants for  
vulnerable subpopulation.  
Rule 420. Pursuant to section 14 of the act, if any contaminants listed in table 1 of  
this rule are detected above a level of concern as indicated in table 1 of this rule, then the  
consumer confidence report shall include a description of the potential adverse health  
Page 89  
effects and the vulnerable subpopulation that may be susceptible to the level of  
contaminant detected. The community water supply may use the relevant language  
provided in table 1 of R 325.10405.  
Table 1 Contaminants for vulnerable subpopulation reporting  
Contaminant  
Susceptible vulnerable  
Level of concern  
subpopulation  
Fecal coliform/  
E. coli  
Infants, young children,  
the elderly, and people with  
severely compromised  
immune systems.  
Confirmed presence  
(any confirmed detect)  
Copper  
People with Wilson’s  
disease.  
1.3 mg/l (ppm)  
Fluoride  
Lead  
Children.  
Infants and children.  
4.0 mg/l (ppm)  
15.0 µg/l (ppb) until  
December 31, 2024;  
12.0 µg/l (ppb) beginning  
January 1, 2025.  
Nitrate  
Nitrite  
Infants below the age of 6  
months.  
Infants below the age of 6  
months.  
10.0 mg/l (ppm)  
1.0 mg/l (ppm)  
History: 2001 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2015 AACS; 2018 AACS.  
PART 5. TYPES OF PUBLIC WATER SUPPLIES  
R 325.10501 Purpose.  
Rule 501. The purpose of this part is to implement section 8 of the act by  
establishing a basic classification system for public water supplies. The basic  
classification system established by this part may be modified in other parts of these  
rules, as applicable, to reflect the need for further breakdown due to specific  
criteria, requirements, or standards which may apply within a public water supply.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10502 Classification of public water supplies.  
Rule 502.  
(1) For purposes of implementing the act, public water supplies are  
classified by the department into 3 types as follows:  
(a) Type I: All community supplies are classified as type I public water supplies.  
(b) Type II: All noncommunity supplies are classified as type II public water  
supplies.  
(c) Type III: All water supplies which are not type I or type II public water  
supplies shall be classified as type III public water supplies.  
(2) Type II public water supplies are further classified by the department as follows:  
Page 90  
(a) Type IIa: Type IIa public water supplies are type II public water supplies  
with an average daily water production for the maximum month equal to or greater than  
20,000 gallons per day.  
(b) Type IIb: Type IIb public water supplies are type II public water supplies  
with an average daily water production for the maximum month of less than 20,000  
gallons per day.  
(3) When a public water supply is unable to determine average daily water  
production, the department may use other criteria based on similar public water  
supplies to make a determination of classification for purposes of subrule (2) of this  
rule.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10503 Waterworks systems under same ownership or operation.  
Rule 503. (1) Two or more waterworks systems owned or operated by the same  
person at the same general location, not individually meeting the definition of a  
community supply or a noncommunity supply, but collectively meeting the definition of  
a community supply or a noncommunity supply, shall be considered by the  
department to be a single public water supply.  
(2) A waterworks system meeting the definition of a community or  
noncommunity water supply and a waterworks system not meeting the definition of  
community or noncommunity water supply in the same general location collectively  
owned or operated by the same person may be considered by the department to be a  
single public water supply.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10504 General requirements of type I public water supplies.  
Rule 504. A type I public water supply shall meet the following general  
requirements and other specific requirements as prescribed by the act and these rules:  
(a) Obtain certified operators of treatment systems and distribution systems.  
(b) Monitor for contaminants at prescribed frequencies as required by part 7 of  
these rules.  
(c) Submit waterworks system operation reports and maintain records.  
(d) Comply with the provisions of part 14 of these rules and comply with all  
applicable state and local plumbing codes. Public water supplies that existed before the  
effective date of this rule that serve facilities which are licensed by the state, including  
manufactured housing communities and health care facilities, are not required to  
comply with part 14 of these rules until January 1, 2016.  
(e) Submit plans and specifications and obtain permits from the department in  
accordance with the provisions of the act and part 13 of these rules.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
Page 91  
R 325.10505 Type II public water supplies generally.  
Rule 505. A type II public water supply shall meet all of the following general  
requirements and other specific requirements as prescribed by the act and these rules:  
(a) Obtain operators that are certified in treatment systems where treatment is  
employed that may affect public health.  
(b) Provide a source of water that is in compliance with the requirements of part 8  
of these rules or a source that is approved by the department. In either case, the source  
of water shall comply with all of the requirements of parts 6 and 10 or parts 24, 25, and  
26 of these rules.  
(c) Monitor for contaminants at prescribed frequencies as required by part 7 of these  
rules.  
(d) Submit waterworks system operation reports where treatment is employed that  
may affect public health and shall maintain records as required in part 15 of these rules.  
(e) Comply with all applicable state and local plumbing codes.  
(f) Obtain permits from the department in accordance with the provisions of the act  
and part 13 of these rules.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10506 Type III public water supplies generally.  
Rule 506. A type III public water supply shall meet all of the following general  
requirements and other specific requirements as prescribed by the act and these rules:  
(a) Provide groundwater sources that are in  
compliance  
with  
the  
requirements of part 8 of these rules or, alternatively, if approved by the department, the  
applicable sections of parts 24, 25, and 26 of these rules.  
(b) If required by the department, monitor for contaminants at prescribed  
frequencies as required by part 7 of these rules.  
(c) Comply with all applicable state and local plumbing codes.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
PART 6. STATE DRINKING WATER STANDARDS AND ANALYTICAL  
METHODS  
R 325.10601 Purpose.  
Rule 601. This part establishes drinking water standards for specific  
contaminants that shall be met by a supplier of water to assure the protection of the  
public health. In addition, this part specifies methods to be used in the analyses of water  
samples from public water supplies to determine compliance with the state drinking  
water standards.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1998-2000 AACS .  
Page 92  
R 325.10601a Compliance with standards to be determined in accordance with  
monitoring requirements; analytical results to be performed by certified  
laboratories.  
Rule 601a. (1) Compliance with the drinking water standards specified in this part  
shall be determined in accordance with the monitoring requirements in part 7 of these  
rules.  
(2) Analytical results that are used to determine compliance with state drinking  
water standards established in this part shall be performed by department or EPA-  
certified or provisionally certified laboratories, except that measurements for alkalinity,  
bromide, calcium, daily chlorite samples at the entrance to the distribution system,  
conductivity, magnesium, orthophosphate, pH, residual disinfectant concentration,  
silica, specific ultraviolet absorbance, temperature, and turbidity may be performed  
by personnel acceptable to the department.  
History: 1993 AACS; 1998-2000 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10602  
Maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for microbiological  
contaminants.  
Rule 602. (1) Beginning April 1, 2016, a community or noncommunity water supply  
is in compliance with the MCL for E. coli for samples taken under R 325.10704a to  
R 325.10704k unless 1 or more of the following conditions occur:  
(a) The supply has an E. coli-positive repeat sample following a total coliform-  
positive routine sample.  
(b) The supply has a total coliform-positive repeat sample following an E. coli-  
positive routine sample.  
(c) The supply fails to take all required repeat samples following an E. coli-positive  
routine sample.  
(d) The supply fails to test for E. coli when a repeat sample tests positive for total  
coliform.  
Note to this subrule: For purposes of the public notification requirements in  
R 325.10401a to R 325.10409, violation of the MCL may pose an acute risk to health.  
(2) Beginning April 1, 2016, a supply shall determine compliance with the MCL for  
E. coli in subrule (1) of this rule for each month in which it is required to monitor for  
total coliforms.  
(3) The best technology, treatment techniques, or other means available for achieving  
compliance with the maximum contaminant level for total coliforms in subrule (5) of this  
rule until March 31, 2016 and for achieving compliance with the maximum contaminant  
level for E. coli in subrule (1) of this rule beginning April 1, 2016 are all of the following:  
(a) Protection of wells from fecal contamination by appropriate placement and  
construction.  
(b) Maintenance of a disinfectant residual throughout the distribution system.  
(c) Proper maintenance of the distribution system including appropriate pipe  
replacement and repair procedures, main flushing programs, proper operation and  
maintenance of storage tanks and reservoirs, cross connection control, and continual  
maintenance of positive water pressure in all parts of the distribution system.  
Page 93  
(d) Filtration and disinfection of surface water, as described in the surface water  
treatment provisions of R 325.10611 to R 325.10611n, R 325.10720 to R 325.720e, and  
R 325.10722, or disinfection of groundwater, as described in the groundwater provisions  
of R 325.10612 to R 325.10612b and R 325.10739 to R 325.10739b, using strong  
oxidants such as chlorine, chlorine dioxide, or ozone.  
(e) For supplies using ground water, compliance with the requirements of an EPA-  
approved state Wellhead Protection Program developed and implemented under section  
1428 of the federal act.  
(4) The technology, treatment techniques, or other means available identified in  
subrule (3) of this rule are considered affordable technology, treatment techniques, or  
other means available to supplies serving 10,000 or fewer people for achieving  
compliance with the maximum contaminant level for total coliforms in subrule (5) of this  
rule until March 31, 2016 and for achieving compliance with the maximum contaminant  
level for E. coli in subrule (1) of this rule beginning April 1, 2016.  
(5) Until March 31, 2016 all of the following apply:  
(a) The total coliform MCL is based on the presence or absence of total coliforms in a  
sample, rather than coliform density. Either of the following applies to the total coliform  
MCL:  
(i) For a supply that collects at least 40 samples per month, if no more than 5.0  
percent of the samples collected during a month are total coliform-positive, the supply is  
in compliance with the MCL for total coliforms.  
(ii) For a supply that collects fewer than 40 samples per month, if no more than one  
sample collected during a month is total coliform-positive, the supply is in compliance  
with the MCL for total coliforms.  
(b) A fecal coliform-positive repeat sample or E. coli-positive repeat sample, or a  
total coliform-positive repeat sample following a fecal coliform-positive or E. coli-  
positive routine sample, constitutes a violation of the MCL for total coliforms. For  
purposes of the public notification requirements in R 325.10401a to R 325.10409, this is  
a violation that may pose an acute risk to health.  
(c) A supply shall determine compliance with the MCL for total coliforms in this  
subrule for each month in which it is required to monitor for total coliforms.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10603 Radionuclides; MCLs; applicability.  
Rule 603. (1) Community water supplies, also known as "supplies" in this rule  
and R 325.10604, shall comply with the MCLs in this rule and compliance shall be  
determined under R 325.10604.  
(2) The MCLs for radionuclides are all of the following:  
(a) The maximum contaminant level for combined radium 226 and radium 228 is 5  
picoCurries per liter (pCi/l). The combined radium-226 and radium-228 value is  
determined by the addition of the results of the analysis  
analysis for radium-228.  
for radium-226 and the  
(b) The maximum contaminant level for gross alpha particle activity,  
including radium 226, but excluding radon and uranium, is 15 pCi per liter.  
Page 94  
(c) Both of the following apply to the MCL for beta particle and photon  
radioactivity:  
(i) The average annual concentration of  
beta  
particle  
and photon  
radioactivity from man-made radionuclides in drinking water shall not produce an annual  
dose equivalent to the total body or any internal organ greater than 4 millirems per  
year.  
(ii) Except for the radionuclides listed in table 1 of this rule, the concentration  
of man-made radionuclides causing 4 millirems total body or organ dose equivalents  
shall be calculated on the basis of a 2-liter-per-day drinking water intake using the  
168-hour data listed in the publication entitled "maximum permissible  
body  
burdens and maximum permissible concentration of radionuclides in air or water  
for occupational exposure," nbs (national bureau of standards) handbook 69, as  
amended August, 1963, United States department of commerce, which is adopted  
by reference in R 325.10112. If 2 or more radionuclides are present, then the sum  
of their annual dose equivalent to the total body or to any organ shall not be more  
than 4 millirem per year.  
Table 1 Average Annual Concentrations Assumed to Produce a Total Body or  
Organ Dose of 4 Millirem Per  
Radionuclide  
Tritium  
Strontium-90  
Critical organ  
Total body  
Bone marrow  
pCi per liter  
20,000  
8
(d) The maximum contaminant level for uranium is 30 micrograms per liter (ug/l).  
History: 1979 AC; 1993 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10604 Radionuclides; compliance requirements.  
Rule 604. (1) Compliance with R 325.10603 shall be determined based on the  
analytical result or results obtained at each sampling point. If 1 sampling point is in  
violation of an MCL, then the supply is in violation of the MCL. All of the following  
provisions apply:  
(a) For supplies monitoring more than once per year, compliance with the MCL is  
determined by a running annual average at each sampling point. If the average of any  
sampling point is greater than the MCL, then the supply is out of compliance with the  
MCL.  
(b) For supplies monitoring more than once per year, if any sample result  
causes the running average to exceed the MCL at any sample point, then the supply is  
out of compliance with the MCL immediately.  
(c) Supplies shall include all samples taken and analyzed under this rule, R  
325.10603, R 325.10725, R 325.10726, R 325.10728, R 325.10729, and R  
325.10730 in determining compliance, even if that number is greater than the minimum  
required.  
Page 95  
(d) If a supply does not collect all required samples when compliance is based on  
a running annual average of quarterly samples, then compliance shall be based on the  
running average of the samples collected.  
(e) If a sample result is less than the detection limit, then zero shall be used to  
calculate the annual average, unless a gross alpha particle activity is being used  
instead of radium-226, or uranium, or both. If the gross alpha particle activity result is  
less than the detection limit, then half the detection limit shall be used to calculate  
the annual average.  
(2) If the department requires confirmation  
samples  
under  
R
325.10725(3), then the results of the initial and confirmation samples shall be averaged  
for use in compliance determinations.  
(3) The department may delete results of obvious sampling or analytic errors.  
(4) To determine compliance with the MCLs in R 325.10603, averages of data  
shall be used and shall be rounded to the same number of significant figures as the  
MCL for the contaminant.  
History: 1979 AC; 1993 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10604a Disinfection for phosphate or iron removal treatment systems.  
Rule 604a. Disinfection shall be provided for public water supplies that employ  
phosphate treatment systems or certain iron removal treatment systems.  
History: 1984 AACS; 1993 AACS; 2003 AACS.  
R 325.10604b MCLs for volatile organic chemicals other than total  
trihalomethanes.  
Rule 604b. (1) The maximum contaminant levels and effective  
dates for  
volatile organic chemicals in table 1 of this rule apply to community and nontransient  
noncommunity water supplies.  
Table 1 MCLs for volatile organic chemicals  
Maximum Contaminant  
Contaminant  
Benzene  
Vinyl chloride  
Level in mg/l  
0.005  
0.002  
0.005  
0.005  
0.005  
0.007  
0.20  
0.075  
0.07  
0.005  
0.7  
Effective Date  
January 9, 1989.  
January 9, 1989.  
January 9, 1989.  
January 9, 1989.  
January 9, 1989.  
January 9, 1989.  
January 9, 1989.  
January 9, 1989.  
July 30, 1992.  
Carbon tetrachloride  
1,2-dichloroethane  
Trichloroethylene  
1,1-dichloroethylene  
1,1,1-trichloroethane  
para-dichlorobenzene  
cis-1,2-dichloroethylene  
1,2-dichloropropane  
Ethylbenzene  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
Page 96  
Maximum Contaminant  
Contaminant  
Level in mg/l  
0.1  
0.6  
0.1  
0.005  
1
0.1  
Effective Date  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
January 17, 1994.  
January 17, 1994.  
January 17, 1994.  
Monochlorobenzene  
0-dichlorobenzene  
Styrene  
Tetrachloroethylene  
Toluene  
trans-1, 2-dichloroethylene  
Xylenes (total)  
Dichloromethane  
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene  
1,1,2-Trichloroethane  
10  
0.005  
0.07  
0.005  
(2) Compliance with the MCLs in table 1 of this rule shall be determined  
based on the analytical results obtained at each sampling point. If 1 sampling  
point is in violation of the MCL, then the supply is in violation of the MCL. All of the  
following provisions apply:  
(a) For supplies monitoring more than once per year, compliance with the MCL is  
determined by a running annual average at each sampling point.  
(b) Supplies monitoring annually or less frequently whose sample result  
exceeds the MCL shall begin quarterly sampling. Compliance with the MCL shall  
be based on the running annual average. For the purpose of calculating the running  
annual average, the initial exceedance shall  
be considered the result for the first  
quarter. If the department requires a confirmation sample under R 325.10716(15),  
then the average of the initial exceedance and the confirmation sample shall be  
considered the result for the first quarter.The supply shall not be considered in violation  
of the MCL until it has completed 1 year of quarterly sampling.  
(c) If any sample result causes the running annual average to exceed the MCL at  
any sampling point, then the supply is out of compliance with the MCL immediately.  
(d) If a supply fails to collect the required number  
of  
samples, then  
compliance shall be based on the total number of samples collected.  
(e) If a sample result is less than the detection limit, then zero shall be used to  
calculate the annual average.  
History: 1989 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1994 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10604c MCL for inorganic chemicals.  
Rule 604c.  
(1) Except as specified, the maximum contaminant levels and  
effective dates for inorganic chemicals in table 1 of this rule apply to community and  
nontransient noncommunity water supplies. These pubic water supplies are considered  
"water supplies" or "supplies" in this rule.  
Table 1 MCLs for inorganic chemicals  
Maximum Contaminant  
Contaminant  
Effective Date  
Level in mg/l  
Page 97  
Maximum Contaminant  
Level in mg/l  
Contaminant  
Effective Date  
Antimony  
Arsenic  
Asbestos  
0.006  
0.010  
January 17, 1994.  
April 6, 2005.  
July 30, 1992.  
7 million fibers per liter  
(longer than 10 um)  
Barium  
Beryllium  
Cadmium  
2
January 1, 1993.  
January 17, 1994.  
July 30, 1992.  
0.004  
0.005  
Chromium  
0.1  
July 30, 1992.  
Cyanide (as free cyanide)  
0.2  
4.0  
0.002  
January 17, 1994.  
[effective date of this rule]  
July 30, 1992.  
Fluoride1  
Mercury  
Nickel  
MCL withdrawn  
10  
1
May 30, 2002  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
Nitrate (as Nitrogen)2  
Nitrite (as Nitrogen)2  
Total Nitrate and Nitrite (as  
Nitrogen)3  
10  
Selenium  
0.05  
July 30, 1992.  
Thallium  
0.002  
January 17, 1994.  
1 The MCL and effective date apply to only community water supplies.  
2 The MCLs and effective dates apply to community and noncommunity water supplies.  
(2) Compliance with the MCL requirements of this rule shall be determined based  
on the analytical results that are obtained at each sampling point as specified in R  
325.10710. If 1 sampling point is in violation of an MCL, then the water supply is in  
violation of the MCL. All of the following provisions apply:  
(a) For supplies monitoring more than once per year, compliance with the MCL  
for antimony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide,  
fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium, or thallium is determined by a running annual  
average at each sampling point.  
(b) Supplies monitoring annually or less frequently whose sample result exceeds  
the MCL for antimony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium,  
cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium, or thallium shall begin quarterly  
sampling. Compliance with the MCL shall be based on the running annual average.  
For the purpose of calculating the running annual average, the initial exceedance shall  
be considered the result for the first quarter. If the department requires a confirmation  
sample under R 325.10710(9), then the average of the initial exceedance and the  
confirmation sample shall be considered the result for the first quarter. The supply shall  
not be considered in violation of the MCL until it has completed 1 year of quarterly  
sampling.  
(c) If any sample result causes the running annual average to exceed the MCL at  
any sampling point, then the supply is out of compliance with the MCL immediately.  
(d) If a supply fails to collect the required number of samples, then compliance  
shall be based on the total number of samples collected.  
Page 98  
(e) If a sample result is less than the detection limit, then zero shall be used to  
calculate the annual average.  
(f) Compliance with the MCLs for nitrate and nitrite is determined based on 1  
sample if the levels of these contaminants are below the MCLs. If the level of nitrate  
or nitrite or the combination of nitrate and nitrite is more than the MCLs in the initial  
sample, then a confirmation sample is required under R 325.10710(9)(b) and (c), and  
compliance shall be determined based on the average of the initial and confirmation  
samples.  
(3) The department may allow nitrate levels above 10 milligrams per liter but not  
more than 20 milligrams per liter in a noncommunity water supply if the supply  
demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the department, all of the following:  
(a) A permanent alternate source of water meeting state drinking water standards  
can not be obtained.  
(b) The water will not be available to children under 6 months of age.  
(c) Water meeting state drinking water standards, such as bottled water, will be  
provided to those who request it.  
(d) There is continuous posting at all drinking water outlets available to the public  
that nitrate levels exceed 10 mg/l and the potential health effects of exposure as  
specified in part 4 of these rules.  
(e) Adverse health effects are not documented.  
History: 2005 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10604d MCLs for synthetic organic chemicals.  
Rule 604d. (1) The maximum contaminant levels and effective dates for synthetic  
organic chemicals in table 1 of this rule apply to community and nontransient,  
noncommunity water supplies.  
Page 99  
Table 1 MCLs for synthetic organic chemicals  
Maximum  
Contaminant  
Contaminant  
Alachlor  
Aldicarb  
Level in mg/l  
0.002  
0.003  
0.004  
0.002  
0.003  
0.0002  
0.04  
Effective Date  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
January 17, 1994.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
January 17, 1994.  
January 17, 1994.  
Aldicarb sulfoxide  
Aldicarb sulfone  
Atrazine  
Benzo(a)pyrene  
Carbofuran  
Chlordane  
Dalapon  
Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate 0.4  
Di(2-  
0.002  
0.2  
ethylhexyl)phthalate  
Dibromochloropropane  
Dinoseb  
Diquat  
Endothall  
Endrin  
Ethylene dibromide  
Glyphosate  
0.006  
January 17, 1994.  
July 30, 1992.  
0.0002  
0.007  
0.02  
January 17, 1994.  
January 17, 1994.  
January 17, 1994.  
August 17, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
January 17, 1994.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
0.1  
0.002  
0.00005  
0.7  
0.0004  
0.0002  
0.001  
Heptachlor  
Heptachlor epoxide  
Hexachlorobenzene  
Hexachlorocyclopentadi  
ene  
January 17, 1994.  
0.05  
0.0002  
0.04  
0.2  
0.001  
0.5  
January 17, 1994.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
January 17, 1994.  
July 30, 1992.  
January 17, 1994.  
Lindane  
Methoxychlor  
Oxamyl (vydate)  
Pentachlorophenol  
Picloram  
Polychlorinated  
biphenyls  
Simazine  
Toxaphene  
2,3,7,8-TCDD (dioxin)  
2,4-D  
0.0005  
0.004  
0.003  
3 X 10-8  
0.07  
July 30, 1992.  
January 17, 1994.  
July 30, 1992.  
January 17, 1994.  
July 30, 1992.  
July 30, 1992.  
2,4,5-TP silvex  
0.05  
(2) Compliance with the MCLs in table 1 of this rule shall be determined based on the  
analytical results obtained at each sampling point. If 1 sampling point is in violation of  
an MCL, then the supply is in violation of the MCL. All of the following provisions  
apply:  
Page 100  
(a) For supplies monitoring more than once per year, compliance with the MCL is  
determined by a running annual average at each sampling point.  
(b) Supplies monitoring annually or less frequently whose sample results exceed the  
regulatory detection level as defined in R 325.10605 shall begin quarterly sampling.  
Compliance with the MCL shall be based on the running annual average. For the purpose  
of calculating the running annual average, the initial exceedance shall be the result for the  
first quarter. If the department requires a confirmation sample under R 325.10717(12),  
then the average of the initial exceedance and the confirmation sample shall be the result  
for the first quarter. The supply shall not be in violation of the MCL until it has  
completed 1 year of quarterly sampling.  
(c) If any sample result causes the running annual average to exceed the MCL at any  
sampling point, then the supply is out of compliance with the MCL immediately.  
(d) If a supply fails to collect the required number of samples, then compliance shall  
be based on the total number of samples collected.  
(e) If a sample result is less than the detection limit, then zero shall be used to calculate  
the annual average.  
History: 1993 AACS; 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10604e Treatment techniques for acrylamide and epichlorohydrin.  
Rule 604e. Each public water supply that  
uses  
acrylamide  
or  
epichlorohydrin in its drinking water system shall provide annual written certification  
to the department, using third party or manufacturer's certification, that the  
combination, or product, of dose and monomer level is not more than 0.05% acrylamide  
dosed  
epichlorohydrin dosed at 20 parts per million, or equivalent. This rule establishes  
treatment techniques for acrylamide and epichlorohydrin in place of maximum  
at  
1
part  
per  
million,  
or equivalent, and not more than 0.01%  
contaminant levels.  
History: 1993 AACS.  
R 325.10604f Treatment techniques for lead and copper.  
Rule 604f. (1) Treatment techniques for lead and copper are as follows:  
(a) This rule, R 325.10410, and R 325.10710a to R 325.10710d are the  
requirements for lead and copper and apply to community and nontransient  
noncommunity water supplies. These public water supplies are considered "water  
supplies" or "supplies" in this rule, R 325.10410, and R 325.10710a to R 325.10710d.  
(b) These rules establish a treatment technique that includes requirements for  
corrosion control treatment, source water treatment, lead service line replacement, and  
public education. These requirements are triggered, in some cases, by lead and copper  
action levels measured in samples that are collected at consumers' taps.  
(c) Through December 31, 2024, the lead action level is exceeded if the ninetieth  
percentile lead level is more than 0.015 milligrams per liter (mg/l) in tap water samples  
collected during a monitoring period conducted under R 325.10710a. Beginning January  
1, 2025, the lead action level is exceeded if the ninetieth percentile lead level is more than  
Page 101  
0.012 mg/l in tap water samples collected during a monitoring period conducted under R  
325.10710a. The copper action level is exceeded if the ninetieth percentile copper level  
is more than 1.3 mg/l in tap water samples collected during a monitoring period  
conducted under R 325.10710a. The ninetieth percentile lead and copper levels shall be  
computed as follows:  
(i) The highest lead result or the highest copper result from each sampling site  
taken during a monitoring period shall be placed in ascending order from the sample with  
the lowest concentration to the sample with the highest concentration. Each sampling  
result shall be assigned a number, ascending by single integers beginning with the  
number 1 for the sample with the lowest contaminant level. The number assigned to the  
sample with the highest contaminant level shall be equal to the total number of samples  
taken.  
(ii) The number of samples taken during the monitoring period shall be multiplied  
by 0.9.  
(iii) The contaminant concentration in the numbered sample yielded by the  
calculation in paragraph (ii) of this subdivision is the ninetieth percentile contaminant  
level.  
(iv) If a total of 5 samples are collected per monitoring period, the ninetieth  
percentile is computed by taking the average of the highest and second highest  
concentrations.  
(v) For a water supply that has been allowed by the department to collect fewer  
than 5 samples under R 325.10710a(3), the sample result with the highest concentration  
is considered the 90th percentile value.  
(d) A supply shall install and operate optimal corrosion control treatment on the  
system under subrules (2) and (3) of this rule. A supply that is in compliance with the  
applicable corrosion control treatment requirements specified by the department under  
subrules (2) and (3) of this rule is in compliance with the treatment requirement.  
(e) A supply exceeding the lead or copper action level shall implement all  
applicable source water treatment requirements specified by the department under subrule  
(4) of this rule.  
(f) A supply exceeding the lead action level after implementation of applicable  
corrosion control and source water treatment requirements shall complete the lead service  
line replacement requirements contained in subrule (5) of this rule. All other supplies  
shall complete the lead service line replacement requirements contained in subrule (6) of  
this rule.  
(g) Under R 325.10410, all water supplies shall provide a consumer notice of lead  
and copper tap water monitoring results to persons served at the sites (taps) that are  
tested. A supply exceeding the lead action level shall implement the public education  
requirements specified in R 325.10410.  
(h) Tap water monitoring for lead and copper, monitoring for water quality  
parameters, source water monitoring for lead and copper, and analyses of the monitoring  
results under this subrule shall be completed under R 325.10605, R 325.10710a, R  
325.10710b, and R 325.10710c.  
(i) A supply shall report, to the department, the information required by the  
treatment provisions of this subrule and R 325.10710d.  
(j) A supply shall maintain records under R 325.11506(1)(e).  
Page 102  
(k) Failure to comply with the applicable requirements of this rule, R 325.10410, R  
325.10710a, R 325.10710b, R 325.10710c, R 325.10605, R 325.10710d, and R  
325.11506(1)(e) constitutes a violation of these rules for lead or copper, as applicable.  
(l) When notified of a new source or long-term change in treatment as required  
under R 325.10710d(a)(iii), the department may require the supply to conduct a new or  
updated corrosion control study as described in R 325.10604f(3)(c), additional  
monitoring, or other action the department considers appropriate to ensure the supply  
maintains optimal corrosion control.  
(m) The department may require the supply to conduct a new or updated corrosion  
control study as described in R 325.10604f(3)(c).  
(2) Corrosion control treatment steps apply to small, medium size, and large water  
supplies as follows:  
(a) A supply shall complete the applicable corrosion control treatment requirements  
described in subrule (3) of this rule by the deadlines established in this rule. A large  
water supply (serving more than 50,000 persons) shall complete the corrosion control  
treatment steps specified in subdivision (d) of this subrule, unless the supply is  
considered to have optimized corrosion control under subdivision (b) (ii) or (iii) of this  
subrule. A small water system (serving 3,300 or fewer persons) and a medium size water  
system (serving more than 3,300, but fewer than 50,001 persons) shall complete the  
corrosion control treatment steps specified in subdivision (e) of this subrule unless the  
supply is considered to have optimized corrosion control under subdivision (b)(i), (ii), or  
(iii) of this subrule.  
(b) A supply is considered to have optimized corrosion control and is not required  
to complete the applicable corrosion control treatment steps identified in subrule (3) of  
this rule if the supply is in compliance with 1 of the criteria specified in paragraphs (i) to  
(iii) of this subdivision. A supply which is considered to have optimized corrosion  
control under this subdivision and which has treatment in place, or is receiving water  
from a supply considered optimized under this subdivision, shall continue to operate and  
maintain optimal corrosion control treatment and meet the requirements that the  
department determines appropriate to ensure optimal corrosion control treatment is  
maintained. All of the following provisions apply to being considered to have optimized  
corrosion control:  
(i) A small or medium size water supply is considered to have optimized  
corrosion control if the supply is in compliance with the lead and copper action levels  
during each of 2 consecutive 6-month monitoring periods during which monitoring is  
conducted under R 325.10710a.  
(ii) A water supply may be considered by the department to have optimized  
corrosion control treatment if the supply demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the  
department, that it has conducted activities equivalent to the corrosion control steps  
applicable to the system under subrule (3) of this rule. Supplies considered to have  
optimized corrosion control under this subdivision shall operate in compliance with the  
department designated optimal water quality control parameters under subrule (3)(g) of  
this rule and continue to conduct lead and copper tap and water quality parameter  
sampling under R 325.10710a(4)(c) and R 325.10710b(4), respectively. A supply shall  
provide the department with all of the following information to support a determination  
under this subdivision:  
Page 103  
(A) The results of all test samples collected for each of the water quality  
parameters specified in subrule (3)(c)(iii) of this rule.  
(B) A report that explains the test methods used by the water supply to evaluate  
the corrosion control treatments listed in subrule (3) of this rule, the results of all tests  
conducted, and the basis for the supply's selection of optimal corrosion control treatment.  
(C) A report that explains how corrosion control has been installed and how it is  
being maintained to ensure minimal lead and copper concentrations at consumers' taps.  
(D) The results of tap water samples collected under R 325.10710a at least once  
every 6 months for 1 year after corrosion control has been installed.  
(iii) A water supply is considered to have optimized corrosion control if it submits  
results of tap water monitoring conducted under R 325.10710a and source water  
monitoring conducted under R 325.10710c that demonstrates, for 2 consecutive 6-month  
monitoring periods, that the difference between the ninetieth percentile tap water lead  
level computed under subrule (1)(c) of this rule and the highest source water lead  
concentration is less than the practical quantitation level for lead. In addition, all of the  
following provisions apply:  
(A) A supply whose highest source water lead level is below the method  
detection limit is considered to have optimized corrosion control under this paragraph if  
the supply's ninetieth percentile tap water lead level is less than or equal to the practical  
quantitation level for lead for 2 consecutive 6-month monitoring periods.  
(B) A water supply considered to have optimized corrosion control under this  
paragraph shall continue monitoring for lead and copper at the tap not less frequently  
than once every 3 calendar years using the reduced number of sites specified in R  
325.10710a(3) and collecting the samples at times and locations specified in R  
325.10710a(4)(d)(iv).  
(C) A water supply considered to have optimized corrosion control under this  
subdivision shall notify the department, in writing, under R 325.10710d(a)(iii) of an  
upcoming long-term change in treatment or addition of a new source as described in that  
subdivision. The department shall review and approve the addition of a new source or  
long-term change in water treatment before it is implemented by the water supply. The  
department may require the supply to conduct additional monitoring or to take other  
action the department considers appropriate consistent with the requirements of R  
325.10604f(2) to ensure that the supply maintains minimal levels of corrosion in the  
distribution system.  
(D) As of July 12, 2001, a supply is not considered to have optimized corrosion  
control under this subdivision, and shall implement corrosion control treatment under  
subparagraph (E) of this paragraph unless it meets the copper action level.  
(E) A supply that is no longer considered to have optimized corrosion control  
under this subdivision shall implement corrosion control treatment under the deadlines in  
subdivision (e) of this subrule. A large water supply shall adhere to the schedule  
specified in that subdivision for medium size water supplies, with the time periods for  
completing each step being triggered by the date the supply is no longer considered to  
have optimized corrosion control under this subdivision.  
(c) If a small or medium size water supply exceeds the lead or copper action level  
and the supply is required to perform the corrosion control treatment steps, the supply  
may cease completing the treatment steps when the supply is in compliance with both  
Page 104  
action levels during each of 2 consecutive monitoring periods conducted under R  
325.10710a and the supply submits the results to the department. If the supply thereafter  
exceeds the lead or copper action level during a monitoring period, the supply shall  
recommence the applicable treatment steps beginning with the first treatment step that  
was not previously completed in its entirety. The department may require a supply to  
repeat treatment steps that were previously completed by the supply if the department  
determines that this is necessary to properly implement the treatment requirements of this  
rule. The department shall notify the supply in writing of the determination and explain  
the basis of the decision. If a small or medium size water supply exceeds the lead or  
copper action level, the supply, including supplies considered to have optimized  
corrosion control under subdivision (b) of this subrule, shall implement corrosion control  
treatment steps under subdivision (e) of this subrule.  
(d) Except as provided in subdivision (b)(ii) and (iii) of this subrule, a large water  
supply shall complete all of the following corrosion control treatment steps by the  
indicated dates:  
(i) Step 1: A supply shall conduct initial monitoring during 2 consecutive 6-  
month monitoring periods by January 1, 1993.  
(ii) Step 2: A supply shall complete corrosion control studies by July 1, 1994.  
(iii) Step 3: By January 1, 1997, a supply shall install optimal corrosion control  
treatment as designated by the department.  
(iv) Step 4: A supply shall complete follow-up sampling by January 1, 1998.  
(v) Step 5: A supply shall operate in compliance with the department specified  
optimal water quality control parameters and continue to conduct tap sampling.  
(e) Except as provided in subdivision (b) of this subrule, small and medium size  
water supplies shall complete all of the following corrosion control treatment steps by the  
indicated time periods:  
(i) Step 1: A supply shall conduct initial tap sampling under R 325.10604f(3)(a)  
until the supply either exceeds the lead or copper action level or becomes eligible for  
reduced monitoring. The supply that exceeds the lead or copper action level shall  
recommend optimal corrosion control treatment within 6 months after the end of the  
monitoring period during which it exceeds 1 of the action levels.  
(ii) Step 2: Within 12 months after the end of the monitoring period during which  
a supply exceeds the lead or copper action level, the department may require the supply  
to perform corrosion control studies under subdivision (3)(b) of this rule. If the  
department does not require the supply to perform the studies, the department shall  
specify optimal corrosion control treatment under subdivision (3)(d) of this rule within  
the following timeframes:  
(A) For medium-size supplies, within 12 months after the end of the monitoring  
period during which the supply exceeds the lead or copper action level.  
(B) For small supplies, within 12 months after the end of the monitoring period  
during which the supply exceeds the lead or copper action level.  
(iii) Step 3: If the department requires a supply to perform corrosion control  
studies under subdivision (3)(b) of this rule, the supply shall complete the studies within  
12 months after the department requires that the studies be conducted. If the supply has  
performed corrosion control studies under paragraph (ii) of this subdivision, the  
Page 105  
department shall designate optimal corrosion control treatment under subdivision (3)(d)  
of this rule within 6 months after completion of the corrosion control studies.  
(iv) Step 4: A supply shall install optimal corrosion control treatment within 12  
months after the department designates the treatment.  
(v) Step 5:  
A supply shall complete follow-up sampling under R  
325.10710a(4)(b) within 24 months after the department designates optimal corrosion  
control treatment. The department shall review the supply's installation of treatment and  
designate optimal water quality control parameters under R 325.10604f(3)(d)(ii) within 6  
months after the supply's completion of follow-up sampling.  
(vi) Step 6: A supply shall operate in compliance with the department designated  
optimal water quality control parameters under R 325.10604f(3)(d)(ii) and continue to  
conduct tap sampling under R 325.10710a(4)(c) and R 325.10710b(6).  
(3) A water supply shall complete all the corrosion control treatment requirements  
described in this subrule that are applicable to the system under subrule (2) of this rule.  
All of the following apply:  
(a) Based on the results of lead and copper tap monitoring and water quality  
parameter monitoring, small and medium size water systems that exceed the lead or  
copper action level shall recommend the installation of 1 or more of the corrosion control  
treatments listed in subdivision (c)(i) of this subrule that the supply believes constitutes  
optimal corrosion control for that system. The department may require the supply to  
conduct additional water quality parameter monitoring under R 325.10710b(4) to assist  
the department in reviewing the supply's recommendation.  
(b) When required by the department, a small or medium size water supply that  
exceeds the lead or copper action level shall perform corrosion control studies under  
subdivision (c) of this subrule to identify optimal corrosion control treatment for the  
supply.  
(c) Perform corrosion control studies as follows:  
(i) A water supply that performs corrosion control studies shall evaluate the  
effectiveness of each of the following treatments and, if appropriate, combinations of the  
following treatments to identify the optimal corrosion control treatment for that supply:  
(A) Alkalinity and pH adjustment.  
(B) Calcium hardness adjustment.  
(C) The addition of a phosphate or silicate based corrosion inhibitor at a  
concentration sufficient to maintain an effective residual concentration in all test tap  
samples.  
(ii) The water supply shall evaluate each of the corrosion control treatments using  
pipe rig/loop tests, metal coupon tests, partial system tests, or analyses based on  
documented analogous treatments with other water supplies of similar size, water  
chemistry, and distribution system configuration.  
(iii) A water supply shall measure all of the following water quality parameters in  
tests conducted under this paragraph before and after evaluating the corrosion control  
treatments listed in paragraph (i)(A) to (C) of this subdivision:  
(A) Lead.  
(B) Copper.  
(C) pH.  
(D) Alkalinity.  
Page 106  
(E) Calcium.  
(F) Conductivity.  
(G) Orthophosphate, when an inhibitor containing a phosphate compound is  
used.  
(H) Silicate, when an inhibitor containing a silicate compound is used.  
(I) Water temperature.  
(J) Sulfate.  
(K) Chloride.  
(iv) The water supply shall identify all chemical or physical constraints that limit  
or prohibit the use of a particular corrosion control treatment and shall document the  
constraints with 1 or both of the following:  
(A) Data and documentation demonstrating that a particular corrosion control  
treatment has adversely affected other water treatment processes when used by another  
water supply with comparable water quality characteristics.  
(B) Data and documentation demonstrating that the supply has previously  
attempted to evaluate a particular corrosion control treatment and has found that the  
treatment is ineffective or adversely affects other water quality treatment processes.  
(v) A water supply shall evaluate the effect of the chemicals used for corrosion  
control treatment in other water quality treatment processes.  
(vi) On the basis of an analysis of the data generated during each evaluation, a  
water supply shall recommend, to the department, in writing, the treatment option that the  
corrosion control studies indicate constitutes optimal corrosion control treatment for that  
supply. The water system shall provide a rationale for its recommendation together with  
all supporting documentation specified in paragraphs (i) to (v) of this subdivision.  
(d) Department designation of optimal corrosion control treatment shall be as  
follows:  
(i) Based on consideration of available information, including, where applicable,  
studies performed under subdivision (c) of this subrule and a supply's recommended  
treatment alternative, the department will either approve the corrosion control treatment  
option recommended by the supply or will designate alternative corrosion control  
treatment from the treatment specified in subdivision (c)(i) of this subrule. When  
designating optimal treatment, the department shall consider the effects that additional  
corrosion control treatment will have on water quality parameters and on other water  
quality treatment processes.  
(ii) The department shall notify the supply of its decision on optimal corrosion  
control treatment in writing and explain the basis for this determination. If the  
department requests additional information to aid its review, the water supply shall  
provide the information.  
(e) Each supply shall properly install and operate, throughout its distribution  
system, the optimal corrosion control treatment designated by the department.  
(f) The department shall evaluate the results of all lead and copper tap samples and  
water quality control parameter samples submitted by the water supply and determine  
whether the supply has properly installed and operated the optimal corrosion control  
treatment designated by the department in subdivision (d) of this subrule. Upon  
reviewing the results of tap water and water quality control parameter monitoring by the  
Page 107  
supply, both before and after the supply installs optimal corrosion control treatment, the  
department shall designate all of the following:  
(i) A minimum value or a range of values for pH measured at each entry point to  
the distribution system.  
(ii) A minimum pH value, measured in all tap samples. Such value shall be equal  
to or greater than 7.0, unless the department determines that meeting a pH level of 7.0 is  
not technologically feasible or is not necessary for the supply to optimize corrosion  
control.  
(iii) If a corrosion inhibitor is used, a minimum concentration or a range of  
concentrations for the inhibitor, measured at each entry point to the distribution system  
and in all tap samples, that the department determines is necessary to form a passivating  
film on the interior walls of the pipes of the distribution system.  
(iv) If alkalinity is adjusted as part of optimal corrosion control treatment, a  
minimum concentration or a range of concentrations for alkalinity, measured at each  
entry point to the distribution system and in all tap samples.  
(v) If calcium carbonate stabilization is used as part of corrosion control, a  
minimum concentration or a range of concentrations for calcium, measured in all tap  
samples.  
(vi) The department may designate values for additional water quality control  
parameters determined by the department to reflect optimal corrosion control for the  
supply. The department shall notify the supply in writing of these determinations and  
explain the basis for its decision.  
(g) All supplies optimizing corrosion control shall continue to operate and maintain  
optimal corrosion control treatment, including maintaining water quality parameters at or  
above minimum values or within ranges designated by the department, under this  
subdivision for all samples collected under R 325.10710b(6) to (8). Compliance with the  
requirements of this subdivision shall be determined every 6 months, as specified under R  
325.10710b(6). A water system is out of compliance with the requirements of this  
subdivision for a 6-month period if it has excursions for a department specified parameter  
on more than 9 days during the period. An excursion occurs when the daily value for 1  
or more of the water quality parameters measured at a sampling location is below the  
minimum value or outside the range designated by the department. The department may  
delete results of obvious sampling errors from this calculation. Daily values are  
calculated as follows:  
(i) On days when more than 1 measurement for the water quality parameter is  
collected at the sampling location, the daily value shall be the average of all results  
collected during the day regardless of whether they are collected through continuous  
monitoring, grab sampling, or a combination of both.  
(ii) On days when only 1 measurement for the water quality parameter is collected  
at the sampling location, the daily value shall be the result of that measurement.  
(iii) On days when a measurement is not collected for the water quality parameter  
at the sampling location, the daily value shall be the daily value calculated on the most  
recent day on which the water quality parameter was measured at the sample site.  
(h) The department's determination of the optimal corrosion control treatment  
specified in subdivision (d) of this subrule or optimal water quality control parameters  
may be modified by the department. If a request for modification is by a supply or other  
Page 108  
interested person, the request shall be in writing, shall explain why the modification is  
appropriate, and shall provide supporting documentation. The department may modify  
its determination where it concludes that a change is necessary to ensure that the supply  
continues to optimize corrosion control treatment.  
(4) A water supply shall complete the applicable source water monitoring and  
treatment requirements by the following deadlines:  
(a) The deadlines for completing source water treatment steps are as follows:  
(i) Step 1: A supply exceeding the lead or copper action level shall complete lead  
and copper source water monitoring under R 325.10710c(2) and make a treatment  
recommendation to the department under paragraph (b)(i) of this subdivision not later  
than 180 days after the end of the monitoring period during which the lead or copper  
action level was exceeded. The department shall make a determination regarding source  
water treatment under paragraph (b)(ii) of this subrule within 6 months after submission  
of monitoring results under this paragraph.  
(ii) Step 2: If the department requires installation of source water treatment, the  
supply shall install the treatment within 24 months after the date of written notification by  
the department under paragraph (i) of this subdivision.  
(iii) Step 3: The supply shall complete follow-up tap water monitoring under R  
325.10710a(4)(b) and source water monitoring under R 325.10710c(3) within 36 months  
after the date of written notification by the department under paragraph (i) of this  
subdivision. The department shall review the supply's installation and operation of  
source water treatment and specify maximum permissible source water levels under R  
325.10604f(4)(b)(iv) within 6 months after completion of the follow-up tap water  
monitoring and source water monitoring of this paragraph.  
(iv) Step 4: A supply shall operate in compliance with the department specified  
maximum permissible lead and copper source water levels and shall continue source  
water monitoring.  
(b) Source water treatment requirements are as follows:  
(i) A system that exceeds the lead or copper action level shall recommend, in  
writing, to the department, the installation and operation of 1 of the source water  
treatments listed in paragraph (ii) of this subdivision. A supply may recommend that no  
treatment be installed based on a demonstration that source water treatment is not  
necessary to minimize lead and copper levels at users' taps.  
(ii) The department shall complete an evaluation of the results of all source water  
samples submitted by the supply to determine whether source water treatment is  
necessary to minimize lead or copper levels in water delivered to users' taps. If the  
department determines that source water treatment is needed to minimize lead or copper  
levels in water that is delivered to users' taps, the department will either require  
installation and operation of the source water treatment recommended by the supply or  
require the installation and operation of another source water treatment from among the  
following alternatives:  
(A) Ion exchange.  
(B) Reverse osmosis.  
(C) Lime softening.  
(D) Coagulation/filtration.  
Page 109  
If the department requests additional information to aid in its review, the water supply  
shall provide the information by the date specified by the department in its request. The  
department shall notify the supply in writing of its determination and set forth the basis  
for its decision.  
(iii) Each supply shall properly install and operate the source water treatment  
designated by the department under paragraph (ii) of this subdivision. The department  
shall review the source water samples taken by the supply both before and after the  
supply installs source water treatment and determine whether the supply has properly  
installed and operated the source water treatment designated by the department.  
(iv) Based on the department's review of the source water treatment, the  
department shall designate the maximum permissible lead and copper concentrations for  
finished water entering the distribution system. These levels shall reflect the contaminant  
removal capability of the treatment properly operated and maintained. The department  
shall notify the supply in writing and explain the basis for its decision. Each water  
supply shall maintain lead and copper levels below the maximum permissible  
concentrations designated by the department at each sampling point monitored under R  
325.10710c. A supply is out of compliance with this subrule if the level of lead or copper  
at a sampling point is more than the maximum permissible concentration designated by  
the department.  
(v) Upon its own initiative or in response to a request by a water supply or other  
interested person, the department may modify its determination of the source water  
treatment or maximum permissible lead and copper concentrations for finished water  
entering the distribution system. A request for modification by a supply or other  
interested person shall be in writing, explain why the modification is appropriate, and  
provide supporting documentation. The department may modify its determination where  
it concludes that a change is necessary to ensure that the supply continues to minimize  
lead and copper concentrations in source water. A revised determination shall be made in  
writing, set forth the new treatment requirements, explain the basis for the department's  
decision, and provide an implementation schedule for completing the treatment  
modifications.  
(5) For a water supply that exceeds the lead action level after installing corrosion  
control or source water treatment, lead service line replacement requirements are as  
follows:  
(a) A water supply that exceeds the lead action level in tap samples taken under R  
325.10710a(4)(b) after installing corrosion control or source water treatment, or both,  
whichever sampling occurs later, shall replace lead service lines under the requirements  
of this subrule. If a supply is in violation of subrule (2) or (4) of this rule for failure to  
install source water or corrosion control treatment, then the department may require the  
supply to commence lead service line replacement after the date that the supply was  
required to conduct monitoring under R 325.10710a(4)(b).  
(b) Annually, a water supply shall replace not less than 7% of the initial number of  
lead service lines, and galvanized service lines if the service line is or was connected to  
lead piping, in its distribution system. The initial number of lead service lines is the  
number of lead lines in place when the replacement program begins. The supply shall  
identify the initial number of lead service lines in its distribution system, based on a  
materials evaluation, including the evaluation required under R 325.10710a(1), or the  
Page 110  
materials inventory required under R 325.11604(c). The first year of lead service line  
replacement shall begin on the first day following the end of the monitoring period in  
which the action level was exceeded in subdivision (a) of this subrule. If monitoring is  
required annually or less frequently, the end of the monitoring period is September 30 of  
the calendar year in which the sampling occurs. If the department has established an  
alternate monitoring period, then the end of the monitoring period will be the last day of  
that period.  
(c) If a supply controls the entire service line in accordance with subdivision (g) of  
this subrule, the supply shall replace the entire lead service line. If the supply does not  
own the entire lead service line, the supply shall notify the owner of the line, or the  
owner's authorized agent, that the supply will replace the portion of the service line that it  
owns and the owner's portion of the line at water supply expense. If the building owner  
does not consent, the supply shall not replace any portion of the service line, unless in  
conjunction with emergency repair. Prior to service line replacement, a water supply  
shall complete both of the following tasks:  
(i) Not less than 45 days before commencing replacement of a lead service line,  
the water system shall provide notice to the resident or residents of all buildings served  
by the line explaining that they may experience a temporary increase of lead levels in  
their drinking water, along with guidance on measures consumers can take to minimize  
their exposure to lead. The water supply may provide notice under the previous sentence  
less than 45 days before commencing lead service line replacement where the  
replacement is in conjunction with emergency repairs.  
(ii) The water supply shall provide the information required by paragraph (i) of  
this subdivision to the residents of individual dwellings by mail or by other methods  
approved by the department. If multifamily dwellings are served by the line, the supply  
shall have the option to post the information at a conspicuous location.  
(iii) In the event of a partial lead service line replacement resulting from an  
emergency repair, the water supply shall inform the resident or residents served by the  
line that the supply will, at the supply's expense, collect a sample from each partially  
replaced lead service line that is representative of the water in the service line for analysis  
of lead content, as prescribed under R 325.10710a(2)(c), within 72 hours after the  
completion of the partial replacement of the service line. The supply shall collect the  
sample and report the results of the analysis to the owner and the resident or residents  
served by the line within 3 business days of receiving the results. Mailed notices  
postmarked within 3 business days of receiving the results are satisfactory.  
(d) A water supply shall replace lead service lines on a shorter schedule than that  
required by this subrule, if directed by the department. The department shall take into  
account the number of lead service lines in the system, where a shorter replacement  
schedule is feasible. The department shall make this determination in writing and notify  
the supply of its finding within 6 months after the supply is triggered into lead service  
line replacement based on monitoring referenced in subdivision (a) of this subrule.  
(e) A supply may cease replacing lead service lines under this subrule when  
samples collected under R 325.10710a(2) meet the lead action level during each of 2  
consecutive monitoring periods and the supply submits the results to the department. If  
the supply thereafter exceeds the lead action level, the supply shall recommence  
replacing lead service lines under subdivision (b) of this subrule.  
Page 111  
(f) To demonstrate compliance with subdivisions (a) to (c) of this subrule, a supply  
shall report the information specified in R 325.10710d(e) to the department.  
(g) A supply is presumed to control the entire service line unless the supply  
demonstrates in writing that it does not have any of the following forms of control over  
the entire service line, as provided by state statute, local ordinance, public service  
contract, or other applicable legal authority:  
(i) Authority to set standards for construction, repair, or maintenance of the  
service line.  
(ii) Authority to replace, repair, or maintain the service line.  
(iii) Ownership of the service line.  
(h) Coating and lining techniques shall not be used to meet the service line  
replacement requirements under this subrule.  
(6) Unless subject to service line replacement requirements under subrule (5) of this  
rule, water supply service line replacement requirements are as follows:  
(a) A water supply shall replace all lead service lines, and galvanized service lines  
if the service line is or was connected to lead piping. Service lines that are physically  
disconnected from the distribution system are exempt from this requirement.  
(b) Beginning the year after the preliminary distribution system materials inventory  
is complete, service lines under this subrule shall be replaced at a rate averaging 5% per  
year, not to exceed 20 years total for replacement of all service lines under this subrule,  
unless an alternate schedule in an asset management plan is approved by the department.  
The Water Asset Management Council, if created, may advise the department on such  
decisions.  
(c) If a supply controls the entire service line, the supply shall replace the entire  
service line at the water supply’s expense.  
(d) A supply is presumed to control the entire service line unless the supply  
demonstrates in writing that it does not have any of the following forms of control over  
the entire service line, as provided by state statute, local ordinance, public service  
contract, or other applicable legal authority:  
(i) Authority to set standards for construction, repair, or maintenance of the  
service line.  
(ii) Authority to replace, repair, or maintain the service line.  
(iii) Ownership of the service line.  
(e) A water supply shall replace the entire lead service line. If the supply does not  
own the entire service line, the supply shall notify the owner of the line, or the owner’s  
authorized agent, that the supply will replace the portion of the service line that it owns  
and the owner's portion of the line at the supply’s expense. If the building owner does  
not consent, the supply shall not replace any portion of the service line, unless in  
conjunction with emergency repair. A water supply shall complete all of the following  
tasks:  
(i) Not less than 45 days before commencing the lead service line replacement,  
the water supply shall provide notice to the owner and residents of all buildings served by  
the line explaining that they may experience a temporary increase of lead levels in their  
drinking water, along with guidance on measures consumers can take to minimize their  
exposure to lead.  
Page 112  
(ii) The water supply may provide notice less than 45 days before commencing  
lead service line replacement where the replacement is in conjunction with emergency  
repairs.  
(iii) The water supply shall provide the information required by paragraph (i) of  
this subdivision to the residents of individual dwellings by mail or by other methods  
approved by the department. If multifamily dwellings are served by the line, the supply  
shall have the option to post the information at a conspicuous location.  
(iv) In the event of a partial lead service line replacement resulting from an  
emergency repair, the water supply shall inform the resident or residents served by the  
line that the supply will, at the supply's expense, collect a sample from each partially  
replaced lead service line that is representative of the water in the service line for analysis  
of lead content, as prescribed under R 325.10710a(2)(c), within 72 hours after the  
completion of the partial replacement of the service line. The supply shall collect the  
sample and report the results of the analysis to the owner and the resident or residents  
served by the line within 3 business days of receiving the results. Mailed notices  
postmarked within 3 business days of receiving the results are satisfactory.  
(v) Any remaining lead service line, including the privately owned portion, must  
be documented in the water supply’s distribution system materials inventory required  
under R 325.11604(c).  
(f) Service lines that are physically disconnected from the distribution system are  
exempt from this subrule.  
(g) Coating and lining techniques shall not be used to meet the service line  
replacement requirements under this subrule.  
History: 1994 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2018 AACS.  
Editor's Note: An obvious error in R 325.10604f was corrected at the request of the promulgating  
agency, pursuant to Section 56 of 1969 PA 306, as amended by 2000 PA 262, MCL 24.256. The rule  
containing the error was published in Michigan Register, 2018 MR 11. The memorandum requesting the  
correction was published in Michigan Register, 2018 MR 12.  
R 325.10604g MCLs for per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances.  
Rule 604g. (1) The maximum contaminant levels and effective dates for per- and  
polyfluoroalkyl substances in table 1 of this rule apply to community and nontransient  
noncommunity water supplies.  
Table 1 MCLs for per and polyfluoroalkyl substances  
Maximum  
Contaminant  
Contaminant  
Hexafluoropropylene oxide dimer acid  
(HFPO-DA)  
Level in ng/l  
370  
Effective Date  
[effective date of this rule]  
Perfluorobutane sulfonic acid (PFBS)  
Perfluorohexane sulfonic acid (PFHxS)  
Perfluorohexanoic acid (PFHxA)  
Perfluorononanoic acid (PFNA)  
420  
51  
400,000  
6
[effective date of this rule]  
[effective date of this rule]  
[effective date of this rule]  
[effective date of this rule]  
Page 113  
Perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (PFOS)  
Perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA)  
16  
8
[effective date of this rule]  
[effective date of this rule]  
(2) Compliance with the MCLs in table 1 of this rule must be determined based on  
the analytical results obtained at each sampling point. If 1 sampling point is in violation  
of an MCL, then the supply is in violation of the MCL. All of the following provisions  
apply:  
(a) For supplies monitoring more than once per year, compliance with the MCL is  
determined by a running annual average at each sampling point.  
(b) Supplies monitoring annually whose sample result exceeds an MCL in table 1  
of this rule shall begin quarterly sampling. Compliance with the MCL must be based on  
the running annual average. For the purpose of calculating the running annual average,  
the initial exceedance must be the result for the first quarter. If the department requires a  
confirmation sample under R 325.10717d(12), then the average of the initial exceedance  
and the confirmation sample must be the result for the first quarter, unless the department  
determines a sample should be excluded per R 325.10717d(12). The supply shall not be  
in violation of the MCL until it has completed 1 year of quarterly sampling.  
(c) If any sample result causes the running annual average to exceed the MCL at  
any sampling point, then the supply is out of compliance with the MCL immediately.  
(d) If a supply fails to collect the required number of samples, then compliance  
must be based on the total number of samples collected.  
(e) If a sample result is less than the reporting limit, then zero must be used to  
calculate the annual average.  
History: 2020 MR 14, Eff. Aug. 3, 2020.  
R 325.10605  
Analytical methods and sample collection procedures;  
incorporation by reference.  
Rule 605. The analytical methods and sample collection procedures used in the  
determination of compliance with the state drinking water standards for microbiological  
contaminants, fecal indicators, inorganic chemical contaminants, organic chemical  
contaminants, including maximum TTHM potential, turbidity, disinfectant residuals,  
disinfection byproducts, disinfection byproduct precursors, temperature, pH,  
conductivity, alkalinity, bromide, specific ultraviolet absorbance, total organic carbon,  
and radioactivity which are contained in 40 CFR parts 141 and 143, 2014, and which  
have been promulgated by the United States EPA under authority of the safe drinking  
water act of 1974 (public law 93-523), the safe drinking water act amendments of 1986  
(public law 99-339), and the safe drinking water act amendments of 1996 (public law  
104-182), 42 USC 300f et seq. are adopted by reference in these rules. The adopted  
material is contained in Title 40 CFR parts 136 to 149 and is available from the  
superintendent of documents at the address in R 325.10116(b) for a cost of $67.00 at the  
time of adoption of these rules. The adopted material is available for inspection from the  
offices of the department at the address in R 325.10116(a) or available on the Internet at  
http://www.ecfr.gov/.  
Page 114  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2000 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS;  
2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10605a Rescinded.  
History: 1984 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1998 AACS.  
R 325.10605b Rescinded.  
History: 1989 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS.  
R 325.10605c Rescinded.  
History: 1984 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1998 AACS.  
R 325.10605d Rescinded.  
History: 1984 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1998 AACS.  
R 325.10605e Rescinded.  
History: 1984 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1998 AACS.  
R 325.10606 Alternate analytical techniques.  
Rule 606. With the written permission of the department, concurred in by the  
administrator of the United States EPA, a public water supply owner may employ an  
alternate analytical technique. The use of the alternate analytical technique shall not  
decrease the frequency of monitoring required by these rules.  
History: 1979 AC; 1998 AACS.  
R 325.10607 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1998 AACS.  
R 325.10608 Rescinded.  
History: 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1998 AACS.  
Page 115  
R 325.10609 Rescinded.  
History: 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS.  
Page 116  
R 325.10610 MCLs for disinfection byproducts.  
Rule 610. (1) Both of the following apply to bromate and chlorite:  
(a) The maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for bromate and chlorite are as follows:  
Disinfection byproduct  
Bromate  
MCL (mg/l)  
0.010  
Chlorite  
1.0  
(b) The best available technologies, treatment techniques, or other means available  
for achieving compliance with the MCLs are as follows:  
Disinfection byproduct Best available technology.  
Bromate  
Control of ozone treatment process to reduce production of  
bromate.  
Chlorite  
Control of treatment processes to reduce disinfectant demand  
and control of disinfection treatment processes to reduce  
disinfectant levels.  
(2) All of the following apply to total trihalomethanes and haloacetic acids:  
(a) The MCLs for TTHM and HAA5 are as follows:  
Disinfection byproduct  
Total trihalomethanes (TTHM)  
Haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5)  
MCL (mg/L)  
0.080  
0.060  
(b) For all supplies that disinfect their source water, the best available technologies,  
treatment techniques, or other means available for achieving compliance with the MCLs  
under subdivision (a) of this subrule are as follows:  
Disinfection byproduct Best available technology  
Total trihalomethanes  
(TTHM) and Haloacetic nanofiltration with a molecular weight cutoff less than or  
acids (five) (HAA5). equal to 1000 Daltons; or GAC20  
Enhanced coagulation or enhanced softening, plus GAC10; or  
(c) The best technology, treatment techniques, or other means available for achieving  
compliance with the MCLs for TTHM and HAA5 under subdivision (a) of this subrule  
for consecutive supplies are as follows and applies only to the disinfected water that  
consecutive supplies buy or otherwise receive.  
Disinfection byproduct Best available technology  
Total trihalomethanes  
Supplies serving 10,000 or more people: Improved distribution  
(TTHM) and Haloacetic system and storage tank management to reduce residence time,  
acids (five) (HAA5).  
plus the use of chloramines for disinfectant residual  
maintenance.  
Supplies serving fewer than 10,000 people: Improved  
distribution system and storage tank management to reduce  
residence time  
History: 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
Page 117  
R 325.10610a Maximum residual disinfectant levels.  
Rule 610a. (1) Maximum residual disinfectant levels (MRDLS) are as follows:  
Disinfectant residual  
Chlorine  
MRDL (mg/l)  
4.0 as chlorine  
Chloramines  
4.0 as chlorine  
Chlorine dioxide  
0.8 as chlorine dioxide  
(2) The best available technologies, treatment techniques, or other means available  
for achieving compliance with the maximum residual disinfectant levels under subrule  
(1) of this rule are control of treatment processes to reduce disinfectant demand and  
control of disinfection treatment processes to reduce disinfectant levels.  
History: 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10610b Disinfectant residuals, disinfection byproducts, and disinfection  
byproduct precursors; compliance requirements.  
Rule 610b. (1) This rule, R 325.10610c, R 325.10719e, and R 325.10719f apply to  
community water supplies and nontransient noncommunity water supplies that add a  
chemical disinfectant to the water in any part of the drinking water treatment process and  
to transient noncommunity water supplies adding chlorine dioxide. These public water  
supplies are considered "water supplies" or "supplies" in this rule. Transient  
noncommunity water supplies are only required to comply with the chlorine dioxide  
requirements. Compliance with this rule is based on all of the following:  
(a) All samples taken under this rule, R 325.10610c, R 325.10719e, and R 325.10719f  
and analyzed under R 325.10605, shall be included in determining compliance with the  
maximum contaminant levels and maximum residual disinfectant levels of R 325.10610  
and R 325.10610a.  
(b) If, during the first year of monitoring under R 325.10719e, any individual  
quarter's average will cause the running annual average of that water supply to exceed the  
MCL for total trihalomethanes, haloacetic acids (five), or bromate; or the MRDL for  
chlorine or chloramine, the supply is out of compliance at the end of that quarter.  
(c) A supply is in violation of the state drinking water standard if compliance is based  
on 4 consecutive quarters of monitoring and the average of samples, or quarterly  
averages, or running annual averages, whichever is applicable, exceeds the state drinking  
water standard, unless otherwise noted in this rule.  
(d) Where compliance is based on a running annual average of monthly or quarterly  
samples or averages and the supply fails to complete 4 consecutive quarters or 12  
consecutive months of monitoring, whichever is applicable, compliance with the MCL  
for the last 4 quarter compliance period is based on an average of the available data  
unless otherwise stated in this rule.  
(2) Compliance with disinfection byproducts requirements is based on all of the  
following:  
(a) Compliance with TTHM and HAA5 requirements are based on R 325.10610d(4)  
and (5).  
Page 118  
(b) Compliance with the bromate requirements is based on a running annual average,  
computed quarterly, of monthly samples, or, for months in which the supply takes more  
than 1 sample, the average of all samples taken during the month, collected under  
R 325.10719e(2)(c).  
(c) Compliance with the chlorite requirements is based on an average of each 3  
sample set taken in the distribution system under R 325.10719e(2)(b)(i)(B) and  
R 325.10719e(2)(b)(ii). If the average of any 3 sample set exceeds the MCL, the supply is  
in violation of the MCL.  
(3) Compliance with disinfectant residuals requirements is based on both of the  
following:  
(a) Compliance with the chlorine and chloramines requirements is based on a running  
annual average, computed quarterly, of monthly averages of all samples collected by the  
supply under R 325.10719e(3)(a). In cases where supplies switch between the use of  
chlorine and chloramines for residual disinfection during the year, compliance is  
determined by including together all monitoring results of both chlorine and chloramines  
in calculating compliance. Supplies shall clearly indicate which residual disinfectant was  
analyzed for each sample when submitting reports to the department under R 325.11502a.  
(b) Compliance with the chlorine dioxide requirements is based on consecutive daily  
samples collected by the supply under R 325.10719e(3)(b).  
(i) An acute violation occurs when a daily sample taken at the entrance to the  
distribution system exceeds the MRDL, and on the following day 1, or more, of the 3  
samples taken in the distribution system exceed the MRDL. The supply shall take  
immediate corrective action to lower the level of chlorine dioxide below the MRDL.  
Failure to monitor in the distribution system the day following an exceedance of the  
chlorine dioxide MRDL at the entrance to the distribution system is also an MRDL  
violation and the supply shall notify the public of the violation under R 325.10402, Tier 1  
public notice, and report to the department under R 325.10719f.  
(ii) A nonacute violation occurs when 2 consecutive daily samples taken at the  
entrance to the distribution system exceed the MRDL and all distribution system samples  
taken are below the MRDL. The supply shall take corrective action to lower the level of  
chlorine dioxide below the MRDL at the point of sampling. Failure to monitor at the  
entrance to the distribution system the day following an exceedance of the chlorine  
dioxide MRDL at the entrance to the distribution system is also an MRDL violation and  
the supply shall notify the public of the violation under R 325.10403, Tier 2 public  
notice, and report to the department under R 325.10719f.  
(c) Notwithstanding the MRDLs in R 325.10610b, supplies may increase residual  
disinfectant levels in the distribution system of chlorine or chloramines, but shall not  
increase the levels of chlorine dioxide, to a level and for a time necessary to protect  
public health to address specific microbiological contamination problems caused by  
circumstances such as distribution line breaks, storm run-off events, source water  
contamination events, or cross-connection events.  
(4) Compliance with the treatment technique for disinfection byproduct precursors  
(DBPP) is determined as specified by R 325.10610c(3). Supplies may begin monitoring  
to determine whether step 1 TOC removals can be met 12 months before the compliance  
date for the supply. This monitoring is not required and failure to monitor during this  
period is not a violation. However, a supply that does not monitor during this period, and  
Page 119  
then determines, in the first 12 months after the compliance date, that the supply is not  
able to meet the step 1 requirements in R 325.10610c(2)(b) and shall therefore apply for  
alternate minimum TOC removal (step 2) requirements, is not eligible for retroactive  
approval of alternate minimum TOC removal (step 2) requirements as allowed under  
R 325.10610c(2)(c) and is in violation. Supplies may apply for alternate minimum TOC  
removal (step 2) requirements any time after the compliance date. For supplies required  
to meet step 1 TOC removals, if the value calculated under R 325.10610c(3)(a)(iv) is less  
than 1.00 calculated as a running annual average of monthly samples, computed  
quarterly, the supply is in violation of the treatment technique requirements and shall  
notify the public.  
History: 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10610c Control of disinfection byproduct (DBP) precursors; treatment  
technique.  
Rule 610c. (1) This rule applies to Subpart H supplies subject to R  
325.10610b(1) that use conventional filtration. These public water supplies are  
considered "water supplies" or "supplies" in this rule. Compliance with this rule is based  
on all of the following:  
(a) Subpart H systems using conventional filtration shall operate with enhanced  
coagulation or enhanced softening to achieve the TOC percent removal levels specified in  
subrule (2) of this rule unless the supply meets at least 1 of the alternative compliance  
criteria listed in subdivision (b) or (c) of this subrule.  
(b) Subpart H systems using conventional filtration may use the following  
alternative compliance criteria to comply with this rule instead of complying with subrule  
(2) of this rule. Supplies using alternative compliance criteria shall still comply  
with TOC monitoring requirements in R 325.10719e(4):  
(i) The supply's source water TOC level is less than 2.0 mg/l, calculated quarterly  
as a running annual average.  
(ii) The supply's treated water TOC level is less than 2.0 mg/l, calculated quarterly  
as a running annual average.  
(iii) The supply's source water TOC level is less than 4.0 mg/l, calculated quarterly  
as a running annual average; the source water alkalinity, measured under R 325.10605, is  
more than 60 mg/l as calcium carbonate, calculated quarterly as a running annual  
average; and either the TTHM and HAA5 running annual averages are not more than  
0.040 mg/l and 0.030 mg/l, respectively, or before the effective date for compliance in R  
325.10610(2), the supply has made a clear and irrevocable financial commitment to  
use technologies that will limit the levels of TTHM and HAA5 to not more than 0.040  
mg/l and 0.030 mg/l, respectively. Supplies shall submit evidence of a clear and  
irrevocable financial commitment, in addition to a schedule containing milestones  
and periodic progress reports for installation and operation of appropriate technologies,  
to the department for approval not later than the effective date for compliance in R  
325.10610(2). These technologies shall be installed and operating not later than June 30,  
2005. Failure to install and operate these technologies by the date in the approved  
schedule is a violation of these rules.  
Page 120  
(iv) The TTHM and HAA5 running annual averages are not more than 0.040 mg/l  
and 0.030 mg/l, respectively, and the supply uses only chlorine for primary disinfection  
and maintenance of a residual in the distribution system.  
(v) The supply's source water SUVA, before any treatment and measured  
monthly, is less than or equal to 2.0 liters per milligram meter (l/mg m), calculated  
quarterly as a running annual average.  
(vi) The supply's finished water SUVA, measured monthly, is less than or equal to  
2.0 l/mg m, calculated quarterly as a running annual average.  
(c) Water supplies practicing enhanced softening that cannot achieve the TOC  
removals required by subrule (2)(b) of this rule may use the following alternative  
compliance criteria instead of complying with subrule (2) of this rule; however, supplies  
using alternative compliance criteria shall still comply with TOC monitoring  
requirements in R 325.10719e(4)(b):  
(i) Softening that results in lowering the treated water alkalinity to less than 60 mg/l  
as calcium carbonate, measured monthly and calculated quarterly as a running annual  
average.  
(ii) Softening that results in removing not less than 10 mg/l of magnesium hardness  
as calcium carbonate, measured monthly and calculated quarterly as an annual running  
average.  
(2) All of the following provisions are enhanced coagulation and enhanced  
softening performance requirements:  
(a) Water supplies shall achieve the percent reduction of TOC specified in  
subdivision (b) of this subrule between the source water and the combined filter  
effluent, unless the department approves a supply's request for alternate minimum  
TOC removal (step 2) requirements under subdivision (c) of this subrule.  
(b) Required step 1 TOC reductions, indicated in table 1 of this rule, are based on  
specified source water parameters. Supplies practicing softening are required to meet  
the step 1 TOC reductions in the far right column "source water alkalinity >120  
mg/l" for the specified source water TOC.  
Page 121  
Table 1 Step 1 required removal of TOC by enhanced coagulation and enhanced  
softening for subpart H supplies using conventional filtration A, B  
Source-water alkalinity, mg/l as calcium carbonate  
Source-water TOC,  
mg/l  
>2.0-4.0  
>4.0-8.0  
>8.0  
0-60  
>60-120  
25.0%  
35.0%  
40.0%  
>120C  
15.0%  
25.0%  
30.0%  
35.0%  
45.0%  
50.0%  
A Supplies meeting at least 1 of the conditions in subrule (1)(b)(i) to (vi) of this rule  
are not required to operate with enhanced coagulation.  
B
Supplies with softening systems meeting 1 of the alternative compliance criteria  
in subrule (1) (c) of this rule are not required to operate with enhanced softening.  
C Supplies practicing softening shall meet the TOC removal requirements in this  
column.  
(c) Subpart H supplies using conventional filtration systems that cannot achieve  
the step 1 TOC removals required by subdivision (b) of this subrule due to water quality  
parameters or operational constraints shall apply to the department, within 3 months of  
failure to achieve the TOC removals required by subdivision (b) of this subrule, for  
approval of alternative minimum TOC removal (step 2) requirements submitted by the  
supply. If the department approves the step 2 requirements, then a supply's failure to  
meet the step 1 TOC removals will not be considered a treatment technique violation  
during the interim time period between the end of the 12 month data gathering  
monitoring period in R 325.10610b(4) and receipt of the department's approval. Until  
the department approves the step 2 requirements, the supply shall meet the step 1 TOC  
removals contained in subdivision (b) of this subrule.  
(d) Applications made to the department by water supplies with enhanced  
coagulation systems for approval of alternative minimum TOC removal  
requirements under subdivision (c) of this subrule shall include, at a minimum, results  
of bench or pilot scale testing conducted under paragraph (i) of this subdivision to  
(step 2)  
determine the alternate enhanced coagulation level. All of the following apply:  
(i) Alternate enhanced coagulation level is defined as coagulation at a coagulant  
dose and pH as determined by the method described in paragraphs (i) to (v) of this  
subdivision such that an incremental addition of 10 mg/l of alum, or equivalent amount of  
ferric salt, results in a TOC removal of less than or equal to 0.3 mg/l. The percent  
removal of TOC at this point is the minimum TOC removal required for the supply.  
Once approved by the department, this minimum requirement supersedes the  
minimum TOC removal required by table 1 of this rule. This requirement will be  
effective until the department approves a new value based on the results of a new bench  
and pilot scale test. Failure to achieve department set alternative minimum TOC  
removal levels is a violation of these rules.  
(ii) Bench or pilot scale testing of enhanced coagulation shall be conducted by  
using representative water samples and adding 10 mg/l increments of alum, or equivalent  
Page 122  
amounts of ferric salt, until the pH is reduced to a level less than or equal to the  
enhanced coagulation step 2 target pH shown in the following table:  
Table 2 Enhanced coagulation step 2 target pH  
Alkalinity (mg/l as calcium carbonate)  
0-60  
Target pH  
5.5  
>60-120  
>120-240  
>240  
6.3  
7.0  
7.5  
(iii) For waters with alkalinities of less than 60 mg/l for which addition of small  
amounts of alum or equivalent addition of iron coagulant drives the pH below 5.5 before  
significant TOC removal occurs, the supply shall add necessary chemicals to maintain  
the pH between 5.3 and 5.7 in samples until the TOC removal of 0.3 mg/l per 10 mg/l  
alum added, or equivalent addition of iron coagulant, is reached.  
(iv) The supply may operate at any coagulant dose or pH necessary, and  
consistent with these rules, to achieve the minimum TOC percent removal approved  
under subdivision (c) of this subrule.  
(v) If the TOC removal is consistently less than 0.3 mg/l of TOC per 10 mg/l of  
incremental alum dose at all dosages of alum, or equivalent addition of iron coagulant,  
the water is considered to contain TOC not amenable to enhanced coagulation. The  
supply may then apply to the department for a waiver of enhanced coagulation  
requirements. The department's determination will be made on a case-by-case basis  
and the department will consider supporting documentation from the water supply of  
bench or pilot scale testing designed to demonstrate the best level of TOC removal  
that is feasibly attainable, given the unique characteristics of the raw water to be treated.  
(3) Water supplies shall calculate compliance using the methods in either of the  
following provisions, as applicable:  
(a) Subpart H supplies, other than those identified in subrule (1)(b) or (c) of this  
rule, shall comply with requirements contained in subule (2)(b) or (c) of this rule.  
Supplies shall calculate compliance quarterly, beginning after the supply has collected  
12 months of data, by determining an annual average using the following method:  
(i) Determine actual monthly TOC percent removal, equal to:  
(1- (treated water TOC/source water TOC)) x 100.  
(ii) Determine the required monthly TOC percent removal, from either table 1 of  
this rule or from subrule (2) (c) of this rule.  
(iii) Divide the value in paragraph (i) of this subdivision by the value in paragraph  
(ii) of this subdivision.  
(iv) Add together the results of paragraph (iii) of this subdivision for the last 12  
months and divide by 12.  
(v) If the value calculated in paragraph (iv) of this subdivision is less than 1.00,  
then the supply is not in compliance with the TOC percent removal requirements.  
(b) Supplies may use the provisions in paragraphs (i) to (v) of this subdivision  
instead of the calculations in subdivision (a)(i) to (v) of this subrule to determine  
compliance with TOC percent removal requirements, as follows:  
Page 123  
(i) In any month that the supply's treated or source water TOC level is less than  
2.0 mg/l, the supply may assign a monthly value of 1.0, instead of the value calculated in  
subdivision (a)(iii) of this subrule, when calculating compliance under subdivision  
(a) of this subrule.  
(ii) In any month that a supply practicing softening removes not less than 10 mg/l of  
magnesium hardness as calcium carbonate, the supply may assign a monthly value of  
1.0, instead of the value calculated in subdivision (a)(iii) of this subrule, when calculating  
compliance under subdivision (a) of this subrule.  
(iii) In any month that the supply's source water SUVA, before any treatment,  
is less than or equal to 2.0 l/mg-m, the supply may assign a monthly value of 1.0,  
instead of the value calculated in subdivision (a)(iii) of this subrule, when calculating  
compliance under subdivision (a) of this subrule.  
(iv) In any month that the supply's finished water SUVA is less than or equal to  
2.0 l/mg m, the supply may assign a monthly value of 1.0, instead of the value calculated  
in subdivision  
(a)(iii) of this subrule, when calculating compliance under  
subdivision (a) of this subrule.  
(v) In any month that a supply practicing enhanced softening lowers alkalinity  
below 60 mg/l as calcium carbonate, the supply may assign a monthly value of 1.0,  
instead of the value calculated in subdivision (a)(iii) of this subrule, when calculating  
compliance under subdivision (a) of this subrule.  
(4) The treatment techniques to control the level of disinfection byproduct  
precursors in drinking water treatment and distribution systems for subpart H supplies  
using conventional filtration is enhanced coagulation or enhanced softening.  
History: 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10610d Disinfection byproducts; requirements.  
Rule 610d. (1) This rule and R 325.10719h to R 325.10719n establish monitoring  
and other requirements for achieving compliance with maximum contaminant levels  
based on locational running annual averages (LRAA) for total trihalomethanes (TTHM)  
and haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5), and for achieving compliance with maximum  
residual disinfectant residuals for chlorine and chloramine for certain consecutive  
supplies.  
(2) Subject to these requirements are community and nontransient noncommunity  
water supplies that use a primary or residual disinfectant other than ultraviolet light or  
delivers water that has been treated with a primary or residual disinfectant other than  
ultraviolet light. These public water supplies are considered "water supplies" or  
"supplies" in this rule and R 325.10719h to R 325.10719n.  
(3) The supply shall comply with all of the following provisions:  
(a) The supply shall comply with the requirements in this rule and R 325.10719h to  
R325.10719n when the supply becomes subject to this rule as indicated in subrule (2) of  
this rule.  
(b) The monitoring frequency is specified in R 325.10719h(1)(a) and both of the  
following:  
Page 124  
(i) If the supply is required to conduct quarterly monitoring, the supply shall begin  
monitoring in the first full calendar quarter that the supply becomes subject to this rule, as  
indicated in subrule (2) of this rule.  
(ii) If the supply is required to conduct monitoring at a frequency that is less than  
quarterly, the supply shall begin monitoring in the calendar month identified in the  
monitoring plan developed under R 325.10719i not later than 12 months after the supply  
becomes subject to this rule, as indicated in subrule (2) of this rule.  
(c) If the supply is required to conduct quarterly monitoring, the supply shall make  
compliance calculations at the end of the fourth calendar quarter that follows the  
compliance date and at the end of each subsequent quarter (or earlier if the LRAA  
calculated based on fewer than 4 quarters of data would cause the MCL to be exceeded  
regardless of the monitoring results of subsequent quarters). If the supply is required to  
conduct monitoring at a frequency that is less than quarterly, the supply shall make  
compliance calculations beginning with the first compliance sample taken after the  
compliance date.  
(d) For the purpose of the schedule in this subrule, the department may determine that  
the combined distribution system does not include certain consecutive supplies based on  
factors such as receiving water from a wholesale supply only on an emergency basis or  
receiving only a small percentage and small volume of water from a wholesale supply.  
The department may also determine that the combined distribution system does not  
include certain wholesale supplies based on factors such as delivering water to a  
consecutive supply only on an emergency basis or delivering only a small percentage and  
small volume of water to a consecutive supply.  
(4) Compliance with the MCLs shall be based on both of the following:  
(a) This subdivision applies to supplies required to monitor quarterly. To comply with  
MCLs in R 325.10610(2), the supply shall calculate LRAAs for TTHM and HAA5 using  
monitoring results collected under this rule and R 325.10719h to R 325.10719n and  
determine that each LRAA does not exceed the MCL. If the supply fails to complete 4  
consecutive quarters of monitoring, the supply shall calculate compliance with the MCL  
based on the average of the available data from the most recent 4 quarters. If the supply  
takes more than 1 sample per quarter at a monitoring location, the supply shall average all  
samples taken in the quarter at that location to determine a quarterly average to be used in  
the LRAA calculation.  
(b) This subdivision applies to supplies required to monitor annually or less  
frequently. To determine compliance with MCLs in R 325.10610(2), the supply shall  
determine that each sample taken is less than the MCL. If a sample exceeds the MCL, the  
supply shall comply with the requirements of R 325.10719k. If no sample exceeds the  
MCL, the sample result for each monitoring location is considered the LRAA for that  
monitoring location.  
(5) The supply is in violation of the MCL when the LRAA exceeds the MCLs in  
R 325.10610(2), calculated based on 4 consecutive quarters of monitoring, or the LRAA  
calculated based on fewer than 4 quarters of data if the MCL would be exceeded  
regardless of the monitoring results of subsequent quarters. The supply is in violation of  
the monitoring requirements for each quarter that a monitoring result would be used in  
calculating an LRAA if the supply fails to monitor.  
Page 125  
(6) A consecutive supply that does not add a disinfectant but delivers water that has  
been treated with a primary or residual disinfectant other than ultraviolet light, shall  
comply with monitoring requirements for chlorine and chloramines in  
R 325.10719e(3)(a) and the compliance requirements in R 325.10610b(1)(c) and (3)(a)  
and shall report monitoring results under R 325.10719f(3)(a).  
History; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10611 Filtration and disinfection.  
Rule 611. (1) A supplier of a public water system shall comply with R  
325.10807, R 325.10808, R 325.10812, R 325.10813, R 325.10816, R 325.10817, R  
325.10818, R 325.10819, R 325.10820, and R 325.10822, shall demonstrate a safe  
microbiological water quality history, and may be required to demonstrate stability  
in other measurements of water quality; or the supplier shall provide complete  
treatment.  
(2) The department may grant a deviation from subrule (1) of this rule if the  
supplier can demonstrate that the system is capable of producing finished water that  
meets state drinking water standards applicable to systems using only ground water  
not under the direct influence of surface water.  
(3) Suppliers of subpart H systems shall comply with the treatment techniques  
of this rule, R 325.10611a, R 325.10611b,  
R
325.10611c, the sampling  
requirements of R 325.10720, the reporting and recordkeeping requirements of R  
325.10720a and R 325.11506, except where noted, and the disinfection profiling  
and benchmarking requirements in  
R 325.10722. The treatment technique  
requirements consist of installing and properly operating water treatment processes that  
reliably achieve all of the following applicable removal or inactivation percentages  
between a point where the raw water is not subject to recontamination by surface  
water runoff and a point downstream before or at thefirst customer:  
(a) Not less than 99.9% (3 log) inactivation or the  
removal  
of giardia  
lamblia cysts and not less than 99.99% (4 log) inactivation or the removal of viruses.  
(b) A 99% (2 log) removal of cryptosporidium oocysts for systems serving  
10,000 or more people. This subdivision applies to subpart H systems serving 10,000 or  
more people until December 31, 2004 and applies to all subpart H systems beginning  
January 1, 2005.  
(4) If a supplier of a public water system does  
not  
currently provide  
complete treatment and if the department determines that a system requires complete  
treatment either under subrules (1) and (2) of this rule or because the system uses surface  
water or groundwater under the  
supplier shall provide complete treatment within 18 months of the department's  
determination and shall provide interim disinfection and monitoring as  
direct influence of surface water, then the  
considered necessary by the department.During the interim disinfection period, systems  
requiring complete treatment under subrules (1) and (2) of this rule shall  
demonstrate safe microbiological water quality. Subpart H systems are subject to  
subrule (3) of this rule within 18 months or until treatment is installed, whichever  
occurs first. During the interim disinfection period, subpart H systems shall also  
comply with both of the following provisions:  
Page 126  
(a) The supplier shall collect at least 1 sample from the source water every 4  
hours while the source is being utilized and have the sample analyzed for turbidity.  
(b) If the result of 1 or more samples taken under subdivision (a) of this subrule  
is more than 1 ntu, then within 24 hours of the determination that a turbidity  
measurement is more than 1 ntu, the supplier shall collect at least 1 sample near the first  
service connection and have the sample analyzed for total coliform. Sample results  
from the coliform monitoring shall be included in determining compliance with the  
total coliform standard.  
History: 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10611a Filtration and disinfection; disinfection.  
Rule 611a. (1) Subpart H supplies shall provide sufficient disinfectant contact  
time before the water enters the distribution system to assure adequate disinfection.  
(2) Subpart H supplies shall provide disinfection treatment achieving all of the  
following conditions:  
(a) The disinfection treatment shall be sufficient to ensure that the total treatment  
processes of that system achieve the standards set forth in R 325.10611(3)(a).  
(b) The residual disinfectant concentration in the water entering the distribution  
system shall not be less than 0.2 milligrams per liter for more than 4 hours.  
(c) The residual disinfectant concentration in the distribution system, measured as  
total chlorine, free available chlorine, combined chlorine, or chlorine dioxide shall not  
be undetectable in more than 5% of the samples each month for any 2 consecutive  
months that the supply serves water to the public. Water in the distribution system that  
has a heterotrophic bacteria concentration less than or equal to 500 per milliliter,  
measured as heterotrophic plate count (HPC), is considered to have a detectable  
disinfectant residual for purposes of determining compliance with this subdivision.  
(d) If the department determines, based on site specific considerations, that a  
supply does not have means for having a sample transported and analyzed for HPC  
and that the supply is providing adequate disinfection in the distribution system, then  
the requirements of subdivision (c) of this subrule do not apply.  
History: 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10611b Filtration and disinfection; filtration.  
Rule 611b. (1) Subpart H supplies shall comply with all of the following filtration  
requirements, as applicable:  
For a supply using...  
(i) The turbidity level of  
representative samples of a  
(ii) Not less than 95% of  
the measurements taken  
supply's filtered water shall at each month shall be less  
no time exceed...  
than or equal to...  
(a) Conventional, direct, 1 ntu  
or membrane filtration  
0.3 ntu  
Page 127  
(b) Slow sand or  
diatomaceous earth  
filtration  
5 ntu  
1 ntu  
(c) An alternative  
The department-set turbidity The department-set  
filtration technology  
approved by the  
department, based on the  
demonstration described  
in subrule (3) of this rule.  
level, not to exceed 5 ntu,  
based on the demonstration  
described in subrule (3) of  
this rule.  
turbidity level, not to  
exceed 1 ntu, based on the  
demonstration described in  
subrule (3) of this rule.  
(2) A supply using lime softening, where the final pH exceeds 8.3, may acidify  
representative samples before turbidity analysis using a protocol approved by the  
department. The approved protocol shall require the use of a concentrated acid in  
sufficient quantities to lower the pH to less than 8.3, dissolve only calcium carbonate and  
magnesium hydroxide, and not to dilute the representative sample.  
(3) A public water supply may use a filtration technology not listed in subrule  
(1)(a) or (b) of this rule if the supply demonstrates to the department, using pilot plant  
studies or other means, that the alternative filtration technology, in combination with  
disinfection treatment that meets the requirements of R 325.10611a(2), consistently  
achieves the removal or inactivation percentages in R 325.10611(3), and the department  
approves the use of the filtration technology. For each approval, the department will set  
turbidity performance requirements that the supply shall meet not less than 95% of the  
time and the supply shall not exceed, at any time, at a level in subrule (1)(c) of this rule  
that consistently achieves the removal or inactivation percentages in R 325.10611(3).  
History: 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10611c Filtration and disinfection; filter backwash recycling;  
treatment technique.  
Rule 611c. A subpart H system that employs conventional filtration or direct  
filtration treatment and that recycles spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant,  
or liquids from dewatering processes shall return these flows through the processes  
of a system's existing conventional or direct filtration system as defined in R  
325.10103  
and  
R 325.10104, or at an alternate location approved by the  
department. If capital improvements are required to modify the recycle location to  
meet this requirement, then all capital improvements shall be completed not later  
than June 8, 2006.  
History: 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10611d Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; requirements.  
Rule 611d.  
325.10611n, and R 325.10720b to R 325.10720e establish or extend treatment  
technique requirements instead of maximum contaminant levels for  
(1) The requirements in this rule, R 325.10611d to R  
Cryptosporidium. These requirements are in addition to requirements for filtration  
Page 128  
and disinfection in R 325.10611 to R 325.10611c, R 325.10720 to R 325.10720a, and R  
325.10722.  
(2) The requirements of this rule, R 325.10611d to R 325.10611n, and R  
325.10720b to R 325.10720e apply to all subpart H supplies, which are community  
and noncommunity water supplies supplied by a surface water source and community  
and noncommunity water supplies supplied by a groundwater source under the direct  
influence of surface water (GWUDI). These public water supplies are considered  
"water supplies" or "supplies" in this rule, R 325.10611d to R 325.10611n, and R  
325.10720b to R 325.10720e. Both of the following apply to this rule:  
(a) Wholesale supplies, as defined in R 325.10109, shall comply with the  
requirements of this rule, R 325.10611d to R 325.10611n, and R 325.10720b to R  
325.10720e based on the population of the largest supply in the combined distribution  
system.  
(b) The requirements of this rule, R 325.10611d to R 325.10611n, and R  
325.10720b to R 325.10720e apply to subpart H supplies required by these rules to  
provide filtration treatment, whether or not the supply is currently operating a filtration  
system.  
(3) Supplies subject to this rule, R 325.10611d to R 325.10611n, and R  
325.10720b to R 325.10720e shall comply with the following requirements:  
(a) Supplies shall conduct an initial and a second round of source water monitoring  
for each plant that treats a surface water or GWUDI source. This monitoring may  
include sampling for Cryptosporidium, E. coli, and turbidity as described in 40 CFR  
141.701 to 40 CFR 141.706, as adopted by reference in R 325.10720b, to determine  
what level, if any, of additional Cryptosporidium treatment they shall provide.  
(b) Supplies that plan to make a significant change to their disinfection practice  
shall develop disinfection profiles and calculate disinfection benchmarks, as  
described in R 325.10720c to R 325.10720d and R 325.10722(4)(b).  
(c) Supplies shall determine  
their  
Cryptosporidium  
treatment  
bin  
classification as described in R 325.10611e and provide additional treatment for  
Cryptosporidium, if required, as described in R 325.10611f. Supplies shall implement  
Cryptosporidium treatment according to the schedule in R 325.10611g.  
(d) Supplies required to provide additional treatment for Cryptosporidium shall  
implement microbial toolbox options that are designed and operated as described in R  
325.10611h to R 325.10611m.  
(e) Supplies shall comply with the applicable recordkeeping and reporting  
requirements described in R 325.10720e.  
(f) Supplies shall address significant deficiencies identified in sanitary surveys  
performed by EPA as described in R 325.10611n.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10611e Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; treatment technique;  
bin classification.  
Rule 611e.  
(1) Following completion of the initial round of source water  
monitoring required under 40 CFR §141.701(a), as adopted by reference in  
R
325.10720b, subpart H supplies that are subject to R 325.10611d shall calculate an  
Page 129  
initial Cryptosporidium bin concentration for each plant for which monitoring was  
required. These public water supplies are also considered "water supplies" or  
"supplies" in this rule. Calculation of the bin concentration shall use the  
Cryptosporidium results reported under 40 CFR §141.701(a) and shall follow the  
procedures in subrule (2) of this rule.  
(2) Supplies shall use the following criteria to determine bin classification:  
(a) For supplies that collect a total of not less than 48 samples, the bin concentration  
is equal to the arithmetic mean of all sample concentrations.  
(b) For supplies that collect a total of not less than 24 samples, but not more than  
47 samples, the bin concentration is equal to the highest arithmetic mean of all  
sample concentrations in any 12 consecutive months during which Cryptosporidium  
samples were collected.  
(c) For supplies that serve fewer than 10,000 people and monitor for  
Cryptosporidium for only 1 year, that is, collect 24 samples in 12 months, the bin  
concentration is equal to the arithmetic mean of all sample concentrations.  
(d) For supplies with plants operating only part of the year that monitor fewer than  
12 months per year under 40 CFR §141.701 (e), as adopted by reference in R  
325.10720b, the bin concentration is equal to the highest arithmetic mean of all  
sample concentrations during a year of Cryptosporidium monitoring.  
(e) If the monthly Cryptosporidium sampling frequency varies, supplies shall first  
calculate a monthly average for each month of monitoring. Supplies shall then use  
these monthly average concentrations, rather than individual sample concentrations, in  
the applicable calculation for bin classification in subdivisions (a) to (d) of this  
subrule.  
(3) Supplies shall determine their initial bin classification from the following  
table and using the Cryptosporidium bin concentration calculated under subrules (1)  
and (2) of this rule:  
Page 130  
Bin Classification Table for Filtered Supplies  
For supplies that are:  
With a Cryptosporidium bin The bin classification is …  
concentration of … *  
Cryptosporidium less than  
0.075 oocyst/L  
… required to monitor for  
Cryptosporidium under 40  
CFR 141.701 as adopted by  
reference in R 325.10720b.  
Bin 1.  
Cryptosporidium greater  
than or equal to 0.075 and  
less than 1.0 oocysts/L  
Cryptosporidium greater  
than or equal to 1.0 and less  
than 3.0 oocysts/L  
Cryptosporidium greater  
than or equal to 3.0  
oocysts/L.  
Bin 2  
Bin 3  
Bin 4  
Bin 1  
… serving fewer than  
10,000 people and NOT  
required to monitor for  
Cryptosporidium under 40  
CFR 141.701 (a) (4).  
Not applicable  
* Based on calculations in subrule (1) or (4) of this rule, as applicable.  
(4) Following completion of the second round of source water monitoring  
required under 40 CFR §141.701(b), supplies shall recalculate their Cryptosporidium  
bin concentration using the Cryptosporidium results reported under 40 CFR §141.701(b)  
and following the procedures in subrule (2)(a) to (d) of this rule. Supplies shall  
then redetermine their bin classification using this bin concentration and the table in  
subrule (3) of this rule.  
(5) The following apply to reporting the bin classification to the department:  
(a) Supplies shall report their initial bin classification under subrule (3) of this rule  
to the department for approval not later than 6 months after the supply is required to  
complete initial source water monitoring based on the schedule in 40 CFR 141.701(c).  
(b) Supplies shall report their bin classification under subrule (4) of this rule to the  
department for approval not later than 6 months after the supply is required to complete  
the second round of source water monitoring based on the schedule in 40 CFR  
141.701(c).  
(c) The bin classification report to the department shall include a summary of source  
water monitoring data and the calculation procedure used to determine bin  
classification.  
(6) Failure to comply with the conditions of subrule (5) of this rule is a violation of  
the treatment technique requirement.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
Page 131  
R 325.10611f Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; treatment technique;  
additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements.  
Rule 611f.  
(1) Subpart H supplies are also considered "water supplies" or  
"supplies" in this rule. Subpart H supplies that are subject to R 325.10611d shall provide  
the level of additional treatment for Cryptosporidium specified in the following table  
based on their bin classification as determined under R 325.10611e and according to the  
schedule in R 325.10611g:  
Page 132  
If the supply  
bin  
classification  
is …  
And the supply uses the following filtration treatment in full compliance  
with R 325.10611 to R 325.10611c, R 325.10720 to R 325.10720a, and  
R 325.10722, as applicable, then the additional Cryptosporidium  
treatment requirements are …  
Conventional  
filtration or  
Direct  
filtration  
Slow sand or  
diatomaceous  
Alternative  
filtration  
membrane filtration  
treatment (including  
softening)  
earth filtration technologies  
approved by  
the department  
under R  
325.10611b  
(3)  
Bin 1  
Bin 2  
Bin 3  
Bin 4  
No additional  
treatment  
1-log treatment  
No additional No additional  
No additional  
treatment  
treatment  
treatment  
1.5-log  
1-log treatment Note 1  
treatment  
2.5-log  
2-log treatment  
2-log treatment Note 2  
treatment  
2.5-log treatment  
3-log  
2.5-log  
Note 3  
treatment  
treatment  
Note 1: As determined by the department such that the total Cryptosporidium  
removal and inactivation is not less than 4.0-log.  
Note 2: As determined by the department such that the total Cryptosporidium  
removal and inactivation is not less than 5.0-log.  
Note 3: As determined by the department such that the total Cryptosporidium  
removal and inactivation is not less than 5.5-log.  
(2) All of the following provisions apply to microbial toolbox options:  
(a) Supplies shall use 1 or more of the treatment and management options listed in  
R 325.10611h, termed the microbial toolbox, to comply with the additional  
Cryptosporidium treatment required in subrule (1) of this rule.  
(b) Supplies classified in Bin 3 and Bin 4 shall achieve not less than 1-log of the  
additional Cryptosporidium treatment required under subrule  
(1) of this rule using  
either 1 or a combination of the following: bag filters, bank filtration, cartridge  
filters, chlorine dioxide, membranes, ozone, or UV, as described in R 325.10611i to R  
325.10611m.  
(3) Failure by a supply in any month to achieve treatment credit by meeting criteria  
in R 325.10611i to R 325.10611m for microbial toolbox options that is not less than  
equal to the level of treatment required in subrule (1) of this rule is a violation of the  
treatment technique requirement.  
(4) If the department determines during a sanitary survey or an equivalent source  
water assessment that after a supply completed the monitoring conducted under 40  
CFR §141.701(a) or 40 CFR §141.701(b), as adopted by reference in R 325.10720b,  
Page 133  
significant changes occurred in the supply's watershed that could lead to increased  
contamination of the source water by Cryptosporidium, the supply shall take actions  
specified by the department to address the contamination. These actions may include  
additional source water monitoring or implementing microbial toolbox options listed in R  
325.10611h, or both.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10611g Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; treatment technique;  
schedule for compliance with Cryptosporidium treatment requirements.  
Rule 611g. (1) Following initial bin classification under R 325.10611e(3), Subpart  
H supplies that are subject to R 325.10611d shall provide the level of treatment for  
Cryptosporidium required under R 325.10611f according to the schedule in subrule (2)  
of this rule.  
(2) Cryptosporidium treatment compliance dates are listed in the following table:  
Table 1 Cryptosporidium Treatment Compliance Dates  
Subpart H supplies that serve …  
Shall  
comply  
with  
Cryptosporidium  
treatment requirements not later than … *  
(a) Not fewer than 100,000  
(i) April 1, 2012.  
people.  
(b) From 50,000 to 99,999  
people.  
(c) From 10,000 to 49,999  
people.  
(d) Fewer than 10,000 people.  
(i) October 1, 2012.  
(i) October 1, 2013.  
(i) October 1, 2014.  
* The department may allow up to an additional 2 years for complying with the  
treatment requirement for supplies making capital improvements.  
(3) If the bin classification for a supply changes following the second round of  
source water monitoring, as determined under R 325.10611e(4), the supply shall provide  
the level of treatment for Cryptosporidium required under R 325.10611f on a schedule  
the department approves.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10611h Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; microbial toolbox  
options for meeting Cryptosporidium treatment requirements.  
Rule 611h. (1) Subpart H supplies that are subject to R 325.10611d receive the  
treatment credits listed in the table in subrule (2) of this rule by meeting the  
conditions for microbial toolbox options described in  
R 325.10611i to R  
325.10611m. Subpart H supplies apply these treatment credits to meet the treatment  
requirements in R 325.10611f.  
(2) The following table summarizes options in the microbial toolbox:  
Page 134  
Table 1 Microbial Toolbox Summary Table: Options, Treatment Credits, and  
Criteria  
Toolbox Option  
Cryptosporidium treatment credit with design and implementation  
criteria  
Source Protection and Management Toolbox Options  
(a) Watershed  
0.5-log credit for department-approved program comprising  
control program  
required elements, annual program status report to department,  
and regular watershed survey. Specific criteria are in R  
325.10611i (1).  
(b) Alternative  
source/intake  
management  
No prescribed credit. Subpart H supplies may conduct  
simultaneous monitoring for treatment bin classification at  
alternative intake locations or under alternative intake  
management strategies. Specific criteria are in R 325.10611i (2).  
Pre Filtration Toolbox Options  
(c)  
0.5-log credit during a month that presedimentation basins  
Presedimentation  
basin with  
coagulation  
achieve a monthly mean reduction of 0.5-log or greater in  
turbidity or alternative department-approved performance criteria.  
To be eligible, basins shall be operated continuously with  
coagulant addition and all plant flow shall pass through basins.  
Specific criteria are in R 325.10611j (1).  
(d) Two-stage lime 0.5-log credit for 2-stage softening where chemical addition and  
softening  
hardness precipitation occur in both stages. All plant flow shall  
pass through both stages. Single-stage softening is credited as  
equivalent to conventional treatment. Specific criteria are in R  
325.10611j (2).  
(e) Bank filtration  
0.5-log credit for 25-foot setback; 1.0- log credit for 50-foot  
setback; aquifer shall be unconsolidated sand containing not less  
than 10% fines; average turbidity in wells shall be less than 1  
NTU. Subpart H supplies using wells followed by filtration when  
conducting source water monitoring shall sample the well to  
determine bin classification and are not eligible for additional  
credit. Specific criteria are in R 325.10611j (3).  
Treatment Performance Toolbox Options  
(f) Combined filter 0.5-log credit for combined filter effluent turbidity less than or  
performance  
equal to 0.15 NTU in not less than 95% of measurements each  
month. Specific criteria are in R 325.10611k (1).  
(g) Individual filter 0.5-log credit (in addition to 0.5-log combined filter  
performance  
performance credit) if individual filter effluent turbidity is less  
than or equal to 0.15 NTU in not less than 95% of samples each  
month in each filter and is never greater than 0.3 NTU in 2  
consecutive measurements in a filter. Specific criteria are in R  
325.10611k (2).  
(h) Demonstration  
of performance  
Credit awarded to unit process or treatment train based on a  
demonstration to the department with a department-approved  
protocol. Specific criteria are in R 325.10611k (3).  
Page 135  
Additional Filtration Toolbox Options  
(i) Bag or cartridge Up to 2-log credit based on the removal efficiency demonstrated  
filters (individual  
filters).  
during challenge testing with a 1.0-log factor of safety. Specific  
criteria are in R 325.10611l (1).  
(j) Bag or cartridge Up to 2.5-log credit based on the removal efficiency demonstrated  
filters (in series).  
during challenge testing with a 0.5-log factor of safety. Specific  
criteria are in R 325.10611l (1).  
(k) Membrane  
filtration  
Log credit equivalent to removal efficiency demonstrated in  
challenge test for device if supported by direct integrity testing.  
Specific criteria are in R 325.10611l (2).  
(l) Second stage  
filtration  
0.5-log credit for second separate granular media filtration stage if  
treatment train includes coagulation before first filter. Specific  
criteria are in R 325.10611l (3).  
(m) Slow sand  
filters  
2.5-log credit as a secondary filtration step; 3.0-log credit as a  
primary filtration process. No prior chlorination for either option.  
Specific criteria are in R 325.10611l (4).  
Inactivation Toolbox Options  
(n) Chlorine  
dioxide  
Log credit based on measured CT in relation to CT table. Specific  
criteria in R 325.10611m (2).  
(o) Ozone  
Log credit based on measured CT in relation to CT table. Specific  
criteria in R 325.10611m (2).  
(p) UV  
Log credit based on validated UV dose in relation to UV dose  
table; reactor validation testing required to establish UV dose and  
associated operating conditions. Specific criteria in R  
325.10611m (4).  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10611i Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; microbial toolbox;  
source toolbox components.  
Rule 611i. (1) Watershed control program is a source toolbox component. Subpart  
H supplies that are subject to R 325.10611d receive 0.5-log Cryptosporidium  
treatment credit for implementing a watershed control program that meets all of the  
following requirements:  
(a) Subpart H supplies that intend to apply for the watershed control program  
credit shall notify the department of this intent not later than 2 years before the  
treatment compliance date applicable to the supply in R 325.10611g.  
(b) Subpart H supplies shall submit to the department a proposed watershed control  
plan not later than 1 year before the applicable treatment compliance date in R  
325.10611g. The supply shall receive department approval of the watershed control  
plan for the supply to receive watershed control program treatment credit. The  
watershed control plan shall include all of the following elements:  
(i) Identification of an "area of influence" outside of which the likelihood of  
Cryptosporidium or fecal contamination affecting the treatment plant intake is not  
Page 136  
significant. This is the area to be evaluated in future watershed surveys under  
subdivision (e) (ii) of this subrule.  
(ii) Identification of both potential and actual sources of Cryptosporidium  
contamination and an assessment of the relative impact of these sources on the supply's  
source water quality.  
(iii) An analysis of the effectiveness and feasibility of control measures that could  
reduce Cryptosporidium loading from sources of contamination to the supply's source  
water.  
(iv) A statement of goals and specific actions the supply will undertake to reduce  
source water Cryptosporidium levels. The plan shall explain how the actions are  
expected to contribute to specific goals, identify watershed partners and their roles,  
identify resource requirements and commitments, and include a schedule for plan  
implementation with deadlines for completing specific actions identified in the plan.  
(c) Subpart H supplies with existing watershed control programs, that is, programs  
in place on the effective date of this rule, are eligible to seek this credit. Their  
watershed control plans shall meet the criteria in subdivision (b) of this subrule  
and shall specify ongoing and future actions that will reduce source water  
Cryptosporidium levels.  
(d) If the department does not respond to a Subpart H supply regarding approval  
of a watershed control plan submitted under this rule and the supply meets the other  
requirements of this rule, the watershed control program will be considered approved and  
0.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment credit will be awarded unless the department  
subsequently withdraws that approval.  
(e) Subpart H supplies shall complete all of the following actions to maintain the  
0.5-log credit:  
(i) Submit an annual watershed control program status report to the department.  
The annual watershed control program status report shall describe the supply's  
implementation of the approved plan and assess the adequacy of the plan to meet its  
goals. It shall explain how the supply is addressing any shortcomings in plan  
implementation, including those previously identified by the department or as the result  
of the watershed survey conducted under paragraph (ii) of this subdivision. It shall  
also describe the significant changes that have occurred in the watershed since the last  
watershed sanitary survey. If a supply determines during implementation that  
making a significant change to its approved watershed control program is necessary,  
the supply shall notify the department before making the changes. If a change is likely to  
reduce the level of source water protection, the supply shall also list in its notification  
the actions the supply will take to mitigate this effect.  
(ii) Undergo a watershed sanitary survey every 3 years for community water  
supplies and every 5 years for noncommunity water supplies and submit the survey  
report to the department. The survey shall be conducted according to department  
guidelines and by persons the department approves. Both of the following apply to  
watershed sanitary surveys:  
(A) The watershed sanitary survey shall encompass the region identified in the  
department-approved watershed control plan as the area of influence; assess the  
implementation of actions to reduce source water Cryptosporidium levels; and identify  
the significant new sources of Cryptosporidium.  
Page 137  
(B) If the department determines that significant changes may have occurred in the  
watershed since the previous watershed sanitary survey, supplies shall undergo another  
watershed sanitary survey by a date the department requires, which may be earlier than  
the regular date in this subdivision.  
(iii) The supply shall make the watershed control plan, annual status reports, and  
watershed sanitary survey reports available to the public upon request. These documents  
shall be in a plain language style and include criteria by which to evaluate the success  
of the program in achieving plan goals. The department may approve supplies to  
withhold from the public portions of the annual status report, watershed control plan,  
and watershed sanitary survey based on water supply security considerations.  
(f) If the department determines that a Subpart H supply is not carrying out the  
approved watershed control plan, the department may withdraw the watershed control  
program treatment credit.  
(2) Alternative source is a source toolbox component. All of the following  
provisions apply to an alternative source:  
(a) A Subpart H supply may conduct source water monitoring that reflects a  
different intake location, either in the same source or for an alternate source, or a  
different procedure for the timing or level of withdrawal from the source (alternative  
source monitoring). If the department approves, a supply may determine its bin  
classification under R 325.10611e based on the alternative source monitoring results.  
(b) If Subpart H supplies conduct alternative source monitoring under  
subdivision (a) of this subrule, supplies shall also monitor their current plant intake  
concurrently as described in 40 CFR §141.701, as adopted by reference in R  
325.10720b.  
(c) Alternative source monitoring under subdivision (a) of this subrule shall meet  
the requirements for source monitoring to determine bin classification, as described  
in 40 CFR §141.701 to 40 CFR §141.706, as adopted by reference in R 325.10720b.  
Subpart H supplies shall report the alternative source monitoring results to the  
department, along with supporting information documenting the operating conditions  
under which the samples were collected.  
(d) If a Subpart H supply determines its bin classification under R 325.10611e  
using alternative source monitoring results that reflect a different intake location or a  
different procedure for managing the timing or level of withdrawal from the source, the  
supply shall relocate the intake or permanently adopt the withdrawal procedure, as  
applicable, not later than the applicable treatment compliance date in R 325.10611g.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10611j Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; microbial toolbox;  
pre-filtration treatment toolbox components.  
Rule 611j.  
(1) Presedimentation is  
a
pre-filtration treatment toolbox  
component. Subpart H supplies that are subject to R 325.10611d receive 0.5-log  
Cryptosporidium treatment credit for a presedimentation basin during any month the  
process meets all of the following criteria:  
(a) The presedimentation basin shall be in continuous operation and shall treat the  
entire plant flow taken from a surface water or GWUDI source.  
Page 138  
(b) The subpart H supply shall continuously add a coagulant to the  
presedimentation basin.  
(c) The presedimentation basin shall achieve either of the following  
performance criteria:  
(i) Demonstrates not less than 0.5-log mean reduction of influent turbidity.  
This reduction shall be determined using daily turbidity measurements in the  
presedimentation process influent and effluent and shall be calculated as follows:log10  
(monthly mean of daily influent turbidity) - log10 (monthly mean of daily effluent  
turbidity).  
(ii) Complies  
with  
department-approved  
performance  
criteria  
that  
demonstrate not less than 0.5-log mean removal of micron-sized particulate material  
through the presedimentation process.  
(2) Two-stage lime softening is a pre-filtration treatment toolbox component.  
Subpart H supplies receive an additional 0.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment credit for a  
2-stage lime softening plant if chemical addition and hardness precipitation occur in 2  
separate and sequential softening stages before filtration. Both softening stages shall  
treat the entire plant flow taken from a surface water or GWUDI source.  
(3) Bank filtration is a pre-filtration treatment toolbox component.Subpart H  
supplies using bank filtration when they begin source water monitoring under 40  
CFR §141.701(a) shall collect samples as described in 40 CFR §141.703(d) and are not  
eligible for this credit. The department adopts 40 CFR §141.701 and 40 CFR §141.703  
by reference in R 325.10720b. Subpart H supplies receive Cryptosporidium  
treatment credit for bank filtration that serves as pretreatment to a filtration plant by  
meeting all of the following criteria:  
(a) Wells with a groundwater flow path of not less than 25 feet receive 0.5-log  
treatment credit; wells with a groundwater flow path of not less than 50 feet receive 1.0-  
log treatment credit. The groundwater flow path shall be determined as specified in  
subdivision (d) of this subrule.  
(b) Only wells in granular aquifers are eligible for treatment credit.Granular  
aquifers are those comprised of sand, clay, silt, rock fragments, pebbles or larger  
particles, and minor cement. A subpart H supply shall characterize the aquifer at the  
well site to determine aquifer properties. Subpart H supplies shall extract a core from  
the aquifer and demonstrate that in not less than 90% of the core length, grains less than  
1.0 mm in diameter constitute not less than 10% of the core material.  
(c) Only horizontal and vertical wells are eligible for treatment credit.  
(d) For vertical wells, the groundwater flow path is the measured distance from the  
edge of the surface water body under high flow conditions, determined by the 100  
year floodplain elevation boundary or by the floodway, as defined in Federal Emergency  
Management Agency flood hazard maps, to the well screen. For horizontal wells, the  
groundwater flow path is the measured distance from the bed of the river under normal  
flow conditions to the closest horizontal well lateral screen.  
(e) Subpart H supplies shall monitor each wellhead for turbidity at least once every  
4 hours while the bank filtration process is in operation. If monthly average turbidity  
levels, based on daily maximum values in the well, exceed 1 NTU, the subpart H supply  
shall report this result to the department and conduct an assessment within 30 days to  
determine the cause of the high turbidity levels in the well. If the department  
Page 139  
determines that microbial removal has been compromised, the department may revoke  
treatment credit until the subpart H supply implements corrective actions approved by  
the department to remediate the problem.  
(f) Springs and infiltration galleries are not eligible for treatment credit under  
this rule, but are eligible for credit under R 325.10611k(3).  
(g) The department may approve Cryptosporidium treatment credit for bank  
filtration based on a demonstration of performance study. This treatment credit may be  
greater than 1.0-log and may be awarded to bank filtration that does not meet the criteria  
in subdivisions (a) to (e) of this subrule.  
The bank filtration demonstration of performance study shall meet both of the  
following criteria:  
(i) The study shall follow a department-approved protocol and shall involve the  
collection of data on the removal of Cryptosporidium or a  
surrogate  
for  
Cryptosporidium and related hydrogeologic and water quality parameters during the full  
range of operating conditions.  
(ii) The study shall include sampling both from the production well or wells and  
from monitoring wells that are screened and located along the shortest flow path  
between the surface water source and the production well or wells.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10611k Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; microbial toolbox;  
treatment performance toolbox components.  
Rule 611k. (1) Combined filter performance is a treatment performance toolbox  
component. Subpart H supplies that are subject to R 325.10611d and that use  
conventional filtration treatment or direct filtration treatment receive an additional 0.5-  
log Cryptosporidium treatment credit during any month the subpart H supply meets  
the criteria in this subrule. Combined filter effluent (CFE) turbidity shall be less than  
or equal to 0.15 NTU in not less than 95% of the measurements. Turbidity shall be  
measured as described in R 325.10605 and R 325.10720(2).  
(2) Individual filter performance is a treatment performance toolbox component.  
Compliance with the criteria in this subrule shall be based on individual filter turbidity  
monitoring as described in R 325.10720(2)(c) to  
(d). Subpart H supplies using  
conventional filtration treatment or direct filtration treatment receive 0.5-log  
Cryptosporidium treatment credit, which can be in addition to the 0.5-log credit under  
subrule  
criteria:  
(1) of this rule, during any month the supply meets all of the following  
(a) The filtered water turbidity for each individual filter shall be less than or equal  
to 0.15 NTU in not less than 95% of the measurements recorded each month.  
(b) No individual filter may have a measured turbidity greater than 0.3 NTU in 2  
consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart.  
(c) A supply that has received treatment credit for individual filter performance  
and fails to meet the requirements of subdivision (a) or (b) of this subrule during any  
month does not receive a treatment technique violation under R 325.10611f(3) if the  
department determines both of the following:  
Page 140  
(i) The failure was due to unusual and short-term circumstances that could not  
reasonably be prevented through optimizing treatment plant design, operation, and  
maintenance.  
(ii) The supply has experienced not more than 2 such failures in any calendar  
year.  
(3) Demonstration of performance is a treatment performance toolbox  
component. The department may approve Cryptosporidium treatment credit for  
drinking water treatment processes based on a demonstration of performance study.  
This treatment credit may be greater than or less than the prescribed treatment credits in  
R 325.10611f or R 325.10611j to R 325.10611m and may be awarded to treatment  
processes that do not meet the criteria for the prescribed credits. All of the  
following apply to the demonstration of performance study:  
(a) Subpart H supplies cannot receive the prescribed treatment credit for any  
toolbox option in R 325.10611j to R 325.10611m if that toolbox option is included in a  
demonstration of performance study for which treatment credit is awarded under this  
subrule.  
(b) The demonstration of performance study shall follow a department-  
approved protocol, using pilot plant studies or other means, and shall demonstrate the  
level of Cryptosporidium reduction the treatment process will achieve under the full  
range of expected operating conditions for the supply.  
(c) Approval by the department shall be in writing and may include monitoring  
and treatment performance criteria that the supply shall demonstrate and report on  
an ongoing basis to remain eligible for the treatment credit. The department may  
designate those criteria where necessary to verify that the conditions under which the  
demonstration of performance credit was approved are maintained during routine  
operation.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10611l Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; microbial toolbox;  
additional filtration toolbox components.  
Rule 611l.  
(1) Bag and cartridge filters is an additional filtration toolbox  
325.10611d receive  
component. Subpart H supplies that are subject to  
R
Cryptosporidium treatment credit of up to 2.0-log for individual bag or cartridge filters  
and up to 2.5-log for bag or cartridge filters operated in series. To be eligible for this  
credit, supplies shall report the results of challenge testing that meets the requirements of  
subdivisions (b) to (i) of this subrule to the department. The filters shall treat the  
entire plant flow taken from a surface water or GWUDI source. All of the following  
apply to bag and cartridge filters as an additional filtration toolbox component:  
(a) The Cryptosporidium treatment credit awarded to bag or cartridge filters  
shall be based on the removal efficiency demonstrated during challenge testing that  
is conducted according to the criteria in subdivisions (b) to (i) of this subrule. A factor  
of safety equal to 1-log for individual bag or cartridge filters and 0.5-log for bag or  
cartridge filters in series shall be applied to challenge testing results to determine  
removal credit. Subpart H supplies may use results from challenge testing conducted  
Page 141  
before January 5, 2006 if the prior testing was consistent with the criteria specified in  
subdivisions (b) to (i) of this subrule.  
(b) Challenge testing shall be performed on full-scale bag or cartridge filters, and  
the associated filter housing or pressure vessel, that are identical in material and  
construction to the filters and housings the supply will use for removal of  
Cryptosporidium. Bag or cartridge filters shall be challenge tested in the same  
configuration that the supply will use, either as individual filters or as a series  
configuration of filters.  
(c) Challenge testing shall be conducted using Cryptosporidium or a surrogate  
that is removed no more efficiently than Cryptosporidium. The microorganism or  
surrogate used during challenge testing is referred to as the challenge particulate. The  
concentration of the challenge particulate shall be determined using a method capable  
of discreetly quantifying the specific microorganism or surrogate used in the test.  
Gross measurements such as turbidity may not be used.  
(d) The maximum feed water concentration that can be used during a challenge  
test shall be based on the detection limit of the challenge particulate in the filtrate,  
that is filtrate detection limit, and shall be calculated using the following equation:  
Maximum Feed Concentration = 1 x 10[superscript]4 x (Filtrate Detection Limit)  
(e) Challenge testing shall be conducted at the maximum design flow rate for the  
filter as specified by the manufacturer.  
(f) Each filter evaluated shall be tested for a duration sufficient to reach 100% of  
the terminal pressure drop, which establishes the maximum pressure drop under  
which the filter may be used to comply with the requirements of R 325.10611d to R  
325.10611n and R 325.10720b to R 325.10720e.  
(g) Removal efficiency of a filter shall be determined from the results of the  
challenge test and expressed in terms of log removal values using the following  
equation:  
LRV = LOG10(Cf)-LOG10(Cp)  
Where:  
LRV = log removal value demonstrated during challenge testing; Cf = the feed  
concentration measured during the challenge test; and Cp = the filtrate concentration  
measured during the challenge test. In applying this equation, the same units shall be  
used for the feed and filtrate concentrations. If the challenge particulate is not detected in  
the filtrate, then the term Cp shall be set equal to the detection limit.  
(h) Each filter tested shall be challenged with the challenge particulate during all of  
the following periods over the filtration cycle:  
(i) Within 2 hours of start-up of a new filter.  
(ii) When the pressure drop is between 45 and 55% of the terminal pressure drop.  
(iii) At the end of the cycle after the pressure drop has reached 100% of the  
terminal pressure drop. Note to subdivision (h) of this subule: An LRV shall be  
calculated for each of these challenge periods for each filter tested. The LRV for the  
filter (LRVfilter) shall be assigned the value of the minimum LRV observed during the  
3 challenge periods for that filter.  
(i) If fewer than 20 filters are tested, the overall removal efficiency for the filter  
product line shall be set equal to the lowest LRVfilter among the filters tested. If 20 or  
more filters are tested, the overall removal efficiency for the filter product line shall  
Page 142  
be set equal to the 10th percentile of the set of LRVfilter values for the various filters  
tested. The percentile is defined by (i/(n+1)) where i is the rank of n individual data  
points ordered lowest to highest. If necessary, the 10th percentile may be calculated  
using linear interpolation.  
(j) If a previously tested filter is modified in a manner that could change the removal  
efficiency of the filter product line, challenge testing to demonstrate the removal  
efficiency of the modified filter shall be conducted and submitted to the department.  
(2) All of the following apply to membrane filtration as an additional filtration  
toolbox component:  
(a) Subpart H supplies receive Cryptosporidium treatment credit for membrane  
filtration that meets the criteria of this subrule. Membrane cartridge filters that meet  
the definition of membrane filtration in R 325.10106 are eligible for this credit. The  
level of treatment credit a supply receives is equal to the lower of the values  
determined under both of the following:  
(i) The removal efficiency demonstrated during challenge testing conducted under  
the conditions in subdivision (b) of this subrule.  
(ii) The maximum removal efficiency that can be verified through direct integrity  
testing used with the membrane filtration process under the conditions in  
subdivision (c) of this subrule.  
(b) Challenge testing demonstrates removal efficiency. The membrane used by the  
subpart H supply shall undergo challenge testing to evaluate removal efficiency, and  
the supply shall report the results of challenge testing to the department. Challenge  
testing shall be conducted according to all of the criteria in paragraphs (i) to (vii) of  
this subdivision. Subpart H supplies may use data from challenge testing conducted  
before January 5, 2006 if the prior testing was consistent with all of the criteria in  
paragraphs (i) to (vii) of this subdivision.  
(i) Challenge testing shall be conducted on either a full-scale membrane module,  
identical in material and construction to the membrane modules used in the supply's  
treatment facility, or a smaller-scale membrane module, identical in material and  
similar in construction to the full-scale module. A module is defined as the smallest  
component of a membrane unit in which a specific membrane surface area is housed in  
a device with a filtrate outlet structure.  
(ii) Challenge testing shall be conducted using Cryptosporidium oocysts or a  
surrogate that is removed no more efficiently than Cryptosporidium oocysts.The  
organism or surrogate used during challenge testing is referred to as the challenge  
particulate. The concentration of the challenge particulate, in both the feed and filtrate  
water, shall be determined using a method capable of discretely quantifying the specific  
challenge particulate used in the test. Gross measurements such as turbidity may not  
be used.  
(iii) The maximum feed water concentration that can be used during a challenge  
test is based on the detection limit of the challenge particulate in the filtrate and shall be  
determined according to the following equation:  
Maximum Feed Concentration = 3.16 x 10[superscript]6 x (Filtrate Detection  
Limit)  
(iv) Challenge testing shall be conducted under representative hydraulic conditions  
at the maximum design flux and maximum design process recovery specified by the  
Page 143  
manufacturer for the membrane module. Flux is defined as the throughput of a pressure  
driven membrane process expressed as flow per unit of membrane area. Recovery is  
defined as the volumetric percent of feed water that is converted to filtrate over the  
course of an operating cycle uninterrupted by events such as chemical cleaning or a  
solids removal process, that is, backwashing.  
(v) Removal efficiency of a membrane module shall be calculated from the  
challenge test results and expressed as a log removal value according to the following  
equation:  
LRV = LOG10(Cf)-LOG10(Cp)  
Where:  
LRV = log removal value demonstrated during the challenge test; Cf = the feed  
concentration measured during the challenge test; and Cp = the filtrate concentration  
measured during the challenge test. Equivalent units shall be used for the feed and  
filtrate concentrations. If the challenge particulate is not detected in the filtrate, the term  
Cp is set equal to the detection limit for the purpose of calculating the LRV. An LRV  
shall be calculated for each membrane module evaluated during the challenge test.  
(vi) The removal efficiency of a membrane filtration process demonstrated during  
challenge testing shall be expressed as a log removal value (LRVC-Test). If fewer  
than 20 modules are tested, then LRVC-Test is equal to the lowest of the representative  
LRVs among the modules tested. If 20 or more modules are tested, then LRVC-Test is  
equal to the 10th percentile of the representative LRVs among the modules tested. The  
percentile is defined by (i/ (n+1)) where i is the rank of n individual data points ordered  
lowest to highest. If necessary, the 10th percentile may be calculated using linear  
interpolation.  
(vii) The challenge test shall establish a quality control release value (QCRV) for  
a nondestructive performance test that demonstrates the Cryptosporidium removal  
capability of the membrane filtration module. This performance test shall be applied to  
each production membrane module used by the supply that was not directly challenge  
tested in order to verify Cryptosporidium removal capability. Production modules that  
do not meet the established QCRV are not eligible for the treatment credit  
demonstrated during the challenge test.  
(viii) If a previously tested membrane is modified in a manner that could change  
the removal efficiency of the membrane or the applicability of the nondestructive  
performance test and associated QCRV, additional challenge testing to demonstrate the  
removal efficiency of, and determine a new QCRV for, the modified membrane shall be  
conducted and submitted to the department.  
(c) Direct integrity testing demonstrates removal efficiency. Subpart H supplies  
shall conduct direct integrity testing in a manner that demonstrates a removal efficiency  
equal to or greater than the removal credit awarded to the membrane filtration process.  
A direct integrity test is defined as a physical test applied to a membrane unit in order  
to identify and isolate integrity breaches for example, 1 or more leaks that could  
result in contamination of the filtrate. The direct integrity testing shall meet all of the  
following requirements:  
(i) The direct integrity test shall be independently applied to each membrane  
unit in service. A membrane unit is defined as a group of membrane modules that share  
Page 144  
common valving that allows the unit to be isolated from the rest of the system for the  
purpose of integrity testing or other maintenance.  
(ii) The direct integrity method shall have a resolution of 3 micrometers or less,  
where resolution is defined as the size of the smallest integrity breach that contributes  
to a response from the direct integrity test.  
(iii) The direct integrity test shall have a sensitivity sufficient to verify the log  
treatment credit awarded to the membrane filtration process by the department, where  
sensitivity is defined as the maximum log removal value that can be reliably verified by a  
direct integrity test. Sensitivity shall be determined using the approach in either of the  
following as applicable to the type of direct integrity test the supply uses:  
(A) For direct integrity tests that use an applied pressure or vacuum, the direct  
integrity test sensitivity shall be calculated according to the following equation:  
LRVDIT = LOG10 (Qp / (VCF x Qbreach))  
Where:  
LRVDIT = the sensitivity of the direct integrity test; Qp = total design filtrate flow  
from the membrane unit; Qbreach = flow of water from an integrity breach  
associated with the smallest integrity test response that can be reliably measured, and  
VCF = volumetric concentration factor. The volumetric concentration factor is the  
ratio of the suspended solids concentration on the high pressure side of the membrane  
relative to that in the feed water.  
(B) For direct integrity tests that use a particulate or molecular marker, the direct  
integrity test sensitivity shall be calculated according to the following equation:  
LRVDIT = LOG10 (Cf)-LOG10 (Cp)  
Where:  
LRVDIT = the sensitivity of the direct integrity test; Cf = the typical feed  
concentration of the marker used in the test; and Cp = the filtrate concentration of  
the marker from an integral membrane unit.  
(iv) Supplies shall establish a control limit within the sensitivity limits of the direct  
integrity test that is indicative of an integral membrane unit capable of meeting the  
removal credit awarded by the department.  
(v) If the result of a direct integrity test exceeds the control limit established  
under paragraph (iv) of this subdivision, the supply shall remove the membrane unit  
from service. Supplies shall conduct a direct integrity test to verify the repairs, and  
may return the membrane unit to service only if the direct integrity test is within the  
established control limit.  
(vi) Supplies shall conduct direct integrity testing on each membrane unit at a  
frequency of at least once each day that the membrane unit is in operation. The  
department may approve less frequent testing, based on demonstrated process  
reliability, the use of multiple barriers effective for Cryptosporidium, or reliable process  
safeguards.  
(d) Indirect integrity monitoring is required on membrane units. Supplies shall  
conduct continuous indirect integrity monitoring on each membrane unit according to all  
of the criteria in this subdivision. "Indirect integrity monitoring" is defined as  
monitoring some aspect of filtrate water quality that is indicative of the removal of  
particulate matter. A supply that implements continuous direct integrity testing of  
membrane units under the criteria in subdivision (c)(i) to (v) of this subrule is not  
Page 145  
subject to the requirements for continuous indirect integrity monitoring. Supplies shall  
submit a monthly report to the department summarizing all continuous indirect integrity  
monitoring results triggering direct integrity testing and the corrective action that was  
taken in each case. All of the following apply to continuous indirect integrity monitoring  
on each membrane unit:  
(i) Unless the department approves an alternative parameter, continuous indirect  
integrity monitoring shall include continuous filtrate turbidity monitoring.  
(ii) Continuous monitoring shall be conducted at a frequency of at least once every  
15 minutes.  
(iii) Continuous monitoring shall be separately conducted on each membrane unit.  
(iv) If indirect integrity monitoring includes turbidity and if the filtrate turbidity  
readings are above 0.15 NTU for a period greater than 15 minutes, that is, 2 consecutive  
15-minute readings above 0.15 NTU, direct integrity testing shall immediately be  
performed on the associated membrane unit as specified in subdivision (c)(i) to (v) of  
this subrule.  
(v) If indirect integrity monitoring includes a department-approved alternative  
parameter and if the alternative parameter exceeds a department-approved control  
limit for a period greater than 15 minutes, direct integrity testing shall immediately be  
performed on the associated membrane units as specified in subdivision (c)(i) to  
(v) of this subrule.  
(3) Second stage filtration is an additional filtration toolbox component. Subpart H  
supplies receive 0.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment credit for a separate second stage  
of filtration that consists of sand, dual media, GAC, or other fine grain media  
following granular media filtration if the department approves. To be eligible for this  
credit, the first stage of filtration shall be preceded by a coagulation step and both  
filtration stages shall treat the entire plant flow taken from a surface water or GWUDI  
source.A cap, such as GAC, on a single stage of filtration is not eligible for this credit.  
The department shall approve the treatment credit based on an assessment of the  
design characteristics of the filtration process.  
(4) Slow sand filtration, as secondary filter, is an additional filtration toolbox  
component. Subpart H supplies may receive 2.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment credit  
for a slow sand filtration process that follows a separate stage of filtration if both  
filtration stages treat entire plant flow taken from a surface water or GWUDI source and  
no disinfectant residual is present in the influent water to the slow sand filtration  
process. The department shall approve the treatment credit based on an assessment of  
the design characteristics of the filtration process. This subrule does not apply to  
treatment credit awarded to slow sand filtration used as a primary filtration process.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10611m Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; microbial toolbox;  
inactivation toolbox components.  
Rule 611m. (1) Calculation of CT values is an inactivation toolbox component.  
All of the following apply to CT calculation of subpart H supplies that are subject to  
R 325.10611d:  
Page 146  
(a) CT is the product of the disinfectant contact time  
(T, in minutes) and  
disinfectant concentration (C, in milligrams per liter). Subpart H supplies with  
treatment credit for chlorine dioxide or ozone under subrule (2) or (3) of this rule shall  
calculate CT at least once each day, with both C and T measured during peak hourly  
flow as specified in R 325.10605.  
(b) Subpart H supplies with several disinfection segments in sequence may  
calculate CT for each segment, where a disinfection segment is defined as a treatment  
unit process with a measurable disinfectant residual level and a liquid volume. Under  
this approach, supplies shall add the Cryptosporidium CT values in each segment to  
determine the total CT for the treatment plant.  
(2) CT values for chlorine dioxide and ozone is an inactivation toolbox  
component. Both of the following apply to CT values:  
(a) Subpart H supplies receive the Cryptosporidium treatment credit listed in the  
following table by meeting the corresponding chlorine dioxide CT value for the  
applicable water temperature, as described in subrule (1) of this rule:  
CT Values in milligram-minutes per liter  
Inactivation by Chlorine Dioxide *  
(mg-min/L) for Cryptosporidium  
Log  
credit  
Water Temperature, in degrees Celsius  
less than 1  
or equal  
to 0.5  
2
3
5
7
10  
15  
20  
25  
30  
(i) 0.25 159  
(ii) 0.5 319  
(iii) 1.0 637  
(iv) 1.5 956  
153  
305  
610  
915  
1220  
1525  
1830  
140  
279  
558  
838  
1117  
1396  
1675  
128  
256  
511  
767  
1023  
1278  
1534  
107  
214  
429  
643  
858  
1072  
1286  
90  
69  
45  
89  
29  
58  
19  
38  
75  
113  
150  
188  
226  
12  
24  
49  
73  
98  
122  
147  
180  
360  
539  
719  
899  
1079  
138  
277  
415  
553  
691  
830  
179  
268  
357  
447  
536  
116  
174  
232  
289  
347  
(v) 2.0  
1275  
(vi) 2.5 1594  
(vii) 3.0 1912  
* Supplies may use this equation to determine log credit between the indicated  
values: Log credit = (0.001506 x (1.09116)Temp) x CT.  
(b) Subpart H supplies receive the Cryptosporidium treatment credit listed in the  
following table by meeting the corresponding ozone CT values for the applicable water  
temperature, as described in subrule (1) of this rule:  
CT Values in milligram-minutes per liter  
Inactivation by Ozone *  
(mg-min/L) for Cryptosporidium  
Log credit Water Temperature, in degrees Celsius  
less than or  
equal to 0.5  
6.0  
1
2
3
5
7
10  
15  
20  
25  
30  
(i) 0.25  
(ii) 0.5  
5.8  
12  
5.2  
10  
4.8  
9.5  
4.0  
7.9  
3.3  
6.5  
2.5  
4.9  
1.6  
3.1  
1.0  
2.0  
0.6  
1.2  
0.39  
0.78  
12  
Page 147  
Log credit Water Temperature, in degrees Celsius  
less than or  
1
2
3
5
7
10  
15  
20  
25  
30  
equal to 0.5  
(iii) 1.0  
(iv) 1.5  
(v) 2.0  
(vi) 2.5  
(vii) 3.0  
24  
36  
48  
60  
72  
23  
35  
46  
58  
69  
21  
31  
42  
52  
63  
19  
29  
38  
48  
57  
16  
24  
32  
40  
47  
13  
20  
26  
33  
39  
9.9  
15  
20  
25  
30  
6.2  
9.3  
12  
16  
19  
3.9  
5.9  
7.8  
9.8  
12  
2.5  
3.7  
4.9  
6.2  
7.4  
1.6  
2.4  
3.1  
3.9  
4.7  
* Supplies may use this equation to determine log credit between the indicated  
values: Log credit = (0.0397 x (1.09757)Temp) x CT.  
(3) Site-specific study is an inactivation toolbox component. The department  
may approve alternative chlorine dioxide or ozone CT values to those listed in subrule  
(2) of this rule on a site-specific basis. The department shall base this approval on a  
site-specific study a subpart H supply conducts that follows a department-approved  
protocol.  
(4) Ultraviolet light is an inactivation toolbox component. Subpart H supplies  
receive Cryptosporidium, Giardia lamblia, and virus treatment credits for ultraviolet  
(UV) light reactors by achieving the corresponding UV dose values shown in  
subdivision (a) of this subrule. Supplies shall validate and monitor UV reactors as  
described in subdivisions (b) and (c) of this subrule to demonstrate that they are  
achieving a particular UV dose value for treatment credit. All of the following apply to  
UV:  
(a) The following table is the UV dose table. The treatment credits listed in this  
table are for UV light at a wavelength of 254 nanometers as produced by a low pressure  
mercury vapor lamp. To receive treatment credit for other lamp types, subpart H  
supplies shall demonstrate an equivalent germicidal dose through reactor validation  
testing, as described in subdivision (b) of this subrule. The UV dose values in this  
table are applicable only to post-filter applications of UV in supplies.  
UV Dose Table for Cryptosporidium, Giardia lamblia, and Virus Inactivation Credit  
Log credit  
Cryptosporidium UV dose in Giardia lamblia UV Virus UV dose  
milli-joule per centimeters  
dose (mJ/cm2)  
(mJ/cm 2)  
squared (mJ/ cm2)  
(i) 0.5  
1.6  
2.5  
3.9  
5.8  
8.5  
12  
1.5  
2.1  
3.0  
5.2  
7.7  
11  
39  
58  
79  
100  
121  
143  
163  
186  
(ii) 1.0  
(iii) 1.5  
(iv) 2.0  
(v) 2.5  
(vi) 3.0  
(vii) 3.5  
(viii) 4.0  
15  
22  
15  
22  
Page 148  
(b) Subpart H supplies shall use UV reactors that have undergone validation testing  
to determine the operating conditions under which the reactor delivers the UV dose  
required in subdivision (a) of this subrule, that is, validated operating conditions. These  
operating conditions shall include flow rate, UV intensity as measured by a UV sensor,  
and UV lamp status. All of the following provisions apply to reactor validation testing:  
(i) When determining validated operating conditions, supplies shall account for all  
of the following factors:  
(A) UV absorbance of the water; lamp fouling and aging.  
(B) Measurement uncertainty of on-line sensors.  
(C) UV dose distributions arising from the velocity profiles through the reactor.  
(D) Failure of UV lamps or other critical system components.  
(E) Inlet and outlet piping or channel configurations of the UV reactor.  
(ii) Validation testing shall include both of the following:  
(A) Full scale testing of a reactor that conforms uniformly to the UV reactors  
used by the supply.  
(B) Inactivation of  
a
test microorganism whose dose response  
characteristics have been quantified with a low pressure mercury vapor lamp.  
(iii) The department may approve an alternative approach to validation testing.  
(c) Both of the following provisions apply to reactor monitoring:  
(i) Supplies shall monitor their UV reactors to determine if the reactors are  
operating within validated conditions, as determined under subdivision (b) of this  
subrule. This monitoring shall include UV intensity as measured by a UV sensor, flow  
rate, lamp status, and other parameters the department designates based on UV  
reactor operation. Supplies shall verify the calibration of UV sensors and shall  
recalibrate sensors under a protocol the department approves.  
(ii) To receive treatment credit for UV light, supplies shall treat not less than 95%  
of the water delivered to the public during each month by UV reactors operating within  
validated conditions for the required UV dose, as described in subdivisions (a) and (b)  
of this subrule. Supplies shall demonstrate compliance with this condition by the  
monitoring required under paragraph (i) of this subdivision.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10611n Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; requirements to  
respond to significant deficiencies identified in sanitary surveys performed by  
U.S.environmental protection agency (EPA).  
Rule 611n. (1) A sanitary survey is defined in R 325.10108(a).Community or  
noncommunity water supplies are also considered "water supplies" or "supplies" in this  
rule.  
(2) For the purposes of this rule, a significant deficiency includes a defect in  
design, operation, or maintenance, or a failure or malfunction of the sources, treatment,  
storage, or distribution system that EPA determines to be causing, or has the  
potential for causing the introduction of contamination into the water delivered to  
consumers.  
(3) For sanitary surveys performed by EPA, water supplies shall respond in writing  
to significant deficiencies identified in sanitary survey reports not later than 45 days after  
Page 149  
receipt of the report, indicating how and on what schedule the supply will address  
significant deficiencies noted in the survey.  
(4) Supplies shall correct significant deficiencies identified in sanitary survey  
reports according to the schedule approved by EPA, or if there is no approved schedule,  
according to the schedule reported under subrule (3) of this rule if those deficiencies are  
within the control of the supply.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10612 Groundwater supply rules; general requirements; applicability.  
Rule 612. (1) This rule, R 325.10612a, and R 325.10739 to R 325.10739b apply  
to all community and noncommunity water supplies that use groundwater except that it  
does not apply to public water supplies that combine all of their groundwater with  
surface water or with groundwater under the direct influence of surface water before  
treatment under R 325.10611. For purposes of this rule, R 325.10612a, and R 325.10739  
to R 325.10739b, "groundwater supply" is defined as any community water supply or  
noncommunity water supply meeting this applicability statement,  
consecutive supplies receiving finished groundwater.  
including  
(2) Groundwater supplies subject to this rule shall comply with all of the following  
requirements:  
(a) Groundwater supplies shall provide the department, at the department's request,  
any existing information that will enable the department to conduct a sanitary survey as  
defined in R 325.10108.  
(b) Microbial source water monitoring requirements for groundwater supplies that  
do not treat all of their groundwater to not less than 99.99% (4-log) treatment of viruses  
(using inactivation, removal, or a department-approved combination of 4-log virus  
inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer as described in R 325.10739.  
(c) Treatment technique requirements, described in R 325.10612a, that apply to  
groundwater supplies that have fecally contaminated source waters, as determined by  
source water monitoring conducted under R 325.10739, or that have significant  
deficiencies. A significant deficiency includes but is not limited to, a defect in design,  
operation, or maintenance, or a failure or malfunction of the sources, treatment,  
storage, or distribution system that the department determines to be causing, or have  
potential for causing, the introduction of contamination into the water delivered to  
consumers. A groundwater supply with fecally contaminated source water or with  
significant deficiencies subject to the treatment technique requirements of this rule  
shall implement 1 or more of the following corrective action options:  
(i) Correct all significant deficiencies.  
(ii) Provide an alternate source of water.  
(iii) Eliminate the source of contamination  
(iv) Provide treatment that reliably achieves not less than 4-log treatment of viruses,  
using inactivation, removal, or a department-approved combination of 4-log virus  
inactivation and removal, before or at the first customer.  
(d) Groundwater supplies that provide not less than 4-log treatment of viruses,  
using inactivation, removal, or a department-approved combination of 4-log virus  
inactivation and removal, before or at the first customer are required to conduct  
Page 150  
compliance monitoring to demonstrate treatment effectiveness, as described in R  
325.10739a.  
(e) If requested by the department, groundwater supplies shall provide the  
department with any existing information that will enable the department to perform a  
hydrogeologic sensitivity assessment. For the purposes of this rule, "hydrogeologic  
sensitivity assessment" is a determination of whether groundwater supplies obtain water  
from hydrogeologically sensitive settings.  
(f) Groundwater supplies shall comply, unless otherwise required, with the  
requirements of this rule beginning December 1, 2009.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10612a Groundwater supply rules; treatment technique requirements for  
groundwater supplies.  
Rule 612a. (1) All of the following apply to groundwater supplies that are subject to  
R 325.10612 with significant deficiencies or source water fecal contamination:  
(a) The treatment technique requirements of this rule shall be met by  
groundwater supplies when a significant deficiency is identified or when a groundwater  
source sample collected under R 325.10739(1)(c) is fecal indicator-positive.  
(b) If directed by the department, a groundwater supply with a groundwater source  
sample collected under sampling requirements of R 325.10739(1)(b), consecutive and  
wholesale supply requirements of R 325.10739(1)(d), or assessment source water  
requirements of R 325.10739(2) that is fecal indicator-positive shall comply with the  
treatment technique requirements of this rule.  
(c) When a significant deficiency is identified at a Subpart H supply that uses both  
groundwater and surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface  
water, the Subpart H supply shall comply with this subrule except where the  
department determines that the significant deficiency is in a portion of the distribution  
system that is served solely by surface water or groundwater under the direct influence  
of surface water.  
(d) Unless the department directs the groundwater supply to implement a specific  
corrective action, the groundwater supply shall consult with the department regarding  
the appropriate corrective action within 30 days of receiving written notice from the  
department of a significant deficiency, written notice from a laboratory that a  
groundwater source sample collected under R 325.10739(1)(c) was found to be fecal  
indicator-positive, or direction from the department that a fecal indicator-positive  
collected under sampling requirements of R 325.10739(1)(b), consecutive and  
wholesale supply requirements of R 325.10739(1)(d), or assessment source water  
requirements of R 325.10739(2) requires corrective action. For purposes of this rule, R  
325.10612, and R 325.10739 to R 325.10739b, significant deficiencies include, but  
are not limited to, defects in design, operation, or maintenance, or a failure or  
malfunction of the sources, treatment, storage, or distribution system that the  
department determines to be causing, or have potential for causing, the introduction of  
contamination into the water delivered to consumers.  
(e) Within 120 days, or earlier if directed by the department, of receiving written  
notification from the department of a significant deficiency, written notice from a  
Page 151  
laboratory that a groundwater source sample collected under R 325.10739(1)(c) was  
found to be fecal indicator-positive, or direction from the department that a fecal  
indicator-positive sample collected under sampling requirements of R 325.10739(1)(b),  
consecutive and wholesale supply requirements of R 325.10739(1)(d), or assessment  
source  
water requirements of R 325.10739(2) requires corrective action, the  
groundwater supply shall comply with either of the following:  
(i) Have completed corrective action under applicable department plan review  
processes or other department guidance or direction, if any, including department-  
specified interim measures.  
(ii) Be in compliance with a department-approved corrective action plan and  
schedule subject to both of the following conditions:  
(A) Any subsequent modifications to a department-approved corrective action plan  
and schedule shall also be approved by the department.  
(B) If the department specifies interim measures for protection of the public  
health pending department approval of the corrective action plan and schedule or  
pending completion of the corrective action plan, the groundwater supply shall comply  
with these interim measures as well as with any schedule specified by the department.  
(f) Groundwater supplies that meet the conditions of subdivision (a) or (b) of this  
subrule shall implement 1 or more of the following corrective action alternatives:  
(i) Correct all significant deficiencies.  
(ii) Provide an alternate source of water.  
(iii) Eliminate the source of contamination.  
(iv) Provide treatment that reliably achieves not less than 4-log treatment of viruses  
(using inactivation, removal, or a department-approved combination of 4-log virus  
inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for the groundwater source.  
(g) A community groundwater supply that receives notice from the department of a  
significant deficiency or notification of a fecal indicator-positive groundwater source  
sample that is not invalidated by the department under R 325.10739(3) is subject to R  
325.10408c.  
(2) Both of the following shall conduct compliance monitoring under R  
325.10739a:  
(a) A groundwater supply that is not required to meet the source water  
monitoring requirements of R 325.10612, this rule, R 325.10612b, or R 325.10739  
to R 325.10739b for 1 or more groundwater sources because it provides not less than  
4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or a department-approved  
combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for 1  
or more groundwater sources before December 1, 2009.  
(b) A groundwater supply that places a groundwater source in service after  
November 30, 2009, that is not required to meet the source water monitoring  
requirements of R 325.10612, this rule, R 325.10612b, or  
R
325.10739 to  
R
325.10739b because the groundwater supply provides not less than 4-log treatment  
of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or a department-approved combination of 4-log  
virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for the groundwater  
source.  
(3) A groundwater supply may discontinue 4-log treatment of viruses (using  
inactivation, removal, or a department-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation  
Page 152  
and removal) before or at the first customer for a groundwater source if the  
department determines and documents in writing that 4-log treatment of viruses is no  
longer necessary for that groundwater source. A groundwater supply that discontinues  
4-log treatment of viruses is subject to the source water monitoring requirements of R  
325.10739.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10612b Groundwater supply rules; treatment technique violations for  
groundwater supplies.  
Rule 612b.  
(1) A groundwater supply subject to R 325.10612 with a  
significant deficiency is in violation of the treatment technique requirement if, within 120  
days (or earlier if directed by the department) of receiving written notice from the  
department of the significant deficiency, either of the following conditions exist:  
(a) The groundwater supply does not complete corrective action under any  
applicable department plan review processes or other department guidance and direction,  
including department specified interim actions and measures.  
(b) The groundwater supply is not in compliance with a department-approved  
corrective action plan and schedule.  
(2) Unless the department invalidates a fecal indicator-positive groundwater  
source sample under R 325.10739(3), a groundwater supply is in violation of the  
treatment technique requirement if, within 120 days  
(or earlier if directed by the  
department) of meeting the conditions of R 325.10612a(1)(a) or (b), either of the  
following conditions exist:  
(a) The groundwater supply does not complete corrective action under any  
applicable department plan review processes or other department guidance and direction,  
including department-specified interim measures.  
(b) The groundwater supply is not in compliance with a department-approved  
corrective action plan and schedule.  
(3) A groundwater supply subject to the requirements of R 325.10739a(3) that fails  
to maintain not less than 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or a  
department-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at  
the first customer for a groundwater source is in violation of the treatment technique  
requirement if the failure is not corrected within 4 hours of determining the groundwater  
supply is not maintaining not less than 4-log treatment of viruses before or at the first  
customer.  
(4) A groundwater supply shall give public notification under R 325.10403 for the  
treatment technique violations specified in subrules (1) to (3) of this rule.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
PART 7. SURVEILLANCE, INSPECTION, AND MONITORING  
R 325.10701 Purpose.  
Page 153  
Rule 701. The purpose of this part is to specify inspection and surveillance  
activities by the department to assure compliance by a public water supply with the act  
and these rules; to prescribe certain monitoring requirements and procedures for  
suppliers of water in accordance with the act and the federal act; and to establish a  
schedule of fees for the collection and analysis of water samples by the department  
as required by the act.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10702 Evaluation of adequacy and condition of public water supplies;  
sanitary surveys.  
Rule 702. (1) Under section 3 of the act, the department shall make sanitary surveys,  
onsite inspections, surveillance observations, or special purpose investigations for the  
purpose of evaluating the adequacy and condition of public water supplies at a frequency  
which may be determined by the department.  
(2) Based on the results of each sanitary survey, the department shall determine  
whether the existing monitoring frequency is adequate and what additional measures, if  
any, the supply shall take to improve drinking water quality.  
(3) Subpart H supplies shall undergo sanitary surveys at least once every 3 years for  
community water supplies and at least once every 5 years for noncommunity water  
supplies. The department may reduce the frequency to at least once every 5 years for  
community water supplies that have demonstrated outstanding performance.  
(4) Groundwater supplies subject to R 325.10612 shall undergo sanitary surveys at  
either of the following frequencies:  
(a) Community water supplies shall undergo a sanitary survey at least once every 3  
years, except the department may reduce the frequency to once every 5 years if either of  
the following conditions exists:  
(i) The supply provides at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation,  
removal, or a department approved combination of 4-log inactivation and removal)  
before or at the first customer for all its groundwater sources.  
(ii) The supply has an outstanding performance record.  
(b) Noncommunity water supplies shall undergo a sanitary survey at least once every  
5 years.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10703 On-site inspections and surveillance observations.  
Rule 703. On-site inspections and surveillance observations of public water  
supplies may include, but are not necessarily limited to, a review of all of the following:  
(a) Waterworks system physical facilities and equipment.  
(b) Administration and recordkeeping.  
(c) Sampling techniques, and monitoring activities for water quality.  
(d) The maintenance program for the waterworks system.  
(e) The design and operation of the waterworks system.  
Page 154  
(f) Compliance with operator certification requirements for treatment systems  
and distribution systems.  
(g) A cross-connection control program.  
(h) The reliability of the waterworks system.  
(i) Security measures provided to protect water quality and the operation of  
the waterworks system.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10704 Coliform sampling.  
Rule 704. (1) Until March 31, 2016, community and noncommunity water systems  
shall collect samples and cause analyses to be made for coliform bacteria to determine  
compliance with the state drinking water standards. Beginning April 1, 2016, the total  
coliform provisions of R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k are applicable, with supplies  
required to begin regular monitoring at the same frequency as the supply-specific  
frequency required on March 31, 2016.  
(2) Until March 31, 2016, the department may require samples to be collected and  
analyzed for coliform bacteria for type III public water systems at a frequency as may be  
considered necessary by the department. Beginning April 1, 2016, supplies shall comply  
with R 325.10704a(2).  
(3) If any routine or repeat sample is total coliform-positive, the supplier shall analyze  
that total coliform-positive culture medium to determine if fecal coliforms are present.  
Analysis for E. coli may be performed instead of fecal coliforms.  
(4) All of the following provisions apply until March 31, 2016:  
(a) R 325.10705 collection and analysis of samples for coliform bacteria; community  
water systems.  
(b) R 325.10706 collection and analysis of samples for coliform bacteria;  
noncommunity water system.  
(c) R 325.10709 special purpose and invalidated samples.  
(5) All of the following provisions apply until all required repeat monitoring under  
R 325.10707 and fecal coliform or E. coli testing under subrule (3) of this rule that was  
initiated by a total coliform-positive sample taken before April 1, 2016 is completed, as  
well as analytical method, reporting, recordkeeping, public notification, and consumer  
confidence report requirements associated with that monitoring and testing:  
(a) R 325.10707 repeat monitoring for total coliform.  
(b) R 325.10707a invalidation of total coliform samples.  
(c) Subrule (3) of this rule, analyze culture for fecal coliforms.  
(d) R 325.10707b general notification requirements for total coliform and fecal  
coliform/escherichia coli (E. coli).  
History: 1979 AC; 2003 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10704a Total coliform; general.  
Page 155  
Rule 704a. (1) All of the following rules, also known in these rules as the total  
coliform rules, include both maximum contaminant level and treatment technique  
requirements:  
(a) R 325.10704a total coliform; general.  
(b) R 325.10704b total coliform; analytical methods.  
(c) R 325.10704c total coliform; general monitoring.  
(d) R 325.10704d total coliform; routine monitoring; noncommunity; serving 1,000 or  
fewer people; groundwater.  
(e) R 325.10704e total coliform; routine monitoring; community; serving 1,000 or  
fewer people; groundwater.  
(f) R 325.10704f total coliform; routine monitoring; subpart H; serving 1,000 or  
fewer people.  
(g) R 325.10704g total coliform; routine monitoring; community and noncommunity;  
serving more than 1,000 people.  
(h) R 325.10704h total coliform; repeat monitoring; E. coli.  
(i) R 325.10704i total coliform; treatment technique triggers; assessments.  
(j) R 325.10704j total coliform; violations.  
(k) R 325.10704k total coliform; reporting and recordkeeping.  
(2) The total coliform rules apply to all community and noncommunity water  
supplies. The department may require samples to be collected and analyzed for coliform  
bacteria for type III public water systems at a frequency as may be considered necessary  
by the department.  
(3) Supplies falling under direct oversight of the EPA, where the EPA acts as the  
department, shall comply with decisions made by the EPA for implementation of these  
total coliform rules. The EPA has authority to establish the procedures and criteria as are  
necessary to implement these total coliform rules.  
(4) Failure to comply with these total coliform rules is a violation of these rules.  
(5) Supplies shall comply with these total coliform rules beginning April 1, 2016,  
unless otherwise required in these total coliform rules.  
History: 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10704b Total coliform; analytical methods.  
Rule 704b. (1) All of the following provisions apply to analytical methodology for  
compliance with the total coliform rules in R 325.10704a.  
(a) The standard sample volume required for analysis, regardless of analytical method  
used, is 100 milliliters.  
(b) Supplies need only determine the presence or absence of total coliforms and E.  
coli; a determination of density is not required.  
(c) The time from sample collection to initiation of test medium incubation shall not  
exceed 30 hours. Supplies are encouraged but not required to hold samples below 10  
degrees Celsius (50 degrees Fahrenheit) during transit.  
(d) If water having residual chlorine (measured as free, combined, or total chlorine) is  
to be analyzed, sufficient sodium thiosulfate (Na2S2O3) shall be added to the sample  
bottle before sterilization to neutralize the residual chlorine in the water sample.  
Dechlorination procedures are addressed in Section 9060A.2 of Standard Methods for the  
Page 156  
Examination of Water and Wastewater (20th and 21st editions), which is adopted by  
reference in R 325.10605.  
(e) Supplies shall conduct total coliform and E. coli analyses in accordance with the  
appropriate analytical methods adopted by reference in R 325.10605.  
(2) Supplies shall have all compliance samples required under the total coliform rules  
R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k analyzed by a laboratory certified by the EPA or the  
department to analyze drinking water samples, as required under R 325.10601a and  
R 325.10731. The laboratory used by the supply shall be certified for each method (and  
associated contaminant(s)) used for compliance monitoring analyses under total coliform  
rules, R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k.  
(3) The standards required in these rules are incorporated by reference in  
R 325.10605.  
History: 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10704c Total coliform; general monitoring.  
Rule 704c. (1) Sample siting plan requirements for compliance with the total  
coliform rules in R 325.10704a are all of the following:  
(a) Supplies shall develop a written sample siting plan that identifies sampling sites  
and a sample collection schedule that are representative of water throughout the  
distribution system not later than March 31, 2016. These plans are subject to department  
review and revision. Supplies shall collect total coliform samples according to the  
written sample siting plan. Monitoring required by R 325.10704d to R 325.10704h may  
take place at a customer’s premise, dedicated sampling station, or other designated  
compliance sampling location. Routine and repeat sample sites and the sampling points  
necessary to meet the requirements of the groundwater rules of R 325.10739 to  
R 325.10739b shall be reflected in the sampling plan.  
(b) Supplies shall collect samples at regular time intervals throughout the month,  
except that supplies that use only ground water and serve 4,900 or fewer people may  
collect all required samples on a single day if they are taken from different sites.  
(c) Supplies shall take at least the minimum number of required samples even if the  
supply has had an E. coli MCL violation or has exceeded the coliform treatment  
technique triggers in R 325.10704i(1).  
(d) A supply may conduct more compliance monitoring than is required by these total  
coliform rules R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k to investigate potential problems in the  
distribution system and use monitoring as a tool to assist in uncovering problems. A  
supply may take more than the minimum number of required routine samples and shall  
include the results in calculating whether the coliform treatment technique trigger in  
R 325.10704i(1)(a)(i) and (ii) has been exceeded only if the samples are taken in  
accordance with the existing sample siting plan and are representative of water  
throughout the distribution system.  
(e) Supplies shall identify repeat monitoring locations in the sample siting plan. All  
of the following apply to repeat monitoring locations:  
(i) Unless the provisions of paragraph (iii) of this subdivision are met, the supply  
shall collect at least 1 repeat sample from the sampling tap where the original total  
coliform-positive sample was taken, and at least 1 repeat sample at a tap within 5 service  
Page 157  
connections upstream and at least 1 repeat sample at a tap within 5 service connections  
downstream of the original sampling site. If a total coliform-positive sample is at the end  
of the distribution system, or 1 service connection away from the end of the distribution  
system, the supply shall still take all required repeat samples. However, the department  
may allow an alternative sampling location instead of the requirement to collect at least 1  
repeat sample upstream or downstream of the original sampling site.  
(ii) Supplies required to conduct triggered source water monitoring under  
R 325.10739(1)(a) shall take ground water source sample or samples in addition to repeat  
samples required under these total coliform rules R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k.  
(iii) Supplies may propose repeat monitoring locations to the department that the  
supply believes to be representative of a pathway for contamination of the distribution  
system. A supply may elect to specify either alternative fixed locations or criteria for  
selecting repeat sampling sites on a situational basis in a standard operating procedure  
(SOP) in its sample siting plan. The supply shall design its SOP to focus the repeat  
samples at locations that best verify and determine the extent of potential contamination  
of the distribution system area based on specific situations. The department may modify  
the SOP or require alternative monitoring locations as needed.  
(f) The department may review, revise, and approve, as appropriate, repeat sampling  
proposed by supplies under subdivision (e)(iii) of this subrule. The supply shall  
demonstrate that the sample siting plan remains representative of the water quality in the  
distribution system. The department may determine that monitoring at the entry point to  
the distribution system (especially for undisinfected ground water supplies) is effective to  
differentiate between potential source water and distribution system problems.  
(2) Special purpose samples, such as those taken to determine whether disinfection  
practices are sufficient following pipe placement, replacement, or repair, shall not be  
used to determine whether the coliform treatment technique trigger has been exceeded.  
Repeat samples taken under R 325.10704h are not considered special purpose samples,  
and shall be used to determine whether the coliform treatment technique trigger has been  
exceeded.  
(3) A total coliform-positive sample invalidated under this subrule does not count  
toward meeting the minimum monitoring requirements of these total coliform rules  
R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k. A sample is invalidated under either of the following:  
(a) The department may invalidate a total coliform-positive sample only if 1 or more  
of the following conditions are met:  
(i) The laboratory establishes that improper sample analysis caused the total coliform-  
positive result.  
(ii) The department, on the basis of the results of repeat samples collected as required  
under R 325.10704h(1), determines that the total coliform-positive sample resulted from  
a domestic or other non-distribution system plumbing problem. For example, the  
department determines that the total coliform-positive sample result, which is from a  
sample tap that is approved in the sample siting plan, is isolated to that specific sample  
location. The department shall not invalidate a sample on the basis of repeat sample  
results unless both of the following occur:  
(A) All repeat sample or samples collected at the same tap as the original total  
coliform-positive sample are also total coliform-positive.  
Page 158  
(B) All repeat samples collected at a location other than the original tap are total  
coliform-negative.  
Note to subdivision (ii) of this subrule: For example, the department shall not  
invalidate a total coliform-positive sample on the basis of repeat samples if all the repeat  
samples are total coliform-negative, or if the supply has only 1 service connection.  
(iii) The department has substantial grounds to believe that a total coliform-positive  
result is due to a circumstance or condition that does not reflect water quality in the  
distribution system, such as use of an unapproved sample location or documented gross  
deviation from accepted sample collection procedures that clearly could be expected to  
contaminate the sample itself. In this case, the supply shall still collect all repeat  
samples required under R 325.10704h(1), and use them to determine whether a coliform  
treatment technique trigger in R 325.10704i has been exceeded. To invalidate a total  
coliform-positive sample under this subdivision, the decision and supporting rationale  
shall be documented in writing, and approved and signed by the supervisor of the  
department official who recommended the decision. The department shall make this  
document available to the EPA and the public. The written documentation shall state the  
specific cause of the total coliform-positive sample, and what action the supply has taken,  
or will take, to correct this problem. The department shall not invalidate a total coliform-  
positive sample solely on the grounds that all repeat samples are total coliform-negative.  
(b) Both of the following apply to laboratory invalidation of a sample:  
(i) A laboratory shall invalidate a total coliform sample, unless total coliforms are  
detected, if 1 or more of the following occur:  
(A) The sample produces a turbid culture in the absence of gas production using an  
analytical method where gas formation is examined, for example, the multiple-tube  
fermentation technique.  
(B) The sample produces a turbid culture in the absence of an acid reaction in the  
presence-absence (p-a) coliform test.  
(C) The sample exhibits confluent growth or produces colonies too numerous to count  
with an analytical method using a membrane filter, for example, membrane filter  
technique.  
(ii) If a laboratory invalidates a sample because of the interference, the supply shall  
collect another sample from the same location as the original sample within 24 hours of  
being notified of the interference problem, and have it analyzed for the presence of total  
coliforms. The supply shall continue to resample within 24 hours and have the samples  
analyzed until it obtains a valid result. The department may waive the 24-hour time limit  
on a case-by-case basis.  
History: 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10704d  
Total coliform; routine monitoring; noncommunity; serving  
1,000 or fewer people; groundwater.  
Rule 704d. (1) General total coliform rules routine monitoring requirements are all of  
the following:  
(a) This rule applies to noncommunity water supplies using only ground water, except  
ground water under the direct influence of surface water, as defined in R 325.10105 and  
serving 1,000 or fewer people.  
Page 159  
(b) Following a total coliform-positive sample taken under this rule, supplies shall  
comply with the repeat monitoring requirements and E. coli analytical requirements in  
R 325.10704h.  
(c) Once all monitoring required by this rule and R 325.10704h for a calendar month  
has been completed, supplies shall determine whether 1 or more coliform treatment  
technique triggers in R 325.10704i have been exceeded. If 1 or more trigger has been  
exceeded, supplies shall complete assessments under R 325.10704i.  
(d) For the purpose of determining eligibility for remaining on or qualifying for  
quarterly monitoring under subrules (6)(a)(iv) and (7)(d) of this rule, respectively, for  
transient noncommunity water supplies, the department may elect not to count  
monitoring violations under R 325.10704j(3)(a) if the missed sample is collected no later  
than the end of the monitoring period following the monitoring period in which the  
sample was missed. The supply shall collect the make-up sample in a different week than  
the routine sample for that monitoring period and should collect the sample as soon as  
possible during the monitoring period. The department shall not use this provision to  
reduce monitoring for a supply on increased monitoring in subrule (7) of this rule. This  
authority does not affect monitoring violations in R 325.10704j(3)(a) and reporting  
requirements in R 325.10704k(1)(d).  
(2) Supplies shall monitor each calendar quarter that the supply provides water to the  
public, except for seasonal supplies or as provided under subrules (3) to (8) and (10) of  
this rule. Seasonal supplies shall meet the monitoring requirements of subrule (9) of this  
rule.  
(3)Transition to total coliform rules R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k are both of the  
following requirements:  
(a) Supplies, including seasonal supplies, shall continue to monitor according to the  
total coliform monitoring schedules under R 325.10702, R 325.10704, R 325.10705,  
R 325.10706, R 325.10707, R 325.10707a, R 325.10707b, and R 325.10709 that were in  
effect on March 31, 2016, unless 1 or more of the conditions for increased monitoring in  
subrule (6) of this rule are triggered on or after April 1, 2016, or unless otherwise directed  
by the department.  
(b) Beginning April 1, 2016, the department shall perform a special monitoring  
evaluation during each sanitary survey to review the status of the supply, including the  
distribution system, to determine whether the supply is on an appropriate monitoring  
schedule. After the department has performed the special monitoring evaluation during  
each sanitary survey, the department may modify the supply’s monitoring schedule, as  
necessary, or it may allow the supply to stay on its existing monitoring schedule,  
consistent with this rule. The department shall not allow supplies to begin less frequent  
monitoring under the special monitoring evaluation unless the supply has already met the  
applicable criteria for less frequent monitoring in this rule. For seasonal supplies on  
quarterly monitoring, this evaluation shall include review of the approved sample siting  
plan, which shall designate the time period or periods for monitoring based on site-  
specific considerations, for example, during periods of highest demand or highest  
vulnerability to contamination. The seasonal supply shall collect compliance samples  
during these time periods.  
(4) Beginning no later than calendar year 2017, supplies on annual monitoring shall  
have an initial and recurring annual site visit by the department that is equivalent to a  
Page 160  
level 2 assessment or an annual voluntary level 2 assessment that meets the criteria in  
R 325.10704i(2) to remain on annual monitoring. The periodic required sanitary survey  
may be used to meet the requirement for an annual site visit for the year in which the  
sanitary survey was completed.  
(5) Criteria for annual monitoring are both of the following:  
(a) Beginning April 1, 2016, the department may reduce the monitoring frequency for  
a well-operated ground water supply from quarterly routine monitoring to at least annual  
monitoring, if the supply demonstrates that it meets all of the following criteria for  
reduced monitoring, except for a supply that has been on increased monitoring under  
subrule (6) of this rule:  
(i) The supply has a clean compliance history for a minimum of 12 months.  
(ii) The most recent sanitary survey shows that the supply is free of sanitary defects  
or has corrected all identified sanitary defects, has a protected water source, and meets  
approved construction standards.  
(iii) The department has conducted an annual site visit within the last 12 months and  
the supply has corrected all identified sanitary defects. The supply may substitute a level  
2 assessment that meets the criteria in R 325.10704i(2) for the department annual site  
visit.  
(b) A supply on increased monitoring under subrule (6) of this rule shall meet the  
provisions of subrule (7) of this rule to go to quarterly monitoring and shall meet the  
provisions of subrule (8) of this rule to go to annual monitoring.  
(6) Increased monitoring requirements for supplies on quarterly or annual monitoring  
are both of the following:  
(a) A supply on quarterly or annual monitoring shall begin monthly monitoring the  
month following 1 or more of the following events, except as required in paragraph (v) of  
this subdivision:  
(i) The supply triggers 1 level 2 assessment under R 325.10704i or 2 level 1  
assessments under R 325.10704i in a rolling 12-month period.  
(ii) The supply has an E. coli MCL violation.  
(iii) The supply has a coliform treatment technique violation.  
(iv) The supply on quarterly monitoring experiences either of the following events in  
a rolling 12-month period:  
(A) Two total coliform monitoring violations.  
(B) One total coliform monitoring violation and 1 level 1 assessment under  
R 325.10704i.  
(v) The supply on annual monitoring has 1 total coliform rule monitoring violation.  
The supply shall begin quarterly monitoring the quarter following the event.  
(b) The supply shall continue monthly or quarterly monitoring until the requirements  
in subrule (7) of this rule for quarterly monitoring or subrule (8) of this rule for annual  
monitoring are met. A supply on monthly monitoring for reasons other than those  
identified in subdivision (a)(i) to (iv) of this subrule is not considered to be on increased  
monitoring for the purposes of subrules (7) and (8) of this rule.  
(7) The department may reduce the monitoring frequency for a supply on monthly  
monitoring triggered under subrule (6) of this rule to quarterly monitoring if the supply  
meets all of the following criteria:  
Page 161  
(a) Within the last 12 months, the supply shall have a completed sanitary survey or a  
site visit by the department or a voluntary level 2 assessment by the department.  
(b) The supply is free of sanitary defects.  
(c) The supply has a protected water source.  
(d) The supply has a clean compliance history for a minimum of 12 months.  
(8) The department may reduce the monitoring frequency to annual monitoring for a  
supply on increased monitoring under subrule (6) of this rule if the supply meets the  
criteria in subrule (7) of this rule to reduce to quarterly monitoring plus both of the  
following criteria:  
(a) An annual site visit by the department and correction of all identified sanitary  
defects. The supply may substitute a voluntary level 2 assessment by the department for  
the department annual site visit in a given year.  
(b) The supply shall have in place or adopt 1 or more of the following additional  
enhancements to the water supply barriers to contamination:  
(i) Cross connection control, as approved by the department.  
(ii) An operator certified by the department or regular visits by a circuit rider certified  
by the department.  
(iii) Continuous disinfection entering the distribution system and a residual in the  
distribution system under criteria specified by the department.  
(iv) Demonstration of maintenance of at least a 4-log removal or inactivation of  
viruses as provided for under R 325.10739a(3).  
(v) Other equivalent enhancements to water supply barriers as approved by the  
department.  
(9) Seasonal supplies shall comply with all of the following:  
(a) Beginning April 1, 2016, all seasonal supplies shall complete the department-  
approved start-up procedure, which may include a requirement for startup sampling, and  
submit a certification to the department, before serving water to the public, that it has  
completed the department-approved start-up procedures.  
(b) A seasonal supply shall monitor every month that it is in operation unless it is  
eligible for quarterly monitoring beginning April 1, 2016, except as provided in subrule  
(3) of this rule. Seasonal supplies shall not reduce to annual monitoring. To be eligible  
for quarterly monitoring, a seasonal system shall meet both of the following criteria:  
(i) Have an approved sample siting plan that designates the time period for  
monitoring based on site-specific considerations, for example, during periods of highest  
demand or highest vulnerability to contamination. Seasonal supplies shall collect  
compliance samples during this time period.  
(ii) Meet the criteria in subrule (7) of this rule.  
(c) The department may exempt a seasonal supply from some or all of the  
requirements for seasonal supplies if the entire distribution system remains pressurized  
during the entire period that the supply is not operating, except that supplies that monitor  
less frequently than monthly shall monitor during the vulnerable period designated by the  
department.  
(10) Supplies collecting samples on a quarterly or annual frequency shall conduct  
additional routine monitoring the month following 1 or more total coliform-positive  
samples, with or without a level 1 treatment technique trigger. Supplies shall collect at  
least 3 routine samples during the next month. Supplies may either collect samples at  
Page 162  
regular time intervals throughout the month or may collect all required routine samples  
on a single day if samples are taken from different sites. Supplies shall use the results of  
additional routine samples in coliform treatment technique trigger calculations under  
R 325.10704i(1). The department may waive the requirement to collect 3 routine  
samples the next month in which the supply provides water to the public if 1 or more of  
the following conditions are met:  
(a) The department, or an agent approved by the department, performs a site visit  
before the end of the next month in which the supply provides water to the public.  
Although a sanitary survey need not be performed, the site visit shall be sufficiently  
detailed to allow the department to determine whether additional monitoring or corrective  
action, or both, is needed. The department shall not approve an employee of the supply to  
perform this site visit, even if the employee is an agent approved by the department to  
perform sanitary surveys.  
(b) The department has determined why the sample was total coliform-positive and  
has established that the supply has corrected the problem or will correct the problem  
before the end of the next month in which the supply serves water to the public. In this  
case, the department shall document this decision to waive the following month's  
additional monitoring requirement in writing, have it approved and signed by the  
supervisor of the department official who recommends the decision, and make this  
document available to the EPA and public. The written documentation shall describe the  
specific cause of the total coliform-positive sample and what action the supply has taken  
and/or will take to correct this problem.  
(c) The department determines that the supply has corrected the contamination  
problem before the supply takes the set of repeat samples required in R 325.10704h, and  
all repeat samples were total coliform-negative. The department shall not waive the  
requirement to collect 3 additional routine samples the next month in which the supply  
provides water to the public solely on the grounds that all repeat samples are total  
coliform-negative.  
History: 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10704e Total coliform; routine monitoring; community; serving 1,000 or  
fewer people; groundwater.  
Rule 704e. (1) General total coliform rules routine monitoring requirements are all of  
the following:  
(a) This rule applies to community water supplies using only ground water, except  
ground water under the direct influence of surface water, as defined in R 325.10105 and  
serving 1,000 or fewer people.  
(b) Following a total coliform-positive sample taken under this rule, supplies shall  
comply with the repeat monitoring requirements and E. coli analytical requirements in  
R 325.10704h.  
(c) Once all monitoring required by this rule and R 325.10704h for a calendar month  
has been completed, supplies shall determine whether 1 or more coliform treatment  
technique triggers in R 325.10704i have been exceeded. If a trigger has been exceeded,  
supplies shall complete assessments under R 325.10704i.  
Page 163  
(2) The monitoring frequency for total coliforms is 1 sample per month. Supplies  
shall not reduce monitoring frequency.  
R 325.10704f Total coliform; routine monitoring; subpart H; serving 1,000 or  
fewer people.  
Rule 704f. (1) General total coliform rules routine monitoring requirements are all of  
the following:  
(a) This rule applies to subpart H community and noncommunity water supplies  
serving 1,000 or fewer people.  
(b) Following a total coliform-positive sample taken under this rule, supplies shall  
comply with the repeat monitoring requirements and E. coli analytical requirements in  
R 325.10704h.  
(c) Once all monitoring under this rule and R 325.10704h for a calendar month has  
been completed, supplies shall determine whether 1 or more coliform treatment technique  
triggers in R 325.10704i have been exceeded. If a trigger has been exceeded, supplies  
shall complete assessments under R 325.10704i.  
(d) Seasonal supplies shall comply with both of the following:  
(i) Beginning April 1, 2016, all seasonal supplies shall complete the department-  
approved start-up procedure, which may include a requirement for startup sampling, and  
submit a certification to the department, before serving water to the public, that it has  
completed the department-approved start-up procedures.  
(ii) The department may exempt a seasonal supply from some or all of the  
requirements for seasonal supplies if the entire distribution system remains pressurized  
during the entire period that the supply is not operating.  
(2) Routine monitoring frequency for total coliforms. Subpart H supplies, including  
consecutive supplies shall monitor monthly. Supplies shall not reduce monitoring.  
History: 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10704g  
Total coliform; routine monitoring; community and  
noncommunity; serving more than 1,000 people.  
Rule 704g. (1) General total coliform rules routine monitoring requirements are all of  
the following:  
(a) This rule applies to community and noncommunity water supplies serving more  
than 1,000 persons.  
(b) Following a total coliform-positive sample taken under this rule, supplies shall  
comply with the repeat monitoring requirements and E. coli analytical requirements in  
R 325.10704h.  
(c) Once all monitoring required by this rule and R 325.10704h for a calendar month  
has been completed, supplies shall determine whether 1 or more coliform treatment  
technique triggers in R 325.10704i have been exceeded. If a trigger has been exceeded,  
supplies shall complete assessments under R 325.10704i.  
(d) Seasonal supplies shall comply with both of the following:  
(i) Beginning April 1, 2016, all seasonal supplies shall complete the department-  
approved start-up procedure, which may include a requirement for startup sampling, and  
Page 164  
submit a certification to the department, before serving water to the public, that it has  
completed the department-approved start-up procedures.  
(ii) The department may exempt a seasonal supply from some or all of the  
requirements for seasonal supplies if the entire distribution system remains pressurized  
during the entire period that the supply is not operating.  
(2) The monitoring frequency for total coliforms is based on the population served by  
the supply, as follows:  
Total Coliform Monitoring Frequency for Community and Noncommunity Water  
Supplies Serving More Than 1,000 People  
Population served  
1,001 to 2,500  
Minimum number of samples per month  
2
2,501 to 3,300  
3
3,301 to 4,100  
4
4,101 to 4,900  
5
4,901 to 5,800  
6
5,801 to 6,700  
7
6,701 to 7,600  
8
7,601 to 8,500  
9
8,501 to 12,900  
10  
15  
20  
25  
30  
40  
50  
60  
70  
80  
90  
100  
120  
150  
180  
210  
240  
270  
300  
330  
360  
390  
420  
450  
480  
12,901 to 17,200  
17,201 to 21,500  
21,501 to 25,000  
25,001 to 33,000  
33,001 to 41,000  
41,001 to 50,000  
50,001 to 59,000  
59,001 to 70,000  
70,001 to 83,000  
83,001 to 96,000  
96,001 to 130,000  
130,001 to 220,000  
220,001 to 320,000  
320,001 to 450,000  
450,001 to 600,000  
600,001 to 780,000  
780,001 to 970,000  
970,001 to 1,230,000  
1,230,001 to 1,520,000  
1,520,001 to 1,850,000  
1,850,001 to 2,270,000  
2,270,001 to 3,020,000  
3,020,001 to 3,960,000  
3,960,001 or more  
Page 165  
(3) Supplies shall not reduce monitoring, except for noncommunity water supplies  
using only ground water, and not ground water under the direct influence of surface  
water, serving 1,000 or fewer people in some months and more than 1,000 persons in  
other months. In months when more than 1,000 persons are served, the supplies shall  
monitor at the frequency in subrule (2) of this rule. In months when 1,000 or fewer  
people are served, the department may reduce the monitoring frequency, in writing, to a  
frequency allowed under R 325.10704d for a similarly situated supply that always serves  
1,000 or fewer people, considering the requirements of R 325.10704d(5) to (7).  
History: 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10704h Total coliform; repeat monitoring; E. coli.  
Rule 704h. (1) Total coliform rules repeat monitoring requirements are all of the  
following:  
(a) If a sample taken under R 325.10704d to R325.10704g is total coliform-positive,  
the supply shall collect a set of repeat samples within 24 hours of being notified of the  
positive result. The supply shall collect not fewer than 3 repeat samples for each total  
coliform-positive sample found. The department may extend the 24-hour limit on a case-  
by-case basis if the supply has a logistical problem in collecting the repeat samples within  
24 hours that is beyond its control. In the case of an extension, the department shall  
specify how much time the system has to collect the repeat sample. The department shall  
not waive the requirement for a supply to collect repeat samples in this subdivision and  
subdivisions (b) to (c) of this subrule.  
(b) The supply shall collect all repeat samples on the same day, except that the  
department may allow a supply with a single service connection to collect the required set  
of repeat samples over a 3-day period or to collect a larger volume repeat sample or  
samples in 1 or more sample containers of any size, as long as the total volume collected  
is at least 300 ml.  
(c) The supply shall collect an additional set of repeat samples in the manner  
specified in subdivisions (a) and (b) and this subdivision of this subrule if 1 or more  
repeat samples in the current set of repeat samples is total coliform-positive. The supply  
shall collect the additional set of repeat samples within 24 hours of being notified of the  
positive result, unless the department extends the limit under subdivision (a) of this  
subrule. The supply shall continue to collect additional sets of repeat samples until either  
total coliforms are not detected in 1 complete set of repeat samples or the supply  
determines that a coliform treatment technique trigger specified in R 325.10704i(1) has  
been exceeded as a result of a repeat sample being total coliform-positive and notifies the  
department. If a trigger identified in R 325.10704i is exceeded as a result of a routine  
sample being total coliform-positive, the supply shall conduct 1 round of repeat  
monitoring, but is not required to conduct more than 1 round of repeat monitoring for  
each total coliform-positive routine sample.  
(d) After a supply collects a routine sample and before it learns the results of the  
analysis of that sample, if it collects another routine sample or samples from within 5  
adjacent service connections of the initial sample, and the initial sample, after analysis, is  
found to contain total coliforms, then the supply may count the subsequent sample or  
samples as a repeat sample instead of as a routine sample.  
Page 166  
(e) Results of all routine and repeat samples taken under R 325.10704d to  
R 325.10704h not invalidated by the department shall be used to determine whether a  
coliform treatment technique trigger in R 325.10704i has been exceeded.  
(2) Escherichia coli (E. coli) testing requirements are both of the following:  
(a) If a routine or repeat sample is total coliform-positive, the supply shall analyze  
that total coliform-positive culture medium to determine if E. coli are present. If E. coli  
are present, the supply shall notify the department by the end of the day when the supply  
is notified of the test result, unless the supply is notified of the result after the department  
office is closed and the department does not have either an after-hours phone line or an  
alternative notification procedure, in which case the supply shall notify the department  
before the end of the next business day.  
(b) The department may allow a supply, on a case-by-case basis, to forgo E. coli  
testing on a total coliform-positive sample if the supply assumes that the total coliform-  
positive sample is E. coli-positive. Accordingly, the supply shall notify the department  
under subdivision (a) of this subrule and the E. coli maximum contaminant level  
provisions of R 325.10602(1) apply.  
History: 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10704i Total coliform; treatment technique triggers; assessments.  
Rule 704i. (1) Supplies shall conduct assessments under subrule (2) of this rule after  
exceeding treatment technique triggers in this subrule.  
(a) Level 1 treatment technique triggers are all of the following:  
(i) For supplies taking 40 or more samples per month, the supply exceeds 5.0% total  
coliform-positive samples for the month.  
(ii) For supplies taking fewer than 40 samples per month, the supply has 2 or more  
total coliform-positive samples in the same month.  
(iii) The supply fails to take every required repeat sample after a single total coliform-  
positive sample.  
(b) Level 2 treatment technique triggers are all of the following:  
(i) An E. coli MCL violation in R 325.10704j(1).  
(ii) A second level 1 trigger as defined in subdivision (a) of this subrule, within a  
rolling 12-month period, unless the department has determined a likely reason that the  
samples that caused the first level 1 treatment technique trigger were total coliform-  
positive and has established that the supply has corrected the problem.  
(iii) For supplies with approved annual monitoring, a level 1 trigger in 2 consecutive  
years.  
(2) Assessment requirements are all of the following:  
(a) Supplies shall ensure that level 1 and 2 assessments are conducted to identify the  
possible presence of sanitary defects and defects in distribution system coliform  
monitoring practices. Level 2 assessments shall be conducted by the department.  
(b) When conducting assessments, supplies shall ensure that the assessor evaluates all  
of the following minimum elements:  
(i) Review and identification of inadequacies in sample sites.  
(ii) Sampling protocol.  
(iii) Sample processing.  
Page 167  
(iv) Atypical events that could affect distributed water quality or indicate that  
distributed water quality was impaired.  
(v) Changes in distribution system maintenance and operation that could affect  
distributed water quality, including water storage.  
(vi) Source and treatment considerations that bear on distributed water quality, where  
appropriate, for example, small ground water supplies.  
(vii) Existing water quality monitoring data.  
Note to subdivision (b) of this subrule: The supply shall conduct the assessment  
consistent with department directives that tailor specific assessment elements with respect  
to the size and type of the supply and the size, type, and characteristics of the distribution  
system.  
(c) A supply shall conduct a level 1 assessment consistent with department  
requirements if the supply exceeds 1 of the level 1 treatment technique triggers in subrule  
(1)(a) of this rule. All of the following apply to level 1 assessments:  
(i) The supply shall complete a level 1 assessment as soon as practical after a trigger  
in subrule (1)(a) of this rule. In the completed assessment form, the supply shall describe  
sanitary defects detected, corrective actions completed, and a proposed timetable for each  
corrective action not already completed. The assessment form may also note that no  
sanitary defects were identified. The supply shall submit the completed level 1  
assessment form to the department within 30 days after the supply learns that it has  
exceeded a trigger.  
(ii) If the department reviews the completed level 1 assessment and determines that  
the assessment is not sufficient, including the proposed timetable for each corrective  
action not already completed, the department shall consult with the supply. If the  
department requires revisions after consultation, the supply shall submit a revised  
assessment form to the department on an agreed-upon schedule not to exceed 30 days  
from the date of the consultation.  
(iii) Upon completion and submission of the assessment form by the supply, the  
department shall determine if the supply has identified a likely cause for the level 1  
trigger and, if so, establish that the supply has corrected the problem, or has included a  
schedule acceptable to the department for correcting the problem.  
(d) A supply shall undergo a level 2 assessment if the supply exceeds 1 of the  
treatment technique triggers in subrule (1)(b) of this rule. The supply shall comply with  
any expedited actions or additional actions required by the department in the case of an E.  
coli MCL violation. The supply shall undergo a level 2 assessment by the department as  
soon as practical after a trigger in subrule (1)(b) of this rule. The assessment form shall  
describe sanitary defects detected, corrective actions completed, and a timetable for each  
corrective action not already completed. The assessment form may also note that no  
sanitary defects were identified. The department shall determine whether the likely cause  
for the Level 2 trigger has been identified and whether the supply has corrected the  
problem.  
(3) Supplies shall correct sanitary defects found through either level 1 or 2  
assessments conducted under subrule (2) of this rule. For corrections not completed by  
the time of submission of the assessment form, the supply shall complete the corrective  
action or actions in compliance with a timetable approved by the department in  
Page 168  
consultation with the supply. The supply shall notify the department when each  
scheduled corrective action is completed.  
(4) At any time during the assessment or corrective action phase, either the water  
supply or the department may request a consultation with the other person to determine  
the appropriate actions to be taken. The supply may consult with the department on all  
relevant information that may impact on its ability to comply with a requirement of these  
total coliform rules R 325.10704a to R 325.10704k, including the method of  
accomplishment, an appropriate time frame, and other relevant information.  
History: 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10704j Total coliform; violations.  
Rule 704j. (1) A supply is in violation of the MCL for E. coli when 1 or more of the  
following conditions occur:  
(a) The supply has an E. coli-positive repeat sample following a total coliform-  
positive routine sample.  
(b) The supply has a total coliform-positive repeat sample following an E. coli-  
positive routine sample.  
(c) The supply fails to take all required repeat samples following an E. coli-positive  
routine sample.  
(d) The supply fails to test for E. coli when a repeat sample tests positive for total  
coliform.  
(2) Treatment technique violations are both of the following:  
(a) A supply exceeds a treatment technique trigger in R 325.10704i(1) and then fails  
to conduct the required assessment or corrective actions within the time frame in  
R 325.10704i(2) and (3).  
(b) A seasonal supply fails to complete a department-approved start-up procedure  
before serving water to the public.  
(3) Monitoring violations are both of the following:  
(a) Failure to take every required routine or additional routine sample in a compliance  
period.  
(b) Failure to analyze for E. coli following a total coliform-positive routine sample.  
(4) Reporting violations are all of the following:  
(a) Failure to submit a monitoring report or completed assessment form after a supply  
properly conducts monitoring or assessment in a timely manner.  
(b) Failure to notify the department following an E. coli-positive sample under  
R 325.10704h(2)(a) in a timely manner.  
(c) Failure to submit certification of completion of department-approved start-up  
procedure by a seasonal supply.  
History: 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10704k Total coliform; reporting and recordkeeping.  
Rule 704k. (1) Reporting requirements for supplies subject to the total coliform rules  
in R 325.10704a are all of the following:  
Page 169  
(a) E. coli reporting requirements are both of the following:  
(i) A supply shall notify the department by the end of the day when the supply learns  
of an E. coli MCL violation, unless the supply learns of the violation after the department  
office is closed and the department does not have either an after-hours phone line or an  
alternative notification procedure, in which case the supply shall notify the department  
before the end of the next business day, and notify the public under R 325.10401a to  
R 325.10409.  
(ii) A supply shall notify the department by the end of the day when the supply is  
notified of an E. coli-positive routine sample, unless the supply is notified of the result  
after the department office is closed and the department does not have either an after-  
hours phone line or an alternative notification procedure, in which case the supply shall  
notify the department before the end of the next business day.  
(b) A supply that has violated the treatment technique for coliforms in R 325.10704i  
shall report the violation to the department no later than the end of the next business day  
after it learns of the violation, and notify the public under R 325.10401a to R 325.10409.  
(c) A supply required to conduct an assessment under R 325.10704i shall submit the  
assessment report within 30 days. The supply shall notify the department under  
R 325.10704i(3) when each scheduled corrective action is completed for corrections not  
completed by the time of submission of the assessment form.  
(d) A supply that has failed to comply with a coliform monitoring requirement shall  
report the monitoring violation to the department within 10 days after the supply  
discovers the violation, and notify the public under R 325.10401a to R 325.10409.  
(e) A seasonal supply shall submit a certification to the department, before serving  
water to the public, that it has completed the department-approved start-up procedures.  
(2) A supply shall maintain records under R 325.11510.  
History: 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10705 Collection and analysis of samples for coliform bacteria;  
community water systems.  
Rule 705. (1) A supplier of water of a community water system shall collect  
samples of water to be analyzed for the presence of  
coliform bacteria at sites  
which are representative of water throughout the distribution system according to a  
written sample siting plan that is subject to department review and revision.  
(2) The monitoring frequency for total coliforms for a community water system  
is based on the population served by the system as set forth in table 1 of this rule:  
Table 1 Total Coliform Monitoring Frequency for Community Water Supplies  
Population Served  
25 to 1,000 *  
Minimum Number of Samples Per Month  
1
2
3
1,001 to 2,500  
2,501 to 3,300  
Page 170  
3,301 to 4,100  
4
4,101 to 4,900  
5
4,901 to 5,800  
6
5,801 to 6,700  
7
6,701 to 7,600  
8
7,601 to 8,500  
9
8,501 to 12,900  
12,901 to 17,200  
17,201 to 21,500  
21,501 to 25,000  
25,001 to 33,000  
33,001 to 41,000  
41,001 to 50,000  
50,001 to 59,000  
59,001 to 70,000  
70,001 to 83,000  
83,001 to 96,000  
96,001 to 130,000  
130,001 to 220,000  
220,001 to 320,000  
320,001 to 450,000  
450,001 to 600,000  
600,001 to 780,000  
780,001 to 970,000  
10  
15  
20  
25  
30  
40  
50  
60  
70  
80  
90  
100  
120  
150  
180  
210  
240  
270  
Page 171  
970,001 to 1,230,000  
1,230,001 to 1,520,000  
1,520,001 to 1,850,000  
1,850,001 to 2,270,000  
2,270,001 to 3,020,000  
3,020,001 to 3,960,000  
3,960,001 or more  
300  
330  
360  
390  
420  
450  
480  
* Includes public water supplies which have not less than 15 service  
connections, but which serve fewer than 25 persons.  
(3) If a community water system that serves 25 to 1,000 persons does not have a  
history of total coliform contamination in its current configuration and a sanitary survey  
conducted in the past 5 years shows  
protected groundwater source and is  
that  
the system is supplied solely by a  
free of sanitary defects, the department may  
reduce the monitoring frequency specified in table 1 of this rule, except that the  
department shall not reduce the monitoring frequency to less than 1 sample per  
quarter. To be valid, the reduced monitoring frequency shall be approved, in writing,  
by the department.  
(4) Suppliers of water for all community water systems and noncommunity water  
systems shall collect samples at  
monitoring period, except for those groundwater supplies which serve fewer than  
4,901 persons and which are not influenced by surface water. Groundwater  
regular  
time  
intervals throughout the  
suppliers that serve fewer than 4,901 persons may collect all required samples on a  
single day if the samples are taken from different sites.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 2002 AACS.  
R 325.10706 Collection and analysis of samples for coliform bacteria;  
noncommunity water system.  
Rule 706. (1) A supplier of a noncommunity water system shall collect  
samples for total coliform analysis at sites representative of the water throughout the  
distribution system according to a written sample siting plan that is subject to  
department review and revision.  
(2) A supplier of a noncommunity water system shall monitor as follows:  
(a) A supplier of a noncommunity water system serving more than 1,000 people  
shall monitor at the same frequency as a like-sized community water system as  
specified in table 1 of R 325.10705.  
Page 172  
(b) A supplier of a noncommunity water system for which complete treatment is  
required under R 325.10611(1) shall monitor at the same frequency as a like-sized  
community water system as specified in table 1 of R 325.10705.  
(c) A supplier of a system using only groundwater not under the direct  
influence of surface water and serving fewer than 1,001 people shall monitor each  
calendar quarter that the system provides water to the public.  
(3) The department, based on  
a
satisfactory sanitary survey of  
a
noncommunity water system serving fewer than 1,001 people with  
a
protected  
groundwater source, may vary the frequency of sampling. However, the frequency  
shall be at least once per year. The decision to reduce the monitoring frequency shall  
be in writing.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 2003 AACS.  
R 325.10707 Repeat monitoring for coliform bacteria.  
Rule 707. (1) If a routine sample is total coliform-positive, a supplier of water shall  
collect a set of repeat samples within 24 hours of being notified of the positive  
result. If a supplier of water is required to collect more than 1 routine sample per  
month, the supplier shall collect not less than 3 repeat samples for each total  
coliform-positive sample found. If a supplier of water is required to collect not more  
than 1 routine sample per month, the supplier shall collect not less than 4 repeat  
samples for each total coliform-positive sample found.  
The department may  
extend for a specified time the 24-hour limit on a case-by-case basis if the system  
has a logistical problem beyond its control in collecting the repeat samples within 24  
hours. The requirements for a supplier of water to collect repeat samples shall not be  
waived.  
(2) A supplier of water shall collect at least 1 repeat sample from the sampling tap  
where the original total coliform-positive sample was taken and at least 1 repeat  
sample at a tap within 5 service connections upstream and at least 1 repeat  
sample at a tap within 5 service connections downstream of the original sampling  
site.  
(3) If a supplier of water collects a routine sample from within 5 adjacent  
service connections of a previous coliform-positive sample before being notified of this  
result, the most recent sample may be considered a repeat sample instead of a routine  
sample.  
(4) A supplier of water shall collect all repeat samples on the same day, except  
that for a water supply with a single-service connection, a supplier of water may  
collect the required repeat samples once a day over a 4-day period or collect a large  
volume repeat sample or samples in 1 or more sample containers of any size if the total  
volume collected is not less than 400 milliliters or not less than 300 milliliters for  
suppliers of systems who collect more than 1 routine sample per month.  
(5) If 1 or more repeat samples in the set is total coliform-positive, the public  
water supplier shall collect an additional set of repeat samples, as set forth in this  
subrule and subrules (1), (2), and (4) of this rule, and the owner of the public water  
supply shall notify the department not later than 24 hours or the next business day  
after learning of the results. The additional samples shall be collected within 24 hours  
Page 173  
of notification of the positive result, unless the department extends the limit as provided  
in subrule (1) of this rule. A supplier of water shall repeat this process until either total  
coliforms are not detected in 1 complete set of repeat samples or the supplier of water  
determines that the MCL for total coliforms has been exceeded and notifies the  
department.  
(6) When it is determined that an MCL violation for coliform bacteria has  
occurred, a supplier of water shall do all of the following:  
(a) Initiate an investigation to determine the extent of the problem, which may  
include the collection of additional samples.  
(b) Initiate precautionary measures and appropriate corrective actions as required  
by the department until it is determined by the department that the problem has been  
resolved.  
(c) Conduct additional sampling at a frequency approved by the department  
until such time that it is determined the problem has been resolved.  
(7) If a supplier of water who collects less than 5 routine samples per month has 1  
or more total coliform-positive samples and the department does not invalidate the  
sample or samples pursuant to the provisions of R 325.10707a, the supplier shall collect  
not less than 5 routine samples during the next month that the supply provides water to  
the public.  
(8) The department may waive the requirement to collect 5 routine samples during  
the next month that the supplier provides water to the public if the department  
performs a site visit before the end of the next month that the supplier provides water  
to the public. The site visit shall be sufficiently detailed to allow the department to  
determine whether additional monitoring or corrective action, or both, is needed.  
An employee of the supplier is not eligible to perform this site visit.  
(9) The department may waive the requirement to collect 5 routine samples  
during the next month that the supplier provides water to the public if the  
department has determined why the sample was total coliform-positive and  
establishes that the supplier of water has corrected the problem or will correct the  
problem before the end of the next month that the supplier provides water to the  
public. The department's decision to waive the following month's additional monitoring  
requirement shall be in writing and shall be available to the EPA and the  
public. The requirement to collect 5 routine samples during the next month that the  
supplier provides water to the public shall not be waived solely because all repeat  
samples are total coliform-negative. A supplier of water shall collect and have  
analyzed at least 1 routine sample before the end of the next month the supplier serves  
water to the public and use it to determine compliance with the MCL for total coliform,  
unless the department has determined that the supplier of water has corrected the  
contamination problem before the supplier of water took the set of repeat samples and  
all repeat samples were total coliform-negative.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS.  
R 325.10707a Invalidation of total coliform samples.  
Rule 707a.  
(1) A total coliform sample result may be invalidated by the  
department in 1 or more of the following instances:  
Page 174  
(a) A laboratory determines that analytical results are invalid due to any of the  
following situations:  
(i) In the absence of gas, any turbid culture in the mtf or p-a techniques.  
(ii) Confluent growth.  
(iii) Any sample that is inoculated 30 hours or more after it was collected.  
(iv) Improper sample analysis caused a total coliform positive result. If a sample is  
invalidated under this subdivision, the water supply shall collect another sample from  
the same location as the original sample within 24 hours of being notified until a valid  
result is obtained. The department may waive the 24-hour time limit on a case-by-case  
basis.  
(b) The department, on the basis of the results of repeat samples, determines  
that the total coliform positive sample result, which is from a sample tap that is  
approved in the sample siting plan, is isolated to that specific sample location. An  
invalidation under this subrule may occur only if the repeat samples from the same  
sampling location are total coliform positive and all other repeat samples are total  
coliform negative.  
(c) Substantial evidence suggests that a total coliform positive result is due to use of  
an unapproved sample location or documented gross deviation from accepted sample  
collection procedures that clearly could be expected to contaminate the sample itself and  
the result does not reflect water quality in the distribution system. The water supply  
shall still collect all required repeat samples from approved sites on the sample siting  
plan.  
(2) The decision to invalidate a total coliform positive sample shall be in writing and  
available to EPA and the public.  
(3) A total coliform positive sample shall not be invalidated solely because all  
repeat samples are total coliform negative.  
History: 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10707b General notification requirements for total coliform and fecal  
coliform/Escherichia coli (E. coli).  
Rule 707b. (1) Except as noted in this rule, a supplier of  
a
public water system  
shall report to the department the results of the analyses as required in R 325.10734(1).  
(2) A supplier that has failed to comply with a coliform monitoring  
requirement, including the sanitary survey requirement, shall report the monitoring  
violation to the department within 10 days after the system discovers the violation.  
(3) A supplier of a public water system that exceeded the MCL for total  
coliform under R 325.10602 shall report the violation to the department not later  
than the end of the next business day after the supplier learns of the violation.  
(4) If fecal coliform or E. coli are determined to be present in any routine or  
repeat sample, the supplier shall notify the department by the end of the day that the  
supplier is notified of the test result, unless the supplier is notified of the result after  
the department office is closed, in which case the supplier shall notify the department  
before the end of the next business day.  
History: 1991 AACS; 2003 AACS.  
Page 175  
R 325.10708 Collection of additional samples.  
Rule 708. (1) A single sample shall not be attributed to more than 1 monitoring period.  
(2) If a sample that is needed to meet monitoring requirements is invalidated under these  
rules, and the public water supply does not learn of the invalidation until after the  
monitoring period has ended, and the supply collects a valid sample when they learn of  
the invalidation, then the valid sample may be used to determine compliance with these  
rules for the monitoring period that has ended.  
(3) If the department collects a sample for the purpose of enforcement when a public  
water supply is delinquent in meeting a monitoring requirement, then the sample  
collected after the monitoring period has ended may be used to determine compliance  
with these rules for the monitoring period that has ended.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10709 Special purpose and invalidated samples.  
Rule 709. Special purpose samples, such as those taken following water main  
placement, replacement or repair, and samples invalidated pursuant to the provisions of  
R 325.10707a shall not be used to determine compliance with the provisions of R  
325.10705 and R 325.10706.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 1998 AACS.  
R 325.10710 Collection and analysis of samples for inorganic chemicals.  
Rule 710. (1) Suppliers of water of community and noncommunity water  
systems shall collect water samples and cause analyses to be made for inorganic  
chemicals to determine compliance with the state drinking water standards in R  
325.10604c. Suppliers shall monitor at the time designated by the department  
during each compliance period.  
(2) The department may require samples to be collected and analyzed at a  
prescribed frequency for inorganic chemicals for type III public water supplies.  
(3) Beginning in the initial compliance period, suppliers of  
nontransient, noncommunity water systems shall monitor under this rule to determine  
compliance with the MCLs for inorganic contaminants in R 325.10604c.  
community and  
Beginning in the initial compliance period, suppliers of transient, noncommunity  
water systems shall monitor under this rule to determine compliance with the nitrate,  
nitrite, and total nitrate and nitrite MCLs in R 325.10604c.  
(4) Suppliers shall monitor in the following manner:  
(a) Suppliers of groundwater systems shall take at least 1 sample at every entry  
point to the distribution system representative of each well after treatment, also known  
as sampling point. The supplier shall take each sample at the same sampling point  
unless conditions make another sampling point more representative of each source or  
treatment plant.  
Page 176  
(b) Suppliers of surface water systems, or combined surface water and  
groundwater systems, shall take at least 1 sample at every entry point to the distribution  
system after the application of treatment or in the distribution system at a sampling  
point that is representative of each source after treatment, also known as sampling point.  
The supplier shall take each sample at the same sampling point unless conditions make  
another sampling point more representative of each source or treatment plant.  
(c) If a system draws water from more than 1 source and the  
sources are  
combined before distribution, then the supplier shall sample at an entry point to the  
distribution system during periods when water is representative of all sources being  
used.  
(d) The total number of samples that shall be analyzed to  
meet the  
requirements of this rule may be reduced by the department when compositing of  
samples is utilized. Provisions for compositing of samples are as follows:  
(i) Composite samples from a maximum of 5 sampling points are allowed.  
(ii) Compositing of samples shall be done in the laboratory.  
(iii) If the concentration in the composite sample is greater than or equal to 1/5  
of the MCL of any inorganic chemical, then a follow-up sample shall be collected  
within 14 days from each sampling point included in the composite. These samples  
shall be analyzed for the contaminants that exceeded 1/5 of the MCL in the composite  
sample.  
(iv) Compositing shall only be performed using samples from within a single  
water system.  
(v) If duplicates of the original sample taken from each sampling point used in the  
composite are available, then the supplier may use these instead of resampling.  
The duplicates shall be analyzed and the results reported to the department within 14  
days after completing analysis of the composite sample if the holding time of the  
sample is not exceeded.  
(5) The monitoring frequency conducted to determine compliance with the MCLs  
in R 325.10604c for antimony, arsenic, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium,  
cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium, and thallium shall be as follows:  
(a) Suppliers of groundwater systems shall take 1 sample at each sampling point  
during each compliance period. Suppliers of surface water systems, or combined  
surface water and groundwater systems, shall take 1 sample annually at each sampling  
point.  
(b) A supplier may apply to the department for a waiver from the monitoring  
frequencies specified in subdivision (a) of this subrule. The department may grant a  
waiver for monitoring cyanide if the department determines the system is not  
vulnerable due to the lack of any industrial source of cyanide. Waiver provisions are as  
follows:  
(i) A supplier shall take at least 1 sample while the waiver is effective.  
(ii) The term during which a waiver is effective shall not be more than 1  
compliance cycle.  
(iii) A waiver may be granted if a surface water supplier has monitored  
annually for not less than 3 years or a groundwater supplier has conducted not less than  
3 rounds of monitoring. At least 1 sample shall have been taken since January 1,  
1990. Both surface and groundwater suppliers shall demonstrate that all previous  
Page 177  
analytical results were less than the MCL. Supplies that use a new water source are not  
eligible for a waiver until 3 rounds of monitoring from the new source have been  
completed.  
(iv) The department shall consider all of the following factors to determine the  
appropriate reduced monitoring frequency:  
(A) Reported concentrations from all previous monitoring.  
(B) The degree of variation in reported concentrations.  
(C) Other factors that may affect contaminant concentrations, such as changes in  
any of the following:  
(1) Groundwater pumping rates.  
(2) The system's configuration.  
(3) The system's operating procedures.  
(4) Stream flows or characteristics.  
(v) A waiver shall be in writing and shall set forth the basis  
for the  
determination. The determination may be initiated by the department or upon an  
application by the public water supplier specifying the basis for its request. The  
department may revise the determination based on new data.  
(c) Suppliers of systems exceeding the MCLs in R 325.10604c shall monitor  
quarterly beginning in the next quarter after the  
violation occurred. The  
department may decrease the quarterly monitoring requirement to the  
frequencies specified in subdivisions (a) and (b) of this subrule if it has determined  
that the system is reliably and consistently below the MCL. A groundwater  
supplier shall take not fewer than 2 quarterly samples and a surface water supplier  
shall take not fewer than 4 quarterly samples before the department's determination.  
(d) All new supplies or supplies that use a new source  
demonstrate compliance with the MCLs before serving water to the public except as  
otherwise required in this subdivision. The supply shall also comply with the  
of  
water shall  
initial sampling frequencies specified by the department to ensure a system can  
demonstrate compliance with the MCLs. Before January 23, 2006, new nontransient  
noncommunity water supplies or supplies that use a new source of water that exceed  
the arsenic MCL of 0.010 mg/l may use the source only if the supply complies with  
a
consent agreement with the department stipulating a plan and schedule satisfactory  
to the department to meet the MCL.  
(6) The following monitoring frequency shall be conducted to determine  
compliance with the MCL in R 325.10604c for asbestos:  
(a) Suppliers of each community and nontransient, noncommunity water system  
shall monitor for asbestos during the first 3-year compliance period of each 9-year  
compliance cycle.  
(b) If the supplier believes its water is not vulnerable to  
either asbestos  
contamination in its source water or asbestos contamination due to corrosion of  
asbestos-cement pipe, or both, then it may apply to the department for a waiver of  
the monitoring requirement in subdivision (a) of this subrule. If the department grants  
the waiver, then the supplier is not required to monitor. A waiver remains in  
effect until the completion of the 3-year compliance period. The department may  
grant a waiver based on a consideration of both of the following factors:  
(i) Potential asbestos contamination of the water source.  
Page 178  
(ii) The use of asbestos-cement pipe for finished water distribution and the  
corrosive nature of the water.  
(c) A supplier of a system vulnerable to asbestos contamination due solely to the  
corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe shall take 1 sample at a tap served by asbestos-cement  
pipe and under conditions where asbestos contamination is most likely to occur.  
(d) A supplier of a system vulnerable to asbestos contamination due solely to source  
water shall monitor under subrule (4) of this rule.  
(e) A supplier of a system vulnerable to asbestos contamination due both to its  
source water supply and corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe shall take 1 sample at a tap  
served by asbestos-cement pipe and under conditions where asbestos contamination  
is most likely to occur.  
(f) A supplier of a system exceeding the MCLs in R 325.10604c shall monitor  
quarterly beginning in the next quarter after a violation occurred.  
(g) The quarterly monitoring requirement may be decreased by  
the  
department to the frequency specified in subdivision (a) of this subrule if the  
department determines that the system is reliably and consistently below the MCL.  
A groundwater supplier shall take a minimum of 2 quarterly samples and a surface  
water or combined surface water and groundwater supplier shall take not fewer than 4  
quarterly samples before this determination.  
(h) If monitoring data collected after January 1, 1990, are generally  
consistent with the requirements of this subrule, then that data may be used to satisfy  
the monitoring requirement for the initial compliance period.  
(7) The monitoring frequency conducted to determine compliance with the MCLs  
in R 325.10604c for nitrate shall be as follows:  
(a) Community water systems and nontransient,  
noncommunity  
water  
systems served by groundwater systems shall be monitored annually. Systems served  
by surface water shall be monitored quarterly.  
(b) For community and nontransient, noncommunity water systems, the repeat  
monitoring frequency for groundwater systems shall be quarterly for at least 1 year  
following any 1 sample in which the concentration is 50% or more of the MCL. The  
sampling frequency for groundwater systems may be reduced by the department to  
annually after 4 consecutive quarterly samples are reliably and consistently less than the  
MCL.  
(c) For community and nontransient, noncommunity water  
systems, the  
department may allow a surface water supplier to reduce the sampling frequency  
to annually if all analytical results from 4 consecutive quarters are less than 50% of the  
MCL. A surface water supplier shall return to quarterly monitoring if any 1 sample  
is 50% or more of the MCL.  
(d) Suppliers of transient, noncommunity water systems shall monitor annually.  
(e) After the initial round of quarterly sampling is completed, suppliers of  
community and nontransient, noncommunity water systems that are monitored  
annually shall take subsequent samples during the quarter or quarters which  
previously resulted in the highest analytical result.  
(8) The monitoring frequency conducted to determine compliance with the MCLs  
in R 325.10604c for nitrite shall be as follows:  
Page 179  
(a) A supplier of a community water system or a noncommunity water system  
shall take 1 sample at each sampling point during each compliance period.  
(b) After the initial sample, suppliers of systems where an analytical result for  
nitrite is less than 50% of the MCL shall monitor at the frequency specified by the  
department.  
(c) The repeat monitoring frequency for a system shall be quarterly for at least 1  
year following any 1 sample in which the concentration is 50% or more of the MCL.  
The department may allow a supplier to  
reduce  
the sampling frequency to  
annually after determining the system is reliably and consistently less than the  
MCL.  
(d) Suppliers monitoring annually shall take each subsequent sample during the  
quarter or quarters that previously resulted in the highest analytical result.  
(9) Confirmation samples are required as follows:  
(a) Where the results of sampling for any of the following indicate a level that is  
more than the MCL, the department may require the supply to collect 1 additional  
sample as soon as possible after the initial sample was taken, but not more than 2 weeks  
later, at the same sampling point and have it analyzed for the contaminant that was  
above the MCL:  
(i) Antimony.  
(ii) Arsenic.  
(iii) Asbestos.  
(iv)Barium.  
(v) Beryllium.  
(vi) Cadmium.  
(vii) Chromium.  
(viii)Cyanide.  
(ix) Fluoride.  
(x) Mercury.  
(xi) Nickel.  
(xii) Selenium.  
(xiii) Thallium.  
(b) Where nitrate or nitrite sampling results indicate a level that is more than the  
MCL, the supplier shall take a confirmation sample within 24 hours of the supplier's  
receipt of notification of the analytical results of the first sample. Suppliers that are  
unable to comply with the 24-hour sampling requirement shall immediately notify the  
persons served by the area served by the public water system under part 4 of these rules  
and shall analyze a confirmation sample within 2 weeks of notification of the  
analytical results of the first sample.  
(c) If a confirmation sample required by the department is taken  
for any  
contaminant, then the results of the initial and confirmation sample shall be averaged.  
The resulting average shall be used to determine the system's compliance under R  
325.10604c(2). Results of obvious sampling errors may be deleted by the department.  
(10) The department may require more frequent monitoring than specified in this  
rule or may require confirmation samples for positive or negative results.  
(11) Suppliers may apply to the department to conduct more frequent monitoring  
than the minimum monitoring frequencies specified in this rule.  
Page 180  
History: 1979 AC; 1993 AACS; 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10710a Lead and copper in tap water; monitoring requirements.  
Rule 710a. (1) Sample site location provisions for lead and copper monitoring in tap  
water of community and nontransient noncommunity water supplies are as follows:  
(a) By the applicable date for the commencement of monitoring under subrule  
(4)(a) of this rule, each water supply shall complete a materials evaluation of its  
distribution system to identify a pool of targeted sampling sites that is in compliance with  
the requirements of this rule. The water supply shall also use the results of its  
distribution system materials inventory required under R 325.11604(c) to update the  
sampling pool as necessary. All sites from which samples are collected shall be selected  
from the pool of targeted sampling sites. Sampling sites shall not include faucets that  
have point of use or point of entry treatment devices designed to remove inorganic  
contaminants. By January 1, 2020, and in a form and manner specified by the  
department, a supply shall submit to the department a lead and copper tap sampling pool  
as follows:  
(i) The sampling pool shall, at a minimum, identify sufficient sites to ensure the  
water supply can collect the number of tap samples required for standard monitoring  
under subrule (3) of this rule.  
(ii) The sampling pool shall identify the location of the sites and describe how  
each site meets selection criteria in this subrule.  
(iii) A water supply may update its sampling pool as necessary to ensure the pool  
contains high risk sites meeting tier criteria. A supply shall submit updates to the  
department. Updates shall identify any site removed from the sampling pool and why the  
site was removed. The sampling pool shall identify the location of any site added to the  
pool and describe how the site meets selection criteria.  
(b) A water supply shall use the information on lead, copper, and galvanized steel  
that it is required to collect under 40 C.F.R. §141.42(d), (Special Monitoring for  
Corrosivity Characteristics) when conducting a materials evaluation. When an evaluation  
of the information collected under 40 C.F.R. §141.42(d), is insufficient to locate the  
requisite number of lead and copper sampling sites that are in compliance with the  
targeting criteria in this subrule, the water supply shall review the sources of information  
listed in paragraphs (i) to (iii) of this subdivision to identify a sufficient number of  
sampling sites. The provisions of 40 C.F.R. §141.42(d) are adopted by reference in  
R 325.10112. In addition, the supply shall collect all of the following information, where  
possible, in the course of its normal operations, for example, checking service line  
materials when reading water meters or performing maintenance activities:  
(i) All plumbing codes, permits, and records in the files of the building  
department or departments that indicate the plumbing materials installed within publicly  
and privately owned structures connected to the distribution system.  
(ii) All inspections and records of the distribution system that indicate the material  
composition of the service connections connecting a structure to the distribution system.  
(iii) All existing water quality information, which includes the results of all prior  
analyses of the system or individual structures connected to the system, that indicates  
locations which may be particularly susceptible to high lead or copper concentrations.  
Page 181  
(c) The sampling sites selected for a community water supply's sampling pool (tier  
1 sampling sites) shall consist of single family structures to which either or both of the  
following provisions apply, giving priority to sites with higher potential risk for lead  
exposure:  
(i) The structures contain lead pipes.  
(ii) The structures are served by a lead service line. When multiple family  
residences comprise not less than 20% of the structures served by a water supply, the  
supply may include these types of structures in its sampling pool.  
(d) A community water supply that has insufficient tier 1 sampling sites shall  
complete its sampling pool with tier 2 sampling sites, that consist of buildings, including  
multiple family residences to which either or both of the following provisions apply,  
giving priority to sites with higher potential risk for lead exposure:  
(i) The structures contain lead pipes.  
(ii) The structures are served by a lead service line.  
(e) A community water supply that has insufficient tier 1 and tier 2 sampling sites  
shall complete its sampling pool with tier 3 sampling sites, that consist of single family  
structures containing copper pipes soldered with lead and installed before July 1988. A  
community water supply with insufficient tier 1, tier 2, and tier 3 sampling sites shall  
complete its sampling pool with representative sites throughout the distribution system.  
For purposes of this subrule, a representative site is a site in which the plumbing  
materials used at that site would be commonly found at other sites served by the system.  
(f) The sampling sites selected for a nontransient, noncommunity water supply (tier  
1 sampling sites) shall consist of buildings to which either or both of the following  
provisions apply, giving priority to sites with higher potential risk for lead exposure:  
(i) The structures contain lead pipes.  
(ii) The structures are served by a lead service line.  
(g) A nontransient, noncommunity water supply that has insufficient tier 1 sites  
shall complete its sampling pool with sampling sites containing copper pipes soldered  
with lead and installed before July 1988. If additional sites are needed to complete the  
sampling pool, the nontransient noncommunity water supply shall use representative sites  
throughout the distribution system. For purposes of this subrule, a representative site is a  
site in which the plumbing materials used at that site would be commonly found at other  
sites served by the system.  
(2) Sample collection methods provisions for lead and copper monitoring in tap  
water are as follows:  
(a) Sample collection methods at sites without lead service lines are as follows:  
(i) All tap samples for lead and copper collected in compliance with this subrule,  
with the exception of samples collected under subdivision (d) of this subrule, shall be  
first draw samples. Sites shall not have undergone systematic flushing and the tap aerator  
shall not have been removed or cleaned in anticipation of sampling efforts conducted  
under this subrule.  
(ii) Each first draw tap sample for lead and copper shall be collected in a wide-  
mouth bottle 1 liter in volume and have stood motionless in the plumbing system of each  
sampling site for not less than 6 hours. First draw samples from residential housing shall  
be collected from the cold water kitchen tap or bathroom sink tap. First draw samples  
from a nonresidential building shall be collected in a wide-mouth bottle 1 liter in volume  
Page 182  
and shall be collected at an interior tap from which water is typically drawn for  
consumption. Non-first draw samples collected instead of first draw samples under  
subdivision (d) of this subrule shall be collected in a wide-mouth bottle 1 liter in volume  
and shall be collected at an interior tap from which water is typically drawn for  
consumption. First draw samples may be collected by the supply or the supply may  
allow residents to collect first draw samples after instructing the residents about the  
sampling procedures specified in this subdivision. To avoid problems of residents  
handling nitric acid, acidification of first draw samples may be done up to 14 days after  
the sample is collected. After acidification to resolubilize the metals, the sample shall  
stand in the original container for the time specified in the approved EPA method before  
the sample can be analyzed. If a supply allows residents to perform sampling, the supply  
shall not challenge the accuracy of the sampling results based on alleged errors in sample  
collection.  
(b) Sample collection methods at sites served by lead service lines are as follows:  
(i) All tap samples for lead and copper collected in compliance with this subrule  
shall consist of a first draw sample followed by a second sample collected at the same tap  
as follows:  
(A) Samples from residential housing shall be collected from the cold water  
kitchen tap or bathroom sink tap. Samples from a nonresidential building shall be  
collected at an interior tap from which water is typically drawn for consumption. Sites  
shall not have undergone systematic flushing and the tap aerator shall not have been  
removed or cleaned in anticipation of sampling efforts conducted under this subrule.  
(B) Each first draw tap sample for lead and copper shall be collected in a wide-  
mouth bottle 1 liter in volume and have stood motionless in the plumbing system of each  
sampling site for not less than 6 hours.  
(C) Following the first draw 1 liter sample, a second sample shall be collected  
immediately after 3 more liters of water have been drawn through the tap. The second  
sample shall be collected in a wide-mouth bottle 1 liter in volume.  
(ii) Samples may be collected by the supply or the supply may allow residents to  
collect samples after instructing the residents about the sampling procedures specified in  
this subdivision. To avoid problems of residents handling nitric acid, acidification of  
samples may be done up to 14 days after the sample is collected. After acidification to  
resolubilize the metals, the sample shall stand in the original container for the time  
specified in the approved EPA method before the sample can be analyzed. If a supply  
allows residents to perform sampling, the supply shall not challenge the accuracy of the  
sampling results based on alleged errors in sample collection.  
(c) A water supply shall collect each tap sample from the same sampling site from  
which it collected a previous sample. If, for any reason, the water supply cannot gain  
entry to a sampling site to collect a tap sample, the supply may collect the tap sample  
from another sampling site in its sampling pool.  
(d) A nontransient noncommunity water supply, or a community water supply that  
meets the criteria of R 325.10410(3)(g), that does not have enough taps that can supply  
first draw samples, as defined in R 325.10105, may apply to the department, in writing, to  
substitute non-first draw samples. The supply shall collect as many first draw samples  
from appropriate taps as possible and identify sampling times and locations that would  
likely result in the longest standing time for the remaining sites. The department has the  
Page 183  
discretion to waive the requirement for prior department approval of non-first draw  
sample sites selected by the supply, either through department regulation or written  
notification to the supply.  
(3) Water supplies shall collect at least 1 sample, or 2 samples if subject to subrule  
(2)(b) of this rule, during each monitoring period specified in subrule (4) of this rule from  
the number of sites listed in the standard monitoring column under this subrule. A supply  
that conducts reduced monitoring under subrule (4)(d) of this rule shall collect at least 1  
sample, or 2 samples if subject to subrule (2)(b) of this rule, from the number of sites  
specified in the reduced monitoring column under this subrule during each monitoring  
period specified in subrule (4)(d) of this rule. The reduced monitoring sites shall be  
representative of the sites required for standard monitoring. A public water supply that  
has fewer than 5 drinking water taps, that can be used for human consumption meeting  
the sample site criteria of subrule (1) of this rule to reach the required number of sample  
sites listed in this subrule, shall collect at least 1 sample from each tap and then shall  
collect additional samples from those taps on different days during the monitoring period  
to meet the required number of sites. Alternatively, the department may allow these  
public water supplies to collect a number of samples less than the number of sites  
specified in this rule, provided that 100% of all taps that can be used for human  
consumption are sampled. The department shall approve this reduction of the minimum  
number of samples in writing based on a request from the supply or onsite verification by  
the department. The department may specify sampling locations when a water supply is  
conducting reduced monitoring.  
Supply Size (Number of  
People Served)  
Number  
(Standard Monitoring)  
of  
Sites  
Number  
(Reduced Monitoring)  
of  
Sites  
More than 100,000  
10,001 to 100,000  
3,301 to 10,000  
501 to 3,300  
101 to 500  
Fewer than 101  
100  
60  
40  
20  
10  
5
50  
30  
20  
10  
5
5
(4) Provisions for the timing of monitoring for lead and copper in tap water are as  
follows:  
(a) The first 6-month monitoring period for small, medium size, and large water  
supplies shall begin on the following dates:  
Supply Size (Number of People  
Served)  
First 6-Month Monitoring Period  
Begins On  
More than 50,000  
3,301 to 50,000  
Fewer than 3,301  
January 1, 1992  
July 1, 1992  
July 1, 1993  
All large water supplies shall be monitored during 2 consecutive 6-month periods.  
All small and medium size water supplies shall be monitored during each 6-month  
monitoring period until either of the following occurs:  
Page 184  
(i) The supply exceeds the lead or copper action level and is therefore required to  
implement the corrosion control treatment under R 325.10604f(2), in which case the  
supply shall continue monitoring under subdivision (b) of this subrule.  
(ii) The supply is in compliance with the lead and copper action levels during 2  
consecutive 6-month monitoring periods, in which case the supply may reduce  
monitoring under subdivision (d) of this subrule.  
(b) Monitoring provisions after the installation of corrosion control and source  
water treatment are as follows:  
(i) A large water supply that installs optimal corrosion control treatment under  
R 325.10604f(2)(d)(iii) shall monitor during 2 consecutive 6-month monitoring periods  
by the date specified in R 325.10604f(2)(d)(iv).  
(ii) A small or medium size water supply that installs optimal corrosion control  
treatment under R 325.10604f(2)(e)(iv) shall monitor during 2 consecutive 6-month  
monitoring periods by the date specified in R 325.10604f(2)(e)(v).  
(iii) A supply that installs source water treatment under R 325.10604f(4)(a)(ii)  
shall monitor during 2 consecutive 6-month monitoring periods by the date specified in  
R 325.10604f(4)(a)(iii).  
(c) After the department specifies the values for water quality control parameters,  
the supply shall monitor during each subsequent 6-month monitoring period, with the  
first monitoring period to begin on the date the department specifies the optimal values.  
(d) Reduced monitoring provisions are as follows:  
(i) A small or medium size water supply that is in compliance with the lead and  
copper action levels during each of 2 consecutive 6-month monitoring periods may  
reduce the number of samples under subrule (3) of this rule and may reduce the  
frequency of sampling to once each year. A small or medium size water supply  
collecting fewer than 5 samples as specified in subrule (3) of this rule, that meets the lead  
and copper action levels during each of 2 consecutive 6-month monitoring periods may  
reduce the frequency of sampling to once per year. In no case can the supply reduce the  
number of samples required below the minimum of 1 sample per available tap. This  
sampling shall begin during the calendar year immediately following the end of the  
second consecutive 6-month monitoring period.  
(ii) A water supply that meets the lead and copper action levels and maintains the  
range of values for the water quality control parameters reflecting optimal corrosion  
control treatment specified by the department under R 325.10604f(3)(f) during each of 2  
consecutive 6-month monitoring periods may reduce the frequency of monitoring to once  
each year and reduce the number of lead and copper samples under subrule (3) of this  
rule if it receives written approval from the department. This sampling shall begin during  
the calendar year immediately following the end of the second consecutive 6-month  
monitoring period. The department shall review monitoring, treatment, and other relevant  
information submitted by the water supply under R 325.10710d, and shall notify the  
supply in writing when it determines the supply is eligible to commence reduced  
monitoring under this subrule. The department shall review, and where appropriate,  
revise its determination when the supply submits new monitoring or treatment data, or  
when other data relevant to the number and frequency of tap sampling becomes available.  
(iii) A small or medium size water supply without optimal corrosion control  
treatment installed and that is in compliance with the lead and copper action levels during  
Page 185  
3 consecutive years of monitoring may reduce the frequency of monitoring for lead and  
copper from annually to once every 3 years. A small or medium size water supply  
without optimal corrosion control treatment installed and collecting fewer than 5 samples  
as specified in subrule (3) of this rule, that meets the lead and copper action levels during  
3 consecutive years of monitoring may reduce the frequency of sampling to once every 3  
years. A water supply with optimal corrosion control treatment installed may reduce the  
frequency of monitoring for lead and copper at the tap from annually to once every 3  
years if the range of values for the water quality control parameters reflecting optimal  
corrosion control treatment specified by the department under R 325.10604f(3)(f) are  
maintained during 3 consecutive years of monitoring and either of the following apply:  
the water supply has no lead service lines or the lead ninetieth percentile computed under  
R 325.10604f(1)(c) is less than or equal to 0.005 mg/l and the copper ninetieth percentile  
computed under R 325.10604f(1)(c) is less than or equal to 0.65 mg/l for 3 consecutive  
years of monitoring. Samples collected once every 3 years shall be collected not later  
than every third calendar year. The department shall review monitoring, treatment, and  
other relevant information submitted by the supply under R 325.10710d, and shall notify  
the supply in writing when it determines the supply is eligible to reduce the frequency of  
monitoring to once every 3 years. The department shall review, and where appropriate,  
revise its determination when the supply submits new monitoring or treatment data, or  
when other data relevant to the number and frequency of tap sampling becomes available.  
(iv) A water supply that reduces the number and frequency of sampling shall  
collect these samples from representative sites included in the pool of targeted sampling  
sites identified in subrule (1) of this rule. A water supply that samples annually or less  
frequently shall conduct the lead and copper tap sampling during the month of June, July,  
August, or September unless the department has approved a different sampling period  
under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, as follows:  
(A) The department, at its discretion, may approve a different period for  
conducting the lead and copper tap sampling for supplies collecting a reduced number of  
samples. The period shall be not longer than 4 consecutive months and shall represent a  
time of normal operation where the highest levels of lead are most likely to occur. For a  
nontransient noncommunity water supply that does not operate during the months of June  
through September, and for which the period of normal operation where the highest  
levels of lead are most likely to occur is not known, the department shall designate a  
period that represents a time of normal operation for the water supply. This sampling  
shall begin during the period approved or designated by the department in the calendar  
year immediately following the end of the second consecutive 6-month monitoring period  
for supplies initiating annual monitoring and during the 3-year period following the end  
of the third consecutive calendar year of annual monitoring for supplies initiating  
triennial monitoring.  
(B) Supplies monitoring annually that have been collecting samples during the  
months of June through September and that received department approval to alter their  
sample collection period under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, shall collect their  
next round of samples during a time period that ends not later than 21 months after the  
previous round of sampling. Supplies monitoring triennially that have been collecting  
samples during the months of June through September, and receive department approval  
to alter the sampling collection period under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, shall  
Page 186  
collect their next round of samples during a time period that ends not later than 45  
months after the previous round of sampling. Subsequent rounds of sampling shall be  
collected annually or triennially, as required by this subrule. Small water supplies with  
waivers, granted under subrule (7) of this rule, that have been collecting samples during  
the months of June through September and that received department approval to alter  
their sample collection period under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph shall collect their  
next round of samples before the end of the 9-year cycle.  
(v) A water supply without corrosion control treatment installed that demonstrates  
for 2 consecutive 6-month monitoring periods that the tap water lead level computed  
under R 325.10604f(1)(c) is less than or equal to 0.005 mg/l and the tap water copper  
level computed under R 325.10604f(1)(c) is less than or equal to 0.65 mg/l may reduce  
the number of samples under subrule (3) of this rule and reduce the frequency of  
sampling to once every 3 calendar years.  
(vi) The following provisions apply to supplies subject to reduced monitoring:  
(A) A small or medium size water supply subject to reduced monitoring that  
exceeds the lead or copper action level shall resume sampling under subdivision (c) of  
this subrule and shall collect the number of samples specified for the standard monitoring  
under subrule (3) of this rule. The supply shall also conduct water quality parameter  
monitoring under R 325.10710b(4), (5), or (6), as appropriate, during the monitoring  
period in which it exceeded the action level. The supply may resume annual monitoring  
for lead and copper at the tap at the reduced number of sites specified in subrule (3) of  
this rule after it has completed 2 subsequent consecutive 6-month rounds of monitoring  
that meet the criteria of paragraph (i) of this subdivision or may resume triennial  
monitoring for lead and copper at the reduced number of sites after it demonstrates  
through subsequent rounds of monitoring that it meets the criteria of either paragraph (iii)  
or (v) of this subdivision.  
(B) A water supply subject to the reduced monitoring frequency that fails to  
meet the lead action level during a 4-month monitoring period or that fails to operate at or  
above the minimum value or within the range of values for the water quality parameters  
specified by the department under R 325.10604f(3)(f) for more than 9 days in a 6-month  
period specified in R 325.10710b(6) shall conduct tap water sampling for lead and copper  
at the frequency specified in subdivision (c) of this subrule, collect the number of  
samples specified for standard monitoring under subrule (3) of this rule, and shall resume  
monitoring for water quality parameters within the distribution system under  
R 325.10710b(6). This standard tap water sampling shall begin not later than the 6-  
month period beginning January 1 of the calendar year following the lead action level  
exceedance or water quality parameter excursion. The supply may resume reduced  
monitoring for lead and copper at the tap and for water quality parameters within the  
distribution system under the following conditions:  
(1) The supply may resume annual monitoring for lead and copper at the tap at  
the reduced number of sites specified in subrule (3) of this rule after it has completed 2  
subsequent 6-month rounds of monitoring that meet the criteria of paragraph (ii) of this  
subdivision and the supply has received written approval from the department to resume  
reduced monitoring on an annual frequency. This sampling shall begin during the  
calendar year immediately following the end of the second consecutive 6-month  
monitoring period.  
Page 187  
(2) The supply may resume triennial monitoring for lead and copper at the tap  
at the reduced number of sites after it demonstrates through subsequent rounds of  
monitoring that it meets the criteria of either paragraph (iii) or (v) of this subdivision and  
the supply has received written approval from the department to resume triennial  
monitoring.  
(3) The supply may reduce the number of water quality parameter tap water  
samples required under R 325.10710b(7)(a) and the frequency with which it collects the  
samples under R 325.10710b(7)(b). The supply may not resume triennial monitoring for  
water quality parameters at the tap until it demonstrates, under the requirements of  
R 325.10710b(7)(b), that it has requalified for triennial monitoring.  
(vii) A water supply subject to a reduced monitoring frequency under subdivision  
(d) of this subrule shall notify the department in writing under R 325.10710d(a)(iii) of  
any upcoming long-term change in treatment or addition of a new source as described in  
that rule. The department shall review and approve the addition of a new source or long-  
term change in water treatment before it is implemented by the water supply. The  
department may require the supply to resume sampling under subdivision (c) of this  
subrule and collect the number of samples specified for standard monitoring under  
subrule (3) of this rule or take other appropriate steps such as increased water quality  
parameter monitoring or reevaluation of its corrosion control treatment given the  
potentially different water quality considerations.  
(5) The results of monitoring conducted in addition to the minimum requirements of  
this rule shall be considered in calculating the ninetieth percentile lead or copper level.  
(6) A sample invalidated under this subrule does not count toward determining lead  
or copper ninetieth percentile levels under R 325.10604f(1)(c) or toward meeting the  
minimum monitoring requirements of subrule (3) of this rule. All of the following  
provisions apply to invalidating samples:  
(a) The department may invalidate a lead or copper tap water sample if at least 1 of  
the following conditions is met:  
(i) The laboratory establishes that improper sample analysis caused erroneous  
results.  
(ii) The department determines that the sample was taken from a site that did not  
meet the site selection criteria of this rule.  
(iii) The sample container was damaged in transit.  
(iv) There is substantial reason to believe that the sample was subject to  
tampering.  
(b) The supply shall report the results of all samples to the department and all  
supporting documentation for samples the supply believes should be invalidated.  
(c) To invalidate a sample under subdivision (a) of this subrule, the decision and  
the rationale for the decision shall be documented in writing. The department may not  
invalidate a sample solely on the grounds that a follow-up sample result is higher or  
lower than that of the original sample.  
(d) The water supply shall collect replacement samples for the samples invalidated  
under this rule if, after the invalidation of 1 or more samples, the supply has too few  
samples to meet the minimum requirements of subrule (3) of this rule. The replacement  
samples shall be taken as soon as possible, but not later than 20 days after the date the  
department invalidates the sample or by the end of the applicable monitoring period,  
Page 188  
whichever occurs later. Replacement samples taken after the end of the applicable  
monitoring period shall not also be used to meet the monitoring requirements of a  
subsequent monitoring period. The replacement samples shall be taken at the same  
locations as the invalidated samples or, if that is not possible, at locations other than those  
already used for sampling during the monitoring period.  
(7) A small water supply that meets the criteria of this subrule may apply to the  
department to reduce the frequency of monitoring for lead and copper under this rule to  
once every 9 years, that is, a "full waiver", if it meets all of the materials criteria specified  
in subdivision (a) of this subrule and all of the monitoring criteria specified in subdivision  
(b) of this subrule. If a small water supply meets the criteria in subdivisions (a) and (b)  
of this subrule only for lead, or only for copper, the supply may apply to the department  
for a waiver to reduce the frequency of tap water monitoring to once every 9 years for  
that contaminant only, that is, a "partial waiver". All of the following apply:  
(a) The supply shall demonstrate that its distribution system and service lines and  
all drinking water system plumbing, including plumbing conveying drinking water within  
all residences and buildings connected to the system, are free of lead containing materials  
or copper containing materials, or both, as those terms are defined in this subdivision, as  
follows:  
(i) To qualify for a full waiver, or a waiver of the tap water monitoring  
requirements for lead, that is, a "lead waiver", the water supply shall provide certification  
and supporting documentation to the department that the supply is free of all lead  
containing materials and that the supply complies with both of the provisions in this  
paragraph. Both of the following apply:  
(A) It does not contain plastic pipes that contain lead plasticizers or plastic  
service lines that contain lead plasticizers.  
(B) It is free of lead service lines, lead pipes, lead soldered pipe joints, and  
leaded brass or bronze alloy fittings and fixtures, unless the fittings and fixtures meet the  
specifications of standards established under "Prohibition on Use of Lead Pipes, Solder,  
and Flux: Plumbing Fittings and Fixtures" 42 U.S.C. 300G-6(e), (2006), which is  
available on the Internet at http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/42/300g-6.  
(ii) To qualify for a full waiver, or a waiver of the tap water monitoring  
requirements for copper, that is, a "copper waiver", the water supply shall provide  
certification and supporting documentation to the department that the supply does not  
contain copper pipes or copper service lines.  
(b) The supply shall have completed at least one 6-month round of standard tap  
water monitoring for lead and copper at sites approved by the department and from the  
number of sites required by subrule (3) of this rule and demonstrate that the ninetieth  
percentile levels for all rounds of monitoring conducted since the supply became free of  
all lead containing or copper containing materials, or both, as appropriate, meet the  
following criteria:  
(i) To qualify for a full waiver or a lead waiver, the supply shall demonstrate that  
the ninetieth percentile lead level does not exceed 0.005 mg/l.  
(ii) To qualify for a full waiver or a copper waiver, the supply shall demonstrate  
that the ninetieth percentile copper level does not exceed 0.65 mg/l.  
(c) The department shall notify the supply of its waiver determination, in writing  
setting forth the basis of its decision and any condition of the waiver. As a condition of  
Page 189  
the waiver, the department may require the supply to perform specific activities, for  
example, limited monitoring, periodic outreach to customers to remind them to avoid  
installation of materials that might void the waiver, to avoid the risk of lead or copper  
concentration of concern in tap water. The small supply shall continue monitoring for  
lead and copper at the tap as required by subdivisions (a) to (d) of this subrule, as  
appropriate, until it receives written notification from the department that the waiver has  
been approved.  
(d) Monitoring frequencies for supplies with waivers are as follows:  
(i) A supply with a full waiver shall conduct tap water monitoring for lead and  
copper under subrule (4)(d)(iv) of this rule at the reduced number of sampling sites  
identified in subrule (3) of this rule at least once every 9 years and provide the materials  
certification specified in subdivision (a) of this subrule for both lead and copper to the  
department along with the monitoring results. Samples collected every 9 years shall be  
collected not later than every ninth calendar year.  
(ii) A supply with a partial waiver shall conduct tap water monitoring for the  
waived contaminant under subrule (4)(d)(iv) of this rule at the reduced number of  
sampling sites specified in subrule (3) of this rule at least once every 9 years and provide  
the materials certification specified in subdivision (a) of this subrule pertaining to the  
waived contaminant along with the monitoring results. Samples collected every 9 years  
for the waived contaminant shall be collected not later than every ninth calendar year.  
The supply also shall continue to monitor for the non-waived contaminant under  
requirements of subrule (4)(a) to (d) of this rule, as appropriate.  
(iii) A water supply with a full or partial waiver shall notify the department, in  
writing, under R 325.10710d(a)(iii) of an upcoming long-term change in treatment or  
addition of a new source, as described in that rule. The department shall review and  
approve the addition of a new source or long-term change in water treatment before it is  
implemented by the water supply. The department has the authority to require the water  
supply to add or modify waiver conditions, for example, require recertification that the  
system is free of lead containing or copper containing materials, or both, require  
additional round or rounds of monitoring, if it considers the modifications are necessary  
to address treatment or source water changes at the water supply.  
(iv) If a water supply with a full or partial waiver becomes aware that it is no  
longer free of lead containing or copper containing materials, as appropriate, for example,  
as a result of new construction or repairs, the supply shall notify the department, in  
writing, not later than 60 days after becoming aware of the change.  
(e) If the supply continues to satisfy the requirements of subdivision (d) of this  
subrule, the waiver will be renewed automatically, unless a condition listed in paragraphs  
(i) to (iii) of this subdivision occurs. A supply whose waiver has been revoked may  
reapply for a waiver if it again meets the appropriate materials and monitoring criteria of  
subdivisions (a) and (b) of this subrule. The waiver is revoked if any of the following  
conditions exist:  
(i) A supply with a full waiver or a lead waiver no longer satisfies the materials  
criteria of subdivision (a)(i) of this subrule or has a ninetieth percentile lead level of more  
than 0.005 mg/l.  
Page 190  
(ii) A supply with a full waiver or a copper waiver no longer satisfies the  
materials criteria of subdivision (a)(ii) of this subrule or has a ninetieth percentile copper  
level of more than 0.65 mg/l.  
(iii) The department notifies the supply, in writing setting forth the basis of its  
decision, that the waiver has been revoked.  
(f) A supply whose full or partial waiver has been revoked by the department is  
subject to the corrosion control treatment and lead and copper tap water monitoring  
requirements, as follows:  
(i) If the supply exceeds the lead or copper action level, or both, the supply shall  
implement corrosion control treatment under the deadlines specified in  
R 325.10604f(2)(e) and other applicable requirements of this part.  
(ii) If the supply meets both the lead and the copper action level, the supply shall  
monitor for lead and copper at the tap not less frequently than once every 3 years using  
the reduced number of sample sites specified in subrule (3) of this rule.  
(g) Small water supply waivers approved by the department, in writing, before  
April 11, 2000, shall remain in effect if the supply has demonstrated that it is both free of  
lead containing and copper containing materials, as required by subdivision (a) of this  
subrule, and that its ninetieth percentile lead levels and ninetieth percentile copper levels  
meet the criteria of subdivision (b) of this subrule, and that the supply continues to meet  
the waiver eligibility criteria of subdivision (e) of this subrule. The first round of tap  
water monitoring conducted under subdivision (d) of this subrule shall be completed not  
later than 9 years after the last time the supply has monitored for lead and copper at the  
tap.  
History: 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS; 2018 AACS.  
R 325.10710b Monitoring requirements for water quality parameters.  
Rule 710b. (1) The requirements of this rule are summarized in table 1 of this rule.  
The following community and nontransient noncommunity water supplies, which are  
considered "water supplies" or "supplies" in this rule, shall monitor for water quality  
parameters in addition to lead and copper under this rule:  
(a) Large water supplies.  
(b) Small and medium size water supplies that exceed the lead or copper action  
level or have optimal corrosion control treatment installed.  
(2) Sample collection methods provisions are as follows:  
(a) Tap samples shall be representative of water quality throughout the distribution  
system taking all of the following factors into account:  
(i) The number of persons served.  
(ii) The different sources of water.  
(iii) The different treatment methods employed by the supply.  
(iv) Seasonal variability. Tap sampling under this subdivision is not required to be  
conducted at taps targeted for lead and copper sampling under R 325.10710a(1)(b).  
Samples collected at the entry point or points to the distribution system shall be from  
locations that are representative of each source after treatment. If a supply draws water  
from more than 1 source and the sources are combined before distribution, the supply  
Page 191  
shall sample at an entry point to the distribution system during periods of normal  
operating conditions, for example, when water is representative of all sources being used.  
(3) The number of samples a supply is required to collect are as follows:  
(a) A supply shall collect 2 tap samples for applicable water quality parameters  
during each monitoring period specified in subrules (4) to (7) of this rule from the  
following number of sites:  
Supply Size  
Number of Sites for  
(Number of People Served)  
More than 100,000  
10,001 to 100,000  
3,301 to 10,000  
501 to 3,300  
Water Quality Parameters  
25  
10  
3
2
101 to 500  
1
Fewer than 101  
1
(b) Except as provided in subrule (5)(c) of this rule, a water supply shall collect 2  
samples for each applicable water quality parameter at each entry point to the distribution  
system during each monitoring period specified in subrule (4) of this rule. During each  
monitoring period specified in subrules (5) to (7) of this rule, a supply shall collect 1  
sample for each applicable water quality parameter at each entry point to the distribution  
system.  
(4) A large water supply shall measure the applicable water quality parameters, at  
the locations specified in the following subdivisions at taps and at each entry point to the  
distribution system during each 6-month monitoring period specified in R  
325.10710a(4)(a). A small or medium size water supply shall measure the applicable  
water quality parameters at the locations specified in the following subdivisions during  
each 6-month monitoring period, as specified in R 325.10710a(4)(a), that the supply  
exceeds the lead or copper action level or if optimal corrosion control treatment is  
installed:  
(a) At taps, a water supply shall measure each of the following:  
(i) pH.  
(ii) Alkalinity.  
(iii) Orthophosphate, when an inhibitor containing a phosphate compound is used.  
(iv) Silica, when an inhibitor containing a silicate compound is used.  
(v) Calcium.  
(vi) Conductivity.  
(vii) Water temperature.  
(viii) Sulfate.  
(ix) Chloride.  
(b) At each entry point to the distribution system, a water supply shall measure  
each of the applicable parameters that are listed in subdivision (a) of this subrule.  
(5) A large water supply that installs optimal corrosion control treatment under R  
325.10604f(2)(d)(iii) shall measure the water quality parameters at the locations and  
frequencies specified in this subrule during each 6-month monitoring period specified in  
R 325.10710a(4)(b)(i). A small or medium size water supply that installs optimal  
Page 192  
corrosion control treatment shall measure the water quality parameters at the locations  
specified in the following during each 6-month monitoring period, as specified in  
R 325.10710a(4)(b)(ii):  
(a) At taps, 2 samples for each of the following:  
(i) pH.  
(ii) Alkalinity.  
(iii) Orthophosphate, when an inhibitor containing a phosphate compound is used.  
(iv) Silica, when an inhibitor containing a silicate compound is used.  
(v) Calcium, when calcium carbonate stabilization is used as part of the corrosion  
control.  
(vi) Sulfate.  
(vii) Chloride.  
(b) Except as provided in subdivision (c) of this subrule, at each entry point to the  
distribution system, at least 1 sample at least every 2 weeks for each of the following:  
(i) pH.  
(ii) When alkalinity is adjusted as part of optimal corrosion control, a reading of  
the dosage rate of the chemical used to adjust alkalinity and a reading of the alkalinity  
concentration.  
(iii) When a corrosion inhibitor is used as part of optimal corrosion control, a  
reading of the dosage rate of the inhibitor used and a reading of the concentration of  
orthophosphate or silica, whichever is applicable.  
(iv) Sulfate.  
(v) Chloride.  
(c) A ground water supply may limit entry point sampling described in subdivision  
(b) of this subrule to those entry points that are representative of water quality and  
treatment conditions throughout the system. If water from untreated ground water  
sources mixes with water from treated ground water sources, the supply shall monitor for  
water quality parameters both at representative entry points receiving treatment and  
representative entry points receiving no treatment. Before the start of the monitoring  
under this subdivision, the supply shall provide to the department written information  
identifying the selected entry points and documentation, including information on  
seasonal variability, sufficient to demonstrate that the sites are representative of water  
quality and treatment conditions throughout the system.  
(6) After the department specifies the values for applicable water quality control  
parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment under R 325.10604f(3)(f),  
water supplies shall measure the applicable water quality parameters under subrule (5) of  
this rule and determine compliance with the requirement of R 325.10604f(3)(g) every 6  
months with the first 6-month period to begin on either January 1 or July 1, whichever  
comes first, after the department specifies the optimal values under R 325.10604f(3)(f).  
Compliance with department designated optimal water quality parameter values shall be  
determined as specified under R 325.10604f(3)(g).  
(7) Reduced monitoring provisions are as follows:  
(a) A supply that maintains the range of values for the water quality parameters  
reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment during each of 2 consecutive 6-month  
monitoring periods under subrule (6) of this rule shall continue monitoring applicable  
water quality parameters at the locations and frequencies specified in subrule (5) of this  
Page 193  
rule. The supply may reduce the number of sites from which it monitors during each 6-  
month monitoring period to the following:  
Supply Size  
Reduced Number of Sites  
(Number of People Served)  
More than 100,000  
10,001 to 100,000  
3,301 to 10,000  
501 to 3,300  
For Water Quality Parameters  
10  
7
3
2
101 to 500  
1
Fewer than 101  
1
(b) A water supply that maintains the range of values for the water quality  
parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment specified by the department  
under R 325.10604f(3)(f) during 3 consecutive years of monitoring specified in this  
subdivision may reduce the frequency with which it collects the number of tap samples  
for applicable water quality parameters specified in subdivision (a) of this subrule from  
every 6 months to annually. This sampling begins during the calendar year immediately  
following the end of the monitoring period in which the third consecutive year of 6-  
month monitoring occurs.  
(c) A water supply that conducts sampling annually shall collect the samples  
evenly throughout the year to reflect seasonal variability.  
(d) A water supply subject to the reduced monitoring frequency that fails to operate  
at or above the minimum value or within the range of values for the water quality  
parameters specified by the department for more than 9 days in a 6-month period  
specified in R 325.10604f(3)(g) shall resume distribution system tap water sampling  
under the number and frequency requirements specified in subrule (6) of this rule. The  
supply may resume annual monitoring for water quality parameters at the tap at the  
reduced number of sites specified in subdivision (a) of this subrule after it has completed  
2 subsequent consecutive 6-month rounds of monitoring that meet the criteria of that  
subdivision.  
(8) The results of monitoring conducted in addition to the minimum requirements of  
this rule shall be considered in determining the concentrations of water quality  
parameters.  
(9) Table 1 of this rule reads as follows:  
Page 194  
Table 1 Summary of Monitoring Requirements for Water Quality Parameters - Lead,  
Copper, Corrosion Control1  
Monitoring Period  
Parameters  
Location  
Frequency  
Initial monitoring  
pH, alkalinity,  
Taps and at entry  
point or points to  
distribution system  
6 months  
orthophosphate or  
silica 2, calcium,  
conductivity,  
temperature, sulfate,  
chloride  
After installation  
of corrosion control  
pH, alkalinity,  
Taps  
Every 6 months  
At least every 2  
orthophosphate or  
silica 2, calcium 3  
pH, alkalinity  
Entry point or  
points to distribution  
system5  
dosage rate and  
concentration (if  
alkalinity adjusted as  
part of corrosion  
control), inhibitor  
dosage rate and  
inhibitor residual 4,  
sulfate, chloride  
pH, alkalinity,  
weeks  
After department  
specifies parameter  
values for optimal  
corrosion control  
Taps  
Every 6 months  
At least every 2  
orthophosphate or  
silica 2, calcium 3  
pH, alkalinity  
Entry point or  
points to distribution  
system5  
dosage rate and  
concentration (if  
alkalinity adjusted as  
part of corrosion  
control), inhibitor  
dosage rate and  
inhibitor residual 4,  
sulfate, chloride  
pH, alkalinity,  
weeks  
Reduced  
monitoring  
Taps  
Every 6 months  
annually 6 at a  
reduced number of  
sites  
orthophosphate or  
silica 2, calcium 3  
pH, alkalinity  
dosage rate and  
Entry point or  
points to distribution  
system5  
At least every 2  
weeks  
concentration (if  
alkalinity adjusted  
control), inhibitor  
dosage rate and  
inhibitor residual 4,  
sulfate, chloride  
1
Table is for illustrative purposes; consult the text of this part for precise regulatory  
requirements.  
Page 195  
2
Orthophosphate shall be measured when an inhibitor containing a phosphate  
compound is used. Silica shall be measured when an inhibitor containing silicate  
compound is used.  
3
Calcium shall be measured when calcium carbonate stabilization is used as part of  
corrosion control.  
4
Inhibitor dosage rates and inhibitor residual concentrations (orthophosphate or  
silica) shall be measured when an inhibitor is used.  
5
Ground water supplies may limit monitoring to representative locations throughout  
the system.  
6 Water supplies may reduce frequency of monitoring for water quality parameters at  
the tap from every 6 months to annually if they have maintained the range of values for  
water quality parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control during 3 consecutive years  
of monitoring.  
History: 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2018 AACS.  
R 325.10710c Monitoring requirements for lead and copper in source water.  
Rule 710c.  
(1) Sample location, collection methods, and number of samples  
required for lead and copper monitoring in source water of community and  
nontransient noncommunity water supplies are as follows:  
(a) A water supply that fails to meet the lead or copper action level based on tap  
samples collected under R 325.10710a shall collect lead and copper source water  
samples under the following requirements regarding sample location, number of  
samples, and collection methods:  
(i) Groundwater supplies shall take a minimum of 1 sample at every entry point to  
the distribution system which is representative of each well after treatment, hereafter  
called a sampling point. The supply shall take 1 sample at the same sampling point  
unless conditions make another sampling point more representative of each source or  
treatment plant.  
(ii) Surface water supplies shall take a minimum of 1 sample at every entry point to  
the distribution system after the application of treatment or in the distribution system at a  
point which is representative of each source after treatment, hereafter called a sampling  
point. The supply shall take each sample at the same sampling point unless conditions  
make another sampling point more representative of each source or treatment plant. For  
purposes of this paragraph, surface water supplies include water supplies with a  
combination of surface and ground sources.  
(iii) If a supply draws water from more than 1 source and the sources are combined  
before distribution, the supply shall sample at an entry point to the distribution system  
during periods of normal operating conditions, that is, when water is representative of  
all sources being used.  
(b) If the results of sampling, taken to determine compliance with R 325.10604f  
(4) (b) (iv), indicate an exceedance of the maximum permissible source water levels  
established by the department, then the department may require that 1 additional sample  
be collected as soon as possible after the initial sample was taken, but not more than 2  
weeks later, at the same sampling point. If a department required confirmation sample  
is taken for lead or copper, then the results of the initial and confirmation samples  
Page 196  
shall be averaged to determine compliance with the department specified maximum  
permissible levels. A sample value below the detection limit shall be considered to be  
zero. A value above the detection limit, but below the PQL, shall either be considered  
as the measured value or be considered 1/2 of the PQL.  
(2) A water supply that exceeds the lead or copper action level at the tap shall  
collect 1 source water sample from each entry point to the distribution system not later  
than 6 months after the end of the monitoring period during which the lead or copper  
action level was exceeded. For monitoring periods that are annual or less frequent, the  
end of the monitoring period is September 30 of the calendar year in which the  
sampling occurs, or if the department has established an alternate monitoring period,  
the last day of that period.  
(3) A supply that installs source water treatment under R 325.10604f(4)(a)(ii) shall  
collect an additional source water sample from each entry point to the distribution  
system during 2 consecutive 6-month monitoring periods by the deadline specified in  
R 325.10604f(4)(a)(iii).  
(4) The following provisions apply to the monitoring frequency after the  
department specifies maximum permissible source water levels or determines that  
source water treatment is not needed:  
(a) A supply shall monitor to determine compliance with R 325.10604f(4)(b)(iv) at  
the frequency specified in the following paragraphs where the department specifies  
maximum permissible source water levels or determines that the supply is not required  
to install source water treatment:  
(i) A water supply using only groundwater shall collect samples once during the 3-  
year compliance period, as defined in R 325.10103, that is in effect when the applicable  
department determination under this subdivision is made. The supply shall collect  
samples once during each subsequent compliance period. Triennial samples shall be  
collected every third calendar year.  
(ii) A water supply using surface water or a combination of surface water and  
groundwater shall collect samples once during each calendar year. The first annual  
monitoring period shall begin during the year in which the applicable department  
determination is made under this subdivision.  
(b) A supply is not required to conduct source water sampling for lead or copper if  
the supply is in compliance with the action level for the specific contaminant in tap water  
samples during the entire source water sampling period applicable to the supply under  
subdivision (a) (i) and (ii) of this subrule.  
(5) Reduced monitoring frequency provisions are as follows:  
(a) A water supply using only groundwater may reduce the monitoring  
frequency for lead and copper in source water to once during each 9-year compliance  
cycle, as defined in R 325.10103 provided that the samples are collected not later than  
every ninth calendar year and if the supply meets 1 of the following criteria:  
(i) The supply demonstrates that finished drinking water entering the distribution  
system has been maintained below the department specified maximum permissible  
lead and copper concentrations as required in R 325.10604f(4)(b)(iv) during not  
less than 3 consecutive compliance periods under subrule (4)(a) of this rule.  
(ii) The department has determined that source water treatment is not needed and  
the supply demonstrates that, during not less than 3 consecutive compliance periods in  
Page 197  
which sampling was conducted under subrule (4) (a) of this rule, the concentration of  
lead in source water was less than or equal to 0.005 mg/l and the concentration of  
copper in source water was less than or equal to 0.65 mg/l.  
(b) A water supply using surface water or a combination of surface water and  
groundwater may reduce the monitoring frequency in subrule (4)(a) of this rule to once  
during each 9-year compliance cycle, as defined in R 325.10103 provided that the  
samples are collected not later than every ninth calendar year and if the supply meets  
either of the following criteria:  
(i) The supply demonstrates that finished drinking water entering the distribution  
system has been maintained below the department specified maximum permissible  
lead and copper concentrations as required in R 325.10604f(4)(b)(iv) for not less  
than 3 consecutive years.  
(ii) The department has determined that source water treatment is not needed and  
the supply demonstrates that, during not less than 3 consecutive years, the concentration  
of lead in source water was less than or equal to 0.005 mg/l and the concentration of  
copper in source water was less than or equal to 0.65 mg/l.  
(c) A water supply that uses a new source of water is not eligible for reduced  
monitoring for lead or copper until concentrations in samples collected from the new  
source during 3 consecutive monitoring periods are below the department specified  
maximum permissible  
325.10604f(4)(a)(iv).  
lead  
and  
copper concentrations as required in R  
History: 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10710d Reporting requirements for lead, copper, and corrosion control.  
Rule 710d. This rule applies to all community and nontransient noncommunity  
water supplies. These public water supplies are also considered "water supplies" or  
"supplies" in this rule. Supplies shall report all of the following information to the  
department:  
(a) Reporting provisions for tap water monitoring for lead and copper and for water  
quality parameter monitoring are as follows:  
(i) Except as provided in subparagraph (G) of this paragraph, a water supply shall  
report the information specified in this paragraph for all tap water samples specified in R  
325.10710a and for all water quality parameter samples specified in R 325.10710b within  
the first 10 days after the end of each applicable monitoring period specified in R  
325.10710a and R 325.10710b, for example, every 6 months, annually, every 3 years, or  
every 9 years. For monitoring periods with a duration less than 6 months, the end of the  
monitoring period is the last date samples can be collected during that period as specified  
in R 325.10710a to R 325.10710b. All of the following apply:  
(A) The results of all tap samples for lead and copper, including the location of  
each site and the criteria in R 325.10710a(1)(c), (d), (e), (f), or (g) used to select the site  
for the system's sampling pool.  
(B) Documentation for each tap water lead or copper sample for which the water  
supply requests invalidation under R 325.10710a(6)(b).  
(C)The ninetieth percentile lead and copper concentrations measured from among  
all lead and copper tap water samples collected during each monitoring period, calculated  
Page 198  
in compliance with the provisions of R 325.10604f(1)(c)(i), unless the department  
calculates the system's ninetieth percentile lead and copper levels under subdivision (h)  
of this subrule.  
(D) With the exception of initial tap sampling conducted under R  
325.10710a(4)(a), a water supply shall designate sites not sampled during previous  
monitoring periods and include an explanation of why sampling sites have changed.  
(E) The results of all tap samples for pH and, where applicable, alkalinity,  
calcium, conductivity, temperature, and orthophosphate or silica collected under R  
325.10710b(b) to (e).  
(F) The results of all samples collected at the entry point or points to the  
distribution system for applicable water quality parameters under R 325.10710b(b) to (e).  
(G) A water supply shall report the results of all water quality parameter samples  
collected under R 325.10710b(5) to (8) during each 6-month monitoring period specified  
in R 325.10710b(6) within the first 10 days following the end of the monitoring period,  
unless the department has specified a more frequent reporting requirement.  
(ii) For a nontransient noncommunity water system, or a community water system  
meeting the criteria of R 325.10410(3)(g), that does not have enough taps that can  
provide first draw samples, the supply shall do either of the following as appropriate:  
(A) Provide written documentation to the department identifying standing times  
and locations for enough non-first draw samples to make up its sampling pool under R  
325.10710a(2)(d) by the start of the first applicable monitoring period under R  
325.10710a(4) that commences after April 11, 2000, unless the department has waived  
prior department approval of non-first draw sample sites selected by the supply under R  
325.10710a(2)(d).  
(B) If the department has waived prior approval of non-first draw sample sites  
selected by the supply, identify, in writing, each site that did not meet the 6-hour  
minimum standing time and the length of standing time for that particular substitute  
sample collected under R 325.10710a(2)(d) and include this information with the lead  
and copper tap sample results submitted under subdivision (a)(i) of this subrule.  
(iii) At a time specified by the department, or if no specific time is designated by  
the department, then as early as possible prior to the addition of a new source or a long-  
term change in water treatment, a water supply considered to have optimized corrosion  
control under R 325.10604f(2)(b), a system subject to reduced monitoring under R  
325.10710a(4)(d), or a system subject to a monitoring waiver under R 325.10710a(7)  
shall submit written documentation to the department describing the change or addition.  
The department shall review and approve the addition of a new source or long-term  
change in treatment before it is implemented by the water supply. Examples of long-term  
treatment changes include the addition of a new treatment process or modification of an  
existing treatment process. Examples of modifications include adding ozone, switching  
secondary disinfectants, switching coagulants (for example, alum to ferric chloride), and  
switching corrosion inhibitor products (for example, orthophosphate to blended  
phosphate). Long- term changes can include dose changes to existing chemicals if the  
supply is planning long-term changes to its finished water pH or residual inhibitor  
concentration.  
Long-term treatment changes would not include chemical dose  
fluctuations associated with daily raw water quality changes.  
Page 199  
(iv) A small water supply applying for a monitoring waiver under R  
325.10710a(7), or subject to a waiver granted under R 325.10710a(7)(c), shall provide all  
of the following information to the department, in writing, by the specified deadline:  
(A) By the start of the first applicable monitoring period in R 325.10710a(4), a  
small water supply applying for a monitoring waiver shall provide the documentation  
required to demonstrate that it meets the waiver criteria of R 325.10710a(7)(a) and (b).  
(B) Not later than 9 years after the monitoring previously conducted under R  
325.10710a(7)(b) or R 325.10710a(7)(d)(i), a small water supply desiring to maintain its  
monitoring waiver shall provide the information required by R 325.10710a(7)(d)(i) and  
(ii).  
(C) Not later than 60 days after it becomes aware that the system is no longer free  
of lead containing or copper containing material, or both, as appropriate, a small water  
supply with a monitoring waiver shall provide written notification to the department,  
setting forth the circumstances resulting in the lead containing or copper containing  
materials, or both, being introduced into the system and what corrective action, if any, the  
supply plans to remove these materials.  
(v) Each ground water supply that limits water quality parameter monitoring to a  
subset of entry points under R 325.10710b(5)(c), the supply shall provide, by the  
commencement of the monitoring, written correspondence to the department that  
identifies the selected entry points and includes information sufficient to demonstrate that  
the sites are representative of water quality and treatment conditions throughout the  
system.  
(b) Source water monitoring provisions are as follows:  
(i) A water supply shall report the sampling results for all source water samples  
collected under R325.10710c within the first 10 days after the end of each source water  
monitoring period, for example, annually, per compliance period, or per compliance  
cycle, specified in R 325.10710c.  
(ii) With the exception of the first round of source water sampling conducted under  
R 325.10710c(2), a supply shall specify sites that were not sampled during previous  
monitoring periods and include an explanation of why the sampling points have changed.  
(c) A supply shall report the following corrosion control treatment information to the  
department by the applicable dates specified in R 325.10604f(2):  
(i) For a supply that has already optimized corrosion control, the information  
required in R 325.10604f(2)(b)(ii) or (iii).  
(ii) For a supply required to optimize corrosion control, the supply's  
recommendation regarding optimal corrosion control treatment under  
325.10604f(3)(a).  
R
(iii) For a supply that is required to evaluate the effectiveness of corrosion control  
treatments under R 325.10604f(3)(c), the information required by R 325.10604f(3)(c).  
(iv) For a supply required to install optimal corrosion control designated by the  
department under R 325.10604f(3)(d), documentation certifying that the supply has  
completed installing the optimal corrosion control.  
(d) A water supply shall provide the following source water treatment information to  
the department by the applicable dates specified in R 325.10604f(4):  
(i) If required under R 325.10604f(4)(b)(i), the supply's recommendation regarding  
source water treatment.  
Page 200  
(ii) For a supply required to install source water treatment under R  
325.10604f(4)(b)(ii), documentation certifying that the supply has completed installing  
the treatment designated by the department within 24 months after the department  
designated the treatment.  
(e) A water supply shall report all of the following lead service line replacement  
information to the department to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of R  
325.10604f(5):  
(i) Not later than 12 months after the end of a monitoring period in which a supply  
exceeds the lead action level in sampling referred to in R 325.10604f(5)(a), the supply  
shall submit written documentation to the department of the materials evaluation  
conducted as required in R 325.10710a(1) or the materials inventory required under R  
325.11604(c), identify the initial number of lead service lines in its distribution system at  
the time the supply exceeds the lead action level, and provide the supply's schedule for  
annually replacing not less than 7% of the initial number of lead service lines in its  
distribution system.  
(ii) Not later than 12 months after the end of a monitoring period in which a supply  
exceeds the lead action level in sampling referred to in 325.10604f(5)(a), and every 12  
months thereafter, the supply shall submit a written report to the department that  
demonstrates the supply has replaced, in the previous 12 months, not less than 7% of the  
initial lead service lines, or a greater number of lines specified by the department under R  
325.10604f(5)(d), in its distribution system.  
(iii) The annual documentation submitted to the department under paragraph (ii) of  
this subdivision, which shall contain all of the following information:  
(A) The number of lead service lines scheduled to be replaced during the previous  
year of the system's replacement schedule.  
(B) The number and location of each lead service line replaced during the  
previous year of the system's replacement schedule.  
(C) If measured, the water lead concentration and location of each lead service  
line sampled, the sampling method, and the date of sampling.  
(iv) At the request of the department, a supply that collects lead service line  
samples following partial lead service line replacement required by R 325.10604f(5) shall  
report the results to the department as specified in R 325.10734(1). Supplies shall also  
report additional information as specified by the department under R 325.11505(2) to  
verify that all partial lead service line replacement activities have taken place.  
(f) A water supply shall provide the following public education reporting  
information to the department:  
(i) A water supply that is subject to the public education requirements in R  
325.10410 shall, within 10 days after the end of each period in which the supply is  
required to perform public education tasks under R 325.10410(3), send written  
documentation to the department that contains both of the following:  
(A) A demonstration that the supply has delivered the public education materials  
that meet the content requirements in R 325.10410(2) and the delivery requirements in R  
325.10410(3).  
(B) A list of all the newspapers, radio stations, television stations, and facilities  
and organizations to which the supply delivered public education materials during the  
period in which the supply was required to perform public education tasks.  
Page 201  
(ii) Unless required by the department, a supply that previously has submitted the  
information required by paragraph (i)(B) of this subdivision need not resubmit the  
information required by paragraph (i)(B) of this subdivision, if there have been no  
changes in the distribution list and the supply certifies that the public education materials  
were distributed to the same list submitted previously.  
(iii) Not later than 3 months following the end of the monitoring period, each  
supply shall mail a sample copy of the consumer notification of tap results to the  
department along with a certification that the notification has been distributed consistent  
with the requirements of R 325.10410(5).  
(g) A water supply that collects sampling data in addition to that required by this  
part shall report the results to the department within the first 10 days following the end of  
the applicable monitoring period specified in R 325.10710a, R 325.10710b, and R  
325.10710c during which the samples are collected.  
(h) A water supply is not required to report the ninetieth percentile lead and copper  
concentrations measured from among all lead and copper tap water samples collected  
during each monitoring period, as required by subdivision (a)(i)(C) of this rule if all of  
the following provisions are satisfied:  
(i) The department has previously notified the supply that it will calculate the  
supply's ninetieth percentile lead and copper concentrations, based on the lead and copper  
tap results submitted under paragraph (ii)(A) of this subdivision, and has specified a date  
before the end of the applicable monitoring period by which the supply shall provide the  
results of lead and copper tap water samples.  
(ii) The supply has provided the following information to the department by the  
date specified in paragraph (i) of this subdivision:  
(A) The results of all tap samples for lead and copper including the location of  
each site and the criteria under R 325.10710a(1)(c), (d), (e), (f), or (g), under which the  
site was selected for the system's sampling pool, under subdivision (a)(i)(A) of this rule.  
(B) An identification of sampling sites utilized during the current monitoring  
period that were not sampled during previous monitoring periods, and an explanation  
why sampling sites have changed.  
(iii) The department has provided the results of the ninetieth percentile lead and  
copper calculations, in writing, to the supply before the end of the monitoring period.  
History: 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2018 AACS.  
R 325.10711 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 1993 AACS.  
R 325.10712 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 1993 AACS.  
R 325.10713 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS.  
Page 202  
R 325.10714 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1993 AACS.  
R 325.10715 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1993 AACS.  
R 325.10716 Collection and analysis of samples for VOCs.  
Rule 716. (1) Beginning with the initial compliance period, suppliers of  
community and nontransient, noncommunity water supplies shall collect samples and  
cause analyses to be made under this rule for volatile organic chemicals to determine  
compliance with the state drinking water standards in R 325.10604b. Each  
supplier shall monitor at the time designated by the department within each  
compliance  
period.  
The department may increase required monitoring where  
necessary to detect variations within a water system.  
(2) For transient, noncommunity and type III public water  
supplies, the  
at prescribed  
department may require samples to be collected and  
frequencies for organic chemicals.  
analyzed  
(3) Suppliers of groundwater systems shall take at least 1 sample at every entry  
point to the distribution system that is representative of each well after treatment, also  
known as sampling point. Each sample shall be taken at the same sampling point  
unless conditions make another  
sampling point more representative of each source,  
treatment plant, or within the distribution system.  
(4) Suppliers of surface water systems or combined surface  
water and  
groundwater systems shall take at least 1 sample at points in the distribution  
system that are representative of each source or at each entry point to the distribution  
system after treatment, also known as sampling point. Each sample shall be taken  
at the same sampling point unless conditions make another sampling point more  
representative of each source, treatment plant, or within the distribution system.  
(5) If the system draws water from more than 1 source and the  
sources are  
combined before distribution, then the system shall be sampled at an entry point to  
the distribution system during periods of normal operating conditions when water  
that is representative of all sources is being used.  
(6) Suppliers of each community and nontransient, noncommunity water system  
shall take 4 consecutive quarterly samples for each contaminant, except for vinyl  
chloride, in R 325.10604b during each compliance period, beginning in the initial  
compliance period. Suppliers that use grandfathered samples and that did not detect  
any VOCs in R 325.10604b, shall, beginning with the initial compliance period,  
monitor annually under subrule (7) of this rule.  
(7) If a supplier does not detect a contaminant in R 325.10604b in the first of the 4  
consecutive quarterly samples, then the supplier shall take 1 sample annually beginning  
with the initial compliance period.  
Page 203  
(8) After a supplier has performed annual sampling for not less than 3 years, the  
department may allow a groundwater supplier that has not previously detected any  
contaminant in R 325.10604b to reduce monitoring to 1 sample during each compliance  
period.  
(9) Suppliers of each community  
and  
nontransient  
noncommunity  
groundwater system that do not detect, at or above 0.0005 milligrams per liter, a  
contaminant in R 325.10604b may apply to the department for a waiver from portions  
of the requirements of subrules (6) and (7) of this rule after completing the initial  
monitoring. A waiver shall be effective for not more than 6 years. The department  
may also issue waivers to small systems for the initial round of 1,2,4 trichlorobenzene  
monitoring.  
(10) The following factors shall be evaluated to determine if a waiver may be  
granted:  
(a) Knowledge of previous use, including transport, storage, or disposal, of the  
contaminant within the watershed or zone of influence of the system.If a determination  
by the department reveals no previous use of the contaminant within the watershed  
or zone of influence, then a waiver may be granted.  
(b) If previous use of the contaminant is unknown or the contaminant has been  
used previously, then all of the following factors shall be used to determine whether a  
waiver is granted:  
(i) Previous analytical results.  
(ii) The proximity of the system to a potential point or non-point source of  
contamination. Point sources include spills and leaks of chemicals at or near a water  
treatment facility or at manufacturing, distribution, or storage facilities or from  
hazardous and municipal waste landfills and other waste-handling or treatment  
facilities.  
(iii) The environmental persistence and transport of the contaminants.  
(iv) The number of persons who are served by the public water system and the  
proximity of a smaller system to a larger system.  
(v) How well the water source is protected against contamination, such as  
whether it is a surface water or groundwater system.  
Groundwater supplies shall  
consider factors such as depth of the well, the type of soil, and wellhead protection.  
Surface water supplies shall consider watershed protection.  
(11) As a condition of a waiver, a groundwater supplier shall take 1 sample at  
each sampling point during the time the waiver is effective and update its vulnerability  
assessment considering the factors listed in subrule (10) of this rule. If the  
department does not reconfirm that the system is nonvulnerable based on this  
vulnerability assessment within 3 years of the initial determination, then the  
waiver is invalidated and the supplier is required to sample annually as specified in  
subrule (7) of this rule.  
(12) Suppliers of each community and nontransient noncommunity surface water  
system that do not detect a contaminant in R 325.10604b may  
department for a waiver from the requirements of subrule (7)  
apply to the  
of this rule after  
completing the initial monitoring. For a waiver to remain in effect, a supplier of a  
system that does not detect a contaminant in R 325.10604b shall be determined by the  
department to be nonvulnerable based on a vulnerability assessment, considering the  
Page 204  
factors listed in subrule (10) of this rule, during each compliance period. Each supplier  
that receives a waiver shall sample at the frequency specified by the department.  
(13) If a contaminant in R 325.10604b is detected in any sample, then all of the  
following provisions apply:  
(a) The supplier shall monitor quarterly at each sampling point that resulted in a  
detection.  
(b) The department may decrease the quarterly monitoring requirement  
specified in subdivision (a) of this subrule if it has determined that the system is  
reliably and consistently below the MCL. A groundwater supplier shall take not fewer  
than 2 quarterly samples and a surface water supplier shall take not fewer than 4  
quarterly samples for this determination.  
(c) If the department determines that the system is reliably and consistently  
below the MCL, then the department may allow the supplier to monitor annually.  
Suppliers that monitor annually shall monitor during the quarter or quarters that  
previously yielded the highest analytical result.  
(d) Suppliers that conduct 3 consecutive annual samples and do not detect a  
contaminant may apply to the department for a waiver as specified in subrule (9) of  
this rule.  
(e) Groundwater suppliers that detect 1 or more of the following 2-carbon organic  
compounds shall monitor quarterly for vinyl chloride:  
(i) Trichloroethylene.  
(ii) Tetrachloroethylene.  
(iii) 1,2-dichloroethane.  
(iv) 1,1,1-trichloroethane.  
(v) cis-1,2-dichloroethylene.  
(vi) trans-1,2-dichloroethylene.  
(vii) 1,1-dichloroethylene.  
A vinyl chloride sample shall be taken at each sampling point at which 1 or more  
of the 2-carbon organic compounds were detected. If the results of the first analysis do  
not detect vinyl chloride, then the department may reduce the quarterly monitoring  
frequency of vinyl chloride monitoring to 1 sample during each compliance period.  
Surface water suppliers shall monitor for vinyl chloride as specified by the department.  
(14) Suppliers that violate the requirements of R 325.10604b shall monitor  
quarterly. If not fewer than 4 consecutive quarterly samples show that the system is in  
compliance with R 325.10604b and the department determines the system is reliably  
and consistently below the MCL, then the supplier may monitor at the frequency and  
time specified in subrule (13)(c) of this rule.  
(15) The department may require a confirmation sample for positive or  
negative results. If a confirmation sample is required by the department, then the  
result shall be averaged with the first sampling result and the average shall be used  
for the compliance determination as specified by R 325.10604b. The department may  
delete results of obvious sampling errors from the calculation.  
(16) The department may reduce the total number of samples a supplier shall  
analyze by allowing the use of compositing when the population served by the system  
is more than 3,300 persons. Composite samples from not more than 5 sampling points  
within a single water system are allowed if the detection limit of the method used for  
Page 205  
analysis is less than 1/5 of the MCL. Compositing of samples shall be done in the  
laboratory and analyzed within 14 days of sample collection. All of the following  
provisions apply to compositing:  
(a) If the concentration in the composite sample is more than or equal to 0.0005  
milligrams per liter for any contaminant in R 325.10604b, then the supplier shall take  
a follow-up sample within 14 days  
composite and shall analyze the sample.  
from  
each sampling point included in the  
(b) If duplicates of the original sample taken from each sampling point used in the  
composite are available, then the supplier may use these duplicates instead of  
resampling. The supplier shall analyze the duplicate and shall report the results to  
the department within 14 days after completing analysis of the composite sample,  
provided the holding time of the sample is not exceeded.  
(c) The method for compositing samples specified in the provisions of 40 C.F.R.  
part 141, paragraph 141.24(f)(14)(iv) and (v), May 4, 2000, is adopted by reference.  
The adopted material is available from the superintendent of documents at the  
address in R 325.10116(b) for a cost of $61.00 at the time of adoption of these rules.  
The adopted material is available for inspection, or copies are available at no cost  
from the offices of the department at the address in R 325.10116(a).  
(17) All new supplies or supplies that use a new source  
of  
water shall  
demonstrate compliance with the MCLs before serving water to the public. The  
supply shall also comply with the initial sampling frequencies specified by the  
department to ensure a supply can demonstrate compliance with the MCLs.  
History: 1979 AC; 1993 AACS; 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10717 Collection and analysis of samples for synthetic organic  
chemicals.  
Rule 717. (1) Suppliers of community and nontransient, noncommunity water  
supplies shall collect samples and cause analyses to be made under this rule for synthetic  
organic chemicals to determine compliance with the state drinking water standards in  
R 325.10604d. Each supplier shall monitor at the time designated by the department  
within each compliance period.  
(2) A groundwater supplier shall take at least 1 sample at every entry point to the  
distribution system that is representative of each well after treatment, also known as  
sampling point. Each sample shall be taken at the same sampling point unless  
conditions make  
treatment plant.  
another  
sampling point more representative of each source or  
(3) A surface water supplier, or combined surface water and ground water,  
shall take at least 1 sample at points in the distribution system that are representative  
of each source or at each entry point to the distribution system after treatment, also  
known as sampling point. Each sample shall be taken at the same sampling point  
unless conditions make another sampling point more representative of each source or  
treatment plant.  
(4) If a system draws water from more than 1 source and the  
sources are  
combined before distribution, then the supplier shall sample at an entry point to the  
Page 206  
distribution system during periods of normal operating conditions when water that  
is representative of all sources is being used.  
(5) Each community and nontransient, noncommunity water supplier shall take 4  
consecutive quarterly samples for each contaminant in  
compliance period beginning with the initial compliance period.  
(6) A supplier serving more than 3,300 people that does not detect a  
contaminant in the initial compliance period may reduce the sampling  
R
325.10604d during each  
frequency to not fewer than 2 quarterly samples in 1 year during each repeat  
compliance period.  
(7) A supplier serving fewer than 3,301 people that does not detect a  
contaminant in the initial compliance period may  
reduce  
the sampling  
frequency to at least 1 sample during each repeat compliance period.  
(8) Each community and nontransient water supply may apply to the  
department for a waiver from the requirements of subrule (5), (6), or (7) of this rule.A  
supplier shall reapply for a waiver for each compliance period.  
(9) The department may grant a waiver if a determination by the department  
does not reveal previous use, including transport,  
storage,  
or disposal, of the  
contaminant within the watershed or zone of influence.  
If previous use of the  
contaminant is unknown or if the contaminant has been used previously, then all of the  
following factors shall be used to determine whether a waiver is granted:  
(a) Previous analytical results.  
(b) The proximity of the system to a potential point or non-point source of  
contamination. Point sources include spills and leaks of chemicals at or near a water  
treatment facility, at manufacturing,  
distribution, or storage facilities or from  
hazardous and municipal waste-handling or treatment facilities. Non-point sources  
include the use of pesticides to control insect and weed pests in agricultural areas, forest  
lands, homes, and gardens and also include other land application uses.  
(c) The environmental persistence and transport of the pesticide or PCBs.  
(d) How well the water source is protected against contamination due to factors  
such as depth of the well, the type of soil, and the integrity of the well casing.  
(e) Elevated nitrate levels at the water supply source.  
(f) Use of PCBs in equipment that is used in the production, storage, or  
distribution of water.  
(10) If a contaminant in R 325.10604d is detected in any sample, then all of the  
following provisions apply:  
(a) Each supply shall monitor quarterly at each sampling point that resulted in a  
detection. The department may decrease the  
quarterly monitoring requirement  
specified in this subrule if it has determined that the supply is reliably and  
consistently below the MCL. A groundwater supplier shall take not fewer than 2  
quarterly samples and a surface water supplier shall take not fewer than 4 quarterly  
samples before this determination.  
(b) After the department determines that the supply is  
reliably and  
to monitor  
the quarter that  
consistently below the MCL, the department may allow the  
annually. Supplies that monitor annually shall monitor during  
previously yielded the highest analytical result.  
supply  
Page 207  
(c) A supplier that conducts 3 consecutive annual samples and does not detect a  
contaminant may apply to the department for a waiver as specified in subrule (9) of  
this rule.  
(d) If monitoring results in detection of 1 or more of the following contaminants,  
then subsequent monitoring shall analyze for all the following related contaminants:  
(i) Aldicarb.  
(ii) Aldicarb sulfone.  
(iii) Aldicarb sulfoxide.  
(iv) Heptachlor.  
(v) Heptachlor epoxide.  
(11) A supplier that violates R 325.10604d shall monitor quarterly. If not fewer than  
4 quarterly samples show that the supply is in compliance and the department determines  
the supply is reliably and consistently below the MCL, then the supplier shall monitor at  
the frequency specified in subrule (10)(b) of this rule.  
(12) The department may require a confirmation sample for positive or negative  
results. If a confirmation sample is required, then the result shall be averaged with the  
first sampling result and the average shall be used for the compliance determination.  
The department may delete results of obvious sampling errors from this calculation.  
(13) The department may reduce the total number of samples  
a
supplier is  
required to analyze by allowing the use of compositing. Composite samples from  
not more than 5 sampling points within the same system are allowed if the detection  
limit of the method used for the analysis is less than 1/5 of the MCL. Compositing  
of samples shall be done in the laboratory and shall be analyzed within 14 days of  
sample collection. Both of the following provisions apply to compositing:  
(a) If the concentration in the composite sample detects  
1
or more  
contaminants in R 325.10604d, then the supplier shall take a follow-up sample within  
14 days from each sampling point included in the composite and shall analyze the  
sample for that contaminant.  
(b) If duplicates of the original sample taken from each sampling point used in the  
composite are available, then the supplier may  
use  
these duplicates instead of  
resampling. Duplicates shall be analyzed and the results reported to the department  
within 14 days after completion of the composite analysis or before the holding time  
is exceeded, whichever is sooner.  
(14) If monitoring data that are collected after January 1, 1990, are generally  
consistent with the requirements of this rule, R 325.10604d, and R 325.10605, then the  
department may allow systems to use that data to satisfy the monitoring requirement for  
the initial compliance period.  
(15) To detect variations within a system, due to fluctuations in concentration  
due to seasonal use or changes in water source, the department may increase the required  
monitoring frequency.  
(16) A determination of compliance may be based upon analytical  
other information compiled by the department.  
results and  
(17) All new supplies or supplies that use a new source  
of  
water shall  
demonstrate compliance with the MCLs before serving water to the public. The  
supply shall also comply with the initial sampling frequencies specified by the  
department to ensure a supply can demonstrate compliance with the MCLs.  
Page 208  
History: 1979 AC; 1984 AACS; 1989 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2000 AACS;  
2005 AACS.  
R 325.10717a Rescinded.  
History: 1989 AACS; 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1994 AACS.  
R 325.10717b Special monitoring.  
Rule 717b. (1) All of the following provisions apply to sodium monitoring:  
(a) A community water supply shall collect and analyze 1 sample per plant at the  
entry point to the distribution system to determine sodium concentration levels. A  
community water supply is also considered "water supply" or "supply" in this rule.  
Samples shall be collected and analyzed annually for a supply that utilizes surface  
water sources in whole or in part and at least once every 3 years for a supply that  
utilizes solely ground water sources. The minimum number of samples required to be  
taken by the supply shall be based on the number of treatment plants used by the  
supply, except that multiple wells drawing raw water from a single aquifer may be  
considered 1 treatment plant for determining the minimum number of samples.  
(b) The supply shall report to the department the results of the analyses for sodium  
as required in R 325.10734(1). If the department requires more than annual sampling,  
then the supply shall report the average sodium concentration as required in R  
325.10734(1) after taking the last sample used for the annual average.  
(c) The supply shall notify the local health department of the sodium levels  
within 3 months in writing. The supply shall send a copy of the written notice to the  
state within 10 days of its issuance. The supply is not required to send written notice to  
the local health department when the department provides the notice instead of the  
supply.  
(2) An analysis for a contaminant or parameter listed in this rule shall be conducted  
only by laboratories certified to conduct that analysis under part 27 of these rules or  
approved by the United States EPA.  
History: 1989 AACS; 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2005  
AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10717c Rescinded.  
History: 1989 AACS; 1993 AACS; rescinded 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10717d Collection and analysis of samples for per- and polyfluoroalkyl  
substances.  
Rule 717d. (1) Suppliers of community and nontransient noncommunity water  
supplies shall collect samples and cause analyses to be made under this rule for per- and  
polyfluoroalkyl substances to determine compliance with the state drinking water  
Page 209  
standards in R 325.10604g. Each supplier shall monitor at the time designated by the  
department.  
(2) For transient noncommunity and type III public water supplies, the department  
may require samples to be collected and analyzed at prescribed frequencies for per- and  
polyfluoroalkyl substances.  
(3) A groundwater supplier shall take at least 1 sample at every entry point to the  
distribution system that is representative of each well after treatment, also known as  
sampling point. Each sample must be taken at the same sampling point unless conditions  
make another sampling point more representative of each source or treatment plant.  
(4) A surface water supplier, or combined surface water and ground water, shall take  
at least 1 sample at points in the distribution system that are representative of each source  
or at each entry point to the distribution system after treatment, also known as sampling  
point. Each sample must be taken at the same sampling point unless conditions make  
another sampling point more representative of each source or treatment plant.  
(5) If a system draws water from more than 1 source and the sources are combined  
before distribution, then the supplier shall sample at an entry point to the distribution  
system during periods of normal operating conditions when water that is representative of  
all sources is being used.  
(6) An existing supplier with one or more samples taken at each sampling point  
described in subrules (3), (4), or (5) of this rule as part of the State of Michigan’s  
2018/2019 Statewide PFAS Survey shall conduct initial sampling as follows:  
(a) A supplier with one or more sample results greater than 50% of the MCL for a  
contaminant listed in rule 10604g shall collect samples from each sampling point  
beginning the first full quarter following the effective date of this rule.  
(b) A supplier with no detection or a detection less than or equal to 50% of the  
MCL for a contaminant listed in rule 10604g shall collect at least 1 sample from each  
sampling point within 6 months of the effective date of this rule.  
(7) An existing supplier without sampling conducted under subrule (6) of this rule,  
shall collect samples beginning the first full quarter following the effective date of this  
rule.  
(8) A new community or nontransient noncommunity water supply shall collect samples  
beginning the first full quarter following the initiation of operations.  
(9) If the results of samples collected under subrules (6), (7), or (8) of this rule are  
below the reporting limits specified in R 325.12708, the department may allow the water  
supply to monitor annually.  
(10) If a contaminant in R 325.10604g is detected above the reporting limit in any  
sample, then all of the following provisions apply:  
(a) Each supply shall monitor quarterly at each sampling point that resulted in a  
detection. The department may decrease the quarterly monitoring requirement specified  
in this subrule if it has determined that the supply is reliably and consistently below the  
MCL. A groundwater supplier shall take not fewer than 2 quarterly samples and a  
surface water supplier shall take not fewer than 4 quarterly samples before this  
determination.  
(b) After the department determines that the supply is reliably and consistently  
below the MCL, the department may allow the supply to monitor annually.  
Page 210  
(11) A supplier that violates R 325.10604g shall monitor quarterly. If not fewer than  
4 quarterly samples show that the supply is in compliance and the department determines  
the supply is reliably and consistently below the MCL, then the department may allow  
the supply to monitor annually.  
(12) The department may require confirmation sampling for positive or negative  
results. If confirmation sampling is required, then the results must be averaged with the  
first sampling result and the average must be used for the compliance determination. The  
department may exclude results of obvious sampling errors from this calculation.  
(13) The department may increase the required monitoring to detect variations  
within the system.  
(14) All new supplies or supplies that use a new source of water shall demonstrate  
compliance with the MCLs before serving water to the public. The supply shall also  
comply with the initial sampling frequencies specified by the department.  
History: 2020 MR 14, Eff. Aug. 3, 2020.  
R 325.10718 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS.  
R 325.10719 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1984 AACS; 1989 AACS; 1993 AACS; 2003 AACS.  
R 325.10719a Rescinded.  
History: 1984 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10719b Rescinded.  
History: 1984 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10719c Rescinded.  
History: 1984 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10719d Rescinded.  
History: 1984 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
Page 211  
R 325.10719e Disinfectant residuals, disinfection byproducts, and disinfection  
byproduct precursors; monitoring requirements.  
Rule 719e. (1) This rule applies as set forth in R 325.10610b. All of the following  
provisions are general monitoring requirements:  
(a) Supplies shall take all samples during normal operating conditions.  
(b) Supplies may consider multiple wells drawing water from a single aquifer as 1  
treatment plant for determining the minimum number of TTHM and HAA5 samples  
required, with department approval. This approval will be granted in writing if the supply  
can demonstrate that the finished water quality characteristic of all entry points to the  
distribution system drawing from the identified aquifer, whether served by multiple wells  
or a single well, are similar and are expected to react alike in terms of the formation of  
disinfection byproducts. To demonstrate this, the supply shall arrange for a study to be  
prepared by an individual or firm considered qualified to perform this work, such as a  
hydrogeologist, geologist, or engineer. All of the following provisions apply to the study:  
(i) The study shall consider well construction and geology, including all of the  
following:  
(A) Well locations marked on a topographical map.  
(B) Well depths.  
(C) Well logs showing geological strata, identifying water production zones, screened  
or slotted areas, and grouting of the annular space.  
(D) Static water levels.  
(E) Aquifer studies and maps.  
(F) Treatment applied.  
(ii) The study shall consider water characteristics and chemistry of each well  
including all of the following:  
(A) Field pH.  
(B) Field temperatures.  
(C) Specific conductivity.  
(D) Total organic carbon.  
(E) Analyses of common ions with a calculated cation/ion balance, such as calcium,  
magnesium, iron, manganese, sodium sulfate, alkalinity, and chloride.  
(iii) The department may require disinfection byproducts monitoring at various entry  
points to the distribution system to determine if the study conclusions are correct.  
(iv) Results of disinfection byproducts monitoring may be used instead of the study if  
all entry points to the distribution system drawing from the identified aquifer show that  
the levels are below the MCLs.  
(c) Failure to monitor in accordance with the monitoring plan required under subrule  
(5) of this rule is a monitoring violation.  
(d) Failure to monitor will be treated as a violation for the entire period covered by  
the annual average where compliance is based on a running annual average of monthly or  
quarterly samples or averages and the supply's failure to monitor makes it impossible to  
determine compliance with MCLs or MRDLs.  
(e) Supplies shall use only data collected under this rule to qualify for reduced  
monitoring.  
(2) All of the following provisions are monitoring requirements for disinfection  
byproducts:  
Page 212  
(a) All of the following provisions are TTHM and HAA5 monitoring requirements:  
(i) Supplies shall conduct routine monitoring at the frequency indicated in  
R 325.10719h.  
(ii) Supplies may reduce monitoring, except as otherwise provided, under  
R 325.10719j.  
(iii) To qualify for reduced monitoring for TTHM and HAA5 under R 325.10719j,  
subpart H supplies not subject to disinfection byproduct precursor monitoring under  
subrule (4) of this rule shall take monthly TOC samples every 30 days at a location  
before treatment. In addition to meeting other criteria for reduced monitoring in  
R 325.10719j, the source water TOC running annual average shall be less than or equal to  
4.0 mg/L, based on the most recent 4 quarters of monitoring, on a continuing basis at  
each treatment plant to reduce or remain on reduced monitoring for TTHM and HAA5.  
Once qualified for reduced monitoring for TTHM and HAA5 under R 325.10719j, a  
supply may reduce source water TOC monitoring to quarterly TOC samples taken every  
90 days at a location before treatment.  
(b) Community and nontransient noncommunity water supplies adding chlorine  
dioxide shall conduct monitoring for chlorite under all of the following provisions:  
(i) All of the following provisions are routine monitoring requirements:  
(A) Each day, supplies shall take samples at the entrance to the distribution system.  
For any daily sample that exceeds the chlorite MCL, the supply shall take additional  
samples in the distribution system the following day at the locations required by  
paragraph (ii) of this subdivision, in addition to the sample required at the entrance to the  
distribution system.  
(B) Each month, supplies shall take a 3-sample set in the distribution system. The  
supply shall take 1 sample at each of the following locations:  
(1) Near the first customer.  
(2) At a location representative of average residence time.  
(3) At a location reflecting maximum residence in the distribution system.  
Any additional routine sampling shall be conducted in the same manner, as 3-sample  
sets, at the specified locations. The supply may use the results of additional monitoring  
conducted under paragraph (ii) of this subdivision to meet the requirement for monitoring  
in this paragraph.  
(ii) On each day following a routine sample monitoring result that exceeds the  
chlorite MCL at the entrance to the distribution system, the supply shall take 3 chlorite  
distribution system samples at each of the following locations:  
(A) As close to the first customer as possible.  
(B) In a location representative of average residence time.  
(C) As close to the end of the distribution system as possible, reflecting maximum  
residence time in the distribution system.  
(iii) Chlorite monitoring at the entrance to the distribution system required by  
paragraph (i)(A) of this subdivision may not be reduced. Chlorite monitoring in the  
distribution system required by paragraph (i)(B) of this subdivision may be reduced to 1  
3-sample set per quarter after 1 year of monitoring where no individual chlorite sample  
taken in the distribution system under paragraph (i)(B) of this subdivision has exceeded  
the chlorite MCL and the supply has not been required to conduct monitoring under  
paragraph (ii) of this subdivision. The supply may remain on the reduced monitoring  
Page 213  
schedule until either any of the 3 individual chlorite samples taken quarterly in the  
distribution system under paragraph (i)(B) of this subdivision exceeds the chlorite MCL  
or the supply is required to conduct monitoring under paragraph (ii) of this subdivision, at  
which time the supply shall revert to routine monitoring.  
(c) Supplies using ozone shall monitor for bromate as follows:  
(i) Supplies using ozone shall monitor for bromate by taking 1 sample per month at  
the entrance to the distribution system for each treatment plant in the supply using ozone.  
(ii) A supply required to monitor for bromate may reduce monitoring from monthly to  
quarterly, if the supply's running annual average bromate concentration is less than or  
equal to 0.0025 mg/L based on monthly bromate measurements under paragraph (i) of  
this subdivision for the most recent 4 quarters. The supply may remain on reduced  
monitoring as long as the running annual average of quarterly bromate sample are less  
than or equal to 0.0025 mg/L. If the running annual average bromate concentration is  
greater than 0.0025 mg/L, the supply shall resume routine monitoring required by  
paragraph (i) of this subdivision.  
(3) Both of the following provisions are monitoring requirements for disinfectant  
residuals:  
(a) Community and nontransient noncommunity water supplies adding chlorine or  
chloramines shall measure the residual disinfectant level in the distribution system at the  
same point in the distribution system and at the same time as total coliforms are sampled,  
as specified in R 325.10704 to R 325.10709 until March 31, 2016 and as specified in  
R 325.10704d to R 325.10704h beginning April 1, 2016. Subpart H supplies may use the  
results of residual disinfectant concentration sampling conducted under filtration  
sampling requirements of R 325.10720(4) instead of taking separate samples.  
Monitoring shall not be reduced.  
(b) All of the following provisions are chlorine dioxide monitoring requirements:  
(i) Community, nontransient noncommunity, and transient noncommunity water  
supplies that use chlorine dioxide shall monitor for chlorine dioxide by taking daily  
samples at the entrance to the distribution system. For any daily sample that exceeds the  
MRDL, the supply shall take samples in the distribution system the following day at the  
locations required by paragraph (ii) of this subdivision, in addition to the sample required  
at the entrance to the distribution system.  
(ii) On each day following a routine sample monitoring result that exceeds the  
MRDL, the supply shall take 3 chlorine dioxide distribution system samples. If chlorine  
dioxide or chloramines are used to maintain a disinfectant residual in the distribution  
system, or if chlorine is used to maintain a disinfectant residual in the distribution system  
and there are no disinfection addition points after the entrance to the distribution system,  
that is, no booster chlorination, the supply shall take 3 samples as close to the first  
customer as possible, at intervals of at least 6 hours. If chlorine is used to maintain a  
disinfectant residual in the distribution system and there are 1 or more disinfection  
addition points after the entrance to the distribution system, that is, booster chlorination,  
the supply shall take 1 sample at each of the following locations:  
(A) As close to the first customer as possible.  
(B) In a location representative of average residence time.  
(C) As close to the end of the distribution system as possible, reflecting maximum  
residence time in the distribution system.  
Page 214  
(iii) Chlorine dioxide monitoring may not be reduced.  
(4) Monitoring requirements for disinfection byproduct precursors (DBPP) are as  
follows:  
(a) Subpart H supplies using conventional filtration shall monitor each treatment plant  
for TOC not later than the point of combined filter effluent turbidity monitoring and  
representative of the treated water. Supplies shall also monitor for TOC in the source  
water before any treatment at the same time as monitoring for TOC in the treated water.  
These samples (source water and treated water) are referred to as "paired samples." At the  
same time as the source water sample is taken, supplies shall monitor for alkalinity in the  
source water before any treatment. Supplies shall take 1 paired sample and 1 source water  
alkalinity sample per month per plant at a time representative of normal operating  
conditions and influent water quality.  
(b) Subpart H supplies with an average treated water TOC of less than 2.0 mg/l for 2  
consecutive years, or less than 1.0 mg/l for 1 year, may reduce monitoring for both TOC  
and alkalinity to 1 paired sample and 1 source water alkalinity sample per plant per  
quarter. The supply shall revert to routine monitoring in the month following the quarter  
when the annual average treated water TOC is greater than or equal to 2.0 mg/l.  
(5) Supplies subject to this rule shall develop and implement a monitoring plan. The  
supply shall maintain the plan and make it available for inspection by the department and  
the general public not more than 30 days after the supply becomes subject to this rule, as  
indicated in R 325.10610b. Subpart H supplies serving more than 3,300 people shall  
submit a copy of the monitoring plan to the department not later than the date of the first  
report required under R 325.10719f. At a minimum, the plan shall include all of the  
following elements:  
(a) Specific locations and schedules for collecting samples for parameters included in  
R 325.10610b, R 325.10610c, or this rule.  
(b) The method the supply will use to calculate compliance with MCLs, MRDLs, and  
treatment techniques.  
(c) If approved for monitoring as a consecutive supply, or if providing water to a  
consecutive supply, under of R 325.10733, the sampling plan shall reflect the entire  
distribution system.  
History: 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10719f  
Disinfectant residuals, disinfection byproducts, and disinfection  
byproduct precursors; reporting and recordkeeping.  
Rule 719f. (1) Supplies required to monitor under R 325.10719e shall report to the  
department under this rule and R 325.10719n. Supplies required to sample quarterly or  
more frequently shall report to the department within 10 days after the end of each  
quarter in which samples were collected, notwithstanding the provisions of R 325.10734.  
Supplies required to sample less frequently than quarterly shall report to the department  
within 10 days after the end of each monitoring period in which samples were collected.  
(2) Supplies shall report disinfection byproducts information specified in the following  
table:  
Page 215  
If  
supply  
monitors  
under Supply shall report...  
(i) The number of entry point samples taken each month for the last 3  
R 325.10719e(2) for...  
(a) Chlorite  
months.  
(ii) The location, date, and result of each sample (both entry point and  
distribution system) taken during the last quarter.  
(iii) For each month in the reporting period, the average of all samples  
taken in each 3-samples set taken in the distribution system.  
(iv) Whether, based on R 325.10610b(2)(c), the MCL was violated, in  
which month, and how many times it was violated each month.  
(i) The number of samples taken during the last quarter.  
(ii) The location, date, and result of each sample taken during the last  
quarter.  
(b) Bromate  
(iii) The average of the monthly averages of all samples taken in the last  
year.  
(iv) Whether, based on R 325.10610b(2)(b), the MCL was violated.  
(3) Supplies shall report disinfectant information specified in the following table:  
supply monitors under supply shall report...  
If  
R 325.10719e(3) for...  
(a) Chlorine or chloramines  
(i) The number of samples taken during each month of the last quarter.  
(ii) The monthly average of all samples taken in each month for the last 12  
months.  
(iii) The average of all monthly averages for the last 12 months.  
(iv) Whether, based on R 325.10610b(3)(a), the MRDL was violated.  
(i) The dates, results, and locations of samples taken during the last  
quarter.  
(b) Chlorine dioxide  
(ii) Whether, based on R 325.10610(3)(b), the MRDL was violated.  
(iii) Whether the MRDL was exceeded in any 2 consecutive daily samples  
and whether the resulting violation was a tier 1 or tier 2 violation.  
(4) Supplies shall report disinfection byproduct precursors and enhanced coagulation or  
enhanced softening information specified in the following table:  
If supply monitors monthly or Supply shall report...  
quarterly  
for  
TOC  
under  
R 325.10719e(4)...  
(a) And is required to meet the (i) The number of paired samples taken during the last quarter.  
enhanced coagulation or enhanced (ii) The location, date, and result of each paired sample and associated  
softening  
requirements  
in alkalinity taken during the last quarter.  
R 325.10610c(2)(b) or (c)  
(iii) For each month in the reporting period that paired samples were taken,  
the average of the percent reduction of TOC for each paired sample and the  
required TOC percent removal.  
(iv) Calculations for determining compliance with the TOC percent removal  
requirements, as provided in R 325.10610c(3)(a).  
(v) Whether the system is in compliance with the enhanced coagulation or  
enhanced softening percent removal requirements in R 325.10610c(2) for the  
last 4 quarters.  
Page 216  
(b) And meets 1 or more of the (i) The number of paired samples taken during the last quarter.  
alternative compliance criteria in (ii) The location, date, and result of each paired sample and associated  
R 325.10610c(1)(b) or (c)  
alkalinity taken during the last quarter. (iii) The alternative compliance  
criterion that the system is using.  
(iv) The running annual average based on monthly averages, or quarterly  
samples, of source water TOC for systems meeting a criterion in  
R 325.10610c(1)(b)(i) or (iii) or of treated water TOC for systems meeting  
the criterion in R 325.10610c(1)(b)(ii).  
(v) The running annual average based on monthly averages, or quarterly  
samples, of source water SUVA for systems meeting the criterion in  
R 325.10610c(1)(b)(v) or of treated water SUVA for systems meeting the  
criterion in R 325.10610c(1)(b)(vi).  
(vi) the running annual average of source water alkalinity for systems  
meeting the criterion in R 325.10610c(1)(b)(iii) and of treated water  
alkalinity for systems meeting the criterion in R 325.10610c(1)(c)(i).  
(vii) The running annual average for both TTHM and HAA5 for systems  
meeting the criterion in R 325.10610c(1)(b)(iii).  
(viii) The running annual average of the amount of magnesium hardness  
removal, as calcium carbonate, in mg/l, for systems meeting the criterion in  
R 325.10610c(1)(c)(ii).  
(ix) Whether the system is in compliance with the particular alternative  
compliance criterion in R 325.10610c(1)(b) or (c).  
History: 2003 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10719g Rescinded.  
History: 2003 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10719h Disinfection byproducts; routine monitoring.  
Rule 719h. (1) A community or nontransient noncommunity water supply that is  
subject to disinfection byproducts requirements of R 325.10610d shall monitor at the  
location or locations and dates identified in the monitoring plan in R 325.10719e(5),  
updated as required by R 325.10719i. These community and noncommunity water  
supplies are also considered "water supplies" or "supplies" in this rule and R 325.10719i  
to R 325.10719n.  
(2) The supply shall monitor at least the number of locations identified in the  
following table:  
Source Water Type Population size  
category  
Monitoring  
Distribution system  
monitoring locations  
Frequency 1  
total per monitoring  
period 2  
Subpart H  
Subpart H  
Subpart H  
less than 500  
500 to 3,300  
3,301 to 9,999  
per year  
per quarter  
per quarter  
2
2
2
Page 217  
Subpart H  
Subpart H  
Subpart H  
Subpart H  
10,000 to 49,999  
50,000 to 249,999  
250,000 to 999,999 per quarter  
1,000,000 to  
4,999,999  
per quarter  
per quarter  
4
8
12  
16  
per quarter  
Subpart H  
greater than or equal per quarter  
to 5,000,000  
20  
Groundwater  
Groundwater  
Groundwater  
Groundwater  
Groundwater  
less than 500  
500 to 9,999  
10,000 to 99,999  
100,000 to 499,999 per quarter  
greater than or equal per quarter  
to 500,000  
per year  
per year  
per quarter  
2
2
4
6
8
1 All supplies shall monitor during month of highest DBP concentrations.  
2
Supplies on quarterly monitoring shall take dual sample sets every 90 days at each  
monitoring location, except for subpart H supplies serving 500 to 3,300. Groundwater  
supplies serving 500-9,999 on annual monitoring shall take dual sample sets at each  
monitoring location. All other supplies on annual monitoring and subpart H supplies  
serving 500 to 3,300 shall take individual TTHM and HAA5 samples (instead of a dual  
sample set) at the locations with the highest TTHM and HAA5 concentrations,  
respectively. For supplies serving fewer than 500 people, only 1 location with a dual  
sample set per monitoring period is needed if the highest TTHM and HAA5  
concentrations occur at the same location and month.  
(3) An undisinfected supply that begins using a disinfectant other than UV light shall  
consult with the department to identify compliance monitoring locations for TTHM and  
HAA5 under R 325.10610d and R 325.10719h to R 325.10719n. The supply shall then  
develop a monitoring plan under R 325.10719i that includes those monitoring locations.  
History: 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10719i Disinfection byproducts; monitoring plan.  
Rule 719i. (1) Both of the following provisions apply to developing the monitoring  
plan for community or nontransient noncommunity water supplies that are subject to  
disinfection byproducts requirements of R 325.10610d:  
(a) The supply shall develop and implement a monitoring plan to be kept on file for  
department and public review. The monitoring plan shall contain all of the following  
elements and be complete not later than the date the supply conducts the initial  
monitoring under TTHM and HAA5 provisions of R 325.10610d and R 325.10719h to  
R 325.10719n:  
(i) Monitoring locations.  
(ii) Monitoring dates.  
(iii) Compliance calculation procedures.  
(iv) Monitoring plans for the other supplies in the combined distribution system if the  
department has reduced monitoring requirements under R 325.10733.  
Page 218  
(b) A supply shall identify monitoring locations by alternating selection of locations  
representing high TTHM levels and high HAA5 levels until the required number of  
monitoring locations have been identified for compliance with R 325.10719h to  
R 325.10719j. The supply shall also provide the rationale for identifying the locations as  
having high levels of TTHM or HAA5.  
(2) A subpart H supply serving greater than 3,300 people shall submit a copy of the  
monitoring plan to the department before the date the supply conducts the initial  
monitoring under TTHM and HAA5 provisions of R 325.10610d and R 325.10719h to  
R 325.10719n.  
(3) The supply may revise the monitoring plan to reflect changes in treatment,  
distribution system operations and layout, including new service areas, or other factors  
that may affect TTHM or HAA5 formation, or for department approved reasons, after  
consultation with the department regarding the need for changes and the appropriateness  
of changes. If the supply changes monitoring locations, the supply shall replace existing  
compliance monitoring locations with the lowest LRAA with new locations that reflect  
the current distribution system locations with expected high TTHM or HAA5 levels. The  
department may also require modifications in the monitoring plan. A subpart H supply  
serving greater than 3,300 people shall submit a copy of the modified monitoring plan to  
the department before the date the supply is required to comply with the revised  
monitoring plan.  
History: 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10719j Disinfection byproducts; reduced monitoring.  
Rule 719j. (1) The community or nontransient noncommunity water supply that is  
subject to disinfection byproducts requirements of R 325.10610d may reduce  
monitoring any time the LRAA is less than or equal to 0.040 mg/L for TTHM and less  
than or equal to 0.030 mg/L for HAA5 at all monitoring locations. The supply may  
only use data collected under R 325.10610b to R 325.10610d, R 325.10719e to R  
325.10719f, and R 325.10719h to R 325.10719n to qualify for reduced monitoring. In  
addition, the source water annual average TOC level, before treatment, shall be less than  
or equal to 4.0 mg/L at each treatment plant treating surface water or groundwater  
under the direct influence of surface water, based on monitoring conducted under  
either R 325.10719e(2)(a)(3) or R 325.10719e(4). Reduced monitoring shall be to the  
level specified in the following table:  
Page 219  
Source Water Population  
Monitoring  
Distribution system monitoring  
location per monitoring period  
monitoring may not be reduced  
1 TTHM and 1 HAA5 sample: 1 at  
the location and during the quarter  
with the highest TTHM single  
measurement, 1 at the location and  
during the quarter with the highest  
HAA5 single measurement; 1 dual  
sample set per year if the highest  
TTHM and HAA5 measurements  
occurred at the same location and  
quarter.  
Type  
size category Frequency *  
Subpart H  
Subpart H  
less than 500  
500 to 3,300  
per year  
Subpart H  
3,301 to  
9,999  
per year  
2 dual sample sets: 1 at the location  
and during the quarter with the highest  
TTHM single measurement, 1 at the  
location and during the quarter with  
the highest HAA5 single  
measurement.  
Subpart H  
Subpart H  
Subpart H  
Subpart H  
Subpart H  
10,000 to  
49,999  
per quarter  
per quarter  
per quarter  
per quarter  
per quarter  
2 dual sample sets at the locations  
with the highest TTHM and highest  
HAA5 LRAAs.  
4 dual sample sets--at the locations  
with the 2 highest TTHM and 2  
highest HAA5 LRAAs.  
6 dual sample sets--at the locations  
with the 3 highest TTHM and 3  
highest HAA5 LRAAs.  
8 dual sample sets--at the locations  
with the 4 highest TTHM and 4  
highest HAA5 LRAAs.  
50,000 to  
249,999  
250,000 to  
999,999  
1,000,000 to  
4,999,999  
greater than  
or equal to  
5,000,000  
10 dual sample sets--at the locations  
with the 5 highest TTHM and 5  
highest HAA5 LRAAs.  
Groundwater less than 500 every third  
year  
1 TTHM and 1 HAA5 sample: 1 at  
the location and during the quarter  
with the highest TTHM single  
measurement, 1 at the location and  
during the quarter with the highest  
HAA5 single measurement; 1 dual  
sample set per year if the highest  
TTHM and HAA5 measurements  
occurred at the same location and  
quarter.  
Page 220  
Groundwater 500 to 9,999  
per year  
1 TTHM and 1 HAA5 sample: 1 at  
the location and during the quarter  
with the highest TTHM single  
measurement, 1 at the location and  
during the quarter with the highest  
HAA5 single measurement; 1 dual  
sample set per year if the highest  
TTHM and HAA5 measurements  
occurred at the same location and  
quarter.  
Groundwater 10,000 to  
99,999  
per year  
2 dual sample sets: 1 at the location  
and during the quarter with the highest  
TTHM single measurement, 1 at the  
location and during the quarter with  
the highest HAA5 single  
measurement.  
Groundwater 100,000 to  
499,999  
per quarter  
per quarter  
2 dual sample sets; at the locations  
with the highest TTHM and highest  
HAA5 LRAAs.  
4 dual sample sets at the locations  
with the 2 highest TTHM and 2  
highest HAA5 LRAAs.  
Groundwater greater than  
or equal to  
500,000  
* Supplies on quarterly monitoring shall take dual sample sets every 90 days.  
(2) The supply may remain on reduced monitoring as long as the TTHM LRAA  
less than or equal to 0.040 mg/L and the HAA5 LRAA less than or equal to 0.030  
mg/L at each monitoring location (for supplies with quarterly reduced monitoring) or  
each TTHM sample less than or equal to 0.060 mg/L and each HAA5 sample less than  
or equal to 0.045 mg/L (for supplies with annual or less frequent monitoring). In  
addition, the source water annual average TOC level, before treatment, shall be less than  
or equal to 4.0 mg/L at each treatment plant treating surface water or groundwater  
under the direct influence of surface water, based on monitoring conducted under  
either R 325.10719e(2)(a)(iii) or R 325.10719e(4).  
(3) If the LRAA based on quarterly monitoring at a monitoring location exceeds  
either 0.040 mg/L for TTHM or 0.030 mg/L for HAA5 or if the annual  
(or less  
frequent) sample at a location exceeds either 0.060 mg/L for TTHM or 0.045 mg/L for  
HAA5, or if the source water annual average TOC level, before treatment, is greater than  
4.0 mg/L at a treatment plant treating surface water or groundwater under the direct  
influence of surface water, the supply shall resume routine monitoring under R  
325.10719h or begin increased monitoring if R 325.10719k applies.  
(4) The department may return the supply to routine monitoring under R  
325.10732.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
Page 221  
R 325.10719k Disinfection byproducts; conditions requiring increased  
monitoring.  
Rule 719k. (1) A community or nontransient noncommunity water supply that is  
subject to disinfection byproducts requirements of R 325.10610d and that is required to  
monitor at a particular location annually or less frequently than annually under routine  
monitoring in R 325.10719h or reduced monitoring in R 325.10719j shall increase  
monitoring to dual sample sets once per quarter, taken every 90 days, at all locations  
if a TTHM sample is greater than 0.080 mg/L or a HAA5 sample is greater than 0.060  
mg/L at any location.  
(2) The supply is in violation of the MCL when the LRAA exceeds the MCLs in R  
325.10610 (2), calculated based on 4 consecutive quarters of monitoring, or the LRAA  
calculated based on fewer than 4 quarters of data if the MCL would be exceeded  
regardless of the monitoring results of subsequent quarters. The supply is in violation  
of the monitoring requirements for each quarter that a monitoring result would be used in  
calculating an LRAA if the supply fails to monitor.  
(3) The supply may return to routine monitoring once the supply has conducted  
increased monitoring for not less than 4 consecutive quarters and the LRAA for every  
monitoring location is less than or equal to 0.060 mg/L for TTHM and less than or  
equal to 0.045 mg/L for HAA5.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10719l Disinfection byproducts: operational evaluation levels.  
Rule 719l. (1) The community or nontransient noncommunity water supply that  
is subject to disinfection byproducts requirements of R 325.10610d has exceeded the  
operational evaluation level at a monitoring location where the sum of the 2 previous  
quarters' TTHM results plus twice the current quarter's TTHM result, divided by 4 to  
determine an average, exceeds 0.080 mg/L, or where the sum of the 2 previous  
quarters' HAA5 results plus twice the current quarter's HAA5 result, divided by 4 to  
determine an average, exceeds 0.060 mg/L.  
(2) Both of the following provisions apply to operational evaluations:  
(a) A supply that exceeds the operational evaluation level shall conduct an  
operational evaluation and submit a written report of the evaluation to the department  
not later than 90 days after being notified of the analytical result that causes the supply  
to exceed the operational evaluation level. The written report shall be made available to  
the public upon request.  
(b) The operational evaluation shall include an examination of system treatment  
and distribution operational practices, including storage tank operations, excess  
storage capacity, distribution system flushing, changes in sources or source water quality,  
and treatment changes or problems that may contribute to TTHM and HAA5 formation  
and what steps could be considered to minimize future exceedences. Both of the  
following provisions apply to limiting the scope of the operational evaluation:  
(i) The supply may request and the department may allow the supply to limit the  
scope of the evaluation if the supply is able to identify the cause of the operational  
evaluation level exceedance.  
Page 222  
(ii) The request to limit the scope of the evaluation does not extend the schedule in  
subdivision (a) of this subrule for submitting the written report. The department shall  
approve this limited scope of evaluation in writing and the supply shall keep that  
approval with the completed report.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10719m Rescinded.  
History: 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10719n  
requirements.  
Disinfection byproducts; reporting and  
recordkeeping  
Rule 719n. (1) A community or nontransient noncommunity water supply that is  
subject to disinfection byproducts requirements of R 325.10610d shall report all of the  
following:  
(a) The supply shall report all of the following information for each monitoring  
location to the department within 10 days of the end of a quarter in which monitoring is  
required:  
(i) Number of samples taken during the last quarter.  
(ii) Date and results of each sample taken during the last quarter.  
(iii) Arithmetic average of quarterly results for the last 4 quarters for each  
monitoring location (LRAA), beginning at the end of the fourth calendar quarter  
that follows the compliance date and at the end of each subsequent quarter. If the  
LRAA calculated based on fewer than 4 quarters of data would cause the MCL to be  
exceeded regardless of the monitoring results of subsequent quarters, the supply shall  
report this information to the department as part of the first report due following the  
compliance date or anytime thereafter that this determination is made. If the supply is  
required to conduct monitoring at a frequency that is less than quarterly, the supply shall  
make compliance calculations beginning with the first compliance sample taken after the  
compliance date, unless the supply is required to conduct increased monitoring under  
R 325.10719k.  
(iv) Whether, based on R 325.10610(2), R 325.10610d and R 325.10719h to R  
325.10719n, the MCL was violated at a monitoring location.  
(v) Any operational evaluation levels that were exceeded during the quarter and, if  
so, the location and date, and the calculated TTHM and HAA5 levels.  
(b) A subpart H supply that is seeking to qualify for or remain on reduced  
TTHM/HAA5 monitoring shall report all of the following source water TOC  
information for each treatment plant that treats surface water or groundwater under the  
direct influence of surface water to the department within 10 days of the end of a quarter  
in which monitoring is required:  
(i) The number of source water TOC samples taken each month during last  
quarter.  
(ii) The date and result of each sample taken during last quarter.  
Page 223  
(iii) The quarterly average of monthly samples taken during last quarter or the result  
of the quarterly sample.  
(iv) The running annual average (RAA) of quarterly averages from the past 4  
quarters.  
(v) Whether the RAA exceeded 4.0 mg/L.  
(c) The department may choose to perform calculations and determine whether the  
MCL was exceeded or the supply is eligible for reduced monitoring instead of having the  
supply report that information.  
(2) The supply shall retain monitoring plans and monitoring results of monitoring  
conducted under R 325.10610d and R 325.10719h to R 325.10719n, as required by R  
325.11506 (1) (g).  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10720 Filtration and disinfection; filtration sampling requirements.  
Rule 720. (1) Subpart H supplies shall monitor under this rule to determine  
compliance with R 325.10611a and R 325.10611b.  
(2) All of the following provisions are turbidity monitoring requirements:  
(a) Supplies shall collect samples and perform measurements for turbidity at locations  
representative of filtered water at regular intervals at least once every 4 hours while the  
treatment plant is in operation.  
(b) A public water supply may substitute continuous turbidity monitoring for grab  
sample monitoring if the continuous measurement is validated for accuracy on a regular  
basis using a protocol approved by the department. Readings taken from a continuous  
recording turbidimeter at regular intervals at least once every 4 hours may be used to  
determine compliance with the treatment technique under R 325.10611b.  
turbidimeter shall be calibrated using the procedure specified by the manufacturer.  
The  
(c) Supplies using conventional or direct filtration shall conduct continuous  
monitoring of turbidity for each individual filter and shall calibrate turbidimeters using  
the procedure specified by the manufacturer. Supplies shall record the results of  
individual filter monitoring every 15 minutes.  
(d) If there is a failure in the continuous turbidity monitoring equipment described in  
subdivision (c) of this subrule, then the supply shall conduct grab sampling every 4 hours  
instead of continuous monitoring, but for not more than 5 working days after the failure  
of the equipment for supplies serving 10,000 or more people or 14 days for supplies  
serving fewer than 10,000 people before a violation is incurred.  
(e) If the supply serves fewer than 10,000 people and consists of only 2 or fewer  
filters, then the supply may conduct continuous monitoring of combined filter effluent  
turbidity instead of individual filter effluent turbidity monitoring. Continuous monitoring  
shall meet the same requirements in subdivisions (c) and (d) of this subrule.  
(3) All of the following provisions are disinfectant residual monitoring requirements  
at the entry points to the distribution system:  
(a) Supplies serving more than 3,300 people shall monitor for residual disinfectant  
concentration at an entry point to the distribution system on a continuous basis and record  
the lowest value each day. If there is a failure in the continuous monitoring equipment,  
Page 224  
the supply may take grab samples every 4 hours instead of continuous monitoring, but for  
no more than 5 working days following the failure of the equipment.  
(b) Supplies serving fewer than 3,301 people shall monitor for residual disinfectant  
concentration at an entry point to the distribution system at a frequency set forth in table  
1 of this rule, and, if more than 1 sample is required per day, supplies shall collect  
samples at times evenly spaced throughout the operational day.  
Table 1 Residual disinfectant concentration sampling frequencies  
Supply size by population  
500 or fewer people  
501 to 1,000 people  
1,001 to 2,500 people  
2,501 to 3,300 people  
Samples per day  
1
2
3
4
(c) Under R 325.10611a, supplies shall maintain a residual disinfectant concentration  
entering the distribution system of not less than 0.2 milligrams per liter. If the residual  
disinfectant concentration drops below this level at any time, then the supply shall notify  
the department as soon as possible, but not later than the end of the next business day. In  
addition, the supply shall notify the department by the end of the next business day  
whether or not the residual disinfectant concentration was restored to not less than 0.2  
milligrams per liter within 4 hours.  
(4) The residual disinfectant concentration shall be measured, at least, at the same  
points in the distribution system and at the same time as total coliforms are sampled, as  
specified in R 325.10704 to R 325.10709 until March 31, 2016 and as specified in  
R 325.10704d to R 325.10704h beginning April 1, 2016. The department may allow a  
public water supply which uses both a surface water source or a ground water source  
under direct influence of surface water, and a ground water source, to take disinfectant  
residual samples at points other than the total coliform sampling points if the department  
determines that those points are more representative of treated (disinfected) water quality  
within the distribution system. Heterotrophic bacteria, measured as heterotrophic plate  
count (HPC) as adopted by reference in R 325.10605, may be measured instead of  
residual disinfectant concentration.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 1993 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10720a Filtration and disinfection; reporting and recordkeeping.  
Rule 720a. (1) Suppliers required to monitor under R 325.10720 shall comply with  
reporting and recordkeeping requirements specified in R 325.11502 and shall report to  
the department the information required in this rule within 10 days after the end of  
each month the system serves water to the public, unless otherwise required.  
(2) Suppliers shall report turbidity measurements required under R 325.10611b  
and shall include all of the following information:  
(a) The total number of filtered water turbidity measurements taken during the  
month.  
Page 225  
(b) The number and percentage of filtered water turbidity measurements taken  
during the month that are less than or equal to the turbidity limits under  
325.10611b(1)(a)(ii), (b)(ii), or (c)(ii).  
R
(c) The date and value of any turbidity measurements taken during the month  
that exceed the applicable maximum turbidity value in R 325.10611b(1)(a)(i),  
(b)(i), or (c)(i).  
(3) Suppliers shall report that they have conducted individual filter turbidity  
monitoring under R 325.10720(2)(c) and (d). Suppliers shall report individual turbidity  
measurements only if measurements demonstrate 1 or more of the conditions in  
subdivisions (a) to (d) of this subrule. A Supply that uses lime softening may apply  
to the department  
for alternative turbidity exceedance levels for the levels  
specified in subdivisions (a) to (d) of this subrule if it can demonstrate that higher  
turbidity levels in individual filters are due to lime carryover only and not due to  
degraded filter performance. Individual filter monitoring reporting requirements  
are as follows:  
(a) For any individual filter, or combined filter effluent for systems that monitor  
combined filter effluent instead of individual filters,  
that has a measured turbidity  
level of more than 1.0 ntu in 2 consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart,  
the supplier shall report the filter number, the turbidity measurement, and the date  
or dates on which the exceedance occurred. In addition, the supplier shall report  
the cause for the exceedance, if known. A supplier of a system serving 10,000 or more  
people that cannot identify an obvious reason for the abnormal filter performance  
shall produce a filter profile within 7 days of the exceedance and report that the  
profile has been produced.  
(b) For any individual filter that has a measured turbidity level of more than 0.5  
ntu in 2 consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart at the end of the first 4 hours  
of continuous filter operation after the filter has been backwashed or otherwise taken  
offline, the supplier of  
a
system serving 10,000 or more people shall report the  
filter number, the turbidity measurement, and the date or dates on which the  
exceedance occurred. In addition, the supplier shall either produce a filter profile for  
the filter within 7 days of the exceedance and report that the profile has been  
produced, or report the obvious reason for the exceedance.  
(c) For any individual filter, or combined filter effluent for systems that monitor  
combined filter effluent instead of individual filters,  
that has a measured turbidity  
level of more than 1.0 ntu in 2 consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart at  
any time in each of 3 consecutive months, the supplier shall report the filter  
number, the turbidity measurement, and the date or dates on which the exceedance  
occurred. In addition, the supplier shall conduct a self assessment of the filter ,  
unless a comprehensive performance evaluation as specified in subdivision (d) of this  
subrule was required. If a self assessment is required, then the supplier of a system  
serving 10,000 or more people shall complete it within 14 days after it was triggered  
and the supplier of a system serving fewer than 10,000 people shall complete it by the  
10th of the following month, or within 14 days if it was triggered during the last 4  
days of the month. A supplier that monitors combined filter effluent instead of  
individual filters under R 325.10720(2)(e), shall conduct a self assessment on both  
Page 226  
filters. The supplier shall report the date the self assessment was completed. The self  
assessment shall consist of at least all of the following components:  
(i) Assessment of filter performance.  
(ii) Development of a filter profile.  
(iii) Identification and prioritization of factors limiting filter performance.  
(iv) Assessment of the applicability of corrections.  
(v) Preparation of a filter self assessment report.  
(d) For any individual filter, or combined filter effluent for systems that monitor  
combined filter effluent instead of individual filters,  
that has a measured turbidity  
level of more than 2.0 ntu in 2 consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart at  
any time in each of 2 consecutive months, the supplier shall report the filter  
number, the turbidity measurement, and the date or dates on which the exceedance  
occurred. In addition, the supplier shall arrange for the conduct of a comprehensive  
performance evaluation by the department or a third party approved by the department.  
Either of the following provisions apply:  
(i) For a system serving 10,000 or more people, the comprehensive  
performance evaluation shall be arranged to be conducted not later than 30 days after  
the day the filter exceeded 2.0 ntu in 2 consecutive measurements for the second straight  
month. The evaluation shall be completed and submitted to the department not later  
than 90 days after the day it was triggered.  
(ii) For a system serving fewer than 10,000 people, a new comprehensive  
performance evaluation is not required if 1 has been completed by the department,  
or a third party approved by the department, within the 12 previous months or  
if the system and the department are jointly participating in an ongoing  
comprehensive technical assistance project at the system.Suppliers shall report that  
a comprehensive performance evaluation is required, if it is required, and the date the  
filter exceeded 2.0 ntu in 2 consecutive measurements for the second straight month.  
The comprehensive performance evaluation shall be arranged to be conducted not later  
than 60 days after the day the filter exceeded 2.0 ntu in 2 consecutive measurements for  
the second straight month. The evaluation shall be completed and submitted to the  
department not later than 120 days after the day it was triggered.  
(4) The supplier shall consult with the department as soon as practical, but not  
later than 24 hours after the exceedance is known, if the turbidity level of representative  
samples of filtered water at any time exceeds the levels in R 325.10611b(1)(a)(i),  
(b)(i), or (c)(i).  
(5) A supplier that is required to conduct disinfection  
benchmarking shall report both of the following:  
profiling and  
(a) Results of optional monitoring performed that show TTHM and  
levels below 0.064 mg/l and 0.048 mg/l, respectively.  
HAA5  
(b) If a supplier is considering a significant change to its disinfection  
practice, then the supplier shall report a description of the proposed change in  
disinfection, the system's disinfection profile for Giardia lamblia, and, if necessary,  
viruses, and disinfection benchmark, and an analysis of how the proposed change will  
affect the current levels of disinfection.  
History: 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
Page 227  
R 325.10720b  
monitoring.  
Rule 720b.  
325.10611d.  
(2) Title 40 CFR part 141 Subpart W sections pertaining to source water  
monitoring requirements, being 40 CFR §141.701 to 40 CFR §141.707, (2008), are  
Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; source water  
(1) This rule applies to subpart H supplies as set forth in R  
adopted by reference, except that provisions pertaining to unfiltered systems are not  
adopted by reference as specified in subdivision (c) of this subrule. The adopted  
material is contained in Title 40 CFR parts 136 to 149 which is available for purchase for  
$64.00 at the time of adoption of these rules from the superintendent of documents  
at the address in R 325.10116(b). The adopted material is available for inspection and  
a copy is available at no cost from the offices of the department at the address in R  
325.10116(a). All of the following apply to the adopted material:  
(a) Subpart W consists of all of the following sections of Title 40 CFR part 141:  
(i) 40 CFR §141.701 Source water monitoring.  
(ii) 40 CFR §141.702 Sampling schedules.  
(iii) 40 CFR §141.703 Sampling locations.  
(iv) 40 CFR §141.704 Analytical methods.  
(v) 40 CFR §141.705 Approved laboratories.  
(vi) 40 CFR §141.706 Reporting source water monitoring results.  
(vii) 40 CFR §141.707 Grandfathering previously collected data.  
(b) For the purposes of this rule, the following substitutions shall be made for  
terms used in the portions of 40 CFR part 141 listed in subdivision (a) of this subrule.  
(i) "§141.74" means R 325.10605.  
(ii) "§141.173(b) or §141.552(a), as applicable," means R 325.10611b(3).  
(iii) "§141.710 or §141.712" means R 325.10611e.  
(iv) "§141.710 or determination of the mean Cryptosporidium level under  
§141.712, as applicable" means R 325.10611e.  
(v) "§141.710(b)(5) or §141.712(a)(3), as applicable," means R 325.10611e(2)(e).  
(vi) "§141.711" means R 325.10611f.  
(vii) "§141.711 or §141.712, as applicable," means R 325.10611f.  
(viii) "§141.713" means R 325.10611g.  
(ix) "§141.717(c)" means R 325.10611j(3).  
(x) "EPA" means the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  
(xi) "State" means department.  
(c) All of the following portions of 40 CFR part 141, Subpart W are not adopted by  
reference under this rule:  
(i) 40 CFR §141.701(a)(2).  
(ii) 40 CFR §141.701(a)(6).  
(iii) 40 CFR §141.701(d)(2).  
(iv) Other portions of 40 CFR §141.701 pertaining to unfiltered water systems.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
Page 228  
R 325.10720c Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; disinfection profiling  
and benchmarking; making significant change in disinfection practice.  
Rule 720c. Following the completion of initial source water monitoring under 40  
CFR 141.701(a), as adopted by reference in R 325.10720b, a Subpart H supply that is  
subject to R 325.10611d and that plans to make a significant change to its disinfection  
practice, as defined in R 325.10722(4)(a), shall develop disinfection profiles and  
calculate disinfection benchmarks for Giardia lamblia and viruses as described in R  
325.10720d. Before changing the disinfection practice, the Subpart H supply shall  
notify the department and shall include in this notice all of the information in R  
325.10722(4)(b)(i) to (iv).  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10720d  
Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; developing  
disinfection profile and benchmark.  
Rule 720d. (1) Subpart H supplies required to develop disinfection profiles under  
R 325.10720c shall follow the requirements of this rule. These Subpart H supplies are  
also considered "supplies" in this rule. Supplies shall monitor under subrule (2) of this  
rule to determine the total log inactivation for Giardia lamblia and viruses. Supplies shall  
determine log inactivation for Giardia lamblia through the entire plant, based on the  
protocol in R 325.10722(3)(b). Supplies shall determine log inactivation for viruses  
through the entire treatment plant, based on the protocol in R 325.10722(3)(c).  
(2) Subpart H supplies with a single point of disinfectant application before the  
entrance to the distribution system shall conduct the monitoring in R 325.10722(3)(a).  
Supplies with more than 1 point of disinfectant application shall conduct the monitoring  
in R 325.10722(3)(a) for each disinfection segment. Subpart H supplies shall monitor the  
parameters necessary to determine the total inactivation ratio.  
(3) Instead of conducting new monitoring under subrule (2) of this rule, Subpart H  
supplies may elect to meet the requirements of either of the following:  
(a) Supplies that have at least 1 year of existing data that are substantially equivalent  
to data collected under R 325.10722(3)(a) to meet the requirements of subule (2) of this  
rule may use these data to develop disinfection profiles as specified in this rule if the  
supply has neither made a significant change to its treatment practice nor changed  
sources since the data were collected. Supplies may develop disinfection profiles using  
up to 3 years of existing data.  
(b) Supplies may use a disinfection profile or profiles developed under R 325.10722  
instead of developing a new profile if the supply has neither made a significant change to  
its treatment practice nor changed sources since the profile was developed. Supplies that  
have not developed a virus profile under R 325.10722 shall develop a virus profile using  
the same monitoring data on which the Giardia lamblia profile is based.  
(4) Subpart H supplies shall calculate the total inactivation ratio for Giardia lamblia  
using the protocol in R 325.10722(3)(b). Supplies shall calculate the log of inactivation  
for viruses using the protocol in R 325.10722(3)(c).  
(5) Subpart H supplies shall use the procedures in R 325.10722(4)(c) to calculate a  
disinfection benchmark.  
Page 229  
History: 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10720e Enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium; reporting and  
recordkeeping requirements.  
Rule 720e. (1) Subpart H supplies that are subject to R 325.10611d shall report  
sampling schedules under 40 CFR §141.702 and source water monitoring results under  
40 CFR §141.706 unless they notify the department that they will not conduct source  
water monitoring due to meeting the criteria of 40 CFR §141.701(d). These Subpart H  
supplies are also considered "supplies" in this rule. The department adopts 40 CFR  
§141.701, 40 CFR §141.702, and 40 CFR §141.706 by reference in R 325.10720b.  
(2) Supplies shall report their Cryptosporidium bin classification as described in  
R 325.10611e.  
(3) Supplies shall report disinfection profiles and benchmarks to the department  
as described in R 325.10720c to R 325.10720d before making a significant change in  
disinfection practice.  
(4) Supplies shall report to the department under the following table for the  
microbial toolbox options used to comply with treatment requirements under R  
325.10611f. Alternatively, the department may approve a supply to certify operation  
within required parameters for treatment credit rather than reporting monthly operational  
data for toolbox options.  
Microbial Toolbox Reporting Requirements  
Toolbox option  
Supplies shall submit all of On the following schedule:  
the following information:  
(a) Watershed control  
program (WCP)  
(i) Notice of intention to  
develop a new or continue  
an existing watershed  
control program.  
Not later than 2 years  
before the applicable  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
(ii) Watershed control plan Not later than 1 year before  
the applicable treatment  
compliance date in R  
325.10611g.  
(iii) Annual watershed  
control program status  
report.  
Every 12 months, beginning  
1 year after the applicable  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
Page 230  
Toolbox option  
Supplies shall submit all of On the following schedule:  
the following information:  
(iv) Watershed sanitary  
survey report.  
For community water  
supplies, every 3 years  
beginning 3 years after the  
applicable treatment  
compliance date in R  
325.10611g. For  
noncommunity water  
supplies, every 5 years  
beginning 5 years after the  
applicable treatment  
compliance date in R  
325.10611g.  
(b) Alternative  
Verification that supply has Not later than the applicable  
source/intake management  
relocated the intake or  
adopted the intake  
withdrawal procedure  
reflected in monitoring  
results.  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
(c) Presedimentation  
Monthly verification of all  
of the following:  
(i) Continuous basin  
operation.  
Monthly reporting within  
10 days following the  
month in which the  
monitoring was conducted,  
(ii) Treatment of 100% of beginning on the applicable  
the flow.  
(iii) Continuous addition  
of a coagulant.  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
(iv) Not less than 0.5-log  
mean reduction of influent  
turbidity or compliance  
with alternative department  
approved performance  
criteria.  
(d) 2-stage lime softening Monthly verification of  
both of the following:  
Monthly reporting within  
10 days following the  
(i) Chemical addition and month in which the  
hardness precipitation  
occurred in 2 separate and  
monitoring was conducted,  
beginning on the applicable  
sequential softening stages treatment compliance date  
before filtration.  
in R 325.10611g.  
(ii) Both stages treated  
100% of the plant flow.  
Page 231  
Toolbox option  
Supplies shall submit all of On the following schedule:  
the following information:  
(e) Bank filtration  
(i) Initial demonstration of Not later than the applicable  
both of the following:  
(A) Unconsolidated,  
predominantly sandy  
aquifer.  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
(B) Setback distance of  
not less than 25 ft. (0.5-  
log credit) or 50 ft. (1.0-  
log credit).  
(ii) If monthly average of Report within 30 days  
daily max turbidity is  
greater than 1 NTU then  
supply shall report result  
and submit an assessment  
of the cause.  
following the month in  
which the monitoring was  
conducted, beginning on the  
applicable treatment  
compliance date in R  
325.10611g.  
(f) Combined filter  
performance  
Monthly verification of  
combined filter effluent  
Monthly reporting within  
10 days following the  
(CFE) turbidity levels less month in which the  
than or equal to 0.15 NTU  
monitoring was conducted,  
in not less than 95% of the beginning on the applicable  
4-hour CFE measurements treatment compliance date  
taken each month.  
in R 325.10611g.  
(g) Individual filter  
performance  
Monthly verification of  
both of the following:  
(i) Individual filter  
Monthly reporting within  
10 days following the  
month in which the  
effluent (IFE ) turbidity  
levels less than or equal to  
0.15 NTU in not less than  
95% of samples each  
month in each filter.  
(ii) No individual filter  
greater than 0.3 NTU in 2  
consecutive readings 15  
minutes apart.  
monitoring was conducted,  
beginning on the applicable  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
(h) Demonstration of  
performance  
(i) Results from testing  
following a department  
approved protocol.  
Not later than the applicable  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
Page 232  
Toolbox option  
Supplies shall submit all of On the following schedule:  
the following information:  
(ii) As required by the  
department, monthly  
verification of operation  
within conditions of  
department approval for  
demonstration of  
Within 10 days following  
the month in which  
monitoring was conducted,  
beginning on the applicable  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
performance credit.  
(i) Bag filters and cartridge (i) Demonstration that  
Not later than the applicable  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
filters  
both of the following  
criteria are met:  
(A) Process meets the  
definition of bag or  
cartridge filtration.  
(B) Removal efficiency  
established through  
challenge testing that meets  
criteria in R 325.10611d to  
R 325.10611n and R  
325.10720b to R  
325.10720e.  
(ii) Monthly verification  
that 100% of plant flow  
was filtered.  
Within 10 days following  
the month in which  
monitoring was conducted,  
beginning on the applicable  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
(j) Membrane filtration  
(i) Results of verification  
Not later than the applicable  
testing demonstrating both treatment compliance date  
of the following:  
in R 325.10611g.  
(A) Removal efficiency  
established through  
challenge testing that meets  
criteria in R 325.10611d to  
R 325.10611n and R  
325.10720b to R  
325.10720e.  
(B) Integrity test method  
and parameters, including  
resolution, sensitivity, test  
frequency, control limits,  
and associated baseline.  
Page 233  
Toolbox option  
Supplies shall submit all of On the following schedule:  
the following information:  
(ii) Monthly report  
Within 10 days following  
summarizing the following: the month in which  
(A) All direct integrity  
tests above the control  
limit.  
monitoring was conducted,  
beginning on the applicable  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
(B) If applicable, a  
turbidity or alternative state  
approved indirect integrity  
monitoring results  
triggering direct integrity  
testing and the corrective  
action that was taken.  
(k) Second stage filtration Monthly verification that  
100% of flow was filtered  
through both stages and  
that first stage was  
Within 10 days following  
the month in which  
monitoring was conducted,  
beginning on the applicable  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
preceded by coagulation  
step.  
(l) Slow sand filtration as  
secondary filter.  
Monthly verification that  
both a slow sand filter and  
a preceding separate stage  
Within 10 days following  
the month in which  
monitoring was conducted,  
of filtration treated 100% of beginning on the applicable  
flow from surface water or treatment compliance date  
GWUDI sources.  
in R 325.10611g.  
(m) Chlorine dioxide  
Summary of CT values for Within 10 days following  
each day as described in R  
325.10611m.  
the month in which  
monitoring was conducted,  
beginning on the applicable  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
(n) Ozone  
Summary of CT values for Within 10 days following  
each day as described in R  
325.10611m.  
the month in which  
monitoring was conducted,  
beginning on the applicable  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
(o) UV  
(i) Validation test results  
demonstrating operating  
conditions that achieve  
required UV dose.  
Not later than the applicable  
treatment compliance date  
in R 325.10611g.  
Page 234  
Toolbox option  
Supplies shall submit all of On the following schedule:  
the following information:  
(ii) Monthly report  
summarizing the  
Within 10 days following  
the month in which  
percentage of water  
entering the distribution  
monitoring was conducted,  
beginning on the applicable  
system that was not treated treatment compliance date  
by UV reactors operating  
within validated conditions  
for the required dose as  
in R 325.10611g.  
specified in R 325.10611m.  
(5) Supplies shall retain records under R 325.11508.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10721 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2003 AACS.  
R 325.10722  
Filtration and disinfection; disinfection profiling and  
benchmarking.  
Rule 722. (1) A subpart H supply making a significant change to its disinfection  
practice, as described in subrule (4)(a)(i) to (iv) of this rule shall consult with the  
department before making the change. An approved significant change in disinfection  
practices shall not jeopardize current levels of disinfection.  
(2) A subpart H community or nontransient noncommunity supply that develops a  
disinfection profile under R 325.10720c of weekly log inactivations over 52 weeks shall  
report to the department under R 325.10720a(5).  
(3) All of the following provisions apply to disinfection profiling:  
(a) To determine the total log inactivation for Giardia lamblia and viruses, supplies  
shall monitor at least weekly for a period of 12 consecutive months. If supplies monitor  
more frequently, the monitoring frequency shall be evenly spaced. Supplies that operate  
for fewer than 12 months per year shall monitor weekly during the period of operation.  
Supplies shall monitor all of the following parameters:  
(i) If a disinfectant other than UV is used, the temperature of the disinfected water  
shall be measured at each residual disinfectant concentration sampling point during peak  
hourly flow or at an alternative location approved by the department.  
(ii) If chlorine is used, the pH of the disinfected water shall be measured at each  
chlorine residual disinfect disinfectant concentration sampling point during peak hourly  
flow or at an alternative location approved by the department.  
(iii) Disinfectant contact time or times ("T") shall be determined during peak hourly  
flow.  
(iv) Residual disinfectant concentration or concentrations ("C") of the water before or  
at the first customer and before each additional point of disinfectant application shall be  
measured during peak hourly flow.  
Page 235  
(b) A supply shall determine log inactivation for Giardia lamblia through the entire  
plant, based on CT99.9 values in Tables 1.1 to 1.6, 2.1 and 3.1 of 40 CFR  
§141.74(b)(3)(v), as applicable, as adopted by reference in R 325.10112. A supply shall  
calculate the total logs of inactivation for Giardia lamblia as follows:  
(i) A supply using only 1 point of disinfectant application shall determine the total  
inactivation ratio for the disinfection segment based on either of the following methods:  
(A) Determine 1 inactivation ratio (CTcalc/CT99.9) before or at the first customer  
during peak hourly flow.  
(B) Determine successive CTcalc/CT99.9 values, representing sequential inactivation  
ratios, between the point of disinfectant application and a point before or at the first  
customer during peak hourly flow. The supply shall calculate the total inactivation ratio  
by determining (CTcalc/CT99.9) for each sequence and then adding the (CTcalc/CT99.9)  
values together to determine ∑ (CTcalc/CT99.9).  
(ii) A supply using more than 1 point of disinfectant application before the first  
customer shall determine the (CTcalc/CT99.9) value of each disinfection segment  
immediately before the next point of disinfectant application, or for the final segment,  
before or at the first customer, during peak hourly flow. The (CTcalc/CT99.9) value of  
each segment and ∑ (CTcalc/CT99.9) shall be calculated using the method specified in  
paragraph (i)(B) of this subdivision.  
(iii) The supply shall determine the total logs of inactivation by multiplying the value  
calculated in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this subdivision by 3.0.  
(c) A supply that uses chloramines, ozone, or chlorine dioxide for primary  
disinfection, and a supply subject to R 325.10720d, shall calculate the logs of inactivation  
for viruses through the entire treatment plant based on CT99.99 values in the tables in  
Appendix B of the LT1ESWTR Disinfection Profiling and Benchmarking Technical  
Guidance Manual, as adopted by reference in R 325.10112, as applicable, and develop a  
disinfection profile for viruses. A supply shall calculate the total log of inactivation for  
viruses as follows:  
(i) A supply using only 1 point of disinfection application shall determine the total  
inactivation ratio for the disinfection segment based on either of the following methods:  
(A) Determine 1 inactivation ratio (CTcalc/CT99.99) before or at the first customer  
during peak hourly flow.  
(B) Determine successive CTcalc/CT99.99 values, representing sequential  
inactivation ratios, between the point of disinfectant application and a point before or at  
the first customer during peak hourly flow. The supply shall calculate the total  
inactivation ratio by determining (CTcalc/CT99.99) for each sequence and then adding  
the (CTcalc/CT99.99) values together to determine ∑ (CTcalc/CT99.99).  
(ii) A supply using more than 1 point of disinfectant application before the first  
customer shall determine the (CTcalc/CT99.99) value of each disinfection segment  
immediately before the next point of disinfectant application, or for the final segment,  
before or at the first customer, during peak hourly flow. The (CTcalc/CT99.99) value of  
each segment and ∑ (CTcalc/CT99.99) shall be calculated using the method specified in  
paragraph (i)(B) of this subdivision.  
(iii) The supply shall determine the total logs of inactivation by multiplying the value  
calculated in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this subdivision by 4.0.  
Page 236  
(d) The disinfection profile of the 52 measurements of log inactivations shall be  
represented in a graphic form, such as a spreadsheet and shall be retained and be  
available for review by the department as part of a sanitary survey. The data shall be used  
to create the disinfection benchmark under subrule (4) of this rule.  
(4) All of the following provisions apply to disinfection benchmarking:  
(a) Significant changes to disinfection practice include all of the following:  
(i) Changes to the point of disinfection.  
(ii) Changes to the disinfectant or disinfectants used in the treatment plant.  
(iii) Changes to the disinfection process.  
(iv) Any other modification identified by the department as a significant change to  
disinfection practices.  
(b) Prior to changing the disinfection practice, the supply shall notify the department  
and shall include in this notice the following information:  
(i) A description of the proposed change in disinfection practice.  
(ii) A completed disinfection profile and disinfection benchmark for Giardia lamblia  
and viruses as described in R 325.10720d.  
(iii) An analysis of how the proposed change will affect the current level of  
disinfection.  
(iv) Any additional information requested by the department to demonstrate the  
results or benefits, or both, of the change to the disinfection practice.  
(c) Supplies shall use the following procedures to calculate a disinfection benchmark:  
(i) For each year of profiling data collected and calculated under subrule (3)(a) to (c)  
of this rule and R 325.10720d(3), supplies shall determine the lowest mean monthly level  
of both Giardia lamblia and virus inactivation. Supplies shall determine the mean Giardia  
lamblia and virus inactivation for each calendar month for each year of profiling data by  
dividing the sum of daily or weekly Giardia lamblia and virus log inactivation by the  
number of values calculated for that month.  
(ii) The disinfection benchmark is the lowest monthly mean value, for supplies with 1  
year of profiling data, or the mean of the lowest monthly mean values, for supplies with  
more than 1 year of profiling data, of Giardia lamblia and virus log inactivation in each  
year of profiling data.  
History: 1979 AC; 2005 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10724 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS.  
R 325.10725 Radionuclides; applicability; monitoring generally; reporting.  
Rule 725. (1) A community water supply, also known as "supply" in this rule, R  
325.10726, R 325.10728, R 325.10729, and  
R
325.10730,  
shall monitor to  
determine compliance with R 325.10603 and report to the department under these  
rules.  
(2) For the purposes of monitoring for gross alpha particle activity,  
radium-226, radium-228, uranium, and beta particle and  
photon radioactivity in  
Page 237  
drinking water, "detection limit'' is defined in Title 40 CFR §141.25(c), which is  
adopted by reference in R 325.10605.  
(3) The department may require more frequent monitoring than specified in this  
rule, or may require confirmation samples, when the department considers it  
appropriate for the protection of public health or there is a need for additional sampling  
based on prior sampling results.  
(4) Each public water supply shall monitor at a time designated  
department during each compliance period.  
by the  
(5) If the MCL for radioactivity in R 325.10603 is exceeded,  
community water supply shall notify the department under R 325.10734.  
then the  
History: 1979 AC; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10726 Radionuclides; initial monitoring for gross alpha particle  
activity, radium-226, radium-228, and uranium.  
Rule 726. (1) A community water supply shall conduct initial monitoring for  
gross alpha particle activity, radium-226, radium-228, and uranium to determine  
compliance with R 325.10603(2)(a), (b), and (d).  
(2) An existing supply shall sample at every entry point to the distribution  
system that is representative of all sources of water being used, known as "sampling  
point," under normal operating conditions. The supply shall take each sample at the  
same sampling  
point  
unless conditions make another sampling point more  
representative of each source.  
(3) A new community water supply or a community water supply that uses a new  
source of water shall begin to conduct initial monitoring for the new source within the  
first quarter after initiating use of the  
source. A community water supply shall  
conduct more frequent monitoring when ordered by the department if possible  
contamination or if changes in the distribution system or treatment processes occur  
which may increase the concentration of radioactivity in finished water.  
(4) A supply shall conduct initial monitoring for gross alpha particle activity,  
radium-226, radium-228, and uranium in the following manner:  
(a) A supply shall collect 4 consecutive quarterly samples at all sampling points  
before December 31, 2007. A supply that has results of samples collected from a  
sampling point during the compliance period that began between June 1, 2000 and  
December 8, 2003, may use those results to satisfy the initial monitoring requirements  
for that sampling point.  
(b) For gross alpha particle activity, uranium, radium-226, and radium-228  
monitoring, the department may waive the final 2 quarters of initial monitoring for a  
sampling point if the results of the samples from the previous 2 quarters are below  
the detection limit.  
(c) If the average of the initial monitoring results for a sampling point is above the  
MCL, then the supply shall collect and analyze quarterly samples at that sampling point  
until the supply has results from 4 consecutive quarters that are at or below the MCL,  
unless the supply enters into another schedule as part of a formal compliance agreement  
with the department.  
Page 238  
History: 1979 AC; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10728 Radionuclides; reduced monitoring for gross alpha particle  
activity, radium-226, radium-228, and uranium.  
Rule 728. (1) The department may allow community water supplies to reduce the  
future frequency of monitoring from once every 3 years to once every 6 or 9 years at each  
sampling point, based on the criteria in the following table:  
Table 1 Radionuclides reduced monitoring criteria  
For gross alpha particle activity, uranium, Then the supply shall collect and  
and combined radium 226 radium-228, if  
analyze for, that contaminant using at  
the average of the initial monitoring results least one sample at that sampling point  
for each contaminant at a sampling point  
is...  
every...  
(a) Below the detection limit1  
9 years  
(b) At or above the detection limit, but at or 6 years  
below half the MCL2  
(c) Above half the MCL, but at or below 3 years  
the MCL2  
1
For combined radium-226 and 228, both contaminants shall be below the  
detection limit.  
2
For combined radium-226 and radium-228, the analytical results for radium-226  
and 228 shall be combined.  
(2) A supply shall use the samples collected during the reduced monitoring period  
to determine the monitoring frequency for subsequent monitoring periods. For  
example, if a supply's sampling point is on a 9-year monitoring period, and the sample  
result is above half the MCL, then the next monitoring period for that sampling point is 3  
years.  
(3) If a supply has a monitoring result that exceeds the MCL while on reduced  
monitoring, then the supply shall collect and analyze quarterly samples at that sampling  
point until the supply has results from 4 consecutive quarters that are at or below the  
MCL, unless the supply enters into another schedule as part of a formal compliance  
agreement with the department.  
History: 1979 AC; 1989 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10729 Radionuclides; compositing; substituting gross alpha for  
radium-226 or uranium.  
Rule 729. (1) To fulfill quarterly monitoring requirements for  
gross alpha  
particle activity, radium-226, radium-228, or uranium, a supply may composite up to 4  
consecutive quarterly samples from a single entry point if analysis is done within 1 year  
of the first sample. The department considers analytical results from the composited  
sample as the average analytical result to determine compliance with the MCLs and  
the future monitoring frequency. If the analytical result from the composited sample is  
more than half the MCL, then the department may direct the supply to take additional  
Page 239  
quarterly samples before allowing the supply to sample under a reduced monitoring  
schedule.  
(2) A gross alpha particle activity measurement may be substituted for the required  
radium-226 measurement if the measured gross alpha particle activity does not  
exceed 5 pCi/l. A gross alpha particle activity measurement may be substituted for  
the required uranium measurement if the measured gross alpha particle activity does  
not exceed 15 pCi/l. The gross alpha measurement shall have a confidence interval of  
95% (1.65s, where s is the standard deviation of the net counting rate of the sample)  
for radium-226 and uranium. If a supply uses a gross alpha particle activity measurement  
instead of a radium-226 or uranium measurement, or both, then the gross alpha  
particle activity analytical result shall be used to determine the future monitoring  
frequency for radium-226 or uranium, or both. If the gross alpha particle activity result  
is less than detection, then half the detection limit shall be used to determine compliance  
and the future monitoring frequency.  
History: 1979 AC; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.10730 Radionuclides; monitoring requirements for beta particle and  
photon radioactivity; applicability.  
Rule 730. (1) To determine compliance with the maximum contaminant levels in  
R 325.10603(2)(c) for beta particle and photon radioactivity, a community water  
supply, also considered a "water supply" or "supply" in this rule, designated by the  
department as either vulnerable or utilizing water contaminated by effluents from  
nuclear facilities, shall sample for beta particle and photon radioactivity. The  
department's designation shall be based on monitoring data, environmental surveillance  
data collected in the vicinity of nuclear facilities, or source water assessments.  
(2) Beginning within 1 quarter after being notified of the department's designation  
and continuing until the department reviews and either reaffirms or removes the  
designation, a supply shall collect samples at each entry point to the distribution  
system, known as sampling point, under both of the following provisions:  
(a) For a vulnerable supply, quarterly samples for beta emitters and annual samples  
for tritium and strontium 90.  
(b) For a supply utilizing waters contaminated by effluents from nuclear facilities,  
quarterly samples for beta emitters and iodine 131 and annual samples for tritium and  
strontium 90. A supply shall monitor and analyze the samples under all of the following  
provisions:  
(i) Quarterly monitoring for gross beta particle activity shall be based on the analysis  
of monthly samples or the analysis of a composite of 3 monthly samples.  
(ii) For iodine 131, a composite of 5 consecutive daily samples shall be analyzed  
once each quarter. As ordered by the department, more frequent monitoring shall be  
conducted when iodine 131 is identified in the finished water.  
(iii) Annual monitoring for strontium 90 and tritium shall be conducted by means of  
the analysis of a composite of 4 consecutive quarterly samples or analysis of 4 quarterly  
samples.  
(3) All of the following provisions apply for gross beta particle activity:  
Page 240  
(a) A supply may analyze for naturally occurring potassium 40 beta particle activity  
from the same or equivalent sample used for the gross beta particle activity analysis. A  
supply may subtract the potassium 40 beta particle activity value from the total gross  
beta particle activity value to determine if the screening level in subdivision (b) of this  
subrule is exceeded. The potassium 40 beta particle activity shall be calculated by  
multiplying elemental potassium concentrations (in mg/L) by a factor of 0.82.  
(b) If the gross beta particle activity minus the naturally occurring potassium 40  
beta particle activity at a sampling point has a running annual average, computed  
quarterly, less than or equal to a screening level of 50 pCi/L for a vulnerable supply or  
15 pCi/L for a supply utilizing waters contaminated by effluents from nuclear  
facilities, then the department may reduce the frequency of monitoring at that sampling  
point to once every 3 years. During the reduced monitoring period, a supply shall  
collect the same type of samples required in subrule (2)(a) of this rule for a vulnerable  
supply or subrule (2)(b) of this rule for a supply utilizing water contaminated by  
effluents from nuclear facilities.  
(c) If the gross beta particle activity minus the naturally occurring potassium 40  
beta particle activity exceeds the appropriate screening level in subdivision (b) of this  
subrule, then an analysis of the sample shall be performed to identify the major  
radioactive constituents present in the sample and the appropriate doses shall be  
calculated and summed to determine compliance with R 325.10603(2)(c)(i), using the  
formula in R 325.10603(2)(c)(ii). Doses shall also be calculated and combined for  
measured levels of tritium and strontium to determine compliance.  
(4) For a supply in the vicinity of a nuclear facility, the community water supply  
may utilize environmental surveillance data collected by the nuclear facility instead of  
monitoring at the supply's entry point or points, where the department determines that  
the data is applicable to a particular water supply. If there is a release from a nuclear  
facility, then a supply which uses surveillance data shall begin monitoring at the  
community water supply's entry point or points under subrule (2)(a) or (b) of this rule.  
(5) A community water supply designated by the department to monitor for beta  
particle and photon radioactivity shall not apply to the department for a waiver from the  
monitoring frequencies specified in subrule (2)(a) or (b) of this rule.  
(6) A supply shall monitor monthly at the sampling point or points that exceed the  
maximum contaminant level in R 325.10603(2)(c) beginning the month after the  
exceedance occurs. The supply shall continue monthly monitoring until the supply  
has established, by the average of results from any 3 consecutive months, that the  
MCL is being met. A supply that establishes that the MCL is being met shall return  
to quarterly monitoring until it meets the requirements set forth in subrule (3)(b) of this  
rule.  
History: 1979 AC; 2005 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10731 Sample analyses; approved laboratories and personnel.  
Rule 731. For the purpose of determining compliance with the monitoring  
requirements prescribed by this part, samples shall be considered valid only if they have  
been analyzed by a laboratory approved by the department, except that measurements for  
alkalinity, bromide, calcium, daily chlorite samples at the entrance to the distribution  
Page 241  
system,  
conductivity,  
magnesium, orthophosphate, pH, residual disinfectant  
concentration, silica, specific ultraviolet absorbance, temperature, and turbidity may  
be performed by personnel acceptable to the department.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10732  
parameters.  
Specific testing frequencies;  
sample  
locations  
and  
Rule 732. (1) The department may require a supplier of water to monitor raw  
water, water during stages in the treatment system if treatment is employed, and  
water from the distribution system at frequencies and for parameters as specified by  
the department.  
(2) Parameters required by subrule (1) may include other constituents than the  
MCL's including, but not limited to, chlorine residual.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10733  
Modification of monitoring requirements for type  
I
public  
water supplies which supply water to additional public water supplies.  
Rule 733. When a type I public water supply supplies water to 1 or more other  
public water supplies, the department may modify the monitoring requirements  
prescribed by this part to the extent that the interconnection of the public water  
supplies justifies treating them as a single water supply for monitoring purposes.  
Modified monitoring shall be conducted pursuant to a schedule specified by the  
department and concurred in by the regional administrator.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10734 Required reporting to the department.  
Rule 734. (1) Unless otherwise specified in this part, a supplier of water shall  
report to the department the results of a measurement or analysis required by this  
part within the first 10 days of the month following the month in which the results  
are received, or within the first 10 days following the end of the required  
monitoring period, whichever is sooner.  
(2) Unless otherwise specified in these rules, a supplier of water shall report, to the  
department, within 48 hours, failing to comply with a state drinking water standard or  
other requirement under these rules, including failing to comply with a monitoring  
requirement under this part.  
(3) A supplier of water shall not be required to report analytical results to the  
department in cases where the department laboratory performs the analysis and  
reports the results to the department.  
(4) A public water system, upon discovering that a waterborne disease  
outbreak that is potentially attributable to that water system has occurred, shall report  
Page 242  
that occurrence to the department as soon as possible, but not later than the end of the  
next business day.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2002 AACS.  
R 325.10735 Vigilance of threats or hazards; notification to department.  
Rule 735. (1) A public water supply shall maintain continued vigilance of activities  
posing threats or hazards of undue contamination to the source of water.  
(2) In the event of a threat of contamination of a public water supply source, the  
public water supply shall immediately notify the department.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10736 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 2002 AACS.  
R 325.10737 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS.  
R 325.10738 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 2002 AACS.  
R 325.10739  
Groundwater supply rules; groundwater source microbial  
monitoring and analytical methods.  
Rule 739. (1) All of the following provisions apply to triggered source water  
monitoring in a groundwater supply that is subject to R 325.10612:  
(a) A groundwater supply shall conduct triggered source water monitoring if both of  
the following conditions exist:  
(i) The groundwater supply does not provide at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using  
inactivation, removal, or a department approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation  
and removal) before or at the first customer for each groundwater source.  
(ii) The groundwater supply is notified that either of the following conditions exists:  
(A) A sample collected under R 325.10705 to R 325.10706 is total coliform positive  
and the sample is not invalidated under R 325.10707a until March 31, 2016.  
(B) A sample collected under R 325.10704d to R 325.10704g is total coliform-  
positive and the sample is not invalidated under R 325.10704c(3) beginning April 1,  
2016.  
(b) A groundwater supply shall collect, within 24 hours of notification of the total  
coliform positive sample, at least 1 groundwater source sample from each groundwater  
Page 243  
source in use at the time the total coliform positive sample was collected under  
R 325.10705 to R 325.10706 until March 31, 2016, or collected under R 325.10704d to  
R 325.10704g beginning April 1, 2016, except as provided in paragraph (ii) of this  
subdivision. The sample shall be analyzed for the presence of E. coli, or if approved by  
the department, for the presence of enterococci or coliphage. All of the following apply  
to groundwater source sample requirements:  
(i) The department may extend the 24-hour time limit on a case-by-case basis if the  
groundwater supply cannot collect the groundwater source water sample within 24 hours  
due to circumstances beyond its control. In the case of an extension, the department shall  
specify how much time the groundwater supply has to collect the sample.  
(ii) If approved by the department, groundwater supplies with more than 1  
groundwater source may meet the requirements of this subdivision by sampling a  
representative groundwater source or sources.  
If directed by the department,  
groundwater supplies shall submit for department approval a triggered source water  
monitoring plan that identifies 1 or more groundwater sources that are representative of  
each monitoring site in the groundwater supply's sample siting plan under R 325.10705 to  
R 325.10706, until March 31, 2016, or under R 325.10704c beginning April 1, 2016, and  
that the groundwater supply intends to use for representative sampling under this  
paragraph.  
(iii) Until March 31, 2016, a groundwater supply serving 1,000 or fewer people may  
use a repeat sample collected from a groundwater source to meet both the requirements of  
R 325.10707 and to satisfy the monitoring requirements of this subdivision for that  
groundwater source. If the repeat sample collected from the groundwater source is E.  
coli positive, the groundwater supply shall comply with subdivision (c) of this subrule.  
(c) If the department does not require corrective action under R 325.10612a(1)(b) for  
a fecal indicator positive source water sample collected under subdivision (b) of this  
subrule that is not invalidated under R 325.10739(3), the groundwater supply shall collect  
5 additional source water samples from the same source within 24 hours of being notified  
of the fecal indicator positive sample and have it analyzed for the presence of E. coli, or  
with department approval, for the presence of enterococci or coliphage.  
(d) Both of the following provisions apply to consecutive supplies and wholesale  
supplies:  
(i) In addition to the other requirements of this subrule, a consecutive groundwater  
supply that has a total coliform positive sample collected under R 325.10705 to  
R 325.10706 until March 31, 2016, or under R 325.10704d to R 325.10704g beginning  
April 1, 2016, shall notify the wholesale supply or supplies within 24 hours of being  
notified of the total coliform positive sample.  
(ii) In addition to the other requirements of this subrule, a wholesale groundwater  
supply shall comply with both of the following:  
(A) A wholesale groundwater supply that receives notice from a consecutive supply it  
serves that a sample collected under R 325.10705 to R 325.10706 until March 31, 2016,  
or under R 325.10704d to R 325.10704g beginning April 1, 2016, is total coliform  
positive shall, within 24 hours of being notified, collect a sample from its groundwater  
source or sources under subdivision (b) of this subrule and have it analyzed for the  
presence of E. coli, or with department approval, for the presence of enterococci or  
coliphage.  
Page 244  
(B) If the sample collected under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph is fecal indicator  
positive, the wholesale groundwater supply shall notify all consecutive supplies served by  
that groundwater source of the fecal indicator source water positive within 24 hours of  
being notified of the groundwater source sample monitoring result and shall meet the  
requirements of subdivision (c) of this subrule.  
(e) Exceptions to the triggered source water monitoring requirements are either of the  
following. A groundwater supply is not required to comply with the source water  
monitoring requirements of subrule (1) of this rule if either of the following conditions  
exists:  
(i) The department determines, and documents in writing, that the total coliform  
positive sample collected under R 325.10705 to R 325.10706 until March 31, 2016, or  
under R 325.10704d to R 325.10704g beginning April 1, 2016, is caused by a distribution  
system deficiency.  
(ii) The total coliform positive sample collected under R 325.10705 to R 325.10706  
until March 31, 2016, or under R 325.10704d to R 325.10704g beginning April 1, 2016,  
is collected at a location that meets department criteria for distribution system conditions  
that will cause total coliform positive samples.  
(2) All of the following provisions apply to assessment source water monitoring. If  
directed by the department, groundwater supplies shall conduct assessment source water  
monitoring that meets department determined requirements for that monitoring.  
A
groundwater supply conducting assessment source water monitoring may use a triggered  
source water sample collected under subrule (1)(b) of this rule to meet the requirements  
of this subrule.  
Department determined assessment source water monitoring  
requirements may include any of the following:  
(a) Collection of a total of 12 groundwater source samples that represent each month  
the groundwater supply provides groundwater to the public.  
(b) Collection of samples from each well unless the groundwater supply obtains  
written department approval to conduct monitoring at 1 or more wells within the  
groundwater supply that are representative of multiple wells used by that groundwater  
supply and that draw water from the same hydrogeologic setting.  
(c) Collection of a standard sample volume of not less than 100 mL for fecal indicator  
analysis regardless of the fecal indicator or analytical method used.  
(d) Analysis of all groundwater source samples using analytical methods adopted by  
reference in R 325.10605 for the presence of E. coli, or if approved by the department,  
for the presence of enterococci, or coliphage.  
(e) Collection of groundwater source samples at a location before any treatment of the  
groundwater source unless the department approves a sampling location after treatment.  
(f) Collection of groundwater source samples at the well itself unless the groundwater  
supply's configuration does not allow for sampling at the well itself and the department  
approves an alternate sampling location that is representative of the water quality of that  
well.  
(3) All of the following provisions apply to invalidation of a fecal indicator positive  
groundwater source sample.  
(a) A groundwater supply may obtain department invalidation of a fecal indicator  
positive groundwater source sample collected under triggered source water monitoring of  
subrule (1) of this rule only under either of the following conditions:  
Page 245  
(i) The groundwater supply provides the department with written notice from the  
laboratory that improper sample analysis occurred.  
(ii) The department determines and documents in writing that there is substantial  
evidence that a fecal indicator positive groundwater source sample is not related to source  
water quality.  
(b) If the department invalidates a fecal indicator positive groundwater source sample,  
the groundwater supply shall collect another source water sample under subrule (1) of  
this rule within 24 hours of being notified by the department of its invalidation decision  
and have it analyzed for the same fecal indicator using analytical methods adopted by  
reference in R 325.10605. The department may extend the 24-hour time limit on a case-  
by-case basis if the groundwater supply cannot collect the source water sample within 24  
hours due to circumstances beyond its control. In the case of an extension, the  
department will specify how much time the groundwater supply has to collect the sample.  
(4) Both of the following provisions apply to sampling location:  
(a) A groundwater source sample required under subrule (1) of this rule shall be  
collected at a location before treatment of the groundwater source unless the department  
approves a sampling location after treatment.  
(b) If the groundwater supply's configuration does not allow for sampling at the well  
itself, the groundwater supply may collect a sample at a department approved location to  
meet the requirements of subrule (1) of this rule if the sample is representative of the  
water quality of that well.  
(5) If directed by the department, a groundwater supply that places a new  
groundwater source into service after November 30, 2009, shall conduct assessment  
source water monitoring under subrule (2) of this rule. If directed by the department, the  
groundwater supply shall begin monitoring before the groundwater source is used to  
provide water to the public.  
(6) A groundwater supply with a groundwater source sample collected under subrule  
(1) or (2) of this rule that is fecal indicator positive and that is not invalidated under  
subrule (3) of this rule, including consecutive supplies served by the groundwater source,  
shall conduct public notification under R 325.10402.  
(7) Failure to meet the requirements of subrules (1) to (5) of this rule is a monitoring  
violation and requires the groundwater supply to provide public notification under  
R 325.10404.  
History: 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.10739a Groundwater supply rules; compliance monitoring.  
Rule 739a. (1) This subrule applies to existing groundwater sources. A groundwater  
supply that is not required to meet the source water monitoring requirements of R  
325.10612, R 325.10612a, R 325.10739, this rule, or R 325.10739b for 1 or more  
groundwater sources because it provides not less than 4-log treatment of viruses  
(using inactivation, removal, or a department approved combination of 4-log virus  
inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for 1 or more groundwater  
sources before December 1, 2009, shall notify the department in writing that it provides  
not less than 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or a department  
Page 246  
approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first  
customer for the specified groundwater source and begin compliance monitoring  
under subrule (3) of this rule by December 1, 2009. Notification to the department  
shall include engineering, operational, or other information that the department requests  
to evaluate the submission. If the groundwater supply subsequently discontinues 4-log  
treatment of viruses  
(using inactivation, removal, or a department approved  
combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for a  
groundwater source, the supply shall conduct groundwater source monitoring as required  
under R 325.10739.  
(2) This subrule applies to new groundwater sources. A groundwater supply that  
places a groundwater source in service after November 30, 2009, that is not required to  
meet the source water monitoring requirements of R 325.10612, R 325.10612a, R  
325.10739, this rule, or R 325.10739b because the groundwater supply provides not  
less than 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or a department  
approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first  
customer for the groundwater source shall comply with all of the following:  
(a) The groundwater supply shall notify the department in writing that it provides  
not less than 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or a department  
approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first  
customer for the groundwater source. Notification to the department shall include  
engineering, operational, or other information that the department requests to evaluate  
the submission.  
(b) The groundwater supply shall conduct compliance monitoring as required under  
subrule (3) of this rule within 30 days of placing the source in service.  
(c) The groundwater supply shall conduct groundwater source monitoring under  
R 325.10739 if the groundwater supply subsequently discontinues 4-log treatment of  
viruses (using inactivation, removal, or a department approved combination of 4-log  
virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for the groundwater  
source.  
(3) This subrule applies to monitoring requirements. A groundwater supply subject  
to the requirements of R 325.10612a or subrule (1) or (2) of this rule shall monitor the  
effectiveness and reliability of treatment for that groundwater source before or at the  
first customer as follows:  
(a) Both of the following apply to chemical disinfection:  
(i) A groundwater supply that serves more than 3,300 people shall  
continuously monitor the residual disinfectant concentration using analytical methods  
adopted by reference in R 325.10605 at a location approved by the department and  
shall record the lowest residual disinfectant concentration each day that water from the  
groundwater source is served to the public. The groundwater supply shall maintain the  
department determined residual disinfectant concentration every day the groundwater  
supply serves water from the groundwater source to the public. If there is a failure  
in the continuous monitoring equipment, the groundwater supply shall conduct grab  
sampling every 4 hours until the continuous monitoring equipment is returned to  
service. The groundwater supply shall resume continuous residual disinfectant  
monitoring within 14 days.  
Page 247  
(ii) A groundwater supply that serves 3,300 or fewer people shall monitor the  
residual disinfectant concentration using analytical methods adopted by reference in R  
325.10605 at a location approved by the department and record the residual disinfection  
concentration each day that water from the groundwater source is served to the  
public. The groundwater supply shall maintain the department determined residual  
disinfectant concentration every day the groundwater supply serves water from the  
groundwater source to the public. The groundwater supply shall take a daily grab  
sample during the hour of peak flow or at another time specified by the department. If  
any daily grab sample measurement falls below the department determined residual  
disinfectant concentration, the groundwater supply shall take follow-up samples every  
4 hours until the residual disinfectant concentration is restored to the department  
determined level. Alternatively, a groundwater supply that serves 3,300 or fewer  
people may monitor continuously and meet the requirements of paragraph (i) of this  
subdivision.  
(b) A groundwater supply that uses membrane filtration to meet the  
requirements of R 325.10612, R 325.10612a and R 325.10739, this rule, and  
R
325.10739b shall monitor the membrane filtration process under all department specified  
monitoring requirements and shall operate the membrane filtration under all department  
specified compliance requirements. A groundwater supply that uses membrane filtration  
is in compliance with the requirement to achieve not less than 4-log removal of  
viruses when all of the following conditions are met:  
(i) The membrane has an absolute molecular weight cut off (MWCO), or an  
alternate parameter that describes the exclusion characteristics of the membrane, that  
can reliably achieve not less than 4-log removal of viruses.  
(ii) The membrane process is operated under department specified compliance  
requirements.  
(iii) The integrity of the membrane is intact.  
(c) A groundwater supply that uses a department approved alternative treatment  
to meet the requirements of R 325.10612, R 325.10612a and R 325.10739, this rule,  
and R 325.10739b by providing not less than 4-log treatment of viruses (using  
inactivation, removal, or a department approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation  
and removal) before or at the first customer shall comply with both of the following:  
(i) Monitor the alternative treatment under all department specified monitoring  
requirements.  
(ii) Operate the alternative treatment under all compliance requirements that the  
department determines to be necessary to achieve not less than 4-log treatment of viruses.  
(4) A groundwater supply that discontinues 4-log treatment of viruses under R  
325.10612a (3) is subject to the source water monitoring requirements of R 325.10739.  
(5) Failure to meet the monitoring requirements of subrules (1) to (3) of this rule is a  
monitoring violation and requires the groundwater supply to provide public notification  
under R 325.10404.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10739b Groundwater supply rules; reporting and recordkeeping.  
Page 248  
Rule 739b.  
(1) In addition to the reporting requirements of R 325.10734, a  
groundwater supply subject to R 325.10612 shall provide all of the following  
information to the department:  
(a) A groundwater supply conducting compliance monitoring under  
R
325.10739a shall notify the department any time the groundwater supply fails to meet a  
department specified requirement including, but not limited to, minimum residual  
disinfectant concentration, membrane operating criteria or membrane integrity, and  
alternative treatment operating criteria, if operation under the criteria or requirements  
is not restored within 4 hours. The groundwater supply shall notify the department as  
soon as possible, but in no case later than the end of the next business day.  
(b) After completing any corrective action under R 325.10612a(1), a groundwater  
supply shall notify the department within 30 days of completion of the corrective action.  
(c) If a groundwater supply subject to the requirements of R 325.10739(1) does not  
conduct source water monitoring under R 325.10739(1)(e)(ii), the groundwater supply  
shall provide documentation to the department within 30 days of the total coliform  
positive sample that it met the department criteria.  
(2) A groundwater supply subject to R 325.10612 shall maintain records under R  
325.11509.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
PART 8. GROUNDWATER SOURCES  
R 325.10801 Purpose.  
Rule 801. The purpose of this part is to establish certain requirements and objectives  
for the isolation and construction of wells used by public water supplies to provide a  
continuous, adequate quantity of water meeting the state drinking water standards.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10802 Applicability; approval of deviation from minimum standards and  
requirements.  
Rule 802. (1) This part applies to public water supplies that use wells to supply  
groundwater for a public water supply. This part sets minimum standards and  
requirements to be met to receive permits or approvals from the department for  
waterworks systems. For purpose of this part, a supplier of a proposed public water  
supply is considered a public water supply.  
(2) Deviations from the minimum standards and requirements in this part may be  
approved by the department if a public water supply demonstrates that a deviation will  
not adversely affect the public health. Deviations from this part shall be by permit  
condition for type I or type II public water supplies, and in writing by the  
department for type III public water supplies.  
Page 249  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10804 Type III public water supplies; applicability of other rules.  
Rule 804. Type III public water supplies shall comply with part 1 well  
construction code, R 325.1601 to R 325.1676 promulgated under part 127 water supply  
and sewer systems of 1978 PA 368, MCL 333.12701 to 333.12715, except where  
specific requirements for type III public water supplies prescribed by this part are more  
restrictive.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10805 Retroactivity of rules; significant changes or major repairs made  
to existing well; utilization of well not in compliance with this part.  
Rule 805. (1) This part is not retroactive for individual well installations  
constructed before January 12, 1978 unless 1 or more of the following conditions  
exists:  
(a) Water quality from the well does not meet the state drinking water standards.  
(b) The department determines that continued use of a well represents a health  
hazard.  
(c) A well violates rules that were in effect at the time of construction.  
(2) Significant changes or major repairs made to a well that existed before January  
12, 1978 shall conform to this part. Significant changes include replacing the casing,  
modifying the depth of a well, installing new pumping equipment of a different type or  
of higher capacity, or modifying the pump setting. In general, a significant change  
or major repair shall be considered to have occurred if the pumping capacity is  
increased above the original capacity as a result of the work. A significant change or  
major repair shall not include routine maintenance or incidental repairs.  
(3) A public water supply proposing to utilize water from a well or well field not  
in compliance with this part may be required to provide continuous treatment of the  
water in a manner acceptable to the department and shall obtain written approval from  
the department before utilizing that well or well field as part of a public water supply.  
(4) A public water supply employing a complete treatment system to treat a  
groundwater source may be granted special consideration by the department for the  
location and construction of wells used as a raw water source before treatment.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10806 Change in classification of public water supply.  
Rule 806. Requirements or criteria of this part for the various types of public water  
supplies shall be based on the facilities which the public water supply is intended to  
serve. If the volume of water used or the type of facilities or number of units served  
by a public water supply changes in such a way as to cause a change in the classification  
Page 250  
of a public water supply, the public water supply shall meet requirements applicable  
to the new classification.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10807 Location of well.  
Rule 807. A well shall be located with due consideration given to the extent of  
the property, the contour of the land, elevation of the site, the depth to the water table,  
other geological characteristics, local groundwater conditions, and other factors  
necessary to provide a safe and reliable public water supply. A well shall meet all of the  
following requirements:  
(a) Located so the well and its surrounding area is controlled and protected  
from potential sources of contamination.  
(b) Adequate in size, design, and development for the intended use.  
(c) Constructed to maintain existing natural protection against contamination of  
water-bearing formations and to prevent all known sources of contamination from  
entering the well.  
(d) Protected against the entry of surface water.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10808 Standard isolation area generally.  
Rule 808. The standard isolation areas from any existing or potential sources of  
contamination, including, but not limited to, storm and sanitary sewers, pipelines,  
septic tanks, drain fields, dry wells, cesspools, seepage pits, leaching beds,  
barnyards, or any surface water, other area or facility from which contamination of  
the groundwater may occur, are established for public water supplies as follows:  
(a) For type I and type IIa public water supplies, the standard isolation area is  
an area measured with a radius of 200 feet in all directions from the well.  
(b) For type IIb and type III water supplies, the standard isolation area is an area  
measured with a radius of 75 feet in all directions from the well.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10809 Standard isolation area; modification; approval.  
Rule 809.  
(1) Modifications of the standard isolation area, if any, shall be  
determined for a site based on a study of hydrogeological conditions provided to the  
department by a public water supply under R 325.10813 and R 325.10814.  
(2) The department may require an increase or approve a decrease in the standard  
isolation area of a well.  
(3) Approval of the isolation area shall be obtained from the department before  
construction of a production well used for drinking or household purposes as part of a  
public water supply.  
Page 251  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10810 Standard isolation area for type I public water supplies;  
ownership or control.  
Rule 810. (1) A type I public water supply shall own the approved isolation  
area except as provided by subrule (2) of this rule to prevent use of the property which  
could result in contamination of the public water supply.  
(2) If a type I public water supply adequately demonstrates to the department  
that ownership of the isolation area is not possible, adequate control of the isolation  
area shall be required. Adequate control may be a long-term lease or easement  
including provisions to prevent use of the isolation area which could result in  
contamination of the well.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10811 Sewers within approved isolation area.  
Rule 811. (1) A storm or sanitary sewer shall not be located within the approved  
isolation area of a well for a type I or type IIa public water supply.  
(2) A buried sewer, located within the approved isolation area for a type IIb or  
type III public water supply, shall be constructed with materials and joints as  
approved in writing by the department.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10812 Location of wells; major sources of contamination.  
Rule 812. Wells serving type I and type IIa public water supplies shall be located a  
minimum distance of 2,000 feet, and wells serving type IIb and type III public water  
supplies shall be located a minimum distance of 800 feet, from known major sources  
of contamination, including large scale waste disposal sites, land application of  
sanitary wastewater or sludges, sanitary landfills, and chemical or waste chemical  
storage or disposal facilities. The department may require an increase or approve a  
decrease in the 2,000 foot distance for type I or type IIa public water supplies or the  
800 foot distance for type IIb or type III public water supplies based on a study of  
hydrogeological conditions or other methods approved by the department for  
identifying the capture zone of a well.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10813 Study of hydrogeological conditions by type I and type IIa  
public water supplies.  
Page 252  
Rule 813. (1) A type I or type IIa public water supply shall prepare a study of  
hydrogeological conditions for determination of an isolation area and the acceptability  
of a test well location. The study shall be provided to the department and approval  
obtained.  
(2) Previous studies of hydrogeological conditions that meet the criteria and intent  
of this rule may be considered by the department in determining the scope of or need  
for a study.  
(3) A study of hydrogeological conditions shall mean investigations and  
a
compilation and evaluation of data necessary to determine the isolation area, the  
acceptability of a test well location and construction, and the availability of water  
at that location. The study of hydrogeological conditions may include the following:  
(a) The type of public water supply.  
(b) The well capacity required of the public water supply.  
(c) The test well depth and construction features.  
(d) Identification of geological formations, including the thickness and  
characteristics of the aquifer, the number and thicknesses of protective layers, and if  
deemed necessary by the department, the areal extent of the protective formations.  
(e) Location of the test well relative to sources of contamination.  
(f) Susceptibility of the test well location to flooding.  
(g) Depth to the water table from the established ground surface.  
(h) Proximity of the well to surface water.  
(i) An aquifer test of the well in accordance with R 325.10830.  
(j) Water quality analyses.  
(k) Identification of the contributing area to a well based on ground water flow  
simulations using a computer model as approved by the department.  
(l) The location of the test well as a latitude and longitude expressed in degrees-  
minutes-seconds or degrees-decimal degrees to 5 significant digits.  
(4) The scope of the hydrogeological study may vary depending on the capacity  
required of the public water supply in relation to the aquifer capacity, the need for a  
modification of a standard isolation area, or other factors; and may include additional  
determinations  
required  
by  
the department, such as the general aquifer  
characteristics and interference relative to other wells and surface waters in proximity to  
the well site.  
(5) Where an adverse resource impact, as defined in section 32701 of 1994 PA 451,  
MCL 324.32701 is likely to occur, the department may require the public water supply  
to provide for the collection of stream or river flow measurements on stream segments  
likely impacted by the operation of a well or wells by the public water supply. Flow  
measurements shall be required on not more than 2 potentially impacted stream segments  
selected by the department. When required by the department, the public water supply  
shall provide not fewer than 5 miscellaneous measurements of flow from each stream  
taken at a frequency of once a month from June to October, and not more than  
continuous flow monitoring in each stream for 6 months before to 1 year after the well  
or wells are put in service.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
Page 253  
R 325.10814 Studies of type IIb and type III public water supplies.  
Rule 814. If a modification of the standard isolation area is requested by a type IIb or  
type III public water supply, the public water supply shall submit to the department  
and obtain approval for a study of hydrogeological conditions consistent with the  
capacity of the well and the capacity of the aquifer, and may include identification of the  
contributing area to a well serving the type IIb or type III public water supply based  
on groundwater flow simulations using a computer model as approved by the  
department.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10815 Conversion of a test well to a production well serving type I and  
type II public water supplies; procedures for department approval.  
Rule 815. (1) To receive department approval of the location and acceptability  
of a test well for conversion to a production well serving a type I or type II public water  
supply, the following conditions shall be met:  
(a) Approval has been obtained from the department for the land parcel on which  
the test well is located.  
(b) For type I public water supplies, ownership or adequate control as required by  
R 325.10810 or an option for ownership or adequate control of the required isolation area  
has been secured for the land parcel on which the test well is located.  
(c) Where required, a study of hydrogeological conditions has been conducted  
that includes identification of the capture zone of the proposed production wells and has  
been approved by the department.  
(d) Satisfactory aquifer tests have been completed on the test well or the well  
capacity has been established to the satisfaction of the department by other means.  
(e) Water quality analyses show results meeting the state drinking water standards.  
(2) When the department finds that a test well, its location, and its construction  
features meet the requirements of this part, the department may authorize conversion of  
the test well to a production well and, where necessary, the construction of additional  
production wells at the location.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10816 Location of well in area subject to flooding.  
Rule 816. (1) A well shall not be located in an area subject to flooding unless the  
well is protected as approved in writing by the department. The ground surface  
immediately adjacent to a well casing shall be graded so that surface water is diverted  
away from the casing. Surface flooding shall not be allowed closer than 25 feet from  
the well.  
(2) The top of a well casing, any other opening into the well casing, well  
appurtenances, and controls shall be not less than 2 feet above the greater of the  
following:  
Page 254  
(a) One hundred-year flood elevation.  
(b) The maximum recorded flood elevation.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10817 Top of well casing; elevation.  
Rule 817. The top of a well casing shall terminate not less than 12 inches above  
the established ground surface, or the floor of a pump room, well room, or well house.  
In addition, for type II b and type III public water supplies the top of a well casing  
may terminate not less than 12 inches above the floor of an approved basement offset.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10818 Minimum well casing depth.  
Rule 818. Casings for all wells serving public water supplies shall extend not  
less than 25 feet below the established ground surface.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10819 Well casing in rock formation.  
Rule 819. (1) In an area where a well is to be developed in fractured, jointed, or  
cavernous rock, the well shall not be approved as a production well unless all of the  
following conditions exist:  
(a) Adequate protective material above the aquifer.  
(b) No evidence of aquifer contamination.  
(c) No direct flow from surface or near surface sources to the rock aquifer.  
(2) The department may also approve a well developed in fractured, jointed, or  
cavernous rock based on special well construction features and a hydrogeologic study.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10820 Water suction lines.  
Rule 820. (1) A casing shall not be used as a suction line unless protected by a  
permanent outer casing.  
(2) For type I and type IIa public water supplies, a buried water suction line  
extending outside the well casing is prohibited.  
(3) For type IIb and type III public water supplies, a buried water suction line  
extending outside the well may be used if protected in a manner approved by the  
department.  
(4) Any buried pump discharge line shall be under positive pressure at all times.  
History: 1979 AC.  
Page 255  
R 325.10821 Casing materials.  
Rule 821. All casings used for wells serving a public water supply shall be of  
materials approved in writing by the department.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10822 Grouting.  
Rule 822. All wells that serve public water supplies shall be grouted by a method  
approved by the department to obtain a tight bond between the well casing and the  
undisturbed natural earth formations, thus preventing the entrance of any surface  
water or near surface contaminants to the groundwater source.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS.  
R 325.10823 Flowing artesian wells; well construction.  
Rule 823. In areas where flowing artesian wells are commonly encountered, the  
well construction methods proposed by a public water supply to protect a flowing  
artesian aquifer and confining strata shall be submitted to the department and  
approval obtained prior to the start of construction.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10824 Flowing artesian wells; flow control.  
Rule 824. For flowing artesian wells, a direct connection between a discharge  
pipe for flow control and a sewer or other source of contamination is prohibited.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10825 Elevation of discharge from well casing; location of  
connection to well casing.  
Rule 825. (1) For type I and type IIa public water supplies, a discharge from a well  
casing at an elevation less than 12 inches above the established ground surface is  
prohibited, except where an installation with an approved pitless adapter is permitted  
by the department.  
(2) For type IIb and type III public water supplies, a connection to a well casing  
may be at least 12 inches above the floor of an approved basement offset, pump room, or  
well room, or the requirements of subrule (1) shall be met.  
History: 1979 AC.  
Page 256  
R 325.10826 Construction and location of room housing pumping equipment  
or room housing top of well casing.  
Rule 826. (1) For type I and type IIa public water supplies, a room housing  
pumping equipment or a room housing the top of a well casing, where used, shall be  
constructed above the established ground surface allowing access to the pump for  
maintenance or repair.  
(2) For type IIb and type III public water supplies,  
a
room housing pumping  
equipment may be located below the established ground surface if it is located in, or  
attached to, an approved basement or is drained to the ground surface by gravity.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10827 Tail pipe or pump suction pipe; termination.  
Rule 827. In screened wells, the bottom of a tail pipe or pump suction pipe shall  
terminate not less than 5 feet above the top of the screen.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10828 Casing vents; sampling tap; relief valves.  
Rule 828. (1) Casing vents shall be both of the following:  
(a) Provided on all wells and constructed to prevent the entrance of  
contaminants into the well.  
(b) Extended to the outside atmosphere above the roof level if toxic or flammable  
gases are present.  
(2) Provisions shall be made for collection of raw water samples by installation  
of a proper sampling tap in a convenient location as close to each well as possible.  
Provisions shall be made for collection of finished water samples by installation of a  
proper sampling tap at each entry point to the distribution system.  
(3) Air vacuum relief valves, where used, shall be constructed to prevent entrance  
of contaminants into the well.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10829 Well appurtenances; type I public water supplies.  
Rule 829. (1) The following is required of each well serving type I public water  
supplies:  
(a) Each well shall be equipped with a meter or other acceptable means to measure  
the volume of water produced.  
(b) Each well shall be provided with an electrical outlet energized with the pump  
motor, chemical injection taps, and space necessary for the addition of chemicals so  
Page 257  
that treatment equipment can be readily connected to the well discharge line in the event  
the department requires chemical treatment to protect the public health.  
(c) Each well shall be equipped to allow pumping to waste without  
interrupting normal service in the distribution system.  
(d) Each well shall be equipped with a means to measure the water level.  
(2) Subdivisions (a) and (b) of subrule (1) do not apply to individual wells which  
are a part of a multiple well field serving a type I public water supply if the multiple well  
field is equipped in accordance with the provisions of subdivisions (a) and (b) or where  
a well is a raw water source for a treatment system when the treatment system is  
equipped with a meter or other acceptable means to measure the volume of water  
produced.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10830 Aquifer or performance testing requirements.  
Rule 830. (1) Each well constructed to serve a public water supply shall undergo  
an aquifer test or performance test, by a method approved by the department, after  
installation of a production well and prior to use of a well to supply water to a  
waterworks system.  
(2) For type I and type IIa public water supplies, aquifer tests or performance  
tests shall be performed on the test well or production well. The tests may be required to  
do any of the following:  
(a) Determine the adequacy of well depth and development.  
(b) Secure water samples for quality analyses.  
(c) Determine well capacity and production on a long-term basis.  
(d) Determine drawdown.  
(e) Select permanent pumping equipment.  
(f) Evaluate well efficiency.  
(g) Assure proper utilization and protection of groundwater aquifers.  
(3) For type IIb and type III public water supplies, aquifer tests or performance  
tests of wells shall demonstrate that water can be safely withdrawn from an aquifer  
in sufficient quantity to provide water for drinking and household purposes and of a  
quality meeting the state drinking water standards.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10831 New or reconditioned well; disinfection; water samples.  
Rule 831. (1) A new or reconditioned well or pump installation or well facility  
which is opened for maintenance or inspection shall be pumped to waste until the  
water is as clear as reasonably possible. Thereafter, the well and pumping equipment  
shall be properly disinfected.  
(2) Before placing a new or reconditioned well or a well facility which is opened for  
maintenance or inspection into service, all of the following shall occur:  
Page 258  
(a) Testing shall show the water to be free of chlorine before collection of each  
bacteriologic sample.  
(b) Not fewer than 2 consecutive water samples for bacteriological analyses shall be  
collected from the well or well facility 24 hours apart, unless an alternate interval is  
approved by the department.  
(c) Each analysis shall not indicate the presence of coliform. Analyses for other  
contaminants may be required by the department.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10832 Abandoned wells.  
Rule 832. An abandoned well shall be properly filled and sealed to prevent it  
from becoming a hazard or serving as a channel for contamination of the groundwater  
or the escape of subterranean gas.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10833 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS.  
PART 9. SURFACE WATER SOURCES  
R 325.10901 Purpose.  
Rule 901. The purpose of this part is to establish certain requirements for the  
location and use of raw water intakes in surface water sources to assure a continuously  
adequate quantity of the best quality raw water available for treatment and  
distribution to the public.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10902 Applicability; approval of deviations from minimum standards and  
requirements.  
Rule 902.  
(1) This part applies to public water supplies utilizing surface water  
sources. This part sets minimum standards and requirements to be met to receive  
permits or approvals from the department for waterworks systems or portions of  
waterworks systems. For purpose of this part, a supplier of a proposed public water  
supply is considered a public water supply.  
(2) Deviations from the minimum standards and requirements of this part may be  
approved by the department if a public water supply demonstrates that a deviation will  
not adversely affect the public health. Deviations from this part shall be by permit  
Page 259  
condition for type I and type II public water supplies, and in writing by the  
department for type III public water supplies.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10904 Retroactivity of rules.  
Rule 904. This part is not retroactive for intakes in surface water sources constructed  
before January 12, 1978, unless the department determines that continued use of the  
intake or surface water source poses a health hazard.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10905 Assessment of proposed surface water source.  
Rule 905.  
(1) An assessment of a proposed surface water source shall be  
performed by the public water supply. The scope or need for the assessment shall be  
established in advance by the department after consultation with the owner.  
(2) All of the following shall be determined for each alternate location of  
a surface water intake:  
(a) The normal water quality.  
(b) Any significant variations in water quality.  
(c) Any existing or potential hazards to public health.  
(d) The suitability of the water for treatment.  
(e) The availability of an adequate and dependable source.  
(3) Previous assessments of the same surface water source may be considered by the  
department in determining the scope or need for an assessment required by subrule (1)  
of this rule.  
(4) The results of the assessment shall be submitted to the department for review,  
and approval shall be obtained prior to the issuance of a permit for the construction or  
use of an intake in a surface water source.  
(5) Where the water quality of the proposed surface water source is unknown,  
the department may require sampling and analyses by the public water supply for a  
period not to exceed 1 year to determine water quality and suitability of the water for  
treatment.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.10906 Intake from surface water source; design capacity.  
Rule 906. An intake from a surface water source shall be designed to withdraw  
raw water in no greater quantity than the available yield at the 100-year drought  
elevation or flow.  
History: 1979 AC.  
Page 260  
R 325.10907 Intake inlet and pipeline.  
Rule 907. (1) The intake inlet shall be submerged so that hazards of the source  
waters, including physical hazards, icing  
minimized.  
hazards,  
and  
shipping hazards are  
(2) Approval of the intake inlet configuration and construction materials  
shall be based on protection of the structure and control of the inlet velocity.  
(3) The intake pipeline shall be constructed to reasonably protect against  
physical hazards associated with the surface water source.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10908 Approval of intake materials.  
Rule 908. Classes and types of materials used for intake pipelines, joints, and  
intake inlets shall be as approved by the department.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.10909 Pressure testing required.  
Rule 909. Pressure testing is required and the intake line shall meet the  
requirements of the pressure test prior to placing a new intake line into service.  
History: 1979 AC.  
PART 10. TREATMENT SYSTEMS AND PUMPING FACILITIES  
R 325.11001 Purpose.  
Rule 1001. The purpose of this part is to establish requirements for the treatment  
of surface water sources or other sources of water requiring treatment, and to  
establish requirements for water pumping facilities operated to provide a continuously  
adequate quantity of water meeting the state drinking water standards.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11002 Applicability; approval of deviations from minimum standards and  
requirements.  
Rule 1002. (1) This part applies to public water supplies regarding subpart H  
systems, certain other treatment systems, and all water pumping facilities. This part  
sets standards and requirements to be met to receive permits or approvals from the  
Page 261  
department for waterworks systems. For purpose of this part, a supplier of a proposed  
public water supply is considered a public water supply.  
(2) Deviations from the minimum standards and requirements in this part may be  
approved by the department if the public water supply demonstrates that the deviation  
will not adversely affect public health.  
(3) Any deviations to the requirements for treatment of water sources shall not be in  
conflict with these rules.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11004 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 1994 AACS; 2003 AACS.  
R 325.11005 Treatment system; measurement of volume and rate of  
finished water flow.  
Rule 1005. Each treatment system shall be provided with a means to measure  
the volume and rate of finished water produced.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11006 Rated capacity of complete treatment system.  
Rule 1006. (1) The department shall establish the rated capacity of new or existing  
complete treatment systems.  
(2) The department shall notify the public water supply of its determination  
of rated capacity on the permit for a new complete treatment system or on the permit  
for an existing complete treatment system which undergoes alterations which affect  
rated capacity.  
(3) The rated capacity of the complete treatment system is the smallest of the  
following rated capacities for each element or unit of the system:  
(a) Intake. The rated capacity of the intake is the lesser of the intake capacity at the  
100 year drought elevation or the intake capacity at the time of the lowest recorded  
elevation of surface water at the point of intake.  
(b) Raw water supply. The rated capacity of the raw water supply is the firm  
capacity of raw water pumping units or the total flow from a system supplying raw  
water by gravity under minimum source water elevation conditions.  
(c) Treatment processes. The rated capacity of treatment processes including  
coagulation, precipitation, sedimentation, and filtration is the established maximum  
allowable treatment rate. Where less than 4 filters are provided, the rated capacity of  
the filters is the maximum allowable treatment rate with the largest filter removed  
from service.  
Page 262  
(d) Finished water supply. The rated capacity of the finished water supply to the  
distribution system or storage is the firm capacity of pumping systems or the total flow  
from a system supplying finished water by gravity under the limiting head condition.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11007 Retroactivity of rules.  
Rule 1007. R 325.11006 and R 325.11008 are not retroactive for complete  
treatment systems constructed before January 12, 1978, unless the department  
determines that continued use of the existing system represents a health hazard.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11008 Complete treatment system; design and operation requirements.  
Rule 1008. (1) A minimum of 2 units shall be provided for each treatment  
process for coagulation, sedimentation, and filtration.  
(2) A sufficient primary coagulant dose shall be added to create a settleable or  
filterable floc at all times that a conventional filtration or direct filtration plant is in  
operation.  
(3) Essential chemical systems for the application of disinfectants, primary  
coagulants, and other chemicals, as required by the department, shall be equipped to  
provide service at the maximum allowable treatment rate with the largest unit removed  
from service.  
(4) Equipment provided for disinfection required under subrule (3) of this rule  
shall be capable of treatment at the rated treatment capacity with the largest unit  
removed from service.  
(5) Application points for disinfection shall be provided, or be available, at all  
of the following locations:  
(a) Before coagulation.  
(b) Immediately preceding filtration.  
(c) Immediately following filtration.  
(d) Immediately before entry of finished water into the distribution system.  
(6) Each unit or element of a complete treatment system shall be provided  
with a means to remove it from service without interrupting the treatment process.  
However, a complete bypass of the  
processes is prohibited.  
coagulation, sedimentation, or filtration  
(7) Each unit or element of a complete treatment system shall be provided  
with a means to drain and with overflow control sufficient to prevent flooding of the  
facility.  
(8) Common walls between finished water and water of lesser  
prohibited.  
quality are  
(9) Each complete treatment system shall be provided with a means to measure  
the volume and rate of raw water supplied and finished water produced.  
Page 263  
(10) A complete treatment system shall be protected from the highest recorded  
flood elevation or the 100-year flood elevation, whichever is greater.  
(11) Components of a complete treatment system which are essential  
for the  
protection of the public health and which are required for the production of drinking  
water on a continuous basis shall be protected from flooding.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2003 AACS.  
R 325.11009 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 2003 AACS.  
R 325.11010 Applicability of pumping facility.  
Rule 1010. Until January 1, 2016, R 325.11011 and R 325.11012 apply to all raw  
water, finished water, and distribution system pumping installations in type I public  
water supplies, except distribution system pumping facilities where service is provided  
to less than 50 service connections or to less than 200 individuals. Beginning January 1,  
2016, R 325.11011 and R 325.11012 apply to all raw water, finished water, and  
distribution system pumping installations in type I public water supplies.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11011 Pumping facility; capacity.  
Rule 1011. A pumping facility shall have sufficient capacity to meet the service  
area demands with the largest unit removed from service.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11012 Pumping facility; servicing.  
Rule 1012. Each unit of a pumping facility shall be provided with a means to  
remove it from service without interrupting service to the distribution system.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11013 Pumping facility; storage and demand.  
Rule 1013. All pumping facilities operating with hydropneumatic storage systems  
or with less than adequate gravity storage systems shall have capacity equal to, or  
greater than, peak instantaneous demands. This rule shall apply to all public water  
supplies.  
History: 1979 AC.  
Page 264  
R 325.11014 Pumping facility; protection from flooding.  
Rule 1014. (1) A pumping facility shall be protected from the highest recorded  
flood elevation or the 100-year flood elevation, whichever is greater.  
(2) Components of a pumping facility essential for protection of public health and  
required for pumping water on a continuous basis shall be protected from flooding.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11015 Pumping facility; pressure.  
Rule 1015. (1) All finished water pumping facilities shall be designed to maintain a  
minimum pressure of 5 psi gauge in all buried suction piping and suction piping subject  
to flooding.  
(2) For finished water pumping facilities taking direct suction from a distribution  
system, a minimum pressure of 35 psi under normal operating conditions and 20 psi  
during emergencies such as firefighting shall be maintained in the distribution system  
on the low pressure side of the facility.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11016 Protection of treatment systems and pumping facilities.  
Rule 1016. Public water supplies shall take reasonable precautions to protect  
treatment systems and pumping facilities from trespassers and to prevent introduction  
of contaminants into the waterworks system.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
PART 11. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND STORAGE TANKS  
R 325.11101 Purpose.  
Rule 1101. The purpose of this part is to establish certain requirements for  
distribution systems and water storage tanks to assure a  
continuously adequate  
quantity and quality of water for drinking and household purposes.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11102 Applicability; approval of deviations from minimum standards and  
requirements.  
Rule 1102. (1) This part applies to public water supplies. This part sets minimum  
standards and requirements to be met to receive permits or approvals from the  
Page 265  
department for waterworks systems. For purposes of this part, a supplier of a proposed  
public water supply is considered a public water supply.  
(2) Deviations from the minimum standards and requirements in this part may be  
approved by the department if a public water supply demonstrates that a deviation will  
not adversely affect the public health. Deviations from this part shall be by permit  
condition for type I public water supplies, and in writing by the department for type II  
and type III public water supplies.  
History: 1979 AC; 1998 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11104 Retroactivity of rules.  
Rule 1104. This part is not retroactive for distribution systems and water storage  
tanks constructed before January 12, 1978, unless the department determines that  
continued use of a distribution system or storage tank poses a health hazard.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11105 Capacity of distribution system; fire hydrants; inadequately  
sized watermains.  
Rule 1105. (1) Distribution systems shall have sufficient capacity to meet peak  
demands, including fire flow demands where fire protection is provided, while  
continuously maintaining a minimum of 35 psi throughout the distribution system  
under normal operating conditions and 20 psi throughout the distribution system during  
emergencies such as fire fighting.  
(2) The department may prohibit installation of fire hydrants where watermain  
capacity, system source capacity, storage capacity, or pressure is inadequate to sustain  
fire flow demands in addition to normal user demands.  
(3) Replacement of inadequately sized watermains with watermains of the same  
size is prohibited.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11106 Water main and joint materials.  
Rule 1106. Classes and types of materials used for water mains and joints shall  
be as approved in writing by the department.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11107 Isolation of water mains from sources of contamination.  
Rule 1107. All public water supplies shall maintain adequate vertical and  
horizontal isolation of water mains from sources of contamination.  
Page 266  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11108 Distribution system valves.  
Rule 1108. (1) Sufficient valves shall be provided on distribution systems to  
minimize interruptions in service and minimize sanitary hazards during construction or  
repairs.  
(2) Automatic air relief and automatic vacuum relief valves, if provided on the  
distribution system, shall be installed and maintained to prevent contaminants from  
entering the distribution system.  
(3) Buried stop-and-waste valves on service lines and the installation of other  
valves with openings subject to flooding are prohibited.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11109 Type I public water supplies; pressure testing of new water  
mains.  
Rule 1109. For type I public water supplies, pressure testing is required for  
new water mains, and the requirements of the pressure test shall be met prior to  
placing a new water main in service.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11110 Distribution systems; flushing, disinfection, and water analysis.  
Rule 1110.  
(1) Proper techniques shall be followed during construction to keep  
water mains clean and dry. New water mains shall be flushed thoroughly before  
disinfection.  
(2) Disinfection of new water mains is required.  
(3) Before placing a new water main in service, all of the following shall occur:  
(a) Before collection of each bacteriologic sample, heavily chlorinated water shall  
be flushed from the main and appurtenances until the chlorine measurements in the  
water leaving the main is absent or no higher than that normally maintained in the  
distribution system.  
(b) Not fewer than 2 consecutive water samples for bacteriological analysis shall be  
collected 24 hours apart unless an alternate interval is approved by the department.  
(c) An analysis shall not indicate the presence of coliform. Analyses for other  
contaminants may be required if the department has reason to believe that these  
contaminants are present.  
(4) A public water supply in which all or part of a distribution system is not in year-  
round service shall comply with subrules (2) and (3) of this rule before placing the  
system into service for the season.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
Page 267  
R 325.11111 Distribution system records.  
Rule 1111. A public water supply shall maintain adequate records on the  
operation of the water distribution system, on the location and type of maintenance  
performed, and on the type of materials and appurtenances used.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11112 Storage tanks generally.  
Rule 1112. All storage tanks, including hydropneumatic or gravity storage  
tanks which are used for the storage of finished water, shall meet all of the following  
requirements:  
(a) Be watertight below the maximum water level elevation.  
(b) Be constructed with materials and coatings approved by the department  
pursuant to part 21 of these rules.  
(c) Have no unprotected openings.  
(d) Be provided with access to the inside of the tank for inspection or repair.  
(e) Be capable of being isolated from the distribution system and drained  
without interrupting service to users or customers.  
(f) Prevent sediment or debris which may collect in the tank from entering the  
distribution system.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11113 Gravity storage tanks.  
Rule 1113. All gravity storage tanks shall be provided with all of the following:  
(a) A watertight and properly drained roof.  
(b) A vent of sufficient size.  
(c) An overflow line of sufficient size.  
(d) A high and low level warning device.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11114 Ground level gravity storage tanks.  
Rule 1114. (1) The bottom of a ground level gravity storage tank shall be above the  
highest groundwater level.  
(2) The bottom of a ground level gravity storage tank shall be located at least 1 foot  
above the 100-year flood elevation or the maximum recorded flood elevation, whichever  
is greater.  
(3) The site of a ground level gravity storage tank shall be graded to direct  
surface drainage away from the tank.  
Page 268  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11115 Hydropneumatic storage tanks.  
Rule 1115. (1) For type I and type IIa public  
water  
supplies,  
a
hydropneumatic tank shall be located above the established ground surface and  
installed in a wellhouse, except it shall be acceptable to expose 1 end of the  
hydropneumatic tank and the controls in a wellhouse and mound earth cover material  
over the remainder of the tank.  
(2) For type IIb and type III public water supplies, a hydropneumatic tank may  
be partially buried if controls are located in an approved basement or in a room or  
pit drained by gravity to the ground surface. A totally buried hydropneumatic tank  
may be used if manufactured and installed as approved by the department.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11116 Type I public water supplies; pressure testing of new storage  
tanks.  
Rule 1116. For type I public water supplies, hydrostatic pressure testing is  
required for new storage tanks, and the requirements of the pressure test shall be met  
prior to placing a new storage tank into service.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11117 Storage tanks; disinfection and water analysis.  
Rule 1117.  
(1) Proper techniques shall be followed during construction to keep  
storage tanks clean and dry.  
(2) A finished water storage tank shall be disinfected before initial use and after  
any internal maintenance or repair activity.  
(3) Before placing a storage tank into service all of the following shall occur:  
(a) Before collection of each bacteriologic sample, heavily chlorinated water shall  
be flushed from the tank, drain piping, riser and all other appurtenances until the  
chlorine measurements in the water leaving the tank is absent or no higher than that  
normally maintained in the storage tank.  
(b) Not fewer than 2 consecutive water samples for bacteriological analysis shall be  
collected 24 hours apart unless an alternate interval is approved by the department.  
(c) An analysis shall not indicate the presence of coliform. Analyses for other  
contaminants may be required if the department has reason to believe that these  
contaminants are present.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
Page 269  
R 325.11118 Protection of storage tanks.  
Rule 1118. Public water supplies shall take reasonable precautions to protect  
storage tanks from trespassers and to prevent introduction of contaminants into the  
distribution system or storage tanks.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
PART 12. RELIABILITY  
R 325.11201 Purpose.  
Rule 1201. The purpose of this part is to establish certain requirements for  
maintaining the reliability of public water supply systems to assure a continuous supply  
of water for drinking and household purposes.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11202 Applicability; approval of deviations from minimum requirements.  
Rule 1202. (1) This part applies to type I public water supplies and are minimum  
requirements of the department.  
(2) Deviations from the minimum requirements in this part may be approved in  
writing by the department. For purposes of this part, a supplier of a proposed public  
water supply is considered a public water supply.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11203  
Study of water supply requirements for type I public water  
supply; proposal for compliance.  
Rule 1203. (1) A type I public water supply shall conduct a study to determine the  
quantity of water supply needed for the waterworks system and shall propose a method of  
compliance in accordance with R 325.11204.  
(2) The study required by subrule (1) of this rule shall be based on 5-year and 20-year  
projections of water use by the public water supply. The study shall be updated every 5  
years unless the owner demonstrates that water use projections are stable and this  
requirement is waived by the department.  
(3) At a minimum, the information presented in this study shall include all of the  
following:  
(a) Basic planning data, including current population, number of service connections,  
and equivalent residential units.  
(b) Sufficient water production and consumption data to identify trends for both 5-  
year and 20-year planning periods, including the following elements:  
(i) The present and projected average daily demand.  
(ii) The present and projected maximum daily demand.  
Page 270  
(iii) The present and projected maximum hourly demand.  
(iv) The present and projected peak instantaneous demand for systems using  
hydropneumatic storage.  
(v) The present and projected fire flow demand.  
(vi) The basis of demand projections.  
(vii) Monthly and annual production totals for each source, including water purchased  
from another public water supply.  
(viii) Annual usage totals for water supplied to other public water supplies.  
(ix) Annual usage totals for each customer class as determined by the public water  
supply.  
(c) A water shortage response plan for emergencies.  
(4) Permits shall not be issued by the department to a public water supply unless an  
approved study of water supply quantity requirements is available.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.11204 Required capacity of waterworks systems; applicability.  
Rule 1204. A type I public water supply shall provide sufficient capacity in the  
waterworks system to meet the approved finished water supply requirements.  
That capacity may be 1 or any combination of the following:  
(a) Rated capacity from an approved surface water supply or complete treatment  
system.  
(b) Firm capacity from an approved groundwater supply where firm capacity  
equals the flow with the largest producing well out of service.  
(c) The available capacity obtained under contract and capable of delivery from  
another approved public water supply.  
(d) Finished water storage capacity in excess of the established normal  
waterworks system requirements.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11205 Minimum number of wells.  
Rule 1205. For type I public water supplies where groundwater is the sole source  
of water supply, a minimum of 2 wells, with separate pumping units as required, shall be  
provided.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11206 Interruption of power service; applicability; compliance date.  
Rule 1206. (1) A type I public water supply that provides service to 100 or more  
living units shall provide a means to continuously supply finished water to the entire  
distribution system during periods when the normal power service is interrupted. A  
group living facility with 200 or more beds based on full capacity is equivalent to 100 or  
Page 271  
more living units and shall comply with this rule. Examples of a group living facility  
include a health care facility, correctional facility, and group home.  
(2) Both of the following type I public water supplies that existed before the  
effective date of this rule are not required to comply with this rule until January 1,  
2016:  
(a) Those that serve 100 or more living units and that serve fewer than 200  
individuals.  
(b) Those that serve 100 or more living units and that serve facilities which are  
licensed annually by the state including manufactured housing communities and  
health care facilities.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11207 Interruption in water service to distribution system.  
Rule 1207. If an interruption in water service to the distribution system occurs  
due to a failure in the source of supply, the water shall be disinfected in a manner  
approved by the department and compliance with the state drinking water standards  
shall be demonstrated by additional bacteriological monitoring. The department may  
require the supplier of water to provide notice to customers or users of the public  
water supply in accordance with the provisions of part 4.  
History: 1979 AC.  
PART 13. CONSTRUCTION PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND  
PERMITS  
R 325.11301 Purpose.  
Rule 1301. This part applies to type I and type II public water supplies.  
This part prescribes requirements regarding the submission of plans and  
specifications or other pertinent information for the construction or alteration of a  
waterworks system, or a portion of a waterworks system, to be met to receive permits by  
the department for that construction or alteration. For purposes of this part, a supplier of a  
proposed type I or type II public water supply is considered a public water supply.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11302 Submission of plans and specifications for construction or  
alteration of waterworks system; guidance material.  
Rule 1302.  
(1) For type I public water supplies, before the construction or  
alteration of a waterworks system, or a portion of a waterworks system, plans and  
specifications shall be submitted to the department by a public water supply or its  
Page 272  
designated agent for review, approval, and issuance of a permit, unless otherwise  
accepted under R 325.11304.  
(2) A permit application shall be submitted with  
the  
plans  
and  
specifications, shall identify and summarize plans or projects, and, if applicable, shall  
indicate the authorization of the designated agent for the public water supply.  
(3) Both of the following shall be used, whenever applicable, when preparing  
plans and specifications:  
(a) Recommended standards for water works, prepared by the Great Lakes Upper  
Mississippi board of state sanitary engineers under R 325.10113.  
(b) Suggested practices for waterworks design, construction, and operation for type  
I public water supplies, prepared by the Michigan department of environmental  
quality, water bureau under R 325.10113.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11303 Engineering report or basis of design; approval.  
Rule 1303. (1) If requested by the department, a public water supply shall submit an  
engineering report for a significant project or a basis of design, or both, for approval by  
the department, before plans and specifications are submitted for the construction or  
alteration of a portion of a waterworks system.  
(2) The department may reject or return any plans and specifications submitted  
by a public water supply for the construction or alteration of a waterworks system, or a  
portion of a waterworks system, unless an engineering report or basis of design, or both,  
as requested by the department, have been approved.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11304 Type I and type II public water supplies; construction details and  
sketch of proposed waterworks system; replacement of watermains and  
appurtenances; permit.  
Rule 1304. (1) Type II public water supplies shall submit construction details  
and an acceptable scaled drawing properly dimensioned showing important aspects  
of the general layout of a proposed waterworks system, or portion of a waterworks  
system, and shall obtain a permit for the construction or alteration of source  
facilities, pumping facilities, distribution systems, and storage facilities, and any  
treatment for public health purposes or treatment such as chemical injection that may  
affect public health, prior to construction.  
(2) Type I public water supplies are not required to submit plans and  
specifications or to obtain a permit for the replacement of an adequately sized  
watermain or other appurtenance on a distribution system which does not affect flow or  
capacity.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
Page 273  
R 325.11305 Review of plans and specifications by department.  
Rule 1305.  
(1) Upon receipt of plans and specifications or other pertinent  
information for the construction or alteration of a waterworks system, or portion of a  
waterworks system, the department shall review them as soon as practicable to  
determine their completeness with regard to the minimum requirements specified by  
these rules, and to determine their adequacy. In making its review, the department  
shall not approve the  
plans  
and specifications unless it determines that the  
waterworks system, or portion of a waterworks system, is designed to protect the public  
health.  
(2) If the department determines that plans and specifications or other pertinent  
information are incomplete or inadequate, it shall notify the public water supply or  
authorized agent and may request the submission of revised plans and specifications  
or other pertinent information  
with appropriate corrections or additions. The  
department shall not grant an approval of these submittals or issue a permit until  
the plans and specifications or other pertinent information are complete and are judged  
to be adequate.  
(3) The department may designate an agent or representative, including a local  
health department, for the purposes of reviewing information submitted and issuing  
permits for type II public water supplies, where appropriate.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11306 Approval of plans and specifications; permit.  
Rule 1306.  
(1) Upon a determination by the department that the plans and  
specifications or other pertinent information for the construction or alteration of a  
waterworks system, or portion of a waterworks system, are complete and adequate, the  
department shall mark the plans or scaled drawing showing approval and shall issue a  
permit to the public water supply.  
(2) A permit issued under the act and these rules shall expire unless construction  
or alteration commences within 2 years from the date of issuance. A public water  
supply may apply for a permit extension in accordance with these rules prior to  
expiration of a permit. A request for a permit extension shall be submitted in writing  
identifying the project and the number on the permit issued by the department for  
which the extension is requested and the reason for requesting the extension.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11307 Denial of permit.  
Rule 1307. The department may deny a permit request when it determines that a  
public water supply cannot provide a continuous and adequate supply of water meeting  
the state drinking water standards.  
Page 274  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11308 Permit terms and conditions.  
Rule 1308. The department may attach any term or condition to a permit issued  
under the act and these rules to a public water supply that it deems necessary to assure  
proper construction, alteration, and operation of a waterworks system, or a portion of  
a waterworks system, to protect the public health.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11309 Revision of approved plans and specifications.  
Rule 1309. (1) Changes from approved plans or specifications or other pertinent  
information which would affect the well or watermain isolation or capacity, flow,  
treatment, or operation of the waterworks system, or portion thereof, shall be  
submitted to the department and approval obtained before construction of the  
changes. Changes from approved proposals shall be submitted in advance of any  
construction work which will be affected by the changes to allow sufficient time for  
review and approval by the department.  
(2) Revisions or minor changes not affecting isolation, capacity, flows, treatment,  
or operation may be allowed during construction without the approval of the  
department.  
(3) As-built plans, clearly showing the work as constructed, shall be submitted to  
the department upon request.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11310 Minimizing operational interference with existing waterworks  
system; construction program.  
Rule 1310. The department may request a public water supply to submit for  
approval a program for construction which minimizes operational interference with an  
existing waterworks system, and which allows the public water supply to maintain  
continuous service of water to customers or users of that waterworks system in a  
safe and reliable manner. If requested, the program shall be submitted before  
commencing construction or an alteration of a waterworks system.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11311 Revocation of permit.  
Rule 1311. The department may revoke a permit if it determines that a public water  
supply or its designated agent is not constructing or making an alteration to a  
waterworks system in accordance with approved plans and specifications, other  
approved information, or the act. The department shall notify the public water supply  
Page 275  
before revocation of the permit and provide an opportunity to take corrective action as  
may be required. The department shall revoke the permit and simultaneously order the  
public water supply to halt construction authorized by that permit if the public water  
supply does not effect the corrections within a reasonable period of time.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
PART 14. CROSS-CONNECTIONS  
R 325.11401 Definitions.  
Rule 1401. As used in this part:  
(a) "Backflow" means water of questionable quality, wastes, or other contaminants  
entering a potable water supply system due to a reversal of flow.  
(b) “Unprotected cross connection” means a cross connection between a potable and  
non-potable system where inadequate methods are provided to prevent backflow.  
History: 1979 AC; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.11402 Compliance with regulations and local codes.  
Rule 1402. A connection with a public water supply system shall comply with  
existing laws, ordinances, codes, and rules including:  
(a) All sections of the Michigan plumbing code or the Michigan residential code  
pertaining to backflow and cross connection control. The codes allow for existing  
plumbing systems to stay as currently installed, providing they were installed properly  
according to the code in effect at the time of installation and they do not currently present  
a safety hazard.  
(b) Local ordinances or rules providing acceptable protection against cross  
connections.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.11403 Cross-connections prohibited.  
Rule 1403. (1) A temporary or permanent unprotected cross connection between a  
public water supply system and any source, piping, or system that may contain  
nonpotable water or other substances is prohibited.  
(2) Subrule (1) of this rule applies to all customer types, such as, industrial,  
commercial, institutional, governmental, and single and multi-unit residential.  
(3) Piping configurations creating the potential for water from a public distribution  
system to flow through a private water main or customer site piping and back into the  
public system are prohibited. Areas of private water main served by two or more service  
connections, where flow through the private system can re-enter the public system shall  
Page 276  
have cross connection control protection installed at each connection point to the public  
system.  
History: 1979 AC; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.11404 Local cross connection control programs.  
Rule 1404. (1) A type 1 public water supply shall develop a comprehensive control  
program for the elimination and prevention of all cross connections. The plan for the  
program shall be submitted to the department for review and approval. Supplies may use  
the best practices manual for cross connection control prepared by the department, office  
of drinking water and municipal assistance, listed in R 325.10113 when developing a  
cross connection control program. When the plan is approved, the water supply shall  
implement the program for removal of all existing cross connections and prevention of all  
future cross connections.  
(2) At a minimum, the program shall include all of the following:  
(a) A complete description of the method of administering the program, including the  
designation of inspection and enforcement agency or agencies. The local authority for  
implementation of the program shall be indicated, preferably by ordinance.  
(b) A time schedule for inspection and reinspection of all water supply customers'  
premises for possible cross connections. The periodic reinspection shall be to ascertain if  
safe air gaps or required backflow preventers are in place.  
(c) A description of the methods and backflow preventers, as approved by the  
department, used to protect the public water supply.  
(d) A time schedule for the testing of all testable backflow preventers. The schedule  
contained in the program shall require testing at least once every 3 years. Backflow  
preventers installed on lawn irrigation systems with no chemical treatment may be tested  
once every 5 years if specified within the approved local cross connection control  
program.  
(e) A description of the time allowed for a customer to complete necessary  
corrections.  
(f) A description of the record keeping methods.  
(3) Upon receiving written notice from the department, a public water supply shall  
provide an updated program within 6 months.  
(4) A water supply shall report annually to the department on the status of the cross  
connection control program on a form provided by the department.  
History: 1979 AC; 1998 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.11405 Backflow preventers; tester qualifications and corrections.  
Rule 1405. (1) Backflow preventers shall meet the applicable ASSE or CSA  
standards.  
(2) Beginning January 1, 2018, test results of backflow preventers are valid only if  
testing was performed by individuals holding an active ASSE 5110 certification.  
Page 277  
(3) The total time allowed for completion of the necessary corrections shall be  
contingent upon the degree of hazard involved and include the time required to obtain  
and install equipment. If the cross connection has not been removed or properly  
protected, after a reasonable period of time, the water supply shall shut off the water  
supply to the premises or physically separate the public water supply system from the  
onsite piping system in a manner that the 2 systems cannot again be connected by any  
unauthorized person.  
History: 1979 AC; 1998 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.11406 Piping identification.  
Rule 1406. When a secondary water source is used in addition to a public water  
supply system, exposed public water and secondary water piping shall be identified by  
distinguishing colors or tags and so maintained that each pipe may be traced readily in its  
entirety. If piping is so installed that it is impossible to trace it in its entirety, it will be  
necessary to protect the public water supply at the service connection in a manner  
acceptable to the department.  
History: 1979 AC; 1998 AACS.  
R 325.11407 Private water storage tanks.  
Rule 1407. A private water storage tank supplied from a public water supply  
system shall be deemed a secondary water supply unless it is designed and  
approved for potable water usage.  
History: 1979 AC.  
PART 15. OPERATION REPORTS AND RECORDKEEPING  
R 325.11501 Purpose.  
Rule 1501. The purpose of this part is to establish requirements of certain public  
water supplies for the periodic submission of operation reports and for the retention of  
certain records as required by the provisions of the act and the federal act.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11502 Monthly operation reports of public water supplies employing  
treatment.  
Rule 1502. (1) A community water supply where treatment is employed or a  
noncommunity water supply where treatment is employed for public health purposes,  
or treatment such as chemical injection that may affect public health, shall prepare an  
Page 278  
operation report on a form provided by the department for each month of operation.  
The report shall identify areas where data entry is required under R 325.10719e, R  
325.10719f, R 325.10720, and R 325.10720a and shall include all of the following  
information:  
(a) General operation data, including turbidity determinations.  
(b) A summary of samples analyzed, including distribution system sampling and  
residual disinfectant concentration.  
(c) Information on daily treatment system pumpage.  
(d) Information on chemical application.  
(e) Analyses of general parameters relating to the quality of the treated drinking  
water.  
(2) The operation report shall be submitted to the department during the month  
following the month for which the operation report was prepared, unless  
otherwise required in part 7 of these rules.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11503 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2003 AACS.  
R 325.11504 Annual reports.  
Rule 1504. (1) A type I public water supply which does not submit a monthly  
operation report shall submit an annual report on a form provided by the department.  
The department may require certain type II public water supplies to submit annual  
reports. The report shall include a summary of water pumpage and water use.  
(2) The type I public water supply shall submit the annual report to the department  
on or before March 31 following the year covered by the report.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11505 Additional reports required by department.  
Rule 1505. (1) The department may require a public water supply to submit reports  
required under this part on a more frequent basis if the department finds that  
discrepancies, violations, or other problems are or may be occurring based on the  
department's review of a monthly or annual operation report or based on a sanitary  
survey, on-site inspection, surveillance observation, or special investigation conducted  
by the department.  
(2) The department may require a public water supply to submit other reports as  
it deems necessary to evaluate the adequacy of the public water supply.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
Page 279  
R 325.11505a Submission of C*T calculations.  
Rule 1505a. A public water supply that employs a disinfectant shall, within 6  
months of a written request from the department, submit a determination of the C*T  
calculations. The public water supply shall submit the supporting data as necessary for  
the department to determine compliance with the provisions of R 325.10611a (2) (a).  
History: 1991 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11506 Retention of records; generally.  
Rule 1506. (1) A community or noncommunity water supply shall retain on its  
premises or at a convenient location near its premises all of the following records:  
(a) Records of bacteriological analyses that are required under part 7 of these rules,  
which shall be kept for not less than 5 years.  
(b) Records of chemical analyses that are required under part 7 of these rules,  
which shall be kept for not less than 10 years.  
(c) Records of microbiological analyses and turbidity analyses that are required  
under part 7 of these rules, which shall be kept for not less than 5 years.  
(d) Records of radiological analyses that are required under part 7 of these rules,  
which shall be kept for not less than 10 years.  
(e) Original records of all sampling data and analyses, reports, surveys, letters,  
evaluations, schedules, department determinations, and any other information that is  
required under R 325.10604f(2) to (6), R 325.10410, and R 325.10710a to R 325.10710c,  
which shall be retained for not less than 12 years.  
(f) Results of the disinfection profile and benchmark, which shall be retained  
indefinitely.  
(g) Copies of monitoring plans developed under these rules shall be kept for the  
same period of time as the records of analyses taken under the plan are required to be  
kept under this subrule, except as specified elsewhere in these rules.  
(2) Actual laboratory reports for chemical, bacteriological, turbidity, disinfection  
profile and benchmark, and radiological analyses shall be kept; however, the analyses  
data may be transferred to tabular summaries if all of the following information is  
included:  
(a) The date, place, and time of sampling and the name of the person who collected  
the sample.  
(b) Identification of the sample as a routine distribution system sample, check  
sample, raw or treated water sample, or other special purpose sample.  
(c) The date of the analysis.  
(d) The laboratory and the person who was responsible for performing the analysis.  
(e) The analytical technique or method used.  
(f) The results of the analysis.  
(3) Records of action taken by the supply to correct violations of the state drinking  
water standards shall be kept for not less than 3 years after the last action taken with  
respect to the particular violation.  
Page 280  
(4) Copies of any written reports, summaries, or communications which relate to  
sanitary surveys of the public water supply and which were conducted by the public  
water supply itself, by a private consultant, by the department, or by any local, state, or  
federal agency shall be kept for not less than 10 years after completion of the sanitary  
survey involved.  
(5) Records that involve a variance or an exemption that was granted to a public  
water supply shall be kept for not less than 5 years after the expiration date of the  
variance or exemption.  
(6) Records that involve any emergency or public notification regarding a public  
water supply shall be kept for not less than 3 years after the emergency or public  
notification.  
History: 1979 AC; 1994 AACS; 2002 AACS; 2003 AACS; 2005 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2018 AACS.  
R 325.11507 Retention of records; filterbackwash.  
Rule 1507. A subpart H supply that employs conventional filtration or direct  
filtration treatment and that recycles spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant,  
or liquids from dewatering processes shall collect and retain on file all of the following  
recycle flow information for review and evaluation by the department:  
(a) Copy of the recycle notification and information submitted to the department  
under 40 CFR §141.76(b), (2008), which is adopted by reference. The adopted  
material is contained in Title 40 CFR parts 136 to 149 which is available for purchase  
for $64.00 at the time of adoption of these rules from the superintendent of  
documents at the address in R 325.10116(b). The adopted material is available for  
inspection and a copy is available at no cost from the offices of the department at the  
address in R 325.10116(a).  
(b) A list of all recycle flows and the frequency with which they are returned.  
(c) The average and maximum backwash flow rate through the filters and the  
average and maximum duration of the filter backwash process in minutes.  
(d) The typical filter run length and a written summary of how filter run length is  
determined.  
(e) The type of treatment provided for the recycle flow.  
(f) Data on the physical dimensions of the equalization or treatment units, or both,  
typical and maximum hydraulic loading rates, type of treatment chemicals used and  
average dose and frequency of use, and frequency at which solids are removed, if  
applicable.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11508 Retention of records; enhanced treatment for Cryptosporidium.  
(1) Subpart H supplies that are subject to the enhanced treatment for  
Cryptosporidium provisions in R 325.10611d, also called "supplies" in this rule, shall  
keep results from the initial round of source water monitoring under 40 CFR  
141.701(a), as adopted by reference in R 325.10720b, and the second round of source  
water monitoring under 40 CFR 141.701(b), as adopted by reference in R 325.10720b,  
Page 281  
until 3 years after bin classification under R 325.10611e for the particular round of  
monitoring.  
(2) Supplies shall keep a notification to the department that they will not conduct  
source water monitoring due to meeting the criteria of 40 CFR 141.701(d), as adopted by  
reference in R 325.10720b, for 3 years.  
(3) Supplies shall keep the results of treatment monitoring associated with microbial  
toolbox options under R 325.10611i to R 325.10611m for 3 years.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11509 Retention of records; groundwater supply rules.  
Rule 1509. In addition to the requirements of R 325.11506, a groundwater supply  
subject to R 325.10612 shall maintain all of the following information in its records:  
(a) Documentation of corrective actions shall be kept for a period of not less than 10  
years.  
(b) Documentation of notice to the public as required under R 325.10408c shall be  
kept for a period of not less than 3 years.  
(c) Records of decisions under R 325.10739(1)(e)(ii) and records of invalidation of  
fecal indicator-positive groundwater source samples under R 325.10739(3) shall be kept  
for a period of not less than 5 years.  
(d) For consecutive supplies, documentation of notification to the wholesale supply or  
supplies of total-coliform positive samples that are not invalidated under R 325.10707a,  
until March 31, 2016, or under R 325.10704c beginning April 1, 2016 shall be kept for a  
period of not less than 5 years.  
(e) For groundwater supplies, including wholesale supplies, that are required to  
perform compliance monitoring under R 325.10739a all of the following shall be kept:  
(i) Records of the department-specified minimum disinfectant residual shall be kept  
for a period of not less than 10 years.  
(ii) Records of the lowest daily residual disinfectant concentration and records of the  
date and duration of any failure to maintain the department-prescribed minimum residual  
disinfectant concentration for a period of more than 4 hours shall be kept for a period of  
not less than 5 years.  
(iii) Records of department-specified compliance requirements for membrane  
filtration and of parameters specified by the department for department-approved  
alternative treatment and records of the date and duration of any failure to meet the  
membrane operating, membrane integrity, or alternative treatment operating requirements  
for more than 4 hours shall be kept for a period of not less than 5 years.  
History: 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.11510 Retention of records; total coliform.  
Rule 1510. In addition to the requirements of R 325.11506, a community or  
noncommunity water supply subject to the total coliform rules in R 325.10704a shall  
maintain in its records the assessment form, regardless of who conducts the assessment,  
Page 282  
and documentation of corrective actions completed as a result of those assessments, or  
other available summary documentation of the sanitary defects and corrective actions  
taken under R 325.10704i for department review. This record shall be maintained by the  
supply for a period not less than 5 years after completion of the assessment or corrective  
action.  
History: 2015 AACS.  
PART 16. GENERAL PLANS  
R 325.11601 Purpose.  
Rule 1601. This part establishes requirements of certain public water supplies for  
the submission and updating of waterworks system general plans to satisfy the  
requirements of subsection (1) of section 4 of the act.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11602 Type I and type II public water supplies; submission of general  
plans to department.  
Rule 1602. (1) A current general plan for type I public water supplies that address  
the pertinent requirements of this part shall be submitted to the department. Neither of  
the following type I public water supplies that existed before the effective date of this  
rule is required to comply with this subrule until January 1, 2016.  
(a) Those serving less than 50 service connections or less than 200 persons.  
(b) Those serving facilities which are licensed annually by the state, including  
manufactured housing communities and health care facilities.  
(2) The department, by written notice, may require specific type II public water  
supplies to provide a general plan. The public water supply so notified shall provide  
a general plan to the department within 1 year after receipt of the written notice.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11603 Updating requirements.  
Rule 1603. (1) Public water supplies having previously provided a general plan to  
the department meet the requirements of this part unless the department determines  
that the plans previously submitted are inadequate or outdated.  
(2) Upon receiving written notice from the department, public water supplies  
shall provide an updated general plan within 6 months.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
Page 283  
R 325.11604 Contents of general plans for all applicable systems.  
Rule 1604. The general plan for a waterworks system shall contain a description of  
the waterworks system, including all of the following:  
(a) The general layout of the entire waterworks system, including treatment systems  
and distribution systems, and the location of valves, hydrants, storage tanks, watermains,  
pumps, wells, and pumping facilities.  
(b) Rated capacity of the waterworks system, including capacity of the developed  
water source, treatment system, storage tanks, pumping facilities, and equipment to  
maintain system reliability.  
(c) Community and nontransient noncommunity water supplies shall complete a  
distribution system materials inventory as follows:  
(i) By January 1, 2020, a supply shall complete and submit to the department, a  
preliminary distribution system materials inventory in a form and manner specified by the  
department. The preliminary inventory shall consist of a thorough assessment of  
distribution system materials based on existing sources of information.  
(ii) By January 1, 2025, a supply shall submit a complete distribution system  
materials inventory, including verification methodology, and provide the results of the  
inventory to the department in a form and manner specified by the department. The  
materials inventory under this subsection shall identify whether and where construction  
materials listed in 40 C.F.R. §141.42(d) are present in the piping, storage structure,  
pumps, and controls used to deliver water to the public, including service lines.  
(iii) The materials inventory shall include all materials in the service lines,  
including the portion on private property. The supply shall maintain a record of  
customers that fail to grant access to the interior of the building. If access is denied, the  
record shall include the date of the denial, to whom the denial was communicated, and  
the denial itself in writing. If the customer does not respond to requests for access, the  
record shall include the dates when and manner by which access was requested and by  
whom it was requested.  
(iv) If the supply is unable to determine the content of sections of a service line, the  
supply shall, in writing, notify the owner and occupant of the premises of the potential for  
lead in the service line and provide information on lead in drinking water hazards and  
remediation.  
(v) Within 30 days of determining a service line contains lead or is presumed to  
contain lead, the supply shall provide the owner and occupant of the premises with a  
written notification of the service line material content. The notification shall include  
language encouraging residential customers to have a home plumbing materials  
evaluation completed. Any time a new water account is opened at a premises that is  
known or presumed to be served by a lead service line, the water supply shall provide the  
owner and occupant of the premises with a written notification of the service line material  
content.  
(vi) A community water supply with lead service lines or service lines of unknown  
content shall include service line information in their annual consumer confidence report,  
including the number of lead service lines, number of service lines of unknown material,  
and the total number of service lines in the supply. This information shall also be made  
available on the supply’s public website, or upon request if the supply does not have a  
website.  
Page 284  
(vii) A supply with lead service lines shall annually provide the department a  
summary of service line repairs or replacements in a form and manner specified by the  
department.  
(viii) A supply shall conduct a comprehensive update of its materials inventory  
every 5 years and submit the updated inventory to the department in a form and manner  
specified by the department.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS; 2018 AACS.  
R 325.11605 Community water supplies that have distribution system intended  
to provide fire protection; additional general plan requirements.  
Rule 1605. The general plan for a waterworks system that has a distribution system  
intended to provide fire protection purposes shall include all of the following  
information:  
(a) A hydraulic analysis of the distribution system showing pressure contours  
under peak demands.  
(b) An inventory of water main by size and material and age.  
(c) Service area maps including existing and future service area boundaries.  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11606 Community water supplies; additional general plan requirements;  
asset management program; capital improvements plan.  
Rule 1606. (1) A community water supply that serves more than 1,000 people shall  
implement an asset management program as defined in R 325.10102 beginning January  
1, 2018, unless otherwise required in this subrule. Supplies may use the reference guide  
for asset management tools, May 2014, prepared by the U.S. Environmental Protection  
Agency and listed in R 325.10113 when developing an asset management program.  
Supplies shall include in the general plan each of the following:  
(a) A summary detailing the system used to maintain an inventory of assets.  
Priority shall be given to an inventory of source, treatment, pumping, and distribution  
system assets.  
(b) A summary describing the method used to assess the criticality of assets  
considering the likelihood and consequence of failure. Within 12 months of the due date  
of the preliminary distribution system materials inventory under R 325.11604(c)(i), the  
presence of lead service lines shall be a factor for prioritizing asset criticality in the asset  
management program.  
(c) A statement of level of service goals.  
(d) A capital improvements plan that identifies waterworks system needs for 5-year  
and 20-year planning periods. A publicly owned or operated supply shall comply  
beginning January 1, 2016. A privately owned supply shall comply beginning January 1,  
2018.  
(e) A summary detailing the funding structure and rate methodology that provides  
sufficient resources to implement the asset management program.  
Page 285  
(2) A community water supply that serves 1,000 or fewer people and that is publicly  
owned or operated shall include in the general plan a capital improvements plan that  
identifies waterworks system needs for 5-year and 20-year planning periods. A supply  
shall comply beginning January 1, 2016.  
(3) A community water supply may include additional information with the general  
plan, including the current reliability study, annual pumpage report, sample siting plan,  
source water protection plan, water conservation/efficiency program, waterworks  
operation and maintenance programs, regional planning documents, and relevant zoning  
and land use plans for the service area.  
History: 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS; 2018 AACS.  
PART 17. OWNERSHIP OF PUBLIC WATER SUPPLIES  
R 325.11701 Purpose.  
Rule 1701. The purpose of this part is to prescribe certain requirements and  
procedures in accordance with section 10 of the act for private ownership of certain  
type I public water supplies when public ownership cannot be achieved.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11702 Intent.  
Rule 1702. Regulatory jurisdiction over public water supplies in this state is for  
the declared purpose of protecting the public health and to assure that public water  
supplies and waterworks systems are properly planned, constructed, maintained, and  
operated. It is a well established principle in this state that type I public water supplies  
be operated and maintained in an effective manner at all times and that adequate  
provision be made for a continuing administrative authority to accomplish this  
objective. Department procedures which have been in effect have strongly encouraged  
public ownership of all type I public water supplies. Accordingly, it is the  
department's belief that all avenues must be thoroughly explored with local  
governmental units to achieve public ownership of those public water supplies. If it  
is determined by the department that a local unit of government will not accept  
responsibility for ownership and operation of a type I public water supply, specific  
procedures must be established prior to issuance of a permit for construction of  
waterworks systems associated therewith.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11703 Applicability and general requirements.  
Rule 1703.  
following:  
(1) Except as noted in this part, this part applies to both of the  
Page 286  
(a) A private owner that proposes to construct a privately owned type I public  
water supply.  
(b) A privately owned type I public water supply.  
(2) The department shall approve a new privately owned public water supply only  
by issuance of a permit. To receive from the department a permit to construct a type I  
public water supply, the owner of the proposed type I public water supply shall  
perform all of the following:  
(a) Submit to the department the information required under part 13 of these  
rules.  
(b) Submit to the department proof of refusal to accept ownership or operational  
responsibility of that public water supply from the governing entity under whose  
jurisdiction the public water supply is included, as required under R 325.11705.  
(c) On a form provided by the department, stipulate to conditions required by the  
department to ensure the public water supply will meet the requirements of the act  
and these rules. At a minimum, the conditions shall include all of the following:  
(i) Supply water to the public according to the act and these rules and transfer the  
supply to the governmental entity by an acceptable agreement between the parties as  
required under R 325.11706.  
(ii) Establish and maintain an escrow fund under R 325.11707 to R  
325.11708. This paragraph does not apply to facilities that are required to be licensed by  
the state, such as manufactured housing communities and health care facilities.  
(iii) Provide or obtain easements, or isolation areas, or both, and abandon wells as  
required under R 325.11709.  
(iv) Provide service connections to not more than the number provided for in the  
permit to construct as required under R 325.11710.  
(v) Receive department approval before transferring ownership of the supply as  
required under R 325.11711.  
(vi) Provide contact information of system operation personnel as required under R  
325.11712.  
(3) A privately owned public water supply whose classification under part 5 of these  
rules changes to type I shall comply with subrule (2) (b) and (c) of this rule.  
(4) A new owner of a privately owned type I public water supply shall comply  
with subrule (2) (b) and (c) of this rule as required under R 325.11711.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11704 Delegation of acceptance of ownership and operational  
responsibility of water supply by city, village, or township.  
Rule 1704. A city, village, or township may delegate to a county, authority,  
district, or other public entity the  
acceptance  
of  
ownership and operational  
responsibility of any water supply within its jurisdiction. This delegation may be  
considered by the  
department  
to  
be adequate public ownership to meet the  
requirements of the act and these rules.  
History: 1979 AC.  
Page 287  
R 325.11705 Private ownership of type I public water supply permitted; proof  
of refusal to accept ownership or operational responsibility by governmental entity.  
Rule 1705. (1) If the department determines that ownership and operation of a type I  
public water supply by a local governmental agency is not practical for a particular public  
water supply, private ownership shall be allowed with adequate provisions to assure a  
continuous operation of the public water supply which meets the requirements of the act  
and these rules.  
(2) The department shall not accept plans and specifications from, nor shall a permit  
be issued to, an owner of a proposed type I public water supply which is to be privately  
owned unless proof of refusal to accept ownership or operational responsibility of that  
public water supply is submitted in a formal resolution of the governing body of a city,  
county, village, township, or other governmental entity under whose jurisdiction the  
public water supply is included, or where proof of refusal is established to the satisfaction  
of the department.  
History: 1979 AC; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.11706 Stipulations by owner of privately owned type I public water  
supply.  
Rule 1706. (1) At the time an owner of a type I public water supply which is, or  
is proposed to be, privately owned submits plans and specifications to the  
department, the owner shall stipulate that the public water supply shall be operated  
in such a manner as to assure the customers or users thereof a sufficient quantity of  
water under adequate pressure and a quality of water meeting the state drinking  
water standards.  
(2) The owner of a type I public water supply, which is proposed to be privately  
owned, shall stipulate to transfer the ownership and operation of the entire public water  
supply to a governing body of a city, village, or township, or its designated public  
entity, by an acceptable agreement between the parties, and with prior approval by the  
department.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11707 Escrow fund.  
Rule 1707. (1) The purpose of a continuing cash escrow fund is to be available  
to the department for immediate repairs, improvements, operations, or maintenance of  
the public water supply if the owner fails to meet the responsibilities under the act and  
these rules.  
(2) The amount of the escrow fund required shall be calculated on the basis of  
$500.00 per living unit proposed to be served by the public water supply, but in no case  
shall the escrow fund amount be less than $10,000.00, or exceed $50,000.00.  
Page 288  
(3) Upon establishment of a written agreement between the privately owned public  
water supply and the governing body of a city, village, or township which establishes a  
date certain by which the privately owned public water supply ownership shall be  
transferred to that governing body, the department may reduce the amount of the  
required escrow fund.  
(4) When the ownership of a privately owned public water supply is  
transferred, the department shall authorize return of the escrow fund and accrued  
interest to the owner from which the public water supply was transferred.  
(5) When additional living units are added, a type I public water supply with an  
established escrow fund shall recalculate the escrow amount based on the sum of  
existing and proposed number of living units and increase its escrow fund accordingly.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11708 Removal and replacement of funds from escrow account.  
Rule 1708. (1) Upon a determination by the department that removal of funds  
from an escrow account is required, only the director or his designated agent may remove  
funds from the escrow account to make the necessary corrections.  
(2) The owner of a privately owned type I public water supply shall replace all funds  
removed from the account by the director or his designated agent as required for needed  
improvements or corrections to the waterworks system within 90 days after removal  
of the funds to maintain the account at the original level.  
(3) If the financial institution that created the escrow fund sends notice that it  
intends to terminate the escrow fund, the public water supply shall obtain an alternate  
escrow fund within 30 days after termination.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11709 Privately owned public water supply; easements; isolation area  
for wells; abandonment of wells.  
Rule 1709. (1) The owner of a public water supply which is proposed to be  
privately owned shall provide or obtain all necessary easements for any portion of the  
waterworks system which is not located in the public right-of-way.  
(2) The isolation area for wells serving a public water supply which is, or is  
proposed to be, privately owned shall be defined in the plans and specifications  
submitted to the department pursuant to the act and part 13 of these rules and shall be  
considered to be a part of the waterworks system.  
(3) If the wells associated with a privately owned waterworks system are  
abandoned, ownership or easements shall be retained as may be necessary for the  
operation of the remainder of the waterworks system. The procedures for  
abandonment of wells shall be in accordance with the requirements of the act and  
part 8 of these rules.  
History: 1979 AC.  
Page 289  
R 325.11710 Privately owned waterworks system; additional  
connections.  
service  
Rule 1710. The owner of a privately owned waterworks system shall not provide  
additional service connections to other living units or facilities in excess of the total  
number specified on, and approved by issuance of, a permit by the department. If an  
owner of a privately owned waterworks system wishes to provide service to  
additional living units or facilities, a permit shall be obtained from the department.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11711 Transfer of ownership of a privately owned type I public water  
supply.  
Rule 1711. (1) If ownership of a privately owned type I public water supply is  
transferred to another private owner, the former owner shall notify and receive approval  
from the department before the change in ownership.  
(2) The new owner shall comply with R 325.11703(2)(b) to (c).  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11712 Filing names of operation personnel.  
Rule 1712. The owner of a privately owned waterworks system shall file with the  
department the name, address, and telephone number of not less than 2 persons  
having direct responsibility for the  
waterworks system who can be contacted in the event  
requirement relative to its operation.  
daily  
operation  
and maintenance of the  
of any emergency or  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.11713 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; rescinded 2009 AACS.  
PART 19. EXAMINATION AND CERTIFICATION OF OPERATORS  
R 325.11901 Classification of treatment systems.  
Rule 1901. (1) Complete treatment systems are classified based on population  
served by the public water supply or rated treatment capacity of the treatment system as  
follows:  
Page 290  
(a) Class F-1: Complete treatment systems for community supplies serving  
a
population greater than 20,000, or with a rated treatment capacity greater than 5.0  
million gallons of water per day.  
(b) Class F-2: Complete treatment systems for community supplies serving  
a
population from 4,000 to 20,000, or with a rated treatment capacity from 2.0 to 5.0  
million gallons of water per day.  
(c) Class F-3: Complete treatment systems for community supplies serving  
a
population from 1,000 to 4,000 or with a rated treatment capacity from 0.5 to 2.0  
million gallons of water per day.  
(d) Class F-4: Complete treatment systems for community supplies serving  
a
population of less than 1,000, or with a rated treatment capacity less than 0.5 million  
gallons of water per day.  
(e) Class F-5: Complete treatment systems for noncommunity supplies.  
(2) Limited treatment systems are classified based on population served by the  
public water supply or rated treatment capacity of the treatment system as follows:  
(a) Class D-1: Limited treatment systems for community supplies serving  
a
population greater than 20,000, or with a rated treatment capacity greater than 5.0  
million gallons of water per day.  
(b) Class D-2: Limited treatment systems for community supplies serving  
a
population from 4,000 to 20,000, or with a rated treatment capacity from 2.0 to 5.0  
million gallons of water per day.  
(c) Class D-3: Limited treatment systems for community supplies serving  
a
population from 1,000 to 4,000, or with a rated treatment capacity from 0.5 to 2.0  
million gallons of water per day.  
(d) Class D-4: Limited treatment systems for community supplies serving  
a
population of less than 1,000, or with a rated treatment capacity less than 0.5 million  
gallons of water per day.  
(e) Class D-5: Limited treatment systems for noncommunity supplies.  
(3) Waterworks systems that use as a source surface water or ground water  
under the direct influence of surface water shall be classified as F systems.  
History: 1979 AC; 2000 AACS.  
R 325.11902 Classification of distribution systems and other public water  
supplies.  
Rule 1902. The following classifications are assigned to public water supplies:  
(a) Class S-1: Distribution systems for community supplies serving a population  
greater than 20,000.  
(b) Class S-2: Distribution systems for community supplies serving a population  
from 4,000 to 20,000.  
(c) Class S-3: Distribution systems for community supplies serving a population  
from 1,000 to 4,000.  
(d) Class S-4: Distribution systems for community supplies serving a population  
of less than 1,000.  
Page 291  
(e) Class S-5: Nontransient noncommunity water supplies with no treatment or  
community supplies with no treatment and a distribution system limited in extent.  
History: 1979 AC; 2000 AACS.  
R 325.11903 Change in classification of treatment system, distribution  
system, or public water supply.  
Rule 1903. Any public water supply classified in accordance with R 325.11901  
and R 325.11902 may be placed in a different classification by the department by reason  
of:  
(a) Incorporation in the treatment system of special features of design.  
(b) Making operation different from usual.  
(c) Treating a particularly difficult type of raw water.  
(d) Upon a finding that the population served has changed.  
(e) The use of complex treatment systems.  
(f) The presence of a large service population.  
(g) When the distribution system is extensive or complex.  
(h) When a treatment system failure will not impact public health.  
History: 1979 AC; 2000 AACS.  
R 325.11904 Notification of change in classification.  
Rule 1904. (1) A public water supply affected by a change in classification  
shall be notified by the department by mail. A change in classification by the  
department shall be effective 6 months after the date of the next applicable examination.  
(2) The classification of a newly constructed waterworks system shall be effective  
at the time of initial operation.  
History: 1979 AC; 2000 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11905 Certification of operators.  
Rule 1905. (1) Any waterworks system or portion of a system which has been  
classified in accordance with R 325.11901 or R 325.11902 shall be under the  
supervision of an operator in charge certified in the system classification as specified in  
these rules.  
(2) A certified operator may operate any waterworks system as follows:  
(a) Within a classification at or below the level of his or her certificate.  
(b) At a different classification as follows:  
(i) A certified operator who holds an F certificate meets the qualifications to  
operate a D treatment system of comparable numerical classification.  
(ii) A certified operator who holds an F certificate or D certificate meets the  
qualifications to operate a class S-5 system.  
Page 292  
(3) A shift operator shall be on site and in charge of each operating shift at a  
community supply in the F classification when the operator in charge is not on site.  
(4) The department may waive the requirement of subrule (3) of this rule upon  
approval of an operational plan submitted by the public water supply that demonstrates  
that public health will be adequately protected when a certified shift operator is not on  
site. The operational plan shall include provision for a back-up operator holding an F-4  
or higher certificate.  
(5) Shift operators at a community supply in the F classification are required to  
hold an F-4 or higher certificate, except that shift operators at community supplies with a  
rated treatment capacity more than 100,000,000 gallons of water per day shall hold an  
F-3 or higher certificate.  
(6) For purposes of training a shift operator to occupy a vacant position, the  
department may authorize a deviation from the requirements of subrule (3) of this rule by  
granting a provisional certification for a period of time, which shall not be more than 2  
years. A person who occupies a position pursuant to this subrule shall otherwise be  
qualified to become certified by examination during this time and shall be titled an  
operator trainee.  
(7) A class D-1 or class D-2 system shall designate one or more operators holding a  
D-4 or higher certificate as a back-up operator.  
(8) A class S-1 or class S-2 system shall designate one or more operators holding  
an S-4 or higher certificate as a back-up operator.  
(9) A waterworks system shall have in place a plan for proper operation of the  
waterworks system when the operator in charge is not available.  
(10) Any form of operator certification not currently recognized in these rules shall  
be considered null and void as of the effective date of these rules.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2000 AACS.  
R 325.11906 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 2000 AACS.  
R 325.11906a Restricted certificates.  
Rule 1906a. With the concurrence of the advisory board, the department may issue  
site specific, restricted certification to an operator on a case-by-case basis. An operator  
issued restricted certification under this rule is only authorized to operate the waterworks  
system or portion of the system that is designated on the restricted certificate issued to  
him or her, except such operator may operate any other waterworks system or portion of  
a system for which he or she holds an unrestricted certification. An operator with a  
restricted certification is subject to the same requirements for performance as other  
certification classes and the certificate may be suspended or revoked or the operator  
placed on probation under R 325.11917.  
History: 2000 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
Page 293  
R 325.11906b Notices to the department.  
Rule 1906b. (1) A public water supply shall provide to the department upon request  
the name of the operator in charge of the waterworks system or portion of the  
system, any shift operator, and any back-up operator required under R 325.11905.  
(2) A public water supply shall notify the department within 7 days when the  
supply no longer has the services of an operator in charge, a shift operator, or a back-  
up operator.  
History: 2000 AACS.  
R 325.11907 Advisory board; terms of office; filling vacancies.  
Rule 1907. (1) The members of the advisory board shall be appointed by the  
director pursuant to the provisions of section 9 of the act for a term of 3 years each.  
Members of the advisory board may be reappointed.  
(2) Member vacancies in an unexpired term shall be filled by the director by  
appointment to complete the 3-year term.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS.  
R 325.11908 Advisory board; powers and duties.  
Rule 1908.  
(1) The advisory board shall meet not less than twice each year at  
designated times and places and shall advise the department in program  
implementation and any revisions to the operator certification program. The advisory  
board shall assist the department in examining all persons making application for  
certification who meet the minimum requirements established by the department  
pursuant to R 325.11911. The advisory board shall schedule at least 1 annual  
examination for treatment system operators in the F-1, F-2, F-3, F-4 and D-1, D-2, D-3,  
D-4 classes and at least 1 annual examination for the distribution system operators in the  
S-1, S-2, S-3, S-4 classes, and shall provide public notice of the date, time, and place  
for each examination not less than 90 days before the date set for the examination.  
(2) The advisory board shall approve a protocol for the examination of operators  
in class F-5, class D-5, and class S-5 systems.  
(3) After review of the application and the results of the examination, the department  
shall issue or deny an applicant a certificate in the appropriate public water supply  
classification.  
(4) The advisory board shall evaluate and either approve or disapprove  
continuing education training, shall categorize such training as "technical", "managerial,"  
or "other" and shall determine the continuing education training hour value in each  
category. All continuing education training approved by the advisory board shall  
relate to the duties, responsibilities, operation, maintenance, or supervision of a drinking  
water system.  
Page 294  
History: 1979 AC; 2000 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11909 Advisory board; selection of officers; quorum; expenses and  
compensation.  
Rule 1909. (1) Each year, the advisory board shall select, from its membership,  
a chair and such other officers as may be needed to conduct its business.  
(2) Five members of the advisory board constitute a quorum.  
(3) Members of the advisory board shall not be compensated, but shall be entitled  
to all actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties in  
accordance with the rates established by the latest edition of the standard travel  
regulations of this state.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS.  
R 325.11910  
examination.  
Application for examination; notice to accepted applicants of  
Rule 1910. (1) To be certified for the operation of a public water supply, an  
individual shall submit to the department, not less than 60 days before the announced  
examination date, an application for examination on a form provided by the department.  
This deadline is extended to not less than 30 days before the examination for the F-5, D-  
5, or S-5 classification examinations if proof of credit card or debit card fee payment  
under MCL 324.3110 is submitted with the application. The information contained on the  
application shall be evaluated by the department, shall be subject to review by the  
advisory board, and shall constitute a part of the examination. The department may  
require verification of the education and experience of an applicant for an examination.  
(2) Not less than 15 days before the examination the department shall notify all  
applicants of its findings and shall notify those applicants accepted for examination of the  
date, time, and place of the examination.  
(3) For the purposes of certifying individuals attending specific department approved  
training programs specified under R 325.11906a, the department may waive the  
requirement for an examination application.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2000 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.11911 Applicant for certification; grading.  
Rule 1911. (1) An applicant for certification shall be graded in 4 major divisions  
as follows:  
(a) Educational qualifications of the applicant.  
(b) Experience qualifications of the applicant, where applicable.  
(c) The examination.  
Page 295  
(d) The laboratory examination, where applicable.  
(2) An applicant shall satisfy the minimum criteria established by the department  
as outlined in table 1 for educational qualifications before admission to the  
examination.  
TABLE 1 Education Points Required to Write an Examination  
Educational Qualifications  
F-1 80  
F-2 70  
F-3 60  
F-4 60  
F-5 60  
D-1 70  
D-2 60  
D-3 60  
D-4 60  
D-5 60  
S-1 70  
S-2 60  
S-3 60  
S-4 60  
S-5 60  
Schedule of Points Given for Formal Education  
8TH Grade  
10TH Grade  
H.S. Diploma, GED or Equivalent  
2 yr. Associate Degree  
Bachelor Degree  
40  
50  
60  
70  
70  
70  
80  
Advanced Degree  
*Approved Two year Water/Wastewater Tech.  
Bachelor of Science in Engineering, Chemistry or Microbiology 80  
Advanced Degree in Engineering, Chemistry or Microbiology  
90  
Education Points Allowed as Substitution for Experience  
F-1 F-2 F-3 F-4 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4  
**Science  
B.S.  
12  
9
6
0
12  
9
6
3
12  
9
6
3
**Adv Degree 18  
12  
4
4
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
18  
2
2
12  
2
2
6
0
0
0
3
0
0
6
18  
2
2
12  
2
2
6
0
0
0
3
0
0
6
Bach Degree  
Adv Degree  
4
4
*W/WW Tech 0  
0
0
0
0
0
*Curriculum approved by advisory board of examiners **Degree shall be in  
engineering, chemistry, or microbiology  
(3) Criteria used for grading shall be determined by the department subject to  
the approval of the advisory board and shall be made available by the department.  
(4) An applicant for certification may be required to submit, to the department,  
on request, names of persons familiar with the experience qualifications of the  
applicant.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2000 AACS.  
R 325.11912 Examination.  
Page 296  
Rule 1912. (1) A written examination shall be prepared by the department with the  
concurrence of the advisory board for each public water supply classification, except  
the F-5, D-5, or S-5 classifications.  
(2) A performance-based laboratory examination may be prepared by the  
department with the concurrence of the advisory board for any classification.  
(3) Examinations shall be administered by the department subject to review by the  
advisory board.  
(4) Examinations for F-5, D-5, or S-5 classifications may be any combination  
of training, written, or oral examination or performance based examination approved by  
the advisory board.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2000 AACS.  
R 325.11913 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2000 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11914 Reciprocity.  
Rule 1914. (1) An operator certificate in a comparable classification may be issued  
by the department, without examination, to an individual who holds a similar operator  
certificate in another state, a territory or possession of the United States, or another  
country, if the requirements for certification of operators under which the certificate was  
issued are comparable to the requirements prescribed by this part.  
(2) The department may issue a temporary certificate for an individual who  
petitions for reciprocity under subrule (1) of this rule. The temporary certificate shall  
expire at such time as the individual has an opportunity to obtain the results from taking  
the next available equivalent Michigan certification exam but shall not exceed 18  
months in duration. If the individual fails the equivalent Michigan certification exam,  
he or she will not be eligible for any additional temporary certification.  
History: 1979 AC; 2000 AACS.  
R 325.11915 Renewal requirements.  
Rule 1915. (1) The department shall renew a certificate on a 3-year cycle. To renew a  
certificate, a certificate holder shall submit, to the department, an application for renewal  
on a form provided by the department.  
(2) To have a certificate renewed, a holder of a drinking water certificate shall satisfy  
the minimum criteria for continuing education requirements as required in the following  
table:  
Table 1. Minimum requirements for continuing education  
Highest certification level Minimum number of  
Minimum number of  
continuing education  
held  
continuing education  
Page 297  
training hours required to  
renew  
training hours categorized  
as "technical",  
"managerial," or both  
1 or 2  
24  
24  
12  
9
18  
12  
6
3
4
5
no minimum  
(3) Types of education or training programs that may be approved include any of the  
following:  
(a) Association programs that are sponsored by any of the following entities:  
(i) American water works association.  
(ii) Township, municipal, and county organizations.  
(iii) Professional and trade organizations.  
(iv) National rural water association.  
(b) Distance learning, such as videotapes, DVDs, correspondence courses, and online  
courses.  
(c) Private contractor technical courses.  
(d) University, college, and community college courses.  
(e) Department and environmental protection agency sponsored training programs.  
(f) Training sponsored by nationally recognized organizations.  
(g) Water utility in-service training.  
(4) A holder of a certificate shall be responsible for renewal of a certificate regardless  
of notification.  
(5) A certificate holder shall keep his or her own record of approved training,  
education, and work experience and be prepared to present proof of that training,  
education, and experience if required by the department.  
(6) The failure of an applicant for renewal to meet the requirements of this subrule  
and subrules (1) to (5) of this rule shall constitute grounds for refusing to renew a  
certificate.  
(7) For a holder of multiple certificates within a category, the department shall only  
renew the certificate representing the higher class within a waterworks system category.  
(8) A holder of a certificate who is not eligible for renewal or who has been refused  
renewal pursuant to subrules (1) to (7) of this rule may apply for examination pursuant to  
R 325.11910.  
(9) A holder of a certificate who has not met the continuing education requirements of  
subrule (2) of this rule for his or her certification may be issued a certificate for the  
classification within the same category for which the continuing education requirements  
have been met. A certificate that is not renewed shall expire.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2000 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.11915a Reinstatement.  
Rule 1915a. The department may reinstate an expired certificate within 1 year  
from the expiration date of the certificate when an individual has completed the  
Page 298  
necessary continuing education requirements as prorated from the certificate's  
expiration date. Upon department approval, a new certificate shall be issued.  
History: 1991 AACS; 2000 AACS.  
R 325.11916 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS.  
R 325.11917 Suspension or revocation of certificates.  
Rule 1917. (1) After notice and a hearing before the advisory board, the director  
may deny exam application to an individual or place on probation, suspend, or revoke  
the certificate of an operator if the director determines that any of the following  
provisions apply:  
(a) The operator is incompetent or unable to properly perform the duties of a  
waterworks system operator.  
(b) An individual or operator has committed fraud or has falsified an application,  
examination, report, or record with respect to a water supply.  
(c) The operator has been negligent in the discharge of properly assigned duties or  
responsibilities with respect to a water supply.  
(d) An individual or operator has impersonated or misrepresented a certified  
operator or falsified a certificate of completion or training record.  
(2) The department shall provide a notice of probation, suspension, or revocation,  
in writing, to the operator and to the owner of the public water supply where the operator  
is employed.  
(3) The department shall not accept an application for examination during the time  
period of suspension for an operator who has a suspended certificate.  
(4) Upon recommendation of the advisory board, the director shall determine the  
length of suspension of a certificate.  
(5) Renewal of a suspended certificate is allowed if the applicant meets all renewal  
requirements including the training and continuing education requirements; however,  
the renewal does not affect the terms of suspension in any way.  
(6) The department shall not accept an application for examination from an operator  
for a period of 5 years from the effective date of the revocation of certificate.  
(7) Upon recommendation of the advisory board, the director may place a  
certified operator on probation for up to 2 years in accordance with the provisions of  
subrule (1) of this rule. A certificate holder who is placed on probation is subject to the  
terms and conditions of the order of probation.  
History: 1979 AC; 1991 AACS; 2000 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.11918 Appeals.  
Page 299  
Rule 1918. An individual who feels aggrieved by an action of the department  
pursuant to the act or this part, or who wishes to appeal any other action of the  
department with respect to certification may request a hearing pursuant to Act No. 306  
of the Public Acts of 1969, as amended, being §§24.201 to 24.315 of the Michigan  
Compiled Laws, and part 2 of these rules.  
History: 1979 AC.  
PART 21. APPROVAL OF CHEMICALS AND OTHER MATERIALS  
R 325.12101 Purpose.  
Rule 2101. The purpose of this part is to prescribe certain requirements for the  
approval of chemicals, materials, coatings, additives, or other substances proposed to  
be used in the treatment or during the distribution of drinking water, or which are  
proposed to be used in contact with drinking water prior to, or during, distribution  
to the customer or user of a public water supply; and to prohibit a person from using  
unapproved chemicals or materials which may come into contact with, or serve as an  
additive to, drinking water.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12102 Approval of chemicals and other materials.  
Rule 2102. (1) Approval by the department is required for all chemicals, coatings or  
paints, proprietary products, and similar materials of any description, that are used or are  
proposed for use in, or in contact with, drinking water at any point in the waterworks  
system from the source to the ultimate point of distribution of the water.  
(2) The public water supply shall determine that approval for a chemical or material  
has been granted by the department and determine the special conditions or limitations  
under which that approval was granted.  
(3) All chemicals or components that may come in contact with water intended for  
use in a public water supply shall meet ANSI/NSF standards 60 and 61, as adopted by  
reference in R 325.10112.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.12103 Approval criteria.  
Rule 2103. Approval by the department of chemicals and other materials shall be  
based on a determination that the chemical or material and its component parts singly  
or together will not be detrimental to public health. It is the responsibility of the  
manufacturer or distributor to provide the data upon which a determination may be  
made by the department.  
Page 300  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12104 Change in product designation or composition.  
Rule 2104. (1) Written approval by the department for a product, material, or  
chemical shall not extend to a change in composition or designation thereof. It is  
the responsibility of the manufacturer or distributor to make application to the  
department for approval of a product with a changed composition or designation.  
(2) The department may contact a manufacturer or distributor to determine  
the status of a chemical or material previously approved. If contact with the  
manufacturer or distributor cannot be made, previous approval of a chemical or  
material manufactured or distributed by that manufacturer or distributor may be  
suspended.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12105 Generic approval.  
Rule 2105. The department may grant approval to specified chemicals or  
materials commonly used in the treatment or distribution of drinking water.  
Generic approvals may reference  
nationally recognized specifications such as  
those of the American waterworks association, the American society for testing  
materials, and others.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12106 Specific approval of proprietary products.  
Rule 2106. Specific approval is required by the department for the use of  
proprietary products. Approval shall include the complete name or other  
manufacturer's designation of the product, the purpose and condition of use, and, if  
applicable, the maximum acceptable dose to be applied to drinking water.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12107 Form of approval.  
Rule 2107. Approval given by the department for a chemical or material shall be  
by letter or a form describing the product, its intended use, and any special conditions  
or limitations attached to the written approval. Approval by the department shall not be  
an endorsement of any material, chemical, or product, but shall be based on its  
toxicity with regard to public health.  
History: 1979 AC.  
Page 301  
R 325.12108 Rescission or suspension of approval.  
Rule 2108. Upon finding that a manufacturer or distributor of a chemical or a  
material which may come into contact with drinking water has submitted false  
information regarding that chemical or material, or upon finding that a chemical or  
material previously approved has changed in composition, or upon finding at a later  
date that a chemical or material or constituent thereof may pose a hazard to the  
public health, the department shall rescind or suspend approval of that chemical or  
material for use in a waterworks system.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12109 Introduction of chemical or material into waterworks system by  
unauthorized person prohibited.  
Rule 2109. No person, except the supplier of water, his duly authorized agent, or  
the department, shall introduce, or cause to be introduced, any chemical or material  
into a waterworks system, or a portion thereof, regardless of whether that chemical  
or material has been previously approved by the department pursuant to this part.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12110 Effect of approval.  
Rule 2110. Approval of a chemical or material by the department does not imply  
that a chemical or material may be used in a waterworks system without submitting  
necessary plans and specifications for approval by the department and for the issuance  
of a permit pursuant to part 13 of these rules.  
History: 1979 AC.  
PART 23. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS  
R 325.12301 Purpose.  
Rule 2301. The purpose of this part is to establish requirements of type I public  
water supplies and certain type II public water supplies to prepare plans and procedures  
and identify personnel and equipment that can be implemented or utilized in the  
event of an emergency, including a terrorist or other intentional attach on the public  
water supply.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12302 Preparation; timetable; exceptions.  
Page 302  
Rule 2302. (1) Unless specifically waived by the department, a type I public water  
supply, including a type I public water supply that purchases water from another public  
water supply, shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, an emergency response plan.  
(2) The department may require certain type II public water supplies to prepare  
emergency response plans in accordance with the requirements of this part.  
(3) If a public water supply has an existing emergency response plan, it shall be  
updated on the schedule contained in the plan to include any requirements specified by  
this part.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.12303 Contents.  
Rule 2303.  
(1) An emergency response plan shall, at a minimum, outline a  
program for rapid correction or mitigation of emergencies and shall include actions,  
procedures, and an identification of equipment which can significantly lessen the  
impact of terrorist acts or other intentional actions on the public health and the safety  
and supply of drinking water provided to the public. The emergency response plan  
may include 1 or more of the following:  
(i) Roles and responsibilities for waterworks personnel in an emergency.  
(ii) An inventory of emergency response equipment, first aid supplies,  
replacement equipment, chemicals, and other materials readily available for correction  
of problems.  
(iii) Operational procedures to be implemented in an emergency, including  
emergency treatment measures in the event of contamination, mutual aid agreements  
with other public water supplies, personnel safety measures such as evacuation plans  
and lock down procedures, and water sampling and monitoring plans to identify  
potential public health threats.  
(iv) Identification of alternate water sources available in a short-term situation as  
well as for a long-term duration, such as a a plan for interconnection with adjacent  
public water supplies or agreements with water haulers in the event of waterworks  
system failures or loss of pressure.  
(v) Both internal and external communication procedures in an emergency,  
including appropriate means for notification of customers or users of a public water  
supply affected by an emergency. Public notification shall include a description of  
precautions or measures to be taken to protect the health of those customers or users.  
(2) An emergency response plan prepared under this part shall include the general  
plan of the public water supply as required under subsection (1) of section 4 of the act.  
(3) A public water supply shall identify in an emergency response plan the type,  
number, and capacity of standby power sources to operate a waterworks system in a  
power outage or other situation requiring the use of other power sources.  
(4) The emergency response plan shall contain a schedule for updating the plan.  
(5) The emergency response plan shall include a listing of critical customers or  
users for whom the provision of a continuous supply of safe drinking water is most  
urgent.  
Page 303  
(6) An emergency response plan shall be located and distributed as necessary  
to assure effective use of the emergency response plan by all necessary waterworks  
system personnel.  
(7) For purposes of consistency in developing emergency response plans, public  
water supplies may use the American waterworks association manual M 19, emergency  
planning for water utilities, in R 325.10113, as guidance.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12304 Emergency procedure.  
Rule 2304.  
(1) When an emergency affecting a public water supply is  
discovered, the public water supply shall immediately notify the department by  
telephone of that emergency. The public water supply shall indicate in that notification  
the type of emergency, its discovery, the cause, the corrective actions planned to  
meet the emergency, and plans for notification to customers or users of the public water  
supply affected.  
(2) A public water supply shall, within 90 days after an emergency, file a written  
report with the department outlining in detail its discovery, the cause, the corrective  
actions taken by the public water supply to meet the emergency, and the procedures by  
which its customers or users were notified.The report shall outline in detail the area of the  
waterworks system affected by the emergency, its duration, and the ability of the public  
water supply to cope with the emergency by providing an adequate supply of safe  
drinking water.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
PART 24. WATER HAULING EQUIPMENT STANDARDS  
R 325.12401 Purpose.  
Rule 2401. The purpose of this part is to prescribe standards for tanks and  
equipment used by water haulers to transport drinking water which shall serve as  
criteria by which a water hauler may obtain a license for a water transportation tank  
pursuant to part 25 of these rules.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12402 Water transportation tank materials and coatings.  
Rule 2402. Materials or coatings on a water transportation tank  
or  
its  
appurtenances which come into contact with drinking water shall be of approved  
steel, stainless steel, fiberglass, metal, plastic, rubber, or other nontoxic materials  
given written approval by the department. Materials used in the construction of, or  
transported by,  
a
water transportation tank shall not impart any substances to the  
Page 304  
water which may result in a violation of the state drinking water standards, or  
impart undesirable physical properties to the water.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12403 Water transportation tank; outlets.  
Rule 2403. The outlet from a water transportation tank shall be located to provide  
complete drainage of the tank or any compartment thereof. Outlet valves shall be of  
sanitary construction and readily cleanable. Valve outlets, unless equipped with a  
permanent hose, shall be provided with a sanitary cap.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12404 Manhole covers and openings.  
Rule 2404. (1) Manhole covers and openings shall be constructed to allow  
reasonable access for cleaning purposes and to protect the sanitary quality of the  
water.  
(2) Manholes and other openings in the top of the tank shall be higher than the  
surrounding area and shall be designed to prevent drainage from entering the opening.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12405 Fill connections.  
Rule 2405. If used, a fill connection shall be constructed in a manner to prevent  
contamination and shall be capped at all times when not in use.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12406 Baffles.  
Rule 2406. If used, baffles shall not interfere with free drainage of the water  
transportation tank. Baffles shall be constructed to allow accessibility to all areas  
for inspection and cleaning purposes.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12407 Pumps.  
Rule 2407. If used, pumps shall be operated in a sanitary manner, and all  
couplings or connections shall be capped or otherwise protected from contamination  
when not in use.  
History: 1979 AC.  
Page 305  
R 325.12408 Transfer hose and piping.  
Rule 2408. (1) Connections between the pump and the water transportation tank  
may be made with flexible tubing. Hose connectors shall be attached to the hose to  
allow easy removal for cleaning.  
(2) Transfer hose or piping shall be constructed of nontoxic materials, maintained  
in a sanitary condition, and used in such manner to prevent contamination of the  
water and to prevent cross-connections.  
(3) If 2 or more lengths of flexible transfer hose are used, they shall be connected  
either by the use of sanitary couplings or a piece of sanitary tubing with clamps.  
Sanitary caps shall be furnished for each end of the hose, the pump, and the outlet valve.  
(4) A hose carrier bracket shall be provided to adequately support the hose and a  
means shall be provided to support the loose end of the hose to prevent contamination.  
History: 1979 AC.  
PART 25. LICENSING OF WATER HAULERS  
R 325.12501 Purpose.  
Rule 2501. The purpose of this part is to implement section 18 of the act by  
specifying certain criteria and requirements for licensing of water haulers and for their  
containers, equipment, and operation.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12502 License.  
Rule 2502. A person shall not engage in, or carry on the business of, hauling  
bulk water for drinking or household purposes, except for his own household use,  
without a license issued pursuant to the act and these rules. Compliance with this  
rule may be waived in emergency situations upon approval by the department.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12503 Application for license.  
Rule 2503. A person engaged in the business of hauling water for drinking or  
household purposes shall apply for a license using a license application form provided by  
the department.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
Page 306  
R 325.12504 Issuance of license.  
Rule 2504. If the department, after such investigations as it deems necessary, is  
satisfied that a water hauler has the qualifications and equipment to perform water  
hauling services in a manner consistent with these rules, it shall issue a license to the  
water hauler. A license issued pursuant to this rule is not transferable.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12505 Source and quality of water; chlorine; storage tanks.  
Rule 2505. (1) All water hauled by a water hauler shall meet state drinking  
water standards and shall be from a public water supply or other source approved by  
the department.  
(2) A water hauler shall add chlorine, in an amount specified by the department,  
when receiving water from a source and upon delivery of the water after hauling. The  
amount of chlorine to be added in each instance shall be specified on the license  
issued by the department for the water transportation tank. The department may  
require chlorine residual tests of the water hauled upon receipt of the water from the  
source, after addition of chlorine, and at delivery of the water. At the point of delivery  
of the water, a free chlorine residual of 1.0 mg/l is required. The department may  
approve an alternate means of disinfection upon written request by a water hauler or  
may not require disinfection while hauling if the water is delivered to a water  
bottling facility and disinfected prior to use by the public.  
(3) When transporting water to a public water supply, a water hauler shall deliver  
water only to tanks or facilities approved by the department.  
History: 1979 AC; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12506 Licensing of water hauler's water transportation tanks.  
Rule 2506. (1) All tanks used to transport or to carry water shall be licensed  
annually by the department.  
(2) At the same time a water hauler applies for a water hauling license pursuant to  
R 325.12503, an application for a license for each water transportation tank used for  
the bulk transport of water for drinking or household purposes shall also be made on  
an application form provided by the department.  
(3) If the department, after such investigations as it deems necessary, determines  
that the water transportation tank and appurtenances are in compliance with part 24  
of these rules, it shall issue a license for the tank to be used for hauling water.  
(4) The license issued by the department shall be kept available in the water  
hauling vehicle for inspection.  
(5) The license is not transferable from 1 water transportation tank to another. In  
addition to the license issued by the department, there shall be displayed on both sides of  
the tank, in letters not less than 2 inches high, the words "Licensed Water Hauling  
Page 307  
Tank." Directly adjacent to the words shall be affixed a seal furnished by the  
department which shall designate the calendar year of the license.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12507 Expiration and renewal of licenses.  
Rule 2507. All licenses issued under the provisions of this part expire on the last  
day of June of each year. Application for renewal of a license may be made after March  
31 of each year.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12508 Trip records.  
Rule 2508. A water hauler licensed by the department shall maintain trip records  
of all water hauled. The water hauler shall retain trip records for 2 years.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12509 Denial of license.  
Rule 2509. If the department finds that water hauling equipment is not in  
compliance with part 24 of these rules, the department shall not issue or renew a  
license for the water transportation tank. If the department finds that a water hauler is  
not in compliance with the provisions of this part, the department shall not issue or  
renew the license for the water hauler. In each case, the water hauler shall be notified  
in writing of the license denial and the reasons for denial by the department. The  
water hauler may request a hearing before the department if aggrieved by the  
department's decision, pursuant to the provisions of Act No. 306 of the Public Acts of  
1969, as amended, and part 2 of these rules.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12510 Suspension or revocation of license.  
Rule 2510. If the department determines that a water hauler licensed under the  
provisions of the act and these rules is not operating in an approved manner, is  
hauling water that does not meet state drinking water standards, or is operating a  
business or vehicles under conditions which may cause a hazard to the public health,  
the department shall notify the licensee and shall provide an opportunity for the water  
hauler to take corrective action as may be required. If the licensee does not effect the  
corrections within a reasonable time, the department shall suspend or revoke the  
license of the water hauler.  
History: 1979 AC.  
Page 308  
PART 26. BOTTLED WATER  
R 325.12601 Applicability.  
Rule 2601. The provisions of this part apply to all persons providing bottled  
drinking water for drinking or household purposes.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12602 Application for approval of source.  
Rule 2602. (1) A person providing bottled drinking water shall submit an  
application to the department requesting approval of the source of water being used or  
planned to be used for bottled water. A person may request approval of more than 1  
source of water on a single application.  
(2) After receipt of the application, the department may approve the source or  
sources of water upon a finding that the source or sources meet the state drinking water  
standards and the requirements of the act and these rules.  
(3) A person shall not use a source of water for bottled water unless prior  
approval from the department has been obtained.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12603 Sources of water; monitoring.  
Rule 2603. If water is obtained from a source other than a type  
I
or type II  
public water supply, the department may require a person providing bottled water to  
sample the source of water from time to time and submit records of that sampling to  
the department.  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12604 Rescinded.  
History: 1979 AC; 2015 AACS.  
R 325.12605 Maintenance of records.  
Rule 2605. A person providing bottled drinking water shall maintain records of  
all sources from which water is purchased or obtained for bottled water and shall  
submit those records to the department on an annual basis.  
Page 309  
History: 1979 AC.  
R 325.12606 Rescission or suspension of approval.  
Rule 2606. Upon its finding that a person has submitted false information  
on an application submitted to the department for approval of a source for bottled water  
pursuant to R 325.12602, or if a source for bottled water does not meet the state  
drinking water standards, or if a person has violated the provisions of the act or this  
part, the department may rescind or suspend approval of the source for bottled water.  
History: 1979 AC.  
PART 27. LABORATORY CERTIFICATION  
R 325.12701 Purpose.  
Rule 2701. An analytical result that is used to determine compliance with a state  
drinking water standard established in part 6 must be the result of an analysis performed  
by a department or EPA certified laboratory, except that measurements for alkalinity,  
bromide, calcium, daily chlorite samples at the entrance to the distribution system,  
conductivity, magnesium, orthophosphate, pH, residual disinfectant concentration, silica,  
specific ultraviolet absorbance, temperature, chloride, sulfate, and turbidity may be  
performed by personnel acceptable to the department. This part sets forth requirements  
established by the federal act for laboratory certification.  
History: 1994 AACS; 2009 AACS; 2020 MR 14, Eff. Aug. 3, 2020.  
R 325.12702 Certification for inorganic chemical analyses.  
Rule 2702. (1) To receive certification to conduct analyses for antimony,  
arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury,  
nickel, nitrate, nitrite, selenium, and thallium, a laboratory shall comply with both of  
the following provisions:  
(a) Analyze performance evaluation samples provided by the United States  
environmental protection agency, the department, or by  
a
third party, with the  
approval of the department or the United States environmental protection agency,  
at least once per year.  
(b) For each contaminant that has been included in the performance evaluation  
sample and for each method for which the laboratory desires certification, achieve  
quantitative results on the analyses that are within the acceptance limits in table 1 of  
this rule.  
Table 1 Acceptance limits  
Contaminant  
Acceptance Limit milligrams per liter (mg/l)  
Page 310  
Contaminant  
Antimony  
Arsenic  
Acceptance Limit milligrams per liter (mg/l)  
+/-30% at 0.006 mg/l.  
+/-30% at 0.003 mg/l  
2 standard deviations based on study  
statistics.  
Asbestos  
Barium  
Beryllium  
Cadmium  
Chromium  
Copper  
Cyanide  
Fluoride  
Lead  
+/-15% at 0.15 mg/l.  
+/-15% at 0.001 mg/l.  
+/-20% at 0.002 mg/l.  
+/-15% at 0.01 mg/l.  
+/-10% at 0.050 mg/l.  
+/-25% at 0.1 mg/l.  
+/-10% at 1 to 10 mg/l.  
+/-30% at 0.0050 mg/l.  
+/-30% at 0.0005 mg/l.  
+/-15% at 0.01 mg/l.  
+/-10% at 0.4 mg/l.  
Mercury  
Nickel  
Nitrate  
Nitrite  
+/-15% at 0.4 mg/l.  
Selenium  
Thallium  
+/-20% at 0.01 mg/l.  
+/-30% at 0.002 mg/l.  
(2) To receive certification to conduct analyses for lead and copper, a laboratory  
shall be in compliance with all of the following requirements:  
(a) Analyze performance evaluation samples, including lead and copper, that are  
provided by the United States environmental protection agency, the department, or by  
a third party, with the approval of the department or the United States environmental  
protection agency, at least once per year by each method for which the laboratory desires  
certification.  
(b) Achieve quantitative acceptance limits as specified in table  
as follows:  
1
of this rule and  
(i) Lead: +/-30% of the actual amount in the performance evaluation sample  
when the actual amount is greater than or equal to 0.005 mg/l. the practical quantitation  
level, or PQL, for lead is 0.005 mg/l.  
(ii) Copper: +/-10% of the actual amount in the performance evaluation sample  
when the actual amount is greater than or equal to 0.050 mg/l. the practical quantitation  
level, or PQL, for copper is 0.050 mg/l.  
(c) Achieve method detection limits (MDLs) according to the procedures  
specified in 40 C.F.R. part 136, appendix B, as follows:  
(i) Lead: 0.001 mg/l, only if source water compositing is performed.  
(ii) Copper: 0.001 mg/l, or 0.020 mg/l when atomic absorption direct  
aspiration is used, only if source water compositing is performed.  
(d) All lead and copper levels measured between the PQL and MDL shall be  
either reported as measured or they shall be reported as 1/2 the PQL specified for  
lead and copper in subdivision (b) of this subrule. All levels below the lead and copper  
MDLs shall be reported as zero.  
Page 311  
(e) All copper levels measured between the PQL and the MDL shall be either  
reported as measured or they shall be reported as 1/2 the PQL (0.025 mg/l).All levels  
below the copper MDL shall be reported as zero.  
History: 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.12705 Certification for VOC analyses.  
Rule 2705. (1) To receive certification to conduct analyses for the VOCs, other  
than vinyl chloride, in table 1 of R 325.10604b, a laboratory shall be in compliance  
with all of the following requirements:  
(a) Analyze performance evaluation samples which include the VOCs, other than  
vinyl chloride, in table 1 of R 325.10604b, and which are provided by the United States  
environmental protection agency, the department, or by a third party, with the approval  
of the department or the United States environmental protection agency, at least once  
per year by each method for which the laboratory desires certification.  
(b) Achieve the quantitative acceptance limits specified in subdivisions (c) and (d)  
of this subrule for not less than 80% of the regulated organic chemicals in table 1  
of R 325.10604b.  
(c) Achieve quantitative results on the analyses performed under subdivision  
(a) of this subrule that are within +/-20% of the actual amount of the substances in  
the performance evaluation sample when the actual amount is greater than or equal to  
0.010 mg/l.  
(d) Achieve quantitative results on the analyses performed under subdivision  
(a) of this subrule that are within +/-40% of the actual amount of the substances in the  
performance evaluation sample when the actual amount is less than 0.010 mg/l.  
(e) Achieve a method detection limit of 0.0005 mg/l, according  
procedures specified in 40 C.F.R. part 136, appendix B.  
to the  
(2) To receive certification for vinyl chloride, a laboratory shall be in compliance  
with all of the following requirements:  
(a) Analyze performance evaluation samples provided by the United States  
environmental protection agency, the department, or by  
a
third party, with the  
approval of the department or the United States environmental protection agency,  
at least once per year by each method for which the laboratory desires certification.  
(b) Achieve quantitative results on the analyses performed under subdivision  
(a) of this subrule that are within +/-40% of the actual amount of vinyl chloride in  
the performance evaluation sample.  
(c) Achieve a method detection limit of 0.0005 mg/l, according  
procedures specified in 40 C.F.R. part 136, appendix B.  
to the  
(d) Obtain certification for the VOCs listed in part 6, table 1 of R 325.10604b.  
(3) Each certified laboratory shall determine the method detection limit  
(MDL), as defined in 40 C.F.R. part 136, appendix B, at which the laboratory is  
capable of detecting VOCs. The acceptable MDL is 0.0005 mg/l.  
(4) To composite samples, the laboratory shall be in compliance with both of the  
following provisions:  
Page 312  
(a) For compositing samples before gas chromatograph (GC) analysis, be in  
compliance with all of the following provisions:  
(i) Add 5 ml or equal larger amounts of each sample (up to  
5
samples are  
allowed) to a 25-ml glass syringe. Special precautions shall be taken to maintain zero  
headspace in the syringe.  
(ii) The samples shall be cooled at 4° Celsius during compositing to minimize  
volatilization losses.  
(iii) Mix well and draw out a 5-ml aliquot for analysis.  
(iv) Follow sample introduction, purging, and desorption steps described in the  
method.  
(v) If less than 5 samples are used for compositing, a proportionately  
smaller syringe may be used.  
(b) For compositing samples before GC/MS analysis, be in compliance with all of  
the following provisions:  
(i) Inject 5-ml or equal larger amounts of each aqueous sample (up to 5 samples  
are allowed) into a 25-ml purging  
technique described in the method.  
device  
using  
the sample introduction  
(ii) The total volume of the sample in the purging device shall be 25 ml.  
(iii) Purge and desorb as described in the method.  
(5) 40 C.F.R. part 136, appendix B, is adopted by reference in these rules.The  
adopted material is available from the superintendent of documents at the address in R  
325.10116(b) for a cost of $61.00 at the time of adoption of these rules. The adopted  
material is available for inspection, or copies are available at no cost from the offices of  
the department at the address in R 325.10116(a).  
History: 1994 AACS; 1998 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.12706 Certification for SOC analyses.  
Rule 2706. To receive certification to conduct analyses for the SOCs in table 1 of  
R 325.10604d, a laboratory shall be in compliance with both of the following provisions:  
(a) Analyze performance evaluation samples which include the SOCs in table 1 of R  
325.10604d, that are provided by the United States environmental protection  
agency, the department, or by a third party, with the approval of the department or the  
United States environmental protection agency, at least once per year by each method for  
which the laboratory desires certification.  
(b) For each contaminant that has been included in the performance evaluation  
sample, achieve quantitative results on the analyses that are within the acceptance  
limits listed in table 1 of this rule.  
Table 1 Acceptance limits  
Contaminant  
DBCP  
EDB  
Alachlor  
Atrazine  
Acceptance Limits (percent)  
+/-40.  
+/-40.  
+/-45.  
+/-45.  
Page 313  
Contaminant  
Benzo[a]pyrene  
Carbofuran  
Acceptance Limits (percent)  
2 standard deviations.  
+/-45.  
Chlordane  
+/-45.  
Dalapon  
2 standard deviations.  
2 standard deviations.  
2 standard deviations.  
2 standard deviations.  
2 standard deviations.  
2 standard deviations.  
+/-30.  
Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate  
Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate  
Dinoseb  
Diquat  
Endothall  
Endrin  
Glyphosate  
Heptachlor  
2 standard deviations.  
+/-45.  
Heptachlor epoxide  
Hexachlorobenzene  
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene  
Lindane  
+/-45.  
2 standard deviations.  
2 standard deviations.  
+/-45.  
Methoxychlor  
Oxamyl  
PCBs (as  
+/-45.  
2 standard deviations.  
0-200.  
decachlorobiphenyl)  
Picloram  
2 standard deviations.  
2 standard deviations.  
+/-45.  
Simazine  
Toxaphene  
Aldicarb  
2 standard deviations.  
2 standard deviations.  
2 standard deviations.  
+/-50.  
2 standard deviations.  
+/-50.  
Aldicarb sulfoxide  
Aldicarb sulfone  
Pentachlorophenol  
2,3,7,8-TCDD (dioxin)  
2,4-D  
2,4,5-TP (silvex)  
+/-50.  
History: 1994 AACS; 2005 AACS.  
R 325.12707 Certification for disinfection byproducts analyses.  
Rule 2707. To receive certification to conduct analyses for the disinfection byproduct  
contaminants in R 325.10610, R 325.10610c to R 325.10610d, and R 325.10719g to R  
325.10719n, the laboratory shall comply with all of the following:  
(a) Analyze Performance Evaluation (PE) samples that are acceptable to United  
States environmental protection agency or the department not less than once during each  
consecutive 12-month period by each method for which the laboratory desires  
certification.  
(b) The laboratory shall achieve quantitative results on the PE sample analyses  
that are within the acceptance limits in table 1 of this rule:  
Page 314  
Table 1 Acceptance limits  
DBP  
Acceptance limits (percent of true value)  
TTHM  
Chloroform  
+/-20 Laboratory shall meet all 4 individual THM  
acceptance limits to successfully pass a PE sample for  
TTHM  
+/-20  
+/-20  
+/-20  
Bromodichloromethane  
Dibromochloromethane  
Bromoform  
HAA5  
Monochloroacetic Acid  
+/-40 Laboratory shall meet the acceptance limits for 4  
out of 5 of the HAA5 compounds in order to  
successfully pass a PE sample for HAA5  
Dichloroacetic Acid  
Trichloroacetic Acid  
Monobromoacetic Acid  
Dibromoacetic Acid  
Chlorite  
+/-40  
+/-40  
+/-40  
+/-40  
+/-30  
+/-30  
Bromate  
History: 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12708 Certification for PFAS analyses.  
Rule 2708. To qualify for certification to conduct analyses for the PFASs in table 1  
of R 325.10604g, a laboratory must be in compliance with the following provisions:  
(a) Samples must be collected and analyzed in accordance with EPA method 537.1  
or other methods as approved by the department.  
(b) The minimum reporting limit must be 2 ng/l.  
(c) Analytical results must be reported to the nearest ng/l.  
(d) The laboratory must analyze performance evaluation samples that include the  
PFASs in table 1 of this rule and are acquired from a third party proficiency test provider  
approved by the department at least once per year.  
(e) For each regulated PFAS contaminant included in the performance evaluation  
sample, the laboratory must achieve quantitative results on the analyses that are within  
the acceptance limits listed in table 1 of this rule.  
Table 1 Acceptance limits  
Chemical Abstract  
Services Registry  
Number  
13252-13-6  
Acceptance Limits  
(percent)  
Contaminant  
Hexafluoropropylene oxide dimer acid  
(HFPO-DA)  
Perfluorobutane sulfonic acid (PFBS)  
Perfluorohexane sulfonic acid (PFHxS)  
Perfluorohexanoic acid (PFHxA)  
± 30% (GV) 1  
375-73-5  
355-46-4  
307-24-4  
± 30% (GV) 1  
± 30% (GV) 1  
± 30% (GV) 1  
Page 315  
Chemical Abstract  
Services Registry  
Number  
375-95-1  
1763-23-1  
Acceptance Limits  
(percent)  
Contaminant  
Perfluorononanoic acid (PFNA)  
Perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (PFOS)  
Perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA)  
1Gravimetric value  
± 30% (GV)1  
± 30% (GV) 1  
± 30% (GV) 1  
335-67-1  
History: 2020 MR 14, Eff. Aug. 3, 2020.  
R 325.12710 Suspension or revocation of certification.  
Rule 2710. (1) If the department determines that a laboratory certified under the act  
and these rules is not operating in an approved manner, is reporting results that do not  
meet state laboratory certification requirements, or is operating in a manner that may  
cause a hazard to the public health, the department may move to suspend or revoke the  
certification of the laboratory pursuant to the administrative procedures act of 1969, 1969  
PA 306, MCL 24.201 to 24.328.  
(2) Reasons for suspension of a laboratory’s certification, in part or whole, or the  
denial of an initial certification request include, but are not limited to the following:  
(a) Failure to pay certification fees.  
(b) Failure to pass a laboratory inspection.  
(c) Failure to meet proficiency test requirements.  
(d) Failure to respond to a laboratory inspection report within the allotted  
timeframe.  
(e) Persistent failure to report compliance data to the public water system or the  
state drinking water program in a timely manner, thereby preventing timely compliance  
determination with federal or state regulations and endangering public health.  
(f) Failure to correct deficiencies noted in an on-site inspection report.  
(g) Refusal to participate in an on-site inspection conducted by the certifying  
agency.  
(h) Failure to make records pertaining to the analysis of regulated drinking water  
contaminants available for review or copying by the laboratory certification program.  
(3) Suspension of a laboratory’s certification remains in effect until the laboratory  
provides documentation that the reason or reasons for the suspension have been  
corrected.  
(4) Reasons for revocation of a laboratory’s certification include but are not limited  
to:  
(a) Falsification of the certification application or certification renewal application.  
(b) Fraud or other criminal activity.  
(c) Falsification of records or analytical results.  
(d) Reporting results not meeting the federal act, the act and administrative rules  
promulgated thereunder, or method requirements.  
(e) Reporting proficiency test data from another laboratory as its own.  
(f) Using analytical methodology not listed on the laboratory’s certification letter  
for reporting regulated drinking water contaminants.  
Page 316  
(g) A written notification from the laboratory that it is voluntarily relinquishing  
certification.  
History: 2020 MR 14, Eff. Aug. 3, 2020.  
PART 28. SOURCE WATER PROTECTION GRANT ASSISTANCE  
R 325.12801 Definitions.  
Rule 2801. As used in this part:  
(a) "Abandoned well" means any of the following which presents a threat to the  
groundwater resource and which no longer serves the purpose for which it was intended  
or has been taken out of service:  
(i) A water well.  
(ii) A monitoring well.  
(iii) An oil well.  
(iv) A gas well.  
(v) A mineral well.  
(vi) A drainage well.  
(vii) A recharge well.  
(viii) A test well.  
(ix) An injection well.  
(x) Other unplugged borings.  
(b) "Aquifer test" means a groundwater resource assessment completed under the  
act, R 325.10813 governing the study of hydrogeological conditions by suppliers of  
water of type I and type IIa public water supplies, and R 325.10814 governing the  
studies of suppliers of water of type IIb and type III public water supplies.  
(c) "Contaminant source inventory" means the identification of sources of  
contamination or land uses within a source water protection area that have a potential to  
adversely impact the drinking water resource.  
(d) "Delineation" means the area identified by a hydrogeologic investigation  
conducted for the purpose of determining a wellhead protection area that meets the  
requirements of the state of Michigan wellhead protection program.  
(e) "Designation" means the area identified by a hydrologic investigation  
conducted for the purpose of determining a surface water intake protection area that  
meets the requirements of the state of Michigan surface water intake protection  
program.  
(f) "Elements" means the 7 areas that shall be addressed to obtain approval of a  
source water protection program and includes all of the following:  
(i) Roles and duties.  
(ii) Delineation of the wellhead protection area.  
(iii) Identification of potential and known contaminant sources.  
(iv) Management strategies.  
(v) Contingency plans for the source water protection area.  
(vi) New wells or surface water intakes.  
(vii) Public participation.  
Page 317  
(g) "Grant applicant" means a community public water supply, or a not-for-  
profit, nontransient, noncommunity public water supply that applies for grant assistance  
under the source water protection grant program on behalf of the persons or  
municipality served by the public water supply.  
(h) "Grant assistance" means the dedication of grant funds to a public water  
supply to support the development and implementation of a source water protection  
program.  
(i) "Grant cycle" means a 1-year period beginning the date the grant assistance  
is awarded.  
(j) "Grant-eligible activity" means a task undertaken by  
a
community or  
nontransient, noncommunity public water supply for the purpose of determining a source  
water protection area or developing and implementing a source water protection program  
that is eligible for grant assistance in accordance with these rules.  
(k) "Grant program priority list" means an annual list of grant applicants developed  
by the department that ranks the applicants for prioritization of grant assistance.  
(l) "Intake" means the point where water is withdrawn from a surface water source.  
(m) "Local team" means a group of not less than 3 persons that includes the public  
water supply superintendent, a representative of the municipality, and a representative  
from at least 1 of the following entities whose purpose is to facilitate the development,  
implementation and long-term maintenance of a wellhead protection program:  
(i) Local health department.  
(ii) Local fire department.  
(iii) Business and industry.  
(iv) Agriculture.  
(v) Education.  
(vi) Planning.  
(vii) Environmental or watershed groups.  
(viii) The general public. A local team for a nontransient, noncommunity public  
water supply shall include representation from not less than 3 of the groups listed in this  
subdivision.  
(n) "Low tritium public water supply" means a community supply or  
nontransient, noncommunity water supply that has had its well water sampled for  
tritium and had sample results of not more than 1.0 tritium unit (TU).  
(o) "Outfall" means the point of discharge of a drain or sewer.  
(p) "Provisional wellhead protection area" means the area which has been  
approved by the department in accordance with the state of Michigan wellhead  
protection program as the wellhead protection area based on computer manipulation  
of existing state of Michigan databases.  
(q) "Sensitivity" means a measure of the physical attributes of the source water  
protection area and how readily those attributes protect the intake from contaminants.  
(r) "Source water assessment" means an evaluation of a public water supply system  
under the federal act that identifies the areas that supply public drinking water,  
inventories contaminants, determines sensitivity, and assesses water susceptibility to  
contamination, or as updated with current information.  
Page 318  
(s) "Source water protection area" means either a wellhead protection area or  
provisional wellhead protection area for groundwater sources of drinking water or a  
surface water intake protection area for surface water sources of drinking water.  
(t) "Source water protection program" means a program that has been approved  
by the department upon meeting the criteria for approval under the state of Michigan  
source water protection program, including programs protecting groundwater and  
surface water sources.  
(u) "Surface water intake protection area" means the area most likely to contribute  
contaminants to the drinking water source as approved by the department in  
accordance with the state of Michigan surface water intake protection program.  
(v) "Surface water intake protection program" means a program protecting surface  
water sources that has been approved by the department upon meeting the criteria for  
approval under the state of Michigan source water protection program.  
(w) "Susceptibility" means the ranking from very high to very low of the  
likelihood a source of drinking water could become contaminated.  
(x) "Total grant assistance" means the maximum amount of grant assistance each  
grant cycle that a public water supply may receive.  
(y) "Well" means the point where water is withdrawn from a groundwater source.  
(z) "Wellhead protection area" means the area which has been approved by the  
department in accordance with the state of Michigan wellhead protection program,  
which represents the surface and subsurface area surrounding a water well or well field,  
which supplies a public water supply, and through which contaminants are reasonably  
likely to move toward and reach the water well or well field within a 10-year time of  
travel.  
(aa) "Wellhead protection program" means a program protecting groundwater  
sources that has been approved by the department upon meeting the criteria for  
approval under the state of Michigan source water protection program.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12802 Applicant qualifications.  
Rule 2802. (1) Community and not-for-profit, nontransient, noncommunity public  
water supplies that utilize groundwater or surface water as a source of water, exclusive  
of federally owned public water supplies, may qualify for grant assistance.  
(2) A public water supply that applies for grant assistance shall provide a local  
match equal to the grant assistance requested in the grant application.  
(3) A public water supply that receives grant assistance shall be able to complete  
the grant-eligible activities specified in the grant application within 1 year from the  
time the grant assistance is awarded to the public water supply.  
(4) Public water supplies that have outstanding prior year fees as prescribed in  
the act are not eligible for grant assistance.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
Page 319  
R 325.12803 Submission of applications.  
Rule 2803. (1) An applicant for grant assistance shall apply to the department  
on a form prescribed and provided by the department.  
(2) The department shall establish a deadline for submission of applications  
in the grant application process and shall notify applicants of the application deadline  
on the form prescribed and provided by the department.  
(3) An applicant shall provide a description of the grant-eligible activities for  
which the grant assistance is to be applied.  
(4) An application shall include proof, through 1 of the following, of a local match  
to the grant assistance and proof that the grant assistance and local match will be  
expended on grant-eligible activities, as applicable:  
(a) Providing documentation of a line item budget dedicated to the grant-  
eligible activities identified in the grant application. The line item budget shall include  
the dedication of funds to grant-eligible activities in an amount equal to the grant  
assistance plus the local match.  
(b) Providing documentation of a contractually binding agreement committing the  
applicant to an expenditure of funds in an amount equal to the grant assistance plus the  
local match for the grant-eligible activities identified in the grant application.  
(c) Providing documentation of previous expenditures on grant-eligible activities  
equivalent to or greater than the grant assistance requested in the grant application.  
(d) Providing documentation of the match through a combination of any of the  
items specified in this subrule.  
(5) Previous expenditures by the applicant to seal abandoned wells as defined in  
part 127 of 1978 PA 368, MCL 333.12701 to 333.12771, within a source water  
protection area or within a 1-mile radius of a low tritium public water supply well  
may be utilized as the local match.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12804 Long-term commitment to source water protection.  
Rule 2804. (1) A grant applicant shall demonstrate a long-term commitment to the  
development, implementation, and maintenance of a source water protection program  
by providing both of the following:  
(a) A time line for completion of the grant-eligible activities.  
(b) A time line for the completion of each of the elements required of a state-  
approved source water protection program.  
(2) The applicant shall demonstrate the establishment of a local team whose goal is  
to facilitate the development, implementation, and maintenance of a source water  
protection program.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12805 Priority lists.  
Page 320  
Rule 2805. (1) Before awarding grants, the department shall develop 1 or both of  
the following:  
(a) A wellhead protection grant program priority list of applicants considered  
eligible for grant assistance.  
(b) A surface water intake protection grant program priority list of applicants  
considered eligible for grant assistance.  
(2) For the purpose of providing grant assistance, the grant program priority lists  
shall take effect on the first day of each grant cycle established by the department.  
(3) The grant program priority lists shall be based upon all of the following  
criteria:  
(a) The establishment of a local team.  
(b) Coordination of the local team with an adjacent municipality.  
(c) The adoption of a local ordinance or resolution related to source water  
protection.  
(d) The manner in which the local match is provided.  
(e) The proposed time line for completion of a source water protection program.  
(f) Incorporation of the source water protection program into other land use  
planning strategies.  
(g) For surface water source applicants, the intake susceptibility rating as  
determined by an existing or updated public water supply source water assessment.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12806 Availability of grant funds.  
Rule 2806. (1) Grant assistance shall be provided to an eligible grant applicant to  
the extent that grant funds are available as determined by the department.  
(2) An eligible applicant denied grant assistance during the year a grant program  
priority list is developed shall be prioritized on the next annual grant program priority  
list using the same criteria, unless the applicant submits an amendment to the grant  
application that alters the applicant's status on the grant program priority list or unless  
conditions change for the original grant submittal.  
(3) An applicant that has not received grant assistance upon application in any  
previous grant cycle shall be placed on the grant program priority list ahead of an  
applicant who was funded in a previous year and funded in the current grant cycle of  
application if all of the following provisions apply:  
(a) The applicant meets the minimum points requirement for funding in the priority  
list score as specified in R 325.12807 (2).  
(b) The awarding of grant assistance to the applicant is in compliance with R  
325.12810.  
(c) Grant funds are available.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12807 Priority list score.  
Page 321  
Rule 2807. (1) A maximum number of points may be awarded a grant applicant for  
prioritization on the annual grant program priority list as listed below:  
(a) A wellhead protection grant program applicant may be awarded a maximum of  
25 points.  
(b) A surface water intake protection grant program applicant may be awarded a  
maximum of 30 points.  
(2) A minimum of 10 points is required in the priority list score to be eligible for  
grant assistance.  
(3) A maximum of 5 points shall be assigned a grant applicant for the  
development of a local team. The points shall be assigned in accordance with the  
following schedule:  
(a) Five points for a team that includes representation by the public water supply  
superintendent, the municipality, and any 6 of the following entities:  
(i) The local health department.  
(ii) The local fire department.  
(iii) Business and industry.  
(iv) Agriculture.  
(v) Education.  
(vi) Planning.  
(vii) An environmental or watershed group.  
(viii) The general public.  
(b) Four points for a team that includes representation by the public water supply  
superintendent, the municipality, and any 5 of the following entities:  
(i) The local health department.  
(ii) The local fire department.  
(iii) Business and industry.  
(iv) Agriculture.  
(v) Education.  
(vi) Planning.  
(vii) An environmental or watershed group.  
(viii) The general public.  
(c) Three points for a team that includes representation by the public water  
supply superintendent, the municipality, and any 4 of the following entities:  
(i) The local health department.  
(ii) The local fire department.  
(iii) Business and industry.  
(iv) Agriculture.  
(v) Education.  
(vi) Planning.  
(vii) An environmental or watershed group.  
(viii) The general public.  
(d) Two points for a team that includes representation by the public water supply  
superintendent, the municipality, and any 3 of the following entities:  
(i) The local health department.  
(ii) The local fire department.  
(iii) Business and industry.  
Page 322  
(iv) Agriculture.  
(v) Education.  
(vi) Planning.  
(vii) An environmental or watershed group.  
(viii) The general public.  
(e) One point for a team that includes representation by the public water supply  
superintendent, the municipality, and any 2 of the following entities:  
(i) The local health department.  
(ii) The local fire department.  
(iii) Business and industry.  
(iv) Agriculture.  
(v) Education.  
(vi) Planning.  
(vii) An environmental or watershed group.  
(viii) The general public.  
(4) Two points shall be assigned for a local team that includes representation  
from an adjacent municipality which has land in the projected or approved source water  
protection area or which receives service from the applicant or if the approved source  
water protection area lies entirely within the jurisdiction of a municipality and the  
public water supply does not provide service to an area outside of the jurisdiction  
of the municipality.  
(5) A maximum of 3 points shall be assigned a grant applicant for the adoption  
of an ordinance or resolution as follows:  
(a) Three points for the passage of a local ordinance related to the development  
and implementation of a local source water protection program.  
(b) One point for the adoption of a local resolution that demonstrates  
a
commitment to the development and implementation of  
protection program.  
a
local source water  
(6) A maximum of 6 points shall be assigned a grant applicant based upon the  
manner in which the local match is demonstrated as follows:  
(a) Six points for demonstrating that the local match has been provided through  
the previous expenditure of funds on grant-eligible activities.  
(b) Three points for demonstrating that the local match and the grant assistance  
have been committed through a contractually binding agreement with a consultant.  
(c) One point for demonstrating that the local match has been provided as an  
identifiable item within a local budget dedicating the local match and the grant assistance  
to grant-eligible activities.  
(7) A maximum of 3 points shall be assigned a grant applicant based upon the time  
line for completion of a source water protection program as follows:  
(a) Three points for a program completed before the date of the grant  
application.  
(b) Two points for a time line for program completion within 1 year of the date of  
application.  
(c) One point for a time line for program completion within 3 years of the date of  
application.  
(8) A maximum of 6 points shall be assigned the grant applicant as follows:  
Page 323  
(a) Three points for a plan to incorporate the source water protection program  
into a municipality's master plan or other regional land use planning program.  
(b) Three points for a plan to implement a public outreach, education, or planning  
program of not less than 3 years duration.  
(9) A maximum of 5 points shall be assigned the surface water intake protection  
program grant applicant based on the intake susceptibility rating as determined by a  
public water supply source water assessment as follows:  
(a) Five points for a very high susceptibility rating.  
(b) Three points for a high susceptibility rating.  
(c) One point for a moderately high susceptibility rating.  
(10) If the priority list score results in a tie between 2 applicants on that priority  
list, then the award of grant funds shall be provided to the applicants as follows:  
(a) The applicant that has received the lesser amount in total grant funds through  
application in previous grant cycles shall be awarded the grant funds in the current grant  
cycle of application.  
(b) If the applicants have received the same amount in total grant funds through  
application in previous grant cycles, then the applicant whose public water supply  
exhibits the greatest population-to-grant dollars ratio shall be awarded the grant  
assistance.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12808 Total wellhead protection grant assistance; supplemental grant  
assistance.  
Rule 2808. (1) The total grant assistance received by a public water supply in  
the wellhead protection grant program shall be based upon the total population served by  
the public water supply.  
(2) The total grant assistance available to a public water supply shall be as follows:  
(a) A public water supply that serves a population of 500 persons or less shall be  
eligible for total grant assistance of not more than $7,500.00.  
(b) A public water supply that serves a population of 501 to 3,300 persons shall be  
eligible for total grant assistance of not more than $15,000.00.  
(c) A public water supply that serves a population of 3,301 to 10,000 persons  
shall be eligible for total grant assistance of not more than $30,000.00.  
(d) A public water supply that serves a population of more than 10,000 persons  
shall be eligible for total grant assistance of not more than $50,000.00  
(3) A grant applicant that requests grant assistance in excess of the population-  
based limit for the total grant assistance shall be granted the maximum allowable grant  
assistance in accordance with subrule (2) of this rule if other requirements for grant  
assistance are fulfilled.  
(4) The total grant assistance available to a public water supply based upon the  
population served shall be increased based upon supplemental grant assistance that  
reflects the number of wells which the public water supply owns and operates as  
follows:  
Page 324  
(a) A public water supply that owns and operates 3 to 5 wells shall be eligible for  
supplemental grant assistance of not more than $5,000.00.  
(b) A public water supply that owns and operates 6 to 10 wells shall be eligible  
for supplemental grant assistance of not more than $10,000.00.  
(c) A public water supply that owns and operates 11 to 15 wells shall be eligible  
for supplemental grant assistance of not more than $15,000.00  
(d) A public water supply that owns and operates more than 15 wells shall be  
eligible for supplemental grant assistance of not more than $20,000.00.  
(5) A grant applicant that requests supplemental grant assistance in excess of the  
maximum based upon the number of wells owned and operated by the public water  
supply shall be provided the maximum grant assistance in accordance with subrule  
(4) of this rule.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12809 Total surface water intake protection grant assistance.  
Rule 2809. The total surface water intake protection grant assistance available to  
a public water supply shall be based on the susceptibility rating as follows:  
(a) A public water supply with a susceptibility rating of very high or high shall be  
eligible for total grant assistance of not more than $20,000.00.  
(b) A public water supply with a susceptibility rating of moderately high or  
moderate shall be eligible for total grant assistance of not more than $15,000.00.  
(c) A public water supply with a susceptibility rating of moderately low, low or  
very low shall be eligible for total grant assistance of not more than $10,000.00.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12810 Distribution of available grant funds for groundwater public  
water supplies based upon population served and surface water public water  
supplies based on susceptibility.  
Rule 2810.  
(1) If the requests for grant assistance for groundwater public water  
supplies exceeds the grant funds available in a grant cycle, then the maximum and  
minimum grant assistance provided to groundwater public water supplies according to  
the population served shall be based upon a percentage of the total grant funds available  
for the grant cycle as follows:  
(a) Groundwater public water supplies serving a population of 500 persons or less  
shall receive not more than 30%, and not less than 15%, of the total grant funds available  
in any given grant cycle.  
(b) Groundwater public water supplies serving a population of 501 to 3,300 persons  
shall receive not more than 50%, and not less than 25%, of the total grant funds available  
in any given grant cycle.  
(c) Groundwater public water supplies serving a population of 3,301 to 10,000  
persons shall receive not more than 30%, and not less than 15%, of the total grant funds  
available in any given grant cycle.  
Page 325  
(d) Groundwater public water supplies serving a population of more than 10,000  
persons shall receive not more than 30%, and not less than 15% of the total grant funds  
available in any given grant cycle.  
(2) The department may provide a greater percentage of the available grant funds to  
groundwater public water supplies of a given population served if requests for grant  
assistance do not exceed the established minimum percentage of total grant funds  
available to groundwater public water supplies of other population-served categories.  
(3) If requests for grant assistance for surface water public water supplies  
exceeds the grant funds available in a grant cycle, then the maximum and minimum grant  
assistance provided to surface water public water supplies according to the susceptibility  
rating shall be based upon a percentage of the total grant funds available for the grant  
cycle as follows:  
(a) Surface water public water supplies with a susceptibility rating of very high  
shall receive 50% of the total grant funds available in any given grant cycle.  
(b) Surface water public water supplies with a susceptibility rating of high shall  
receive 25% of the total grant funds available in any given grant cycle.  
(c) Surface water public water supplies with a susceptibility rating of moderately  
high shall receive 25% of the total grant funds available in any given grant cycle.  
(4) The department may provide a greater percentage of the available grant funds to  
surface water public water supplies of a given susceptibility rating if requests for grant  
assistance do not exceed the established percentage of total grant funds available to  
surface water public water supplies of other susceptibility ratings.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12811 Disbursement of grant assistance.  
Rule 2811. (1) The department shall disburse the  
grant  
assistance upon  
submittal of a project report demonstrating that the applicant has completed the grant-  
eligible activities identified in the grant application.  
(2) The department may provide a partial disbursement of the grant assistance  
upon submittal of a project report demonstrating that the applicant has completed a  
corresponding and appropriate portion of the grant-eligible activities identified in the  
grant application. A partial disbursement of the grant assistance shall not exceed  
50% of the total cost of the corresponding and appropriate portion of the  
grant-eligible activities for which the partial disbursement is requested.  
History: 1999 AACS.  
R 325.12812 Grant-eligible activities to support local source water  
protection programs; contact person; formation of local team; team  
responsibilities.  
Rule 2812.  
(1) Grant-eligible activities shall support the development or  
implementation of a local source water protection program and be consistent with the  
state of Michigan source water protection program.  
Page 326  
(2) A public water supply shall provide the department with the name, title, and  
address of a contact person who shall take the lead in the development and  
implementation of the local source water protection  
program, including local  
administration of the source water protection grant. The contact person shall submit  
quarterly progress reports on a form provided by the department.  
(3) A public water supply shall provide the department with evidence of the  
formation of a local team. The team shall consist of the public water supply  
superintendent, the municipality, and at least 1 of the following entities:  
(a) The local health department.  
(b) The local fire department.  
(c) Business and industry.  
(d) Agriculture.  
(e) Education.  
(f) Planning.  
(g) An environmental or watershed group.  
(h) The general public.  
(4) The local team shall be responsible for providing a time line for the completion  
of grant-eligible activities identified in the grant application.  
(5) The local team shall be responsible for providing a time line for the completion  
of a source water protection program.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12813 Source water protection program elements.  
Rule 2813. (1) The following source water protection program elements include  
grant-eligible activities for which grant funds may be applied:  
(a) The establishment of roles and duties.  
(b) Either of the following program elements:  
(i) For a wellhead protection program, delineation of a wellhead protection area as  
approved by the department.  
(ii) For a surface water intake protection program, the designation of a surface  
water intake protection area as approved by the department.  
(c) The completion of a contaminant source and land use inventory.  
(d) The development or implementation of management strategies and programs to  
control contaminant sources or land use.  
(e) The development and implementation of a contingency plan.  
(f) The phasing of new wells or intakes into a source water protection program.  
(g) The development or implementation of public participation strategies in a source  
water protection program.  
(2) Program development and implementation activities,  
such  
as  
a
contaminant source and land use inventory, development and implementation of  
management strategies, contingency planning and public participation, are eligible for  
grant assistance in more than 1 grant cycle.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
Page 327  
R 325.12814 Grant-eligible activities; development and implementation of  
certain partnership agreements.  
Rule 2814. The development and implementation of partnership agreements  
between municipalities for the purpose of source water protection is grant-eligible.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12815 Grant-eligible delineation and designation activities.  
Rule 2815. (1) All of the following apply to grant-eligible wellhead protection  
area delineation activities:  
(a) Grant-eligible delineation activities shall be proposed, described, and completed  
under the wellhead protection area delineation guidance established by the department in  
the state of Michigan wellhead protection program.  
(b) Grant-eligible activities include the following:  
(i) The compilation of existing hydrogeologic information.  
(ii) The installation of observation wells for an aquifer test on an existing public  
water supply well.  
(iii) Aquifer tests and aquifer test analysis on an existing public water supply well.  
(iv) Surveying.  
(v) Collection of static water levels.  
(vi) Groundwater modeling, including particle tracking.  
(c) If considered necessary by the department due to the lack of accessibility  
to existing wells, the area geology indicates a public water supply may be a low tritium  
public water supply, or a known groundwater contamination is present within the  
wellhead protection area, the following activities may be deemed grant-eligible:  
(i) The installation of monitoring wells for the collection of static water level  
information.  
(ii) The collection and analysis of tritium samples.  
(iii) The installation of sentinel wells to monitor water quality within the wellhead  
protection area.  
(2) Both of the following apply to surface water intake protection area designation  
activities:  
(a) Grant-eligible designation activities shall be proposed, described, and completed  
pursuant to the surface water intake protection area designation guidance established by  
the department in the state of Michigan surface water intake protection program.  
(b) Grant-eligible activities include the following:  
(i) The compilation of existing hydrologic information.  
(ii) Stream flow monitoring or hydrodynamic modeling to determine seasonal  
fluctuations, time of travel, and other impacts upon source water.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
Page 328  
R 325.12816 Grant-eligible contaminant source and land use inventory  
activities.  
Rule 2816. (1) Contaminant source and land use inventories to identify existing  
and potential threats to a public water supply are grant-eligible within the source water  
protection area or within a 1-mile radius of the well field for a low tritium public water  
supply well.  
(2) Grant-eligible contaminant source and land use inventory activities include the  
following:  
(a) Record searches to identify potential sources of contamination and land uses that  
have a potential to impact the source water.  
(b) General surveys to identify potential sources of contamination and land uses that  
have a potential to impact the source water.  
(c) On-site inspection of facilities that have a potential to impact the source water.  
(d) Record searches to identify historical land uses that have a potential to impact  
the source water.  
(e) The mapping of existing and potential sources of contamination within the  
source water protection area.  
(f) Updating a contaminant source inventory.  
(g) The development and implementation of a program to locate and identify  
abandoned wells in the source water protection area.  
(h) The development and implementation of a program to identify nonpoint  
sources and to locate and identify outfalls with the potential to impact the surface water  
intake protection area.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12817 Grant-eligible management activities.  
Rule 2817. (1) Grant-eligible management activities shall provide an elevated  
level of protection to the source water protection area or within a 1-mile radius of the  
well field for a low tritium public water supply well.  
(2) Grant-eligible management activities include the following:  
(a) The development and implementation of best management practices that  
reduce the risk of source water contamination.  
(b) The development and implementation of source water protection  
resolutions or ordinances.  
(c) On-site inspections for the purpose of improving facility management of  
potential sources of contamination.  
(d) The development and implementation of a program to control abandoned  
wells, excluding the actual sealing of abandoned wells in a source water protection  
area.  
(e) Incorporation of a source water protection program into a municipality's  
master plan or other regional land use planning program.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
Page 329  
R 325.12818 Grant-eligible contingency plan and emergency response protocol  
activities.  
Rule 2818. The development and implementation of a contingency plan and  
emergency response protocol for a source water protection area or within a 1-mile  
radius of the well field for a low tritium public water supply well are grant-eligible  
activities.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12819 Grant-eligible new well and new surface water intake activities.  
Rule 2819. (1) Grant-eligible activities for new wells include all of the following:  
(a) Completion of a delineation for a new well or well field, exclusive of the cost  
incurred to conduct an aquifer test that is a requirement of the public water supply  
program for the construction of new wells.  
(b) The development and implementation of a wellhead protection program for a  
new well or well field.  
(c) Incorporation of a new well or well field into an existing wellhead protection  
program.  
(2) Grant-eligible activities for new surface water intakes include both of the  
following:  
(a) The development and implementation of a surface water intake protection  
program for a new intake.  
(b) Incorporation of a new intake into an existing surface water intake protection  
program.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS.  
R 325.12820 Grant-eligible public participation activities.  
Rule 2820. (1) Grant-eligible activities for public participation shall provide a  
positive benefit to the source water protection program by raising public awareness in  
matters pertaining to source water protection and utilization of the source water  
resource by a public water supply.  
(2) Grant-eligible activities for public participation include the following:  
(a) The development and implementation of a school curriculum related to source  
water protection.  
(b) The development and implementation of a strategy to educate the general public  
on issues related to source water protection.  
(c) The development, production, and circulation of educational materials.  
(d) The development, preparation, and production of media announcements, such  
as news releases, newspaper articles, and radio announcements.  
Page 330  
(e) Signing activities which identify an approved source water protection area or  
which promote the concept of source water protection, such as storm drain stenciling  
and the construction and placement of road signs.  
History: 1999 AACS; 2009 AACS  
Page 331  
;